Form 6-K
Table of Contents

 

 

FORM 6-K

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Report of Foreign Private Issuer

Pursuant to Rule 13a - 16 or 15d - 16 of

the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the month of July 2012

Commission File Number: 001-14930

HSBC Holdings plc

42nd Floor, 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ, England

(Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F).

Form 20-F  x  Form 40-F  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1):  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7):  ¨

(Indicate by check mark whether the registrant by furnishing the information contained in this Form is also thereby furnishing the information to the Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934).

Yes  ¨  No  x

(If “Yes” is marked, indicate below the file number assigned to the registrant in connection with Rule 12g3-2(b): 82-             .).

This Report on Form 6-K with respect to our Interim Financial Statements and Notes thereon for the six-month period ended June 30, 2012 is hereby incorporated by reference in the following HSBC Holdings plc registration statements: file numbers 333-10474, 333-92024, 333-102027, 333-103887, 333-104203, 333-109288, 333-113427, 333-127327, 333-126531, 333-135007, 333-143639, 333-145859, 333-155338, 333-158054, 333-158065, 333-162565, 333-17025, 333-176732 and 333-180288.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

    HSBC Holdings plc
    By:  

/s/ Iain J Mackay

      Name: Iain J Mackay
      Title: Group Finance Director
      Date: 30 July 2012


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Report 2012

  

 

Certain defined terms

Unless the context requires otherwise, ‘HSBC Holdings’ means HSBC Holdings plc and ‘HSBC’, the ‘Group’, ‘we’, ‘us’ and ‘our’ refer to HSBC Holdings together with its subsidiaries. Within this document, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China is referred to as ‘Hong Kong’. When used in the terms ‘shareholders’ equity’ and ‘total shareholders’ equity’, ‘shareholders’ means holders of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares and those preference shares classified as equity. The abbreviations ‘US$m’ and ‘US$bn’ represent millions and billions (thousands of millions) of US dollars, respectively.

Interim financial statements and notes

HSBC’s Interim Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereon, as set out on pages 211 to 263, have been prepared in accordance with the Disclosure Rules and Transparency Rules of the Financial Services Authority and International Accounting Standard (‘IAS’) 34 ‘Interim Financial Reporting’ as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’) and as endorsed by the European Union (‘EU’). The consolidated financial statements of HSBC at 31 December 2011 were prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as issued by the IASB, and as endorsed by the EU. EU-endorsed IFRSs may differ from IFRSs as issued by the IASB if, at any point in time, new or amended IFRSs have not been endorsed by the EU. At 31 December 2011, there were no unendorsed standards effective for the year ended 31 December 2011 affecting the consolidated financial statements at that date, and there was no difference between IFRSs endorsed by the EU and IFRSs issued by the IASB in terms of their application to HSBC. Accordingly, HSBC’s financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2011 were prepared in accordance with IFRSs as issued by the IASB. At 30 June 2012, there were no unendorsed standards effective for the period ended 30 June 2012 significantly affecting these interim consolidated financial statements, and there was no significant difference between IFRSs endorsed by the EU and IFRSs issued by the IASB in terms of their application to HSBC.

HSBC uses the US dollar as its presentation currency because the US dollar and currencies linked to it form the major currency bloc in which HSBC transacts and funds its business. Unless otherwise stated, the information presented in this document has been measured in accordance with IFRSs.

Except where stated otherwise, commentaries are on a constant currency basis as reconciled on page 14. When reference is made to ‘underlying’ or ‘underlying basis’ in commentaries, comparative information has been expressed at constant currency, eliminating the impact of fair value movements in respect of credit spread changes on HSBC’s own debt and adjusted for the effects of acquisitions and disposals as reconciled on page 16.

Contents

 

 

Overview

  

Financial highlights

   2

Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking statements

   3a

Group Chairman’s Statement

   4

Group Chief Executive’s Business Review

   7

Principal activities

   10

Business and operating models

   10

Strategic direction

   11

Risk

   11

HSBC values

   12

Interim Management Report

  

Financial summary1

   13

Global businesses1

   39

Geographical regions1

   57

Other information

   99

Risk1

   103

Capital

   196

Board of Directors and Senior Management

   205

Financial Statements

  

Financial statements

   211

Notes on the financial statements1

   219

Additional Information

  

Shareholder information1

   266

Abbreviations

   278

Glossary

   281

Index

   288

 

1 Detailed contents are provided on the referenced pages.
 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

Who we are and what we do

HSBC is one of the world’s largest banking and financial services organisations. With around 6,900 offices in both established and faster-growing markets, we aim to be where the growth is, connecting customers to opportunities, enabling businesses to thrive and economies to prosper, and ultimately helping people to fulfil their hopes and realise their ambitions.

We serve around 60 million customers through our four global businesses: Retail Banking and Wealth Management, Commercial Banking, Global Banking and Markets, and Global Private Banking. Our network covers 84 countries and territories in six geographical regions: Europe, Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific, Middle East and North Africa, North America and Latin America. Our aim is to be acknowledged as the world’s leading international bank.

Listed on the London, Hong Kong, New York, Paris and Bermuda stock exchanges, shares in HSBC Holdings plc are held by about 221,000 shareholders in 134 countries and territories.

Highlights

 

 

 

Profit before tax up 11% to US$12.7bn on a reported basis.

 

 

Underlying pre-tax profit down 3% to US$10.6bn.

 

 

Strong performance in faster-growing regions, higher revenue in Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific and Latin America.

 

 

Achieved additional sustainable cost savings of US$0.8bn.

 

 

Core tier 1 capital ratio increased during the period from 10.1% at the end of 2011 to 11.3%.

Cover image

A Chinese ship in Brazil’s largest port, Santos, illustrates the growing trade links between the two countries. China is today Brazil’s largest trading partner, with HSBC financing an increasing share of that trade.

 

1


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Overview

  

Financial highlights

 

 

Earnings per share   Dividends per share1   Net assets per share
US$0.45 – down 12%   US$0.23   US$8.73
30 June 2011: US$0.51   30 June 2011: US$0.21   30 June 2011: US$8.59
31 December 2011: US$0.41   31 December 2011: US$0.18   31 December 2011: US$8.48
         

For the period

   
Profit before taxation   Underlying profit before taxation   Total operating income
US$12,737m – up 11%   US$10,608m – down 3%   US$43,672m – up 3%
30 June 2011: US$11,474m   30 June 2011: US$10,968m   30 June 2011: US$42,311m
31 December 2011: US$10,398m   31 December 2011: US$5,806m   31 December 2011: US$41,150m

Net operating income before loan

impairment charges and other credit

risk provisions

 

Profit attributable to ordinary

shareholders of the parent company

 
US$36,897m up 3%   US$8,152m – down 9%  
30 June 2011: US$35,694m   30 June 2011: US$8,929m  
31 December 2011: US$36,586m   31 December 2011: US$7,295m  
         

At the period-end

   

Loans and advances to

customers

  Customer accounts  

Ratio of customer advances to

customer accounts

US$975bn – up 4%   US$1,278bn – up 2%   76.3%
30 June 2011: US$1,038bn   30 June 2011: US$1,319bn   30 June 2011: 78.7%
31 December 2011: US$940bn   31 December 2011: US$1,254bn   31 December 2011: 75.0%
Total equity  

Average total shareholders’ equity

to average total assets

  Risk-weighted assets
US$174bn up 5%   5.9%   US$1,160bn down 4%
30 June 2011: US$168bn   30 June 2011: 5.7%   30 June 2011: US$1,169bn
31 December 2011: US$166bn   31 December 2011: 5.6%   31 December 2011: US$1,210bn
         
Capital ratios    
Core tier 1 ratio   Tier 1 ratio   Total capital ratio
11.3%   12.7%   15.1%
30 June 2011: 10.8%   30 June 2011: 12.2%   30 June 2011: 14.9%
31 December 2011: 10.1%   31 December 2011: 11.5%   31 December 2011: 14.1%

Percentage growth rates compare with figures at 30 June 2011 for income statement items and 31 December 2011 for balance sheet items.

 

2


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Overview (continued)

  

 

Performance ratios (annualised)

Credit coverage ratios

 

Loan impairment charges to

total operating income

 

Loan impairment charges to

average gross customer advances

 

Total impairment allowances to

impaired loans at period-end

10.4%   1.0%   42.3%
30 June 2011: 11.8%   30 June 2011: 1.0%   30 June 2011: 42.5%2
31 December 2011: 15.9%   31 December 2011: 1.3%   31 December 2011: 42.3%

Return ratios

 

Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity3  

Return on average

invested capital4

 

Post-tax return on

average total assets

 

Pre-tax return on average

risk-weighted assets

10.5%   9.9%   0.7%   2.1%
30 June 2011: 12.3%   30 June 2011: 11.4%   30 June 2011: 0.7%   30 June 2011: 2.0%
31 December 2011: 9.5%   31 December 2011: 8.9%   31 December 2011: 0.6%   31 December 2011: 1.7%
Efficiency and revenue mix ratios    
Cost efficiency ratio5  

Net interest income to

total operating income

 

Net fee income to

total operating income

 

Net trading income to

total operating income

57.5%   44.4%   19.0%   10.3%
30 June 2011: 57.5%   30 June 2011: 47.8%   30 June 2011: 20.8%   30 June 2011: 11.4%
31 December 2011: 57.5%   31 December 2011: 49.6%   31 December 2011: 20.3%   31 December 2011: 4.1%

 

 

Share information at the period-end

 

       

Closing market price

US$0.50 ordinary

shares in issue

 

Market

capitalisation

  London   Hong Kong  

American

Depositary Share6

18,164m   US$160bn   £5.61   HK$68.55   US$44.13
30 Jun 2011: 17,818m   30 Jun 2011: US$177bn   30 Jun 2011: £6.18   30 Jun 2011: HK$77.05   30 Jun 2011: US$49.62
31 Dec 2011: 17,868m   31 Dec 2011: US$136bn   31 Dec 2011: £4.91   31 Dec 2011: HK$59.00   31 Dec 2011: US$38.10
       

Total shareholder return7

    Over 1 year   Over 3 years   Over 5 years
To 30 June 2012     96   127   90

Benchmarks:

       

– FTSE 1008

  97   146   102

– MSCI World9

  96   139   89

– MSCI Banks9

  87   111   51

For footnotes, see page 100.

 

3


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-looking Statements

  

This Interim Report 2012 contains certain forward-looking statements with respect to the financial condition, results of operations and business of HSBC. These forward-looking statements represent HSBC’s expectations or beliefs concerning future events and involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results, performance or events to differ, in some instances materially, from those expressed or implied in such statements. For example, certain of the market risk disclosures, some of which are only estimates and, therefore, could be materially different from actual results, are dependent on key model characteristics and assumptions and are subject to various limitations. Certain statements that are not historical facts, such as those that include the words ‘potential’, ‘value at risk’, ‘expects’, ‘anticipates’, ‘objective’, ‘intends’, ‘seeks’, ‘plans’, ‘believes’, ‘estimates’, and similar expressions or variations on such expressions may be considered ‘forward-looking statements’.

Written and/or oral forward-looking statements may also be made in the periodic reports to the US Securities and Exchange Commission, summary financial statements to shareholders, proxy statements, offering circulars and prospectuses, press releases and other written materials and in oral statements made by HSBC’s Directors, officers or employees to third parties, including financial analysts.

Forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties. Readers are cautioned that a number of factors could cause actual results to differ, in some instances materially, from those anticipated or implied in any forward-looking statement. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and it should not be assumed that they have been revised or updated in the light of new information or future events. Past performance cannot be relied on as a guide to future performance. Trends and factors that are expected to affect HSBC’s results of operations are described in the ‘Interim Management Report’. A more detailed cautionary statement is given on page 422 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2011.

 

 

3a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Overview (continued)

  

 

Group Chairman’s Statement

 

 

LOGO

Against a backdrop of deteriorating economic conditions, HSBC delivered a successful financial performance in the first half of 2012 with underlying revenue growth driven by Global Banking and Markets and Commercial Banking. This was particularly notable in the faster-growing regions of Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific and Latin America. In addition, we continued to make good progress in delivering the strategic agenda set out by management and the Group Chief Executive’s Business Review highlights the key elements of performance in the period. We also benefited from sizeable disposal gains, as already announced transactions within the strategic repositioning of the Group, notably in the United States, completed. Profit before tax for the six months amounted to US$12.7 billion, some US$1.3 billion ahead of the same period last year.

Capital strength was bolstered and the core tier 1 ratio improved to 11.3% versus 10.1% at the beginning of the year and 10.8% a year ago.

A second interim dividend of US$0.09 per ordinary share was declared by the Board on 30 July taking the total dividends declared in respect of the first half of 2012 to US$0.18 per ordinary share, as foreshadowed in last year’s Annual Report and Accounts and in line with the previous year.

However, regulatory and compliance events in the first six months of the year overshadowed financial performance. And that has added further to public concern and distrust of the banking industry.

HSBC has made mistakes in the past, and for them I am very sorry. Candidly, in particular areas we fell short of the standards that I, my colleagues, our regulators, customers and investors expect.

We cannot undo the mistakes but I can assure you that Stuart Gulliver and I are determined, and have made it our most important priority, to strengthen HSBC and reinforce our values. Our business practices and actions must stand up to scrutiny wherever we operate.

Over a year ago we set out a strategy designed to make HSBC the world’s leading international bank. In order to make the firm more cohesive and better connected we reshaped our global business.

We created global functions with the necessary authority to manage the firm on a global basis with consistent policies, standards and processes.

We articulated a set of HSBC Values to underpin and guide our behaviour. HSBC employs 271,500 people around the world and I believe the vast majority of my colleagues demonstrate the highest standards of integrity in their daily decisions and actions.

And since we know too well that the bad practice of a few can stain our reputation we were, and are, determined to take the appropriate measures to protect and enhance our reputation.

Whether we succeed in gaining the recognition we strive for depends ultimately on the actions we take and the judgement of others. They will judge our financial performance and capital strength but they will judge us too on our reputation for reliability, trustworthiness and integrity.

It is, therefore, extremely frustrating and infuriating when we discover areas where the behaviour of HSBC has fallen short of the standards we expect.

That is why we are embedding a new structure to help us reduce complexity and run the firm more effectively. But structure is not enough. And that is why we are formulating and implementing global standards to ensure our conduct matches our values. We are committed to doing this.

In practice, this means we must adopt and enforce the highest standards throughout our global business.

It means enhancing risk management controls to prioritise behaviour and values, in particular around ethical sales practices.

It means that where we conclude that any customer or potential customer poses an unacceptable reputational risk (or otherwise does not meet our standards) we should exit or avoid the relationship.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Overview (continued)

  

 

We are committed to making the necessary investment in controls and training required to fulfil society’s expectations of our industry.

This Group is made up of many legal entities around the world, all with their own traditions and heritage, but we have only one reputation. Each generation of leadership is entrusted, above all else, to guard it jealously. We take that responsibility very seriously.

You will have seen the reports of HSBC’s appearance two weeks ago before the US Senate’s Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations (‘PSI’). The hearing related to an investigation by the PSI into risks to the US financial system from inadequate compliance with US regulations around money laundering and financial sanctions. HSBC was a case study.

We had previously disclosed the existence of these proceedings in our Annual Report and Accounts, but the PSI hearing was the first time that details have been disclosed. During the hearing we acknowledged and apologised for past mistakes.

Our compliance and operational controls should have been stronger and more effective, most particularly in Mexico as we integrated and expanded the bank we acquired in 2002. As a consequence, we failed to identify or deal adequately with unacceptable behaviour.

The PSI report acknowledges we fully co-operated with the inquiry. That is only as it should be and rightly we were held accountable for our failings.

As the PSI is purely an investigatory body we expect related enforcement actions from other US authorities over the coming months. We shall, of course, continue to co-operate with all the authorities.

We learn lessons continually. As those who seek to exploit the financial system constantly adapt their approach we need to be tireless and more innovative in our own efforts to stop them. And we must demonstrate that we have learned from earlier mistakes.

The banking industry is operating in a hostile climate so we must double our efforts to convince our regulators, customers and investors that we are striving for the highest possible standards. Only that way can we allay public fears and regain trust in our industry.

Last year Stuart and I set out our hopes and aspirations for HSBC. This year they remain the

same: to make HSBC the world’s leading international bank.

All this is taking place during a period of unprecedented transformation, transition and economic and political uncertainty. Never has the strain on management, our business and our customers been more evident.

The transformation required by the continuing regulatory reform agenda around capital, liquidity, central counterparty infrastructure, the ring-fencing of certain activities in the UK, preparation of recovery and resolution plans in multiple countries, addressing the extraterritorial reach of national legislation, understanding the impact of national discretions and exemptions, and addressing possible remuneration policy changes, to name but some of the areas of endeavour, is simply enormous.

The transition to a new regulatory architecture in the UK where the FSA is to be replaced with a Prudential Regulatory Authority and a Financial Conduct Authority, supplemented by a new Financial Policy Committee still defining its role and its macro-prudential tools within a Bank of England, itself about to transition to a new leadership and potentially a new governance model, adds further to the uncertain backdrop. The future influence and role of the European Banking Authority, to say nothing of what may come from a European Banking Union still in early stage design adds yet more complexity to planning for the future.

Alongside this industry introspection, we are seeking both for ourselves and with our clients to understand and address the economic and financial risks of a slowing global economy with a financial system increasingly domestically focused and with monetary and fiscal tools to stimulate growth all but exhausted in the developed world.

And finally, the political challenges in addressing society’s expectations around social benefits, healthcare and pensions as well as the unsustainable fiscal positions in many countries, not least within Europe, command our attention, as market sentiment regarding the likelihood of successful outcomes will hugely influence and shape the consumer and business confidence necessary to rebuild economic growth.

There is clearly much to do and our industry, and HSBC within it, has a critical role in supporting economic growth with well targeted, risk justified and properly priced credit, investment and related financial services.

We are eager to fulfil this role and, on the positive side, within the first half of 2012 our

 

 

5


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Overview (continued)

  

 

lending to business, including small businesses, grew. Importantly, given many weak domestic economies, trade finance and related services expanded as businesses reached out to new markets with our support. This is both consistent and clearly aligned with the efforts being made around the world by governments to facilitate economic growth.

However, on the other side of the equation, we closed the half year with close to US$150 billion deposited with central banks. While enormously supportive of HSBC’s own balance sheet strength and liquidity, it is also symptomatic of a financial system that is failing to intermediate the funds it attracts to productive investment. The extent to which this reflects an underlying lack of demand for credit, an unjustified risk aversion, an inability to assess confidently risk/return dynamics or regulatory pressures to prioritise the build-up of capital and liquidity is subject to fierce debate; in reality all are factors.

Economic activity over the next six months and beyond will be planned against a backdrop of unusually difficult conditions in which to assess risks and uncertainties. Most critical will be the market’s assessment of the feasibility of initiatives being designed to address the current eurozone banking and sovereign debt crises and the consequential effects on the financial system and the global economy should these fail. On top of this, the multiple investigations around LIBOR and equivalent rate settings magnify uncertainty as the scale and depth of the issue is unknown at this stage. HSBC will also need to take concrete steps to resolve its own issues, particularly in the US.

While resolving these problems as expeditiously as possible will be critically important, we must also continue to seek ways to support our customers in their pursuit of personal and corporate ambitions and objectives. We have the resources, both human and financial, to help our customers in these challenging times and we are committed to deploying them. And we have a clear strategy to which we are committed, which is being pursued actively by an energised management team and which we believe will build sustainable value for all our stakeholders.

This period has required ever greater efforts from our staff to deal simultaneously with the ongoing business needs of our customers as well as the regulatory reform and transition agenda, all in challenging economic conditions. I would like on behalf of the Board to express sincere appreciation for all their endeavour.

 

LOGO

D J Flint, Group Chairman

30 July 2012

 

 

6


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Overview (continued)

  

 

Group Chief Executive’s

Business Review

 

 

LOGO

During the first six months of 2012, HSBC has recorded underlying revenue growth and continued to make substantial progress in certain key areas:

 

 

strong revenue growth in Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific and Latin America, the same regions currently driving world economic growth;

 

 

Global Banking and Markets has had a strong six months, during a period of uncertainty in the financial markets and macroeconomic environment; and

 

 

we have continued to make headway in delivering our strategy, helping us to control our costs and to achieve additional revenues from the closer integration of our four different global businesses.

Our performance, however, has been affected by provisions for UK customer redress programmes and certain US law enforcement and regulatory matters, and our conduct has come under close scrutiny. We recognise that in the past we have on occasions failed to live up to the expectations of regulators, customers, and the communities in which we operate.

It is right that we be held accountable and I apologise for our past shortcomings. We are profoundly sorry for our mistakes, and are committed to putting them right. With a new strategy and senior leadership team in place since the start of 2011, we are introducing new processes and structures to help us manage risk and ensure compliance more effectively in the future.

Under the new strategy, HSBC is now run and managed as a genuinely global firm, making it easier to set, monitor and enforce standards. We are implementing high global standards across the Group. This includes working to ensure that the highest standards required in any part of the business will apply to every part of the business. We are also requiring all HSBC affiliates to independently complete due diligence on other HSBC affiliates with which they have a correspondent banking relationship; and developing a sixth filter – a global risk filter – to sit alongside the five outlined in our strategy, which will standardise our approach to doing business. Our central compliance team, whose role in the past consisted primarily of giving advice, can now control and enforce these standards. And we are driving a change in culture so that our conduct matches our values. For example, we now judge senior leaders both on what they achieve and how they achieve it.

Alongside this we continue to invest in people, processes and technology. We increased our spending on compliance to over US$400m last year.

Our customers and the communities in which we work expect us to carry out our business responsibly and to the highest ethical standards. Our shareholders, too, want us to match a strong economic performance with integrity, because both affect the value of their investment. With these steps, we believe we are heading in the right direction. This is a fundamental part of achieving our strategy and remains a top priority for the Board and senior management team.

Group performance headlines

 

 

Reported profit before tax was US$12.7bn, US$1.3bn higher than in the first half of 2011. This included US$4.3bn of gains from the disposals of businesses, notably from the sale of the Card and Retail Services business and from the sale of 138 non-strategic branches in the US. These results also included US$2.2bn of adverse movements in the fair value of our own debt attributable to credit spreads, compared with an adverse movement of US$143m in the first half of 2011.

 

 

Underlying profit before tax was US$10.6bn, down US$0.4bn, due to higher operating expenses, reflecting an increase in notable items, particularly provisions for customer redress and certain US law enforcement and regulatory matters. This was partly offset by higher revenue.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Overview (continued)

  

 

 

On an underlying basis, total revenues were 4% higher than in the first half of 2011, led by Global Banking and Markets with increased income across a number of businesses. Commercial Banking also experienced strong revenue growth, across most products and particularly in the faster-growing regions of Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific and Latin America – targeted as priorities in our strategy. This was somewhat offset by lower income in Retail Banking and Wealth Management due to the continued run-down of our consumer finance portfolios in the US.

 

 

We saw strong revenue growth from faster-growing regions. Underlying revenues grew in Hong Kong by 13%, in Rest of Asia-Pacific by 13% and in Latin America by 8%. Furthermore, we experienced double digit revenue growth in the priority markets of mainland China, India, Brazil and Argentina.

 

 

Underlying costs were US$1.9bn higher than in the first half of 2011 reflecting a number of notable items, including UK customer redress provisions of US$1.3bn, provisions for certain US law enforcement and regulatory matters of US$0.7bn and restructuring costs of US$0.6bn. Excluding these items operating expenses were marginally lower, reflecting the impact of sustainable cost saving initiatives which were partly offset by wage inflation, investment in compliance infrastructure and business expansion projects.

 

 

The reported cost efficiency ratio remained at 57.5%. On an underlying basis the cost efficiency ratio increased as a result of higher notable cost items.

 

 

Our ratio of customer advances to customer accounts remained strong at 76.3%.

 

 

Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity was 10.5%, down from 12.3% as a result of a higher tax charge.

 

 

The core tier 1 ratio increased during the period from 10.1% at the end of 2011 to 11.3%, driven by profit generation and a reduction in risk-weighted assets (‘RWA’s) following the business disposals.

Progress on strategy

We continue to execute our strategy, which is based on two key trends: the continuing growth of international trade and capital flows; and wealth creation, particularly in faster-growing markets. In May 2012, we updated investors on the significant progress made to date.

We have announced 36 disposals and closures since the beginning of 2011, exiting non-strategic markets and selling businesses and non-core investments, making HSBC easier to manage and control, and releasing around US$55bn in risk-weighted assets. Several of these transactions have now completed, including the sale of the Card and Retail Services business and 138 non-strategic branches in the US, the Private Client Services business in Canada, retail banking operations in Thailand and the general insurance manufacturing business in Argentina.

We have begun to simplify HSBC, removing layers of management, clarifying reporting lines and making the organisation easier to manage. The number of full-time equivalent employees is now 271,500 down from a peak of 299,000 at Q1 11. Our organisational effectiveness programme led to a decrease of more than 17,500, while business disposals accounted for the majority of the remaining reduction. Since May 2011, we have achieved US$1.7bn of sustainable cost savings, including US$0.8bn in the first half of 2012. This is equivalent to US$2.7bn on an annualised basis, and we are confident that we will deliver towards the upper end of our target range of US$2.5-3.5bn of sustainable savings by the end of 2013.

We have maintained our focus on the closer integration of our global businesses. This was illustrated by the collaboration between Global Banking and Markets and Commercial Banking, where we have increased revenues by 16% in the first half of 2012. Further opportunities for collaboration have been identified and initiatives are in progress in order to achieve our medium-term revenue targets.

Wealth Management revenue, however, fell in the first half of the year, primarily due to the non-recurrence of a 2011 gain arising from a refinement to asset valuation methodology. In addition, revenue from investment products decreased, primarily from lower volumes of securities trading by customers. This was partly offset by increased revenue from the sale of life insurance products and foreign exchange due to a rise in customer activity. We have a strong client base with around 4.3 million Premier customers and remain committed to our medium-term targets. We have taken a number of actions in order to achieve them, including developing our infrastructure and capabilities.

The challenging macroeconomic context only serves to underline the importance of continuing to manage HSBC with proper discipline. In order to achieve this, we announced three immediate priorities at our strategy day in May. These are

 

 

8


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Overview (continued)

  

 

to simplify the business further, to continue to restructure and to grow the business. Focusing on these priorities will be essential in positioning HSBC for future growth.

Outlook

Economic conditions in Europe and other Western economies will continue to be subdued. Our assumption is that European leaders will take the necessary measures to preserve the euro but, even so, we expect the eurozone’s economy to contract this year. In the US, we anticipate sub-par growth this year and next.

We continue to believe that emerging markets will grow at a reasonable pace. China will play an important role in this phenomenon as the world’s second-largest economy and the main trading partner to other faster-growing economies. We remain confident of a ‘soft landing’ in China, where its leaders’ readiness to use levers such as rate cuts

to stimulate the economy means that growth is likely to hit or exceed 8% over the full year.

HSBC’s expertise and geographic footprint across both developed and faster-growing economies mean that the Group is well-positioned to help our customers and shareholders benefit from the continued redrawing of the world’s economic map. By delivering on our strategy, we are determined to help our customers make the most of the opportunities on offer.

 

LOGO

S T Gulliver, Group Chief Executive

30 July 2012

 

 

9


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Overview (continued)

  

 

Principal activities

 

HSBC is one of the largest banking and financial services organisations in the world, with a market capitalisation of US$160bn at 30 June 2012.

Through our subsidiaries and associates, we provide a comprehensive range of banking and related financial services. Headquartered in London, we operate through long-established businesses and have an international network of around 6,900 offices in 84 countries and territories in six geographical regions: Europe, Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific, Middle East and North Africa (‘MENA’), North America and Latin America. Within these regions, a comprehensive range of financial services is offered to personal, commercial, corporate, institutional, investment and private banking clients. Services are delivered primarily by domestic banks, typically with large retail deposit bases.

Business and operating models

 

Business model

We accept deposits and channel these deposits into lending activities, either directly or through the capital markets. We also offer a range of products and financial services including broking, underwriting and credit facilities, trade finance, credit cards, sales of insurance and investment products and fund management. These banking and financial services are provided to a wide range of clients including governments, large and mid-market corporates, small and medium-sized enterprises (‘SME’s), high net worth individuals, and mass affluent and retail customers.

Our operating income is primarily derived from:

 

 

net interest income – interest income on customer loans and advances, less interest expense on interest-bearing customer accounts and debt securities in issue;

 

 

net fee income – fee income earned from the provision of financial services and products to customers of our global businesses; and

 

 

net trading income – income from trading activities primarily conducted in Global Markets, including Foreign Exchange, Credit, Rates and Equities trading.

Operating model

HSBC has a matrix management structure which includes global businesses, geographical regions and global functions.

Holding company

HSBC Holdings plc, the holding company of the Group, is listed in London, Hong Kong, New York, Paris and Bermuda. HSBC Holdings is the primary provider of equity capital to its subsidiaries and provides non-equity capital to them where necessary.

Under authority delegated by the Board of HSBC Holdings, the Group Management Board (‘GMB’) is responsible for management and day-to-day running of the Group. The Board, together with GMB, ensures that there are sufficient cash resources to pay dividends to shareholders, interest to bondholders, expenses and taxes.

HSBC Holdings does not provide core funding to any subsidiary, is not a lender of last resort and does not carry out any banking business in its own right. HSBC has a legal entity-based Group structure, sometimes referred to as subsidiarisation, which underpins our strong balance sheet and helps generate a resilient stream of earnings.

Global businesses

Our four global businesses are responsible for developing, implementing and managing their business propositions consistently across the Group, focusing on profitability and efficiency. They set their strategies within the confines of the Group strategy in liaison with the geographical regions, are responsible for issuing planning guidance regarding their businesses, are accountable for their profit and loss performance and manage their headcount.

Geographical regions

The geographical regions share responsibility for executing the strategies set by the global businesses. They represent the Group to clients, regulators, employee groups and other stakeholders, allocate capital, manage risk appetite, liquidity and funding by legal entity and are accountable for profit and loss performance in line with the global business plans.

Within the geographical regions, the Group is structured as a network of regional banks and locally incorporated regulated banking entities. Each bank is separately capitalised in accordance with applicable prudential reporting requirements and maintains a capital buffer consistent with the Group’s appetite for risk in its country or region. Each bank manages its own funding and liquidity within parameters set centrally, and is required to consider its risk appetite, consistent with the Group’s risk appetite for the relevant country or region.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Overview (continued)

  

 

Global functions

Our global functions are Communications, Company Secretary, Corporate Sustainability, Finance, Human Resources, Internal Audit, Legal, Marketing, Risk (including Compliance) and Strategy and Planning. The global functions, along with HSBC Technology and Services, our global service delivery organisation, establish and manage all policies, processes and delivery platforms relevant to their activities, are fully accountable for their costs globally and are responsible for managing their headcount.

Strategic direction

 

Our strategy is aligned to two long-term trends:

 

 

Financial flows – the world economy is becoming ever-more connected. Growth in world trade and cross-border capital flows continues to outstrip growth of gross domestic product. Financial flows between countries and regions are highly concentrated. Over the next decade we expect 35 markets to represent 90% of world trade growth and a similar degree of concentration in cross-border capital flows.

 

 

Economic development – by 2050, we expect economies currently deemed ‘emerging’ to have increased five-fold in size, benefiting from demographics and urbanisation, and they will be larger than the developed world. By then, we expect 19 of the 30 largest economies will be markets that are currently described as emerging.

HSBC is one of the few truly international banks and our advantages lie in our network of markets relevant for international financial flows, our access and exposure to high growth markets and businesses, and our strong balance sheet generating a resilient stream of earnings.

Based on these long-term trends and our competitive position, our strategy has two parts:

 

 

Network of businesses connecting the world – HSBC is ideally positioned to capture the growing international financial flows. Our franchise puts us in a privileged position to serve corporate clients as they grow from small enterprises into large and international corporates, and personal clients as they become more affluent. Access to local retail funding and our international product capabilities allows us to offer distinctive solutions to these clients in a profitable manner.

 

 

Wealth management and retail with local scale – we will leverage our position in faster-growing markets to capture social mobility and wealth

   

creation through our Wealth Management and Global Private Banking businesses. We will only invest in retail businesses in markets where we can achieve profitable scale.

To implement this strategy we have defined priorities across three areas:

 

 

Simplify – we will continue to make HSBC easier to manage and control. This includes, (i) running off legacy assets in the US and in Global Banking and Markets (‘GB&M’), (ii) addressing fragmentation in our business portfolio through five filters and the disposal of non-strategic businesses, and (iii) improving organisational efficiency.

 

 

Restructure – we will restructure certain businesses to adapt to the new environment, including GB&M, our US franchise and Global Private Banking (‘GPB’).

 

 

Grow – we continue to position HSBC for growth. We will deploy our capital more actively into priority growth markets. Also, we will continue to benefit from the coordination within our global businesses to capture significant revenue opportunities.

If we are successful in executing this strategy, we will be regarded as ‘The world’s leading international bank’. We have defined financial targets to achieve a return on equity of between 12% and 15% with a core tier 1 ratio of between 9.5% and 10.5%, and achieve a cost efficiency ratio of between 48% and 52%. We have also defined Key Performance Indicators to monitor the outcomes of actions across the three areas of capital deployment, cost efficiency and growth.

Risk

 

As a provider of banking and financial services, risk is at the core of our day-to-day activities.

We have identified a comprehensive suite of risk factors which informs our assessment of our top and emerging risks. This assessment may result in our risk appetite being revised.

Risk factors

Our businesses are exposed to a variety of risk factors that could potentially affect our results of operations or financial condition. These are summarised on page 12 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2011.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Overview (continued)

  

 

Top and emerging risks

We classify certain risks as ‘top’ or ‘emerging’. We define a ‘top risk’ as being a current, emerged risk which has arisen across any of our risk categories, regions or global businesses and has the potential to have a material impact on our financial results or our reputation and the sustainability of our long-term business model, and which may form and crystallise within a one-year horizon. We consider an ‘emerging risk’ to be one which has large uncertain outcomes which may form and crystallise beyond a one-year horizon and, if it were to crystallise, could have a material effect on our long-term strategy.

Our approach to identifying and monitoring top and emerging risks is informed by the risk factors.

All of our activities involve, to varying degrees, the measurement, evaluation, acceptance and management of risk or combinations of risks which we assess on a Group-wide basis. Top and emerging risks fall under the following three broad categories:

 

 

macroeconomic and geopolitical risk;

 

 

macro-prudential, regulatory and legal risks to our business model;

 

 

risks related to our business operations, governance and internal control systems.

During the first half of 2012 our senior management paid particular attention to a number of top and emerging risks which are summarised below:

 

 

Macroeconomic and geopolitical risk

 

 

Severe economic slowdown in mature economies impacting global growth

 

 

Eurozone member departing from the currency union

 

 

Increased geopolitical risk in certain regions

Macro-prudential, regulatory and legal risks to our business model

 

 

Regulatory developments affecting our business model and Group profitability

 

 

Regulatory investigations, fines, sanctions and requirements relating to conduct of business and financial crime negatively affecting our results and brand

 

 

Dispute risk

Risks related to our business operations, governance and internal control systems

 

 

Challenges to achieving our strategy in a downturn

 

 

Internet crime and fraud

 

 

Social media risk

 

 

Level of change creating operational complexity and heightened operational risk

 

 

Information security risk

 

 

Model risk

 

All of the above risks are regarded as top risks with the exception of social media risk which is an emerging risk.

A detailed account of these risks is provided on page 104. Further comments on expected risks and uncertainties are made throughout the Annual Report and Accounts 2011, particularly in the section on Risk, pages 98 to 210.

Risk appetite

Risk appetite is a key component of our management of risk and describes the types and level of risk we are prepared to accept in delivering our strategy. It is discussed further on page 234 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2011.

Our risk appetite may be revised in response to the top and emerging risks we have identified.

HSBC Values

 

The role of HSBC Values in daily operating practice is significant in the context of the financial services sector and the wider economy, particularly in the light of developments and changes in regulatory policy, investor confidence and society’s view of the role of banks. We expect our executives and employees to act with courageous integrity in the execution of their duties by being:

 

 

dependable and doing the right thing;

 

 

open to different ideas and cultures; and

 

 

connected with our customers, communities, regulators and each other.

We continue to enhance our values-led culture by embedding HSBC Values into how we conduct our business and through the personal sponsorship of the Group Chief Executive and senior executives. These initiatives will continue in 2012 and beyond.

 

 

 

12


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report

  

Financial summary

 

Use of non-GAAP financial measures

   13

Constant currency

   13

Underlying performance

   15

Consolidated income statement

   18

Group performance by income and expense item

   20

Net interest income

   20

Net fee income

   21

Net trading income

   22

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

   23

Gains less losses from financial investments

   24

Net earned insurance premiums

   24

Other operating income

   25

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

   26

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

   26

Operating expenses

   28

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

   29

Tax expense

   30

Consolidated balance sheet

   31

Movement from 31 December 2011 to 30 June 2012

   32

Economic profit/(loss)

   36

Reconciliations of RoRWA measures

   37

Disposals, held for sale and run-off portfolios

   37

Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges

   38a

Use of non-GAAP financial measures

 

Our reported results are prepared in accordance with IFRSs as detailed in the Financial Statements starting on page 211. When we measure our performance internally we use financial measures such as ‘constant currency’ and ‘underlying performance’ in order to eliminate factors which distort period-on-period comparisons so we can view our results on a more like-for-like basis.

Constant currency

Constant currency eliminates the period-on-period effects of foreign currency translation differences on performance by comparing reported results for the half-year to 30 June 2012 with reported results for the half-years to 30 June 2011 and 31 December 2011 retranslated at average exchange rates for the half-year to 30 June 2012. Except where stated otherwise, commentaries are on a constant currency basis, as reconciled in the table below.

The foreign currency translation differences reflect the movements of the US dollar against most major currencies during the first half of 2012.

We exclude the translation differences when monitoring progress against operating plans and past results because management believes the like-for-like basis of constant currency financial measures more appropriately reflects changes due to operating performance.

 

 

Constant currency

Constant currency comparatives for the half-year to 30 June 2011 and 31 December 2011 referred to in the commentaries are computed by retranslating into US dollars for non-US dollar branches, subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates:

 

 

the income statements for the half-year to 30 June 2011 and 31 December 2011 at the average rates of exchange for the half-year to 30 June 2012; and

 

 

the balance sheets at 30 June 2011 and 31 December 2011 at the prevailing rates of exchange ruling at 30 June 2012.

No adjustment has been made to the exchange rates used to translate foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities into the functional currencies of any HSBC branches, subsidiaries, joint ventures or associates.

When reference is made to ‘constant currency’ in tables or commentaries, comparative data reported in the functional currencies of HSBC’s operations have been translated at the appropriate exchange rates applied in the current period on the basis described above.

 

 

 

13


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and constant currency profit before tax

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2012 (‘1H12’)  compared with half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’)  
HSBC    1H11 as
reported
US$m
         

Currency

translation10

US$m

         

1H11

at 1H12

exchange

rates

US$m

         

1H12 as

reported

US$m

    

Reported

change11

%

    

Constant

currency

change11

%

 

Net interest income

     20,235            (669         19,566            19,376         (4      (1

Net fee income

     8,807            (265         8,542            8,307         (6      (3

Changes in fair value12

     (143                    (143         (2,170      (1,417      (1,417

Gains on disposal of US branch network and cards business

                                      3,809         

Other income13

     6,795            (268         6,527            7,575         11         16   

Net operating income14

     35,694            (1,202         34,492            36,897         3         7   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (5,266         138            (5,128         (4,799      9         6   

Net operating income

     30,428            (1,064         29,364            32,098         5         9   

Operating expenses

     (20,510         746            (19,764         (21,204      (3      (7

Operating profit

     9,918            (318         9,600            10,894         10         13   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     1,556            40            1,596            1,843         18         15   

Profit before tax

     11,474            (278         11,196            12,737         11         14   

By global business

                          

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

     3,126            (55         3,071            6,410         105         109   

Commercial Banking

     4,189            (105         4,084            4,429         6         8   

Global Banking and Markets

     4,811            (131         4,680            5,047         5         8   

Global Private Banking

     552            (5         547            527         (5      (4

Other

     (1,204         18            (1,186         (3,676      (205      (210

Profit before tax

     11,474            (278         11,196            12,737         11         14   

By geographical region

                          

Europe

     2,147            (111         2,036            (667      

Hong Kong

     3,081            9            3,090            3,761         22         22   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     3,742            (38         3,704            4,372         17         18   

Middle East and North Africa

     747            (3         744            772         3         4   

North America

     606            (16         590            3,354         453         468   

Latin America

     1,151            (119         1,032            1,145         (1      11   

Profit before tax

     11,474            (278         11,196            12,737         11         14   

 

14


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2012 (‘1H12’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2011 (‘2H11’)  
HSBC   

2H11 as

reported
US$m

         

Currency

translation10

US$m

         

2H11

at 1H12

exchange

rates

US$m

         

1H12 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change11

%

         

Constant

currency

change11

%

 

Net interest income

     20,427            (334         20,093            19,376            (5         (4

Net fee income

     8,353            (134         8,219            8,307            (1         1   

Changes in fair value12

     4,076            (38         4,038            (2,170            

Gains on disposal of US branch network and cards business

                                      3,809               

Other income13

     3,730            (91         3,639            7,575            103            108   

Net operating income14

     36,586            (597         35,989            36,897            1            3   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (6,861         95            (6,766         (4,799         30            29   

Net operating income

     29,725            (502         29,223            32,098            8            10   

Operating expenses

     (21,035         372            (20,663         (21,204         (1         (3

Operating profit

     8,690            (130         8,560            10,894            25            27   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     1,708            17            1,725            1,843            8            7   

Profit before tax

     10,398            (113         10,285            12,737            22            24   

By global business

                                

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

     1,144            (17         1,127            6,410            460            469   

Commercial Banking

     3,758            (47         3,711            4,429            18            19   

Global Banking and Markets

     2,238            (29         2,209            5,047            126            128   

Global Private Banking

     392            (3         389            527            34            35   

Other

     2,866            (17         2,849            (3,676            

Profit before tax

     10,398            (113         10,285            12,737            22            24   

By geographical region

                                

Europe

     2,524            (23         2,501            (667            

Hong Kong

     2,742            9            2,751            3,761            37            37   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     3,729            (26         3,703            4,372            17            18   

Middle East and North Africa

     745            (2         743            772            4            4   

North America

     (506         (3         (509         3,354               

Latin America

     1,164            (68         1,096            1,145            (2         4   

Profit before tax

     10,398            (113         10,285            12,737            22            24   

For footnotes, see page 100.

 

Additional information is available on the HSBC website www.hsbc.com.

Underlying performance

Underlying performance:

 

 

eliminates the period-on-period effects of foreign currency translation;

 

 

eliminates the fair value movements on own debt attributable to credit spread (‘own credit spread’) where the net result of such movements will be zero upon maturity of the debt (see footnote 12 on page 100); and

 

adjusts for acquisitions, disposals and changes of ownership levels of subsidiaries, associates and businesses (see footnote 15 on page 100).

We use underlying performance when monitoring progress against operating plans and past results because we believe that this basis more appropriately reflects operating performance. We use underlying performance in our commentaries to explain period-on-year changes when the effect of fair value movements on own debt, acquisitions, disposals or dilution is significant.

The following tables reconcile our reported revenue, loan impairment charges, operating expenses and profit before tax for the half-years to

 

 

15


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

30 June 2012, 30 June 2011 and 31 December 2011 to an underlying basis. Throughout this Interim Report, we may reconcile other reported results to underlying results when management believes that doing so results in a more useful discussion of operating performance. Equivalent tables are provided for each of our global businesses and geographical segments on pages 52a and 98a, which is available on www.hsbc.com.

The following deductions were made from reported results in respect of disposals and dilutions which affected the underlying comparison:

 

 

the dilution gain of US$181m which arose on our holding in Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Limited (‘Ping An’) following the issue of share capital to a third party in June 2011;

 

 

a loss of US$48m, being our share of the loss recorded by Ping An on re-measurement of its previously held equity interest in Shenzen Development Bank (‘SDB’) when Ping An took control and fully consolidated SDB in July 2011;

 

 

the gain of US$83m on the sale of HSBC Afore S.A. de C.V. (‘HSBC Afore’) in August 2011 and the operating results for each of the comparative periods;

 

 

the dilution gain of US$27m in December 2011 as a result of the merger between HSBC Saudi Arabia Limited and SABB Securities Limited;

 

 

the gain of US$83m on disposal of HSBC Securities (Canada) Inc’s private client services business in January 2012 and the operating results for each of the comparative periods;

 

 

the gain of US$108m on the sale of our Retail Banking and Wealth Management (‘RBWM’) operations in Thailand in March 2012;

 

 

the gain of US$3.1bn on the sale of the US Card and Retail Services business in May 2012 and the operating results for the last two months of each of the comparative periods;

 

 

the gain of US$661m on the disposal of 138 non-strategic branches in the US in May 2012 and the operating results for the last 43 days of each of the comparative periods;

 

 

the gain of US$102m on the sale of HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.’s general insurance manufacturing subsidiary in Argentina in May 2012;

 

 

the gain of US$67m on the sale of our private banking business in Japan in June 2012 and the operating results for the last month of each of the comparative periods; and

 

 

the gain of US$130m on the sale of our shareholding in a property company in the Philippines in June 2012.

 

 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying revenue14

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012
US$m

        

30 June

2011
US$m

    Change
%
        

30 June

2012
US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

    Change
%
 

Reported revenue

     36,897           35,694        3           36,897           36,586        1   

Constant currency

          (1,202               (559  

Own credit spread

     2,170           143             2,170           (4,076  

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (4,299        (1,220          (4,299        (1,095  

Underlying revenue

     34,768           33,415        4           34,768           30,856        13   
For footnote, see page 100.     

Reconciliation of reported and underlying loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (‘LIC’s)

 

  

 
     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012
US$m

        

30 June

2011
US$m

    Change
%
        

30 June

2012
US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

    Change
%
 

Reported LICs

     (4,799        (5,266     9           (4,799        (6,861     30   

Constant currency

          138                  95     

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

               369                       304     

Underlying LICs

     (4,799        (4,759     (1        (4,799        (6,462     26   

 

16


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying operating expenses

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012
US$m

        

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
        

30 June

2012
US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported operating expenses

     (21,204        (20,510        (3        (21,204        (21,035        (1

Constant currency

          746                     372        

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

               480                          302        

Underlying operating expenses

     (21,204        (19,284        (10        (21,204        (20,361        (4

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     61.0%           57.7%                61.0%           66.0%        

Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit before tax

 

  

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012
US$m

        

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
        

30 June

2012
US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported profit before tax

     12,737           11,474           11           12,737           10,398           22   

Constant currency

          (278                  (75     

Own credit spread

     2,170           143                2,170           (4,076     

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (4,299        (371             (4,299        (441     

Underlying profit before tax

     10,608           10,968           (3        10,608           5,806           83   

By global business16

                           

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

     2,573           2,886           (11        2,573           657           292   

Commercial Banking

     4,182           4,080           3           4,182           3,708           13   

Global Banking and Markets

     5,029           4,680           7           5,029           2,209           128   

Global Private Banking

     460           546           (16        460           400           15   

Other

     (1,636        (1,224        (34        (1,636        (1,168        (40

Underlying profit before tax

     10,608           10,968           (3        10,608           5,806           83   

By geographical region17

                           

Europe

     938           2,107           (55        938           (480     

Hong Kong

     3,761           3,090           22           3,761           2,751           37   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     4,069           3,524           15           4,069           3,758           8   

Middle East and North Africa

     776           748           4           776           698           11   

North America

     21           483           (96        21           (1,930     

Latin America

     1,043           1,016           3           1,043           1,009           3   

Underlying profit before tax

     10,608           10,968           (3        10,608           5,806           83   

For footnotes, see page 100.

 

17


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Consolidated income statement

 

Summary income statement

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012 US$m

        

30 June

2011 US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

 

Net interest income

     19,376           20,235           20,427   

Net fee income

     8,307           8,807           8,353   

Net trading income

     4,519           4,812           1,694   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     (1,183        (100        3,539   

Gains less losses from financial investments

     1,023           485           422   

Dividend income

     103           87           62   

Net earned insurance premiums

     6,696           6,700           6,172   

Gains on disposal of US branch network and cards business

     3,809                       

Other operating income

     1,022           1,285           481   

Gains arising from dilution of interests in associates and joint ventures

               181           27   

 

Other

     1,022           1,104           454   
                              

Total operating income

     43,672           42,311           41,150   

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

     (6,775        (6,617        (4,564

Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     36,897           35,694           36,586   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (4,799        (5,266        (6,861

Net operating income

     32,098           30,428           29,725   

Total operating expenses

     (21,204        (20,510        (21,035

Operating profit

     10,894           9,918           8,690   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     1,843           1,556           1,708   

Profit before tax

     12,737           11,474           10,398   

Tax expense

     (3,629        (1,712        (2,216

Profit for the period

     9,108           9,762           8,182   

Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company

     8,438           9,215           7,582   

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

     670           547           600   

Average foreign exchange translation rates to US$:

            

US$1: £

     0.634           0.619           0.629   

US$1: €

     0.771           0.714           0.725   

 

Reported profit before tax of US$12.7bn in the first half of 2012 was US$1.3bn, or 11%, higher than in the first half of 2011. This was primarily due to a US$3.1bn gain on the sale of the US Card and Retail Services business and a US$661m gain from the sale of 138 branches in the US (a further 57 branches are expected to be sold in the third quarter). These gains were partially offset by adverse fair value movements on own debt attributable to credit spreads of US$2.2bn, compared with adverse movements of US$143m in the first half of 2011. On an underlying basis, profit before tax was 3% lower, primarily due to higher operating expenses reflecting an increase in notable cost items, particularly provisions for customer redress in the UK of US$1.3bn (compared with US$611m in the first half of 2011) and US anti-money laundering,

Bank Secrecy Act (‘BSA’) and Office of Foreign Asset Control (‘OFAC’) investigations of US$0.7bn.

We expect the sale of US Card and Retail Services to have a significant impact on both revenue and profitability in North America for the foreseeable future.

The following commentary is on an underlying basis, except where otherwise stated. The difference between reported and underlying results is explained and reconciled on page 16.

Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (‘revenue’) was US$1.4bn, or 4% higher than the first half of 2011. This was mainly due to higher revenue in GB&M and Commercial Banking (‘CMB’). The increase in GB&M revenue included higher disposal

 

 

18


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

gains on available-for-sale securities in Balance Sheet Management and continued growth in Foreign Exchange earnings. GB&M also recorded higher Rates income as market sentiment improved considerably during the first quarter of 2012. In CMB, revenue growth reflected increased net interest income derived from strong lending growth, notably during the first half of 2011, higher deposit spreads following interest rate rises in certain Asian markets during 2011, and growth in average customer account balances. In RBWM, we continued to manage down our Consumer and Mortgage Lending (‘CML’) run-off portfolio in North America and, as a consequence, revenue fell. This was partly offset by revenue growth in Hong Kong and Latin America.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions were in line with the first half of 2011. This reflected a decrease, primarily in North America and, to a lesser extent, in Europe, which was broadly offset by an increase in Latin America and Rest of Asia-Pacific. In North America, the reduction was mainly due to the continued decline in lending balances in the CML portfolio and the effect of the delays in foreclosure processing was less pronounced. In Europe, credit quality improved in our RBWM business, mainly in the UK, as we continued to focus on higher quality assets. This resulted in lower delinquency rates across both the secured and unsecured lending portfolios. This was broadly offset by increased loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions in Latin America, notably in Brazil, due to higher delinquency rates following strong growth in lending balances in previous periods, and in Rest of Asia-Pacific due to higher individually assessed loan impairments and a charge on available-for-sale debt securities.

Operating expenses were higher than in the first half of 2011. This increase resulted from a number of notable items, which included a provision of US$700m in respect of US anti-money laundering, BSA and OFAC investigations, as well as restructuring costs of US$563m and provisions relating to customer redress programmes in the UK of US$1.3bn, compared with US$477m and US$611m, respectively, in the first half of 2011. Notable items in the first half of 2011 also included a credit of US$587m relating to pension obligations in the UK.

The provisions for customer redress programmes include estimates in respect of possible mis-selling of PPI policies and interest rate protection products in previous years. The additional provision in the first half of 2012 relating to PPI

sales reflects the refinement of our assumptions in the light of our recent claims experience. The provision in relation to certain US law enforcement and regulatory matters represents an estimate of the amount of penalties and/or fines that are likely to be imposed in connection with the anti-money laundering, OFAC and BSA investigations currently underway. See page 105 for further information about the possible adverse consequences which could arise from these regulatory investigations. There are many factors which affect the estimates on which these provisions are based and there remains a high degree of uncertainty as to the costs that will be eventually incurred.

Excluding the items above, operating expenses were marginally lower, reflecting our sustainable cost saving initiatives, partly offset by wage inflation, investment in compliance infrastructure and business expansion projects. During the first half of 2012, full-time equivalent staff numbers (‘FTE’s) reduced by more than 16,700. Our organisational effectiveness programmes led to a decrease of around 9,500, while business disposals accounted for the majority of the remaining reduction. Our operational effectiveness programmes led to sustainable savings of US$0.8bn.

On a constant currency basis, income from associates increased, mainly driven by strong results in our mainland China associates. The contribution from Bank of Communications Co., Limited (‘BoCom’) rose due to wider spreads. Our share of profits from Industrial Bank Co. Limited (‘Industrial Bank’) increased due to continued strong lending growth.

The reported profit after tax was US$0.7bn or 7% lower than in the first half of 2011, reflecting a higher tax charge in the first half of 2012. This arose from higher taxed profits on the disposal of the US branches and Card and Retail Services Business combined with a non-deductible provision in respect of the US law enforcement and regulatory matters. The lower tax charge in the first half of 2011 included the benefit of deferred tax recognised in respect of foreign tax credits. As a result of these factors, the effective tax rate for the first half of 2012 was 28.5% compared with 14.9% in 2011.

The following commentaries are on a constant currency basis, unless stated otherwise.

 

 

19


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Group performance by income and expense item

 

Net interest income

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June
2012

US$m

         

30 June
2011

US$m

         

31 December
2011

US$m

 

Interest income

     29,549            31,046            31,959   

Interest expense

     (10,173         (10,811         (11,532

Net interest income18

     19,376            20,235            20,427   

Average interest-earning assets

     1,645,410            1,607,626            1,637,446   

Gross interest yield19

     3.61%            3.89%            3.87%   

Cost of funds

     (1.45%         (1.52%         (1.59%

Net interest spread20

     2.16%            2.37%            2.28%   

Net interest margin21

     2.37%            2.54%            2.47%   

For footnotes, see page 100.

 

Reported net interest income decreased by 4%. On a constant currency basis, it declined by 1%.

On an underlying basis, in which the comparable period of 2011 has been adjusted by US$669m relating to constant currency and US$709m to reflect the completion of the sales of the Card and Retail Services business and 138 non-strategic branches, net interest income rose by 3%.

On a constant currency basis, interest income earned on interest-earning assets fell. This was driven mainly by a significant decline in Balance Sheet Management in Europe as yield curves continued to flatten and interest rates remained low, together with a reduction in the available-for-sale debt security portfolio as a result of disposals, notably in the first quarter of 2012. During the second half of 2011 and the first half of 2012, we placed a greater portion of our excess liquidity with central banks in line with our conservative risk profile; the lower yield on these placements relative to other financial investments also contributed to the decline in interest income. This was partly offset by higher Balance Sheet Management revenues in Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific, notably mainland China, resulting from growth in the size of the investment portfolio and higher interest rates.

Average customer lending balances, including those classified within ‘Assets held for sale’, rose significantly compared with the first half of 2011. This reflected the targeted lending growth throughout 2011 and in the first half of 2012 in CMB and GB&M, as well as strong residential mortgage lending growth in RBWM in the UK, Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific. However, the benefit to interest income of the growth in average balances was offset in income terms by a decline in the overall

yield on customer lending as a result of a change in the composition of our lending book. This was driven by significant growth in relatively lower yielding term lending in CMB and GB&M and higher quality secured lending, particularly residential mortgages, as we continued to reduce higher yielding unsecured lending in RBWM.

The decline in interest income was partly offset by lower interest expense, notably in relation to debt issued by the Group. This reflected a net reduction in average balances outstanding, largely in the US, as funding requirements fell following the business disposals and in Europe, where short-term funding was not replaced in line with the rise in deposit funding.

Interest expense on customer accounts, including those reported within ‘Other liabilities held for sale’, was broadly in line with the first half of 2011. There was a significant rise in average balances in Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific and Europe as a result of targeted campaigns; however, the effect of this growth was largely offset by a reduction in the cost of funds, driven by downward movement in interest rates in Latin America and re-pricing activities in the US.

The decrease in the net interest spread compared with the first half of 2011 was attributable to lower yields on our excess liquidity and customer lending partly offset by a reduction in the cost of funds on customer accounts. Our net interest margin also fell, but by a lesser amount, due to the benefit from net free funds, which rose as a result of customers holding more funds in liquid non-interest bearing current accounts and higher third-party funding of our trading book.

 

 

20


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Net fee income

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June
2012

US$m

        

30 June

2011

US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

 

Account services

     1,755           1,846           1,824   

Cards

     1,716           1,977           1,978   

Funds under management

     1,242           1,414           1,339   

Credit facilities

     867           849           900   

Broking income

     707           933           778   

Imports/exports

     606           552           551   

Insurance

     425           545           507   

Remittances

     399           371           399   

Underwriting

     377           332           246   

Global custody

     375           391           360   

Unit trusts

     344           374           283   

Corporate finance

     230           235           206   

Trust income

     141           148           146   

Investment contracts

     71           65           71   

Mortgage servicing

     47           56           53   

Other

     979           856           912   

Fee income

     10,281           10,944           10,553   

Less: fee expense

     (1,974        (2,137        (2,200

Net fee income

     8,307           8,807           8,353   

 

Net fee income decreased by US$500m on a reported basis, and by US$235m on a constant currency basis.

US$184m of the decrease on a constant currency basis was driven by the sale of the Card and Retail Services business which, in particular, led to a reduction in income relating to cards and insurance as well as fee expenses. As part of the transaction, we also entered into a transition service agreement with the purchaser to support certain account servicing operations until such time as these are integrated into the purchaser’s infrastructure. We will receive fees for providing these services and the associated costs will be reported in ‘Operating expenses’.

Broking income was lower, notably in Hong Kong and Europe, reflecting reduced transaction volumes as a result of weaker investor sentiment amidst uncertain market conditions.

Income from funds under management (‘FuM’) was also lower, mainly in Europe and Rest of Asia-Pacific, reflecting adverse movements in equity markets and muted investor sentiment, particularly in the second half of 2011. Europe was also affected by net new money outflows and a fall in client numbers within GPB. In addition, income from FuM was lower in North America due to the sale of the private client services business in Canada.

Partly offsetting these reductions was an increase in trade-related income, notably in Europe, Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific, which benefited from export-led lending growth as we continued to capitalise on our position as the world’s leading trade finance bank, as reported in the Oliver Wyman Global Transaction Banking Survey 2011.

Underwriting fees also increased in GB&M, mainly in North America and Hong Kong, reflecting our participation in a higher number of debt capital markets transactions in the first half of 2012.

 

 

21


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Net trading income

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June
2012

US$m

        

30 June

2011

US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

 

Trading activities

     3,622           3,615           1,258   

Net interest income on trading activities

     1,385           1,581           1,642   

Gain/(loss) on termination of hedges

     3           5           (5

Other trading income – hedge ineffectiveness:

            

– on cash flow hedges

     3           2           24   

– on fair value hedges

     (32        (77        (147

Non-qualifying hedges

     (462        (314        (1,078

Net trading income22,23

     4,519           4,812           1,694   

For footnotes, see page 100.

 

Reported net trading income of US$4.5bn was 6% lower than in the first half of 2011. On a constant currency basis, it was 3% lower as a decline in net interest income from trading activities and higher adverse fair value movements on economic and non-qualifying hedges were only partly offset by a rise in income from trading activities.

Net interest income from trading activities declined due to lower average holdings of, and yields on, debt securities held for trading, partly offset by a reduction in funding costs.

There were adverse fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges. These hedges are derivatives entered into as part of a documented interest rate management strategy for which hedge accounting was not, or could not be, applied. They are principally cross-currency and interest rate swaps used to economically hedge fixed rate debt issued by HSBC Holdings and floating rate debt issued by HSBC Finance Corporation (‘HSBC Finance’). The size and direction of the changes in fair value of non-qualifying hedges that are recognised in the income statement can be volatile from year to year, but do not alter the cash flows expected as part of the documented interest rate management strategy for both the instruments and the underlying economically hedged assets and liabilities. In North America, the effects of falling US long-term interest rates was more pronounced than in the first half of 2011, resulting in higher adverse fair value movements. In Europe, there were adverse movements on non-qualifying hedges in European operating entities driven in part by a decline in interest rates. This was partly offset by lower adverse movements in HSBC Holdings, also in Europe, which was driven by a less pronounced decline in long-term US interest rates relative to sterling and euro interest rates than in the first half of 2011.

Income from trading activities increased. Our Foreign Exchange business benefited from increased client revenues, driven in part by GB&M’s ongoing collaboration with CMB, coupled with a favourable trading environment for foreign exchange, particularly in Europe. Rates revenues increased in Europe with higher revenues attributable to the tightening of spreads on eurozone bonds, notably in the first quarter of 2012 following the announcement of the long-term refinancing operation (‘LTRO’). Rates revenues in Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific also benefited from tightening spreads.

These strong performances in Foreign Exchange and Rates were also partly offset by a reduction in Equities trading revenues, which reflected a less favourable trading environment. Net trading income from our legacy credit portfolio (see page 284) also declined as a result of write-downs compared with net releases of write-downs in the first half of 2011. There were also adverse fair value movements on structured liabilities of US$330m, mainly in Rates, as credit spreads tightened at the beginning of 2012 compared with a reported favourable fair value movement of US$60m in the first half of the previous year.

In addition, there were adverse foreign exchange movements on trading assets held as economic hedges of foreign currency debt held at fair value compared with favourable fair value movements reported in the first half of 2011. These offset favourable foreign exchange movements on the foreign currency debt which are reported in ‘Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value’.

 

 

22


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

 

                                                                                                        
     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012

US$m

        

30 June

2011

US$m

        

31 December
2011

US$m

 

Net income/(expense) arising from:

            

– financial assets held to meet liabilities under insurance and investment contracts

     811           547           (1,480

– liabilities to customers under investment contracts

     (260        (186        417   

– HSBC’s long-term debt issued and related derivatives

     (1,810        (494        4,655   

Change in own credit spread on long-term debt24

     (2,170        (143        4,076   

Other changes in fair value25

     360           (351        579   

– other instruments designated at fair value and related derivatives

     76           33           (53

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     (1,183        (100        3,539   

 

Assets and liabilities from which net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value arose

 

 
     At  
    

30 June
2012

US$m

        

30 June

2011

US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

 

Financial assets designated at fair value at period-end

     32,310           39,565           30,856   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value at period-end

     87,593           98,280           85,724   

Including:

            

Financial assets held to meet liabilities under:

            

– insurance contracts and investment contracts with DPF26

     7,884           8,109           7,221   

– unit-linked insurance and other insurance and investment contracts

     20,968           21,584           20,033   

Long-term debt issues designated at fair value

     75,357           79,574           73,808   

For footnotes, see page 100.

 

Most of the financial liabilities designated at fair value relate to certain fixed-rate long-term debt issued and managed in conjunction with interest rate swaps as part of a documented interest rate management strategy. The movement in fair value of these long-term debt issues includes the effect of our credit spread changes and any ineffectiveness in the economic relationship between the related swaps and own debt. As credit spreads widen or narrow, accounting profits or losses are booked. The size and direction of the changes in the credit spread on our debt and ineffectiveness, which are recognised in the income statement, can be volatile from period to period, but do not alter the cash flows envisaged as part of the documented interest rate management strategy. As a consequence, fair value movements arising from changes in our own credit spread on long-term debt and other fair value movements on the debt and related derivatives are not regarded internally as part of managed performance and are therefore not allocated to global businesses, but are reported in ‘Other’. Credit spread movements on own debt are excluded from underlying results, and related fair value movements are not included in the calculation of regulatory capital.

We reported net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value of US$1.2bn

in the first half of 2012 compared with US$100m in the same period in 2011. This included the credit spread-related movements in the fair value of our own long-term debt, on which we reported adverse fair value movements of US$2.2bn and US$143m in the respective periods. The adverse fair value movements arose in the first half of 2012 as credit spreads tightened in Europe and North America, compared with lower adverse fair value movements in the first half of 2011.

Net income arising from financial assets held to meet liabilities under insurance and investment contracts reflected higher net investment gains in 2012 as market conditions improved, compared with the first half of 2011. This predominantly affected the value of assets held to support unit-linked contracts in the UK and Hong Kong, insurance contracts with discretionary participation features (‘DPF’) in Hong Kong, and investment contracts with DPF in France.

The investment gains arising from equity markets resulted in a corresponding movement in liabilities to customers, reflecting the extent to which unit-linked policyholders, in particular, participate in the investment performance of the associated asset portfolio. Where these relate to assets held to back investment contracts, the corresponding movement in

 

 

23


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

liabilities to customers is also recorded under ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’. This is in contrast to gains or losses related to assets held to back insurance contracts or investment contracts with DPF, where the corresponding movement in liabilities to customers is recorded under ‘Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders’.

Within net income from financial instruments designated at fair value were favourable foreign exchange movements in the first half of the year, compared with adverse movements in the same period in 2011 on foreign currency debt designated at fair value issued as part of our overall funding strategy. An offset from trading assets held as economic hedges was reported in ‘Net trading income’.

 

 

Gains less losses from financial investments

 

     Half-year to  
     30 June
2012
US$m
         30 June
2011
US$m
        

31 December
2011

US$m

 

Net gains/(losses) from disposal of:

            

– debt securities

     672           306           406   

– equity securities

     456           213           147   

– other financial investments

     5           (3        15   
     1,133           516           568   

Impairment of available-for-sale equity securities

     (110        (31        (146

Gains less losses from financial investments

     1,023           485           422   

 

In the first half of 2012, gains less losses from financial investments rose by US$538m and US$555m on a reported and a constant currency basis, respectively.

This was principally driven by higher gains generated from the disposal of available-for-sale government debt securities in Europe, notably in the first quarter of 2012 and, to a lesser extent, in North and Latin America, as part of Balance Sheet Management’s structural interest rate risk management activities. These gains were offset in part by the non-recurrence of gains in Hong Kong in the first half of 2011.

Net gains on the disposal of equity securities rose significantly in Hong Kong as a result of the sale of our shares in two non-strategic investments in India, Axis Bank Limited and Yes Bank Limited. They were offset in part by lower net gains on the disposal of equity securities in Europe and the non-recurrence of a gain in GB&M on the sale of shares in a Mexican listed company in the first half of 2011.

Higher impairments in equity investments were driven by the financial restructuring of an equity investment in the renewable energy sector.

 

 

Net earned insurance premiums

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012
US$m

         30 June
2011
US$m
        

31 December
2011

US$m

 

Gross insurance premium income

     6,929           6,928           6,410   

Reinsurance premiums

     (233        (228        (238

Net earned insurance premiums

     6,696           6,700           6,172   

 

Net earned insurance premiums remained broadly unchanged on a reported basis, but increased by 4% on a constant currency basis. This rise was primarily driven by strong sales of life insurance products in Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific, and unit-linked, term life and credit protection products in Latin America.

In Hong Kong, sales of insurance contracts with DPF increased, supported by product launches and

marketing campaigns. Renewal premiums from unit-linked contracts also increased as a result of strong sales in previous periods.

In Latin America, net earned premiums grew due to a rise in sales volumes of unit-linked, term life and credit protection products in Brazil. This was partly offset in Argentina, as premiums decreased as a result of the sale of the general insurance business in May 2012.

 

 

24


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

In Europe, net earned premiums decreased in France on investment contracts with DPF as a result of the adverse economic environment and increased product competition. In addition, there was a

reduction in premiums due to the non-renewal and transfer to third parties of certain contracts in our Irish business.

 

 

Other operating income

 

     Half-year to  
     30 June
2012
US$m
         30 June
2011
US$m
        

31 December
2011

US$m

 

Rent received

     100           75           142   

Gains/(losses) recognised on assets held for sale

     202           (4        59   

Valuation gains/(losses) on investment properties

     43           38           80   

Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and non-financial investments

     146           27           30   

Gains arising from dilution of interests in associates

               181           27   

Change in present value of in-force long-term insurance business

     401           658           68   

Other

     130           310           75   

Other operating income

     1,022           1,285           481   

Change in present value of in-force long-term insurance business

 

  

     Half-year to  
     30 June
2012
US$m
         30 June
2011
US$m
        

31 December
2011

US$m

 

Value of new business

     530           515           428   

Expected return

     (216        (175        (253

Assumption changes and experience variances

     87           40           (70

Other adjustments

               278           (37

Change in present value of in-force long-term insurance business27

     401           658           68   

For footnote, see page 100.

 

Reported other operating income of US$1.0bn decreased by 20% in the first half of 2012 and by 17% on a constant currency basis.

Reported other operating income in the first half of 2012 included gains on selling businesses as we rationalised our portfolio in non-strategic markets. These included gains of US$83m on the sale of the Private Client Services business in Canada, US$108m on the sale of our RBWM operations in Thailand, US$67m on the sale of our Global Private Banking (‘GPB’) business in Japan, US$130m on the sale of our shareholding in a property company in the Philippines, and US$102m following the completion of the sale of our general insurance manufacturing business in Argentina.

In the first half of 2011, reported other operating income included a gain of US$181m arising from a further dilution of our holding in Ping An following its issue of share capital to a third party.

On an underlying basis, excluding the items listed above, other operating income decreased largely due to the non-recurrence of a gain of US$237m (US$243m as reported) recognised upon refinement of the calculation of the present value of in-force (‘PVIF’) long-term insurance business in the first half of 2011. The increase in the PVIF asset attributable to the value of new business, in line with the rise in premiums, was largely offset by the net movement in expected return and experience and assumption updates.

Losses were also recognised on the sale of syndicated loans in Europe and on the reclassification of certain businesses to held-for-sale in Latin America. The non-recurrence of the gain on sale and leaseback of branches in Mexico in the first half of 2011 also contributed to the decrease in other operating income.

 

 

25


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012

US$m

        

30 June

2011

US$m

        

31 December
2011

US$m

 

Insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders:

            

– gross

     6,869           6,761           4,870   

– reinsurers’ share

     (94        (144        (306

– net28

     6,775           6,617           4,564   

For footnote, see page 100.

 

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders increased by 2% on a reported basis, and by 7% on a constant currency basis. The increase was driven by the continued growth of the business, notably in Hong Kong and Latin America, and from higher investment returns allocated to policyholders compared with the same period in 2011.

The increase in liabilities to policyholders was primarily driven by additional liabilities established for new business written, notably in Hong Kong and Brazil, which was consistent with increases in net earned premiums. In addition, the strong renewal premium in Hong Kong also contributed to additional reserves.

Further increases in the movement in liabilities to policyholders resulted from gains on the fair value of the assets held to support policyholder contracts where the policyholder bears investment risk. This particularly related to unit-linked insurance contracts and investment and insurance contracts with DPF. The higher investment returns were the result of favourable equity market movements compared with the same period in 2011. The gains or losses experienced on the financial assets designated at fair value held to support these insurance and investment contract liabilities are reported in ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’.

 

 

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012

US$m

        

30 June

2011

US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

 

Loan impairment charges

            

New allowances net of allowance releases

     5,093           5,703           7,228   

Recoveries of amounts previously written off

     (568        (730        (696
     4,525           4,973           6,532   

Individually assessed allowances

     1,103           638           1,277   

Collectively assessed allowances

     3,422           4,335           5,255   

Impairment of available-for-sale debt securities

     243           308           323   

Other credit risk provisions/(recoveries)

     31           (15        6   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     4,799           5,266           6,861   
     %           %           %   

– as a percentage of underlying revenue

     13.8           15.8           22.2   

Impairment charges on loans and advances to customers as a percentage of gross average loans and advances to customers (annualised)

     1.0           1.0           1.3   

 

On a reported basis, loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions decreased from US$5.3bn to US$4.8bn, a decline of 9% compared with the first half of 2011 and 6% on a constant currency basis. Within this, collectively assessed allowances fell by 19% and individually assessed impairment allowances increased by 78% on a constant currency basis.

An improvement in loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions was recorded, primarily in our CML portfolio in North America and, to a lesser extent, in Europe. This was partly offset by increased loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions in Latin America, mainly in Brazil, as well as in Rest of Asia-Pacific and the Middle East and North Africa.

 

 

26


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Impairments on available-for-sale debt securities were US$56m lower than in the first half of 2011, primarily in Europe due to lower charges on available-for-sale ABSs on legacy credit and lower impairment charges on available-for-sale Greek sovereign debt in GB&M.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions in North America fell by 29% compared with the first half of 2011 to US$2.2bn, reflecting a reduction in CML, as well as the sale of the Card and Retail Services business in May 2012.

Loan impairment charges in our CML business in the US fell by 28% to US$1.6bn, driven by lower lending balances, an improvement in two-months-and-over contractual delinquency on balances less than 180 days past due as the portfolios continued to run off. Loan impairment charges were adversely affected by delays in expected cash flows from mortgage loans as a result of delays in foreclosure processing, though the effect was less pronounced than in the first half of 2011. Additionally, in the first half of 2012 we increased our loan impairment allowances having updated our assumptions regarding the timing of expected cash flows received from customers with modified loans.

In Europe, loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions decreased by 9% to US$1.0bn, primarily in the UK. This reduction was mainly in RBWM, due to improved delinquency trends across both the secured and unsecured portfolios where we continued to focus our lending growth on higher quality assets. In GB&M, loan impairment charges increased because of a small number of individually assessed provisions in the UK and a rise in charges in our legacy credit business. This was partly offset by lower credit risk provisions, primarily driven by reduced impairments on available-for-sale ABSs in legacy credit as the losses arising in the underlying collateral pools generated lower charges, coupled with a lower impairment charge on Greek sovereign debt. Further information on our exposures to countries in the eurozone is provided in ‘Areas of special interest – Eurozone exposures’ on page 121. In CMB, loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions increased by US$58m, driven by a rise in individually assessed loan impairment allowances, reflecting the challenging economic conditions.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions in Latin America increased by 57% to US$1.1bn, primarily in RBWM and CMB. In RBWM, this was mainly due to increased delinquency rates in Brazil, following strong balance sheet growth in previous periods which was driven by increased marketing, a focus on acquiring customers and strong customer demand in buoyant economic conditions which subsequently weakened. In CMB, loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions almost doubled to US$315m, mainly in Brazil following strong balance sheet growth, primarily in Business Banking, which resulted in increased delinquencies as well as a rise in individually assessed loan impairment charges. We took a number of steps to address the increase in delinquencies in RBWM and CMB, including improving our collections capabilities reducing third-party originations and lowering credit limits where appropriate.

In Rest of Asia-Pacific, loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions increased by US$197m, due to higher individually assessed impairment charges relating to a small number of corporate exposures in the region and a charge on available-for-sale debt securities.

In the Middle East and North Africa, loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions increased by 38% to US$135m, primarily in GB&M, as we incurred a small number of significant individually assessed loan impairment charges in the first half of 2012. Loan impairment charges were 36% lower in RBWM due to an improvement in credit quality which reflected the repositioning of the book towards higher quality lending. Loan impairment charges were also lower in CMB due to the non-recurrence of loan impairment charges in the first half of 2011, relating to a small number of corporate names as we worked closely with our customers through the credit cycle.

In Hong Kong, loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions remained broadly unchanged as the credit environment remained stable and we maintained our focus on high levels of asset quality.

 

 

27


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Operating expenses

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June
2012

US$m

        

30 June

2011

US$m

        

31 December
2011

US$m

 

Employee compensation and benefits

     10,905           10,521           10,645   

Premises and equipment (excluding depreciation and impairment)

     2,086           2,196           2,307   

General and administrative expenses

     7,039           6,223           6,733   

Administrative expenses

     20,030           18,940           19,685   

Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment

     706           805           765   

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets

     468           765           585   

Operating expenses

     21,204           20,510           21,035   

Included in the above are the following notable cost items:

            

Restructuring costs (including impairment of assets)

     563           477           645   

UK customer redress programmes

     1,345           611           287   

UK bank levy

     (34                  570   

US mortgage foreclosure and servicing costs

                         257   

UK pension credit

               (587          

Deferred variable compensation awards – accelerated amortisation

               138           25   

US anti-money laundering, BSA and OFAC investigations

     700                       

Staff numbers (full-time equivalent)

 

  

     At  
     30 June
2012
        

30 June

2011

         31 December
2011
 

Europe

     73,143           76,879           74,892   

Hong Kong

     27,976           30,214           28,984   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     86,207           91,924           91,051   

Middle East and North Africa

     9,195           8,755           8,373   

North America

     23,341           32,605           30,981   

Latin America

     51,667           55,618           54,035   

Staff numbers

     271,529           295,995           288,316   

 

Operating expenses of US$21.2bn increased by 3% on a reported basis and by US$1.4bn or 7% on a constant currency basis compared with the first half of 2011. On an underlying basis, costs increased by 10%.

The rise in operating expenses on a constant currency basis resulted from a number of notable items.

In the first half of 2012, additional provisions of US$1.7bn were raised in respect of customer redress provisions in the UK, taking the balance sheet provision at 30 June 2012 to US$1.1bn (see Note 17 on the Financial Statements). These provisions include the estimated redress for the possible mis-selling in previous years of PPI policies (US$1.0bn) and interest rate protection products (US$237m). With regard to the latter, we are working with customers and the Financial Services Authority (‘FSA’) to assess the need for redress for smaller companies. The additional provision relating to PPI sales reflects the refinement of our assumptions in the light of our recent claims

experience. There are many factors which affect the estimated liability and there remains a high degree of uncertainty as to the eventual cost of redress for these matters.

Operating expenses included a provision of US$700m which represents management’s best estimate of the amount of penalties and fines related to US anti-money laundering, BSA and OFAC investigations as described in Note 25 on the Financial Statements. There is a high degree of uncertainty in making this estimate and it is possible that the amounts when finally determined could be higher, possibly significantly higher. A change to this estimate could adversely affect operating expenses in the future. On page 107, we discuss the possible adverse consequences which could arise from regulatory investigations.

Costs also rose due to the non-recurrence of a credit in 2011 of US$570m (US$587m as reported) following a change in the inflation measure used to calculate the defined benefit obligation in the UK for deferred pensions.

 

 

28


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

In the first half of 2012, we continued in our efforts to simplify the Group through our organisational effectiveness programmes. This resulted in an increase in restructuring costs of US$112m compared with the first half of 2011.

During the period we achieved a further US$0.8bn of sustainable cost savings through our organisational effectiveness programmes. The savings achieved by delivering on these programmes enabled the funding of investment in strategic initiatives including business expansion projects, primarily in Rest of Asia-Pacific, and the strengthening of our regulatory control and compliance infrastructure.

During the first half of the year our average staff numbers (expressed in FTEs) fell by 5%, compared with the first half of 2011. We recorded a net reduction of more than 16,700 FTEs compared with the end of 2011 through our organisational

effectiveness programmes and the sale of the Card and Retail Services portfolio and the non-strategic branches in the US. The resulting savings in staff costs, however, were more than offset by restructuring costs, the non-recurrence of the UK pension credit and wage inflation in Latin America, Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific.

General and administrative expenses increased due to the notable items referred to above. Excluding notable items, costs fell, primarily in North America reflecting reduced marketing programmes in Card and Retail Services during the first half of 2012 and the lower cost of holding foreclosed properties, as inventory diminished following the slowing of foreclosure processing activities. Offsetting this decline were higher compliance costs in the US, along with business growth and general inflationary pressures particularly in Latin America and Rest of Asia-Pacific.

 

 

Cost efficiency ratios

 

                                                                                    
     Half-year to  
    

30 June
2012

%

         

30 June

2011

%

         

31 December
2011

%

 

HSBC

     57.5            57.5            57.5   

Geographical regions

              

Europe

     96.1            70.7            70.2   

Hong Kong

     39.1            43.2            45.9   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     48.2            53.0            55.4   

Middle East and North Africa

     43.4            46.4            42.7   

North America

     44.7            55.8            55.6   

Latin America

     59.0            65.3            61.4   

Global businesses

              

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

     52.9            61.2            65.5   

Commercial Banking

     45.3            45.1            47.4   

Global Banking and Markets

     49.1            50.2            66.0   

Global Private Banking

     67.8            66.1            71.7   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

 

                                                                                    
     Half-year to  
    

30 June
2012

US$m

         

30 June

2011

US$m

         

31 December

2011

US$m

 

Associates

              

Bank of Communications Co., Limited

     829            642            728   

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd.

     447            469            477   

Industrial Bank Co., Limited

     305            199            272   

The Saudi British Bank

     189            171            137   

Other

     41            56            70   

Share of profit in associates

     1,811            1,537            1,684   

Share of profit in joint ventures

     32            19            24   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     1,843            1,556            1,708   

 

The reported share of profit in associates and joint ventures was US$1.8bn, an increase of 18%

compared with the first half of 2011. On a constant currency basis, this increased by 15%, driven primarily by higher contributions from our mainland China associates.

 

 

29


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Our share of profits from BoCom rose, driven by loan growth and wider spreads. Fee income also increased from settlements and credit cards. Profits from Industrial Bank increased due to continued strong lending growth and a rise in fee based revenue, partly offset by a rise in operating expenses.

Profits from The Saudi British Bank rose, driven by higher revenues, lower loan impairment charges and good cost control.

Profits from Ping An were lower, as increased income from the banking business following the consolidation of Shenzhen Development Bank and stable insurance income were more than offset by lower securities broking and underwriting income.

On 6 March 2012, Industrial Bank announced a proposal for the private placement of additional share capital. The proposal is subject to regulatory approvals and, if it proceeds, will dilute our interest in Industrial Bank and lead to a reassessment of the current accounting treatment of the investment.

 

 

Tax expense

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012

US$m

        

30 June

2011

US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

 

Profit before tax

     12,737           11,474           10,398   

Tax expense

     (3,629        (1,712        (2,216

Profit after tax

     9,108           9,762           8,182   

Effective tax rate

     28.5%           14.9%           21.3%   

 

The tax charge in the first half of 2012 was US$1.9bn higher than in the first half of 2011 on a reported basis.

The higher tax charge in the first half of 2012 reflected the effect of higher taxed profits arising on the disposal of the Card and Retail Services business and the US branches, as well as the non-deductible provision in respect of US anti-money laundering,

BSA and OFAC investigations. The lower tax charge in the first half of 2011 included the benefit of US deferred tax recognised in 2011 in respect of foreign tax credits.

As a result of these factors, the reported effective tax rate for the first half of 2012 was 28.5% compared with 14.9% for the first half of 2011.

 

 

30


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Consolidated balance sheet

 

Summary consolidated balance sheet

 

     At 30 June
2012 US$m
          At 30 June
2011 US$m
         

At
31 December
2011

US$m

 

ASSETS

              

Cash and balances at central banks

     147,911            68,218            129,902   

Trading assets

     391,371            474,950            330,451   

Financial assets designated at fair value

     32,310            39,565            30,856   

Derivatives

     355,934            260,672            346,379   

Loans and advances to banks

     182,191            226,043            180,987   

Loans and advances to customers29

     974,985            1,037,888            940,429   

Financial investments

     393,736            416,857            400,044   

Assets held for sale

     12,383            1,599            39,558   

Other assets

     161,513            165,195            156,973   

Total assets

     2,652,334            2,690,987            2,555,579   

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

              

Liabilities

              

Deposits by banks

     123,553            125,479            112,822   

Customer accounts

     1,278,489            1,318,987            1,253,925   

Trading liabilities

     308,564            385,824            265,192   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     87,593            98,280            85,724   

Derivatives

     355,952            257,025            345,380   

Debt securities in issue

     125,543            149,803            131,013   

Liabilities under insurance contracts

     62,861            64,451            61,259   

Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale

     12,599            41            22,200   

Other liabilities

     123,414            123,560            111,971   

Total liabilities

     2,478,568            2,523,450            2,389,486   

Equity

              

Total shareholders’ equity

     165,845            160,250            158,725   

Non-controlling interests

     7,921            7,287            7,368   

Total equity

     173,766            167,537            166,093   

Total equity and liabilities

     2,652,334            2,690,987            2,555,579   

Selected financial information

              

Called up share capital

     9,081            8,909            8,934   

Capital resources30,31

     175,724            173,784            170,334   

Undated subordinated loan capital

     2,778            2,782            2,779   

Preferred securities and dated subordinated loan capital32

     48,815            53,659            49,438   

Risk-weighted assets and capital ratios30

              

Risk-weighted assets

     1,159,896            1,168,529            1,209,514   
     %            %            %   

Core tier 1 ratio

     11.3            10.8            10.1   

Tier 1 ratio

     12.7            12.2            11.5   

Financial statistics

              

Loans and advances to customers as a percentage of customer accounts

     76.3            78.7            75.0   

Average total shareholders’ equity to average total assets

     5.9            5.7            5.6   

Net asset value per ordinary share at period-end33 (US$)

     8.73            8.59            8.48   

Number of US$0.50 ordinary shares in issue (millions)

     18,164            17,818            17,868   

Closing foreign exchange translation rates to US$:

              

US$1: £

     0.638            0.625            0.646   

US$1: €

     0.790            0.690            0.773   

For footnotes, see page 100.

A more detailed consolidated balance sheet is contained in the Financial Statements on page 213.

 

31


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Movement from 31 December 2011 to 30 June 2012

Total reported assets were US$2.7 trillion, 4% higher than at 31 December 2011 on both a reported and constant currency basis.

Our conservative approach to managing the Group balance sheet and strong excess liquidity position, partly due to the growth in deposits in the first half of 2012, enabled us to continue to support our customers’ borrowing requirements, resulting in growth in term and trade-related lending and residential mortgages. Trading assets grew due to increased client activity in the first half of 2012, and the fair value of derivative contracts rose due to downward movements of yield curves in major currencies. A number of the business disposals announced previously were completed, including the sale of the Card and Retail Services business and 138 non-strategic branches in the US, as we continued to reshape our balance sheet and improve our capital deployment.

The following commentary is based on a comparison with the balance sheet at 31 December 2011.

Assets

Cash and balances at central banks increased by 14%. Financial markets continued to be dominated by concerns about eurozone sovereign debt levels and their possible contagion effects in the first half of 2012. As a result, we maintained our conservative risk profile by placing a greater portion of our excess liquidity with central banks, particularly in Europe. In North America, balances at central banks declined as liquidity was redeployed into government debt securities and reverse repos and to repay debt.

Trading assets rose by 18%, as client activity increased from the subdued levels seen in the second half of 2011. This resulted in higher reverse repo and equity securities balances, as well as a rise in settlement account balances which vary significantly in proportion to the level of trading activity. In addition, the increase in cash collateral posted with external counterparties reflected the increase in the fair value of derivative liabilities.

Financial assets designated at fair value increased by 6%. This was driven by the consolidation of a fund in our insurance business in France, which invests primarily in debt securities, following an increase in our holding in the first half of the year.

Derivative assets increased by 3%. This was driven by a significant rise in the fair value of

interest rate contracts, notably in Europe, due to downward movements of yield curves in major currencies reflecting the ongoing monetary response to the economic weakness and turmoil in the eurozone. This was offset in part by higher netting, which rose in line with the increase in fair values.

Loans and advances to banks remained in line with December 2011 levels.

Loans and advances to customers increased by 4%. Lending grew in the second quarter of 2012, notably in CMB in Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific and the UK and in GB&M in Rest of Asia-Pacific as we captured international trade and capital flows and demand for credit rose. Overdraft balances in the UK which did not meet netting criteria under current accounting rules also increased, with a corresponding rise in customer accounts. Reverse repo balances rose, largely due to the deployment of the proceeds from the US disposals. In addition, residential mortgage balances continued to grow strongly, notably in the UK reflecting the success of our competitive offerings and marketing campaigns and, to a lesser extent, in Hong Kong where housing market activity remained relatively subdued compared with the previous year. The rise was also attributable to the completion of the merger of our operations in Oman (‘HSBC Oman’) with Oman International Bank S.A.O.G. (‘OIB’). This was partly offset by a reduction in residential mortgage balances in the US due to repayments on the run-off portfolio closed to new business.

During the first half of 2012, loans and advances to customers relating to the planned disposals of non-strategic RBWM banking operations in Rest of Asia-Pacific and businesses in Latin America were reclassified from ‘Loans and advances to customers’ to ‘Assets held-for-sale’ as we continued to reshape the Group using our five filters framework. A combined view of customer lending, which includes loans and advances to customers classified as held for sale is shown on page 36. The combined view of lending remained in line with December 2011 levels as growth in mortgage balances and term lending was broadly offset by the completion of the sale of the US Card and Retail Services business and the disposal of 138 non-strategic branches in the US in the first half of 2012.

Financial investments were broadly in line with December 2011 levels as Balance Sheet Management continued to hold large portfolios of highly liquid assets while managing selectively our exposure to sovereign debt. In Europe, financial investments declined as we redeployed the liquidity from the disposal of available-for-sale securities to

 

 

32


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

central banks as part of portfolio management activities. This was largely offset by a rise in North America where excess liquidity was redeployed into government debt securities.

Assets held for sale declined by 69% as a result of the completion of the US disposals. This was partly offset by reclassification of assets of disposal groups to ‘Assets held for sale’, notably the loans and advances to customers associated with the non-strategic operations in Latin America and Rest of Asia-Pacific.

Other assets remained in line with December 2011 levels.

Liabilities

Deposits by banks increased by 10%. The continued turmoil in sovereign debt markets led to a rise in placements by other financial institutions with HSBC, notably in Europe.

Customer accounts grew by 2%, driven by growth in Europe across all global businesses, and in Hong Kong across RBWM and CMB, reflecting the success of deposit gathering initiatives. The rise was also attributable to the completion of the merger of HSBC Oman with OIB. This was partly offset by lower repo balances and declines in Latin America due to a managed reduction in term deposits in Brazil, together with a fall in North America as short-term institutional placements at the end of 2011 returned to more normal levels in a competitive market.

In the first half of 2012, we reclassified deposit balances of non-strategic businesses in Rest of Asia-Pacific and Latin America from ‘Customer accounts’ to ‘Liabilities held for sale’. A combined view of customer deposits with customer accounts classified as held for sale is shown on page 36. The rise in the combined view of deposits reflected the growth in customer accounts, offset in part by the completion of the sale of the non-strategic branches in the US.

Trading liabilities increased by 16% as a result of higher repo activity to fund the rise in trading assets resulting from the increase in client activity. Cash collateral posted by third parties also rose in line with the fair value of derivative assets, notably in Europe. Settlement account balances, which vary significantly in proportion to the level of trading activity, also increased.

Financial liabilities designated at fair value remained in line with December 2011 levels. A net

increase in Europe as a result of new issuances was broadly offset by a net reduction in North America, where maturities were not replaced as funding requirements fell, driven by the business disposals and the continued reduction of the consumer finance portfolios in run-off in the US.

Derivative businesses are managed within market risk limits and, as a consequence, the increase in the value of Derivative liabilities broadly matched that of ‘Derivative assets’.

Debt securities in issue decreased by 4%. As noted above, funding requirements declined in North America and therefore maturing debt issuances were not replaced.

Liabilities under insurance contracts increased by 4%. This reflected reserves established for new business written, notably in Hong Kong and Europe, together with higher investment returns which resulted in a rise in the fair value of assets held to support unit-linked and investment and insurance contracts with DPF and the related liabilities to policyholders. This was partly offset by a reduction in insurance liabilities following the completion of the sale of the general insurance business in Argentina and reclassification of insurance liabilities in the US to liabilities of disposal groups held for sale.

Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale decreased by 43% following the completion of the disposal of 138 branches in the US. This was partly offset by the reclassification of liabilities relating to the non-strategic businesses in Latin America and Rest of Asia-Pacific together with insurance liabilities in the US to ‘Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale’ following the five filters review.

Other liabilities rose by 11%, reflecting the rise in provisions relating to certain US law enforcement and regulatory matters and customer redress provisions, a rise in current tax liabilities and higher balances owed to bondholders and investors in consolidated funds.

Equity

Total shareholders’ equity rose by 5%, driven by profits generated in the period and a reduction in the negative balance on the available-for-sale reserve from US$3.4bn at 31 December 2011 to US$1.8bn at 30 June 2012 reflecting an improvement in the fair value of these assets.

 

 

33


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of constant currency changes in assets and liabilities

 

     30 June 2012 compared with 31 December 2011  
HSBC    31 Dec 11
as
reported
US$m
         

Currency   

translation34

US$m   

         

31 Dec 11
at 30 Jun 12
exchange
rates

US$m

         

30 Jun 12

as
reported

US$m

         

Reported

change

%

         

Constant

currency

change

%

 

Cash and balances at central banks

     129,902            (625         129,277            147,911            14            14   

Trading assets

     330,451            353            330,804            391,371            18            18   

Financial assets designated at fair value

     30,856            (429         30,427            32,310            5            6   

Derivative assets

     346,379            (411         345,968            355,934            3            3   

Loans and advances to banks

     180,987            (1,436         179,551            182,191            1            1   

Loans and advances to customers

     940,429            1,209            941,638            974,985            4            4   

Financial investments

     400,044            (146         399,898            393,736            (2         (2

Assets held for sale

     39,558            (17         39,541            12,383            (69         (69

Other assets

     156,973            779            157,752            161,513            3            2   

Total assets

     2,555,579            (723         2,554,856            2,652,334            4            4   

Deposits by banks

     112,822            (464         112,358            123,553            10            10   

Customer accounts

     1,253,925            1,552            1,255,477            1,278,489            2            2   

Trading liabilities

     265,192            168            265,360            308,564            16            16   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     85,724            248            85,972            87,593            2            2   

Derivative liabilities

     345,380            (343         345,037            355,952            3            3   

Debt securities in issue

     131,013            (247         130,766            125,543            (4         (4

Liabilities under insurance contracts

     61,259            (800         60,459            62,861            3            4   

Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale

     22,200            (113         22,087            12,599            (43         (43

Other liabilities

     111,971            (339         111,632            123,414            10            11   

Total liabilities

     2,389,486            (338         2,389,148            2,478,568            4            4   

Total shareholders’ equity

     158,725            (391         158,334            165,845            4            5   

Non-controlling interests

     7,368            7            7,375            7,921            8            7   

Total equity

     166,093            (384         165,709            173,766            5            5   

Total equity and liabilities

     2,555,579            (722         2,554,857            2,652,334            4            4   

For footnote, see page 100.

 

In implementing our strategy, we have agreed to sell a number of businesses across the Group. Assets and liabilities of businesses, the sale of which is highly probable, are reported in held-for-sale categories on the balance sheet until the sale is closed. We include loans and advances to customers

and customer account balances reported in held-for-sale categories in our combined view of customer lending and customer accounts. We consider the combined view more accurately reflects the size of our lending and deposit books and growth thereof.

 

 

34


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Customer accounts by country

 

     At
30 June
2012
US$m
          At
30 June
2011
US$m
         

At
31 December
2011

US$m

 

Europe

     529,529            548,811            493,404   

UK

     382,945            366,134            361,181   

France36

     62,891            101,032            55,278   

Germany

     14,935            9,046            8,738   

Malta

     5,899            6,200            5,695   

Switzerland

     44,252            46,790            45,283   

Turkey

     7,171            7,583            6,809   

Other

     11,436            12,026            10,420   

Hong Kong

     318,820            305,726            315,345   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     173,157            168,589            174,012   

Australia

     19,560            18,780            18,802   

India

     10,315            11,732            10,227   

Indonesia

     6,382            5,982            6,490   

Mainland China

     32,183            28,481            31,570   

Malaysia

     16,523            16,962            16,970   

Singapore

     46,560            40,906            44,447   

Taiwan

     11,822            11,968            11,659   

Vietnam

     1,870            1,543            1,834   

Other

     27,942            32,235            32,013   

Middle East and North Africa

              

(excluding Saudi Arabia)

     39,029            37,119            36,422   

Egypt

     7,444            7,103            7,047   

Qatar

     3,031            3,319            2,796   

United Arab Emirates

     17,727            18,558            18,172   

Other

     10,827            8,139            8,407   

North America

     148,360            162,633            155,982   

US

     91,525            104,749            97,542   

Canada

     46,113            47,049            45,510   

Bermuda

     10,722            10,835            12,930   

Latin America

     69,594            96,109            78,760   

Argentina

     4,862            4,403            4,878   

Brazil

     34,022            52,285            42,410   

Mexico

     22,491            25,326            21,772   

Panama

     5,696            7,535            5,463   

Other

     2,523            6,560            4,237   
                                
     1,278,489            1,318,987            1,253,925   

For footnote, see page 100.

 

35


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Combined view of customer lending and customer deposits

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012
US$m

         

30 June

2011
US$m

          Change
%
         

30 June

2012
US$m

         

31 December

2011

US$m

          Change
%
 

Loans and advances to customers

     974,985            1,037,888            (6.1         974,985            940,429            3.7   

Loans and advances to customers reported in held for sale35

     5,496            1                       5,496            35,105            (84.3

Card and Retail Services

                                                 29,137            (100.0

US branches

     528                                  528            2,441            (78.4

Other

     4,968            1                       4,968            3,527            40.9   
                                                        

Combined customer lending

     980,481            1,037,889            (5.5         980,481            975,534            0.5   

Customer accounts

     1,278,489            1,318,987            (3.1         1,278,489            1,253,925            2.0   

Customer accounts reported in held for sale35

     9,668                                  9,668            20,138            (52.0

US branches

     3,633                                  3,633            15,144            (76.0

Other

     6,035                                  6,035            4,994            20.8   
                                                        

Combined customer deposits

     1,288,157            1,318,987            (2.3         1,288,157            1,274,063            1.1   

For footnote, see page 100.

 

Economic profit/(loss)

 

Our internal performance measures include economic profit/(loss), a calculation which compares the return on financial capital invested in HSBC by our shareholders with the cost of that capital. We price our cost of capital internally and the difference between that cost and the post-tax profit attributable to ordinary shareholders represents the amount of economic profit/(loss) generated. In order to concentrate on performance rather than measurement bases, we emphasise the trend in economic profit/(loss) ahead of absolute amounts.

Our long-term cost of capital is reviewed annually and is 11% for 2012; this remains unchanged from 2011. The following commentary is on a reported basis.

The return on invested capital fell by 1.5 percentage points to 9.9%, which was 1.1 percentage points lower than our benchmark cost of capital. Our economic loss was US$0.9bn, a decrease of US$1.2bn compared with the gain at 30 June 2011. This reflected higher average invested capital and a decrease in profits attributable to ordinary shareholders, primarily due to a higher tax charge in the first half of 2012.

 

 

Economic profit/(loss)

 

     Half-year to  
     30 June 2012           30 June 2011           31 December 2011  
     US$m           %37           US$m           %37           US$m           %37  

Average total shareholders’ equity

     163,030                  153,312                  158,946         

Adjusted by:

                                

Goodwill previously amortised or written off

     8,123                  8,123                  8,123         

Property revaluation reserves

     (901               (916               (912      

Reserves representing unrealised losses on effective cash flow hedges

     85                  384                  190         

Reserves representing unrealised losses on available-for-sale securities

     2,441                  3,699                  3,059         

Preference shares and other equity instruments

     (7,256               (7,256               (7,256      

Average invested capital4

     165,522                  157,346                  162,150         

Return on invested capital38

     8,152            9.9            8,929            11.4            7,295            8.9   

Benchmark cost of capital

     (9,054         (11.0         (8,583         (11.0         (8,989         (11.0

Economic profit/(loss) and spread

     (902         (1.1         346            0.4            (1,694         (2.1

For footnotes, see page 100.

 

36


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of RoRWA measures

 

 

 

Performance Management

We target a return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity of 12%–15%. For internal management purposes we monitor global businesses and geographical regions by pre-tax return on RWAs, a metric which combines return on equity and regulatory capital efficiency objectives.

 

In addition to measuring return on average risk- weighted assets (‘RoRWA’) we measure our performance internally using underlying RoRWA, which is underlying profit before tax as a percentage of average risk-weighted assets adjusted for the

effects of foreign currency translation differences. Underlying RoRWA adjusts performance for certain items which distort year-on-year performance as explained on page 15.

We also present underlying RoRWA adjusted for the effect of operations which are not regarded as contributing to the longer-term performance of the Group. These include the run-off portfolios and the Card and Retail Services business which was sold in May 2012.

 

 

Reconciliation of underlying RoRWA (excluding run-off portfolios and Card and Retail Services)

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2012  
     Pre-tax
return
        

Average

RWAs39

         RoRWA
40,41
 
     US$m          US$bn          %  

Reported41

     12,737           1,194           2.1   

Underlying40

     10,608           1,194           1.8   

Run-off portfolios

     (1,393        175        

Legacy credit in GB&M

     (378        48        

US CML and other42

     (1,015        127        

Card and Retail Services

     768           34        

Underlying (excluding run-off portfolios and Card and Retail Services)

     11,233           986           2.3   

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2011          Half-year to 31 December 2011  
     Pre-tax
return
        

Average

RWAs39

         RoRWA
40,41
         Pre-tax
return
        

Average

RWAs40

         RoRWA
40,41
 
     US$m          US$bn          %          US$m          US$bn          %  

Reported41

     11,474           1,134           2.0           10,398           1,179           1.7   

Underlying40

     10,968           1,101           2.0           5,806           1,156           1.0   

Run-off portfolios

     (1,451        164                (3,448        175        

Legacy credit in GB&M

     (88        27                (339        37        

US CML and other42

     (1,363        137                (3,109        138        

Card and Retail Services

     828           35                694           35        

Underlying (excluding run-off portfolios and Card and Retail Services)

     11,591           902           2.6           8,560           946           1.8   

For footnotes, see page 100.

 

Disposals, held for sale and run-off portfolios

 

In implementing our strategy, we have sold or agreed to sell a number of businesses across the Group. The sale of these businesses, especially the US Card and Retail Services portfolio, will have a significant adverse effect on both our revenue and profitability in the future. In addition, we have two

significant portfolios which are being run down. We expect the losses on these portfolios to continue to adversely affect the Group in the future.

The table below presents the historical results of these businesses. We do not expect the historical results to be indicative of future results because of disposal or run-off. Fixed allocated costs, included in total operating costs, will not necessarily be removed upon disposal and have been separately identified.

 

 

37


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Summary income statements for disposals, held for sale and run-off portfolios43,44

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2012  
                                      Run-off portfolios  
    

Card and

Retail

Services

US$m

        

Other

disposals

US$m

        

Held

for sale

US$m

        

US CML

and Other42

US$m

        

Legacy

credit in

GB&M

US$m

 

Net interest income/(expense)

     1,267           109           270           1,277           (4

Net fee income/(expense)

     409           (1        8           (9        (8

Net trading income/(expense)

               6           50           (238        (15

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

                         3           (513        5   

Gains less losses from financial investments

               5           10           3           (39

Dividend income

                                   2             

Net earned insurance premiums

               134           308           19             

Other operating income/(expense)

     7           5           35           (39        (3

Total operating income/(expense)

     1,683           258           684           502           (64

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

               (71        (178        (4          

Net operating income/(expense)14

     1,683           187           506           498           (64

Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions

     (322        1           (30        (1,577        (268

Net operating income/(expense)

     1,361           188           476           (1,079        (332

Total operating expenses

     (593        (158        (346        (386        (46

Operating profit/(loss)

     768           30           130           (1,465        (378

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

               1           1                       

Profit/(loss) before tax

     768           31           131           (1,465        (378

By geographical region

                      

Europe

                                             (369

Hong Kong

                         20                     1   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

               (7        12                     (1

Middle East and North Africa

                         35                       

North America

     768           17           17           (1,465        (9

Latin America

               21           47                       

Profit/(loss) before tax

     768           31           131           (1,465        (378

By global business

                      

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

     768           29           64           (961          

Commercial Banking

               2           25           9             

Global Banking and Markets

               1           51                     (378

Global Private Banking

               (2                              

Other

               1           (9        (513          

Profit/(loss) before tax

     768           31           131           (1,465        (378

Other information

                      

Gain on sale

     3,148           1,151                                 

Fixed allocated costs included in total operating expenses

     188           45           46           126             

Reduction in RWAs on disposal40,45

     39,326           2,301           7,699                       

RWAs40,45

                         8,749           122,293           47,730   
     %           %           %           %           %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     6.0           0.2           1.0           (11.5        (3.0

Cost efficiency ratio

     35.2           84.5           68.4           77.5           (71.9

For footnotes, see page 100.

 

38


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Ratios of earnings to combined fixed charges (and preference share dividends)

 

 

     Half-year
to 30 June
          Year ended 31 December  
     2012           2011      2010      2009      2008      2007  

Ratios of earnings to combined fixed charges and preference share dividends:1

                    

– excluding interest on deposits

     6.86            5.95         5.89         2.64         2.97         6.96   

– including interest on deposits

     1.85            1.64         1.69         1.20         1.13         1.34   

Ratios of earnings to combined fixed charges:1

                    

– excluding interest on deposits

     8.76            7.34         7.10         2.99         3.17         7.52   

– including interest on deposits

     1.91            1.68         1.73         1.22         1.14         1.34   

 

1 For the purpose of calculating the ratios, earnings consist of income from continuing operations before taxation and non controlling interest plus fixed charges and after deduction of the unremitted pre-tax income of associated undertakings. Fixed charges consist of total interest expense, including or excluding interest on deposits, as appropriate, dividends on preference shares and other equity instruments, as applicable, and the proportion of rental expense deemed representative of the interest factor.

 

38a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Global businesses

 

Summary

     39     

Basis of preparation

     39     

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

     40     

Commercial Banking

     43     

Global Banking and Markets

     46     

Global Private Banking

     49     

Other

     51     

Reconciliation of constant currency profit/(loss) before tax

     52a   

Analysis by global business

     53     

Disposals, held for sale and run-off portfolios

     56     

Summary

 

HSBC reviews operating activity on a number of bases, including by geographical region and by global business, as presented on page 57.

The commentaries below present global businesses followed by geographical regions. Performance is discussed in this order because certain strategic themes, business initiatives and trends affect more than one geographical region. All commentaries are on a constant currency basis (see page 13) unless stated otherwise.

 

Basis of preparation

The results of global businesses are presented in accordance with the accounting policies used in the preparation of HSBC’s consolidated financial statements. Our operations are closely integrated and, accordingly, the presentation of global business data includes internal allocations of certain items of income and expense. These allocations include the costs of certain support services and global functions, to the extent that these can be meaningfully attributed to operational business lines. While such allocations have been made on a systematic and consistent basis, they necessarily involve a degree of subjectivity.

Where relevant, income and expense amounts presented include the results of inter-segment funding as well as inter-company and inter-business line transactions. All such transactions are undertaken on arm’s length terms.

The expense of the 2011 UK bank levy is included in the Europe geographical region as HSBC regards the levy as a cost of being headquartered in the UK. For the purposes of the segmentation by global business, the cost of the levy is included in ‘Other’.

The provision of US$700m relating to US anti-money laundering, BSA and OFAC investigations is included in the North America geographical region, and in ‘Other’ for the purposes of the segmentation by global business.

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

 

     Half-year to  
     30 June 2012           30 June 2011           31 December 2011  
     US$m           %           US$m           %           US$m           %  

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

     6,410            50.3            3,126            27.3            1,144            11.0   

Commercial Banking

     4,429            34.8            4,189            36.5            3,758            36.1   

Global Banking and Markets

     5,047            39.6            4,811            41.9            2,238            21.5   

Global Private Banking

     527            4.1            552            4.8            392            3.8   

Other46

     (3,676         (28.8         (1,204         (10.5         2,866            27.6   
     12,737            100.0            11,474            100.0            10,398            100.0   

 

Total assets47

 

                                                                  
     At 30 June 2012           At 30 June 2011           At 31 December 2011  
     US$m           %           US$m           %           US$m           %  

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

     526,069            19.8            557,952            20.7            540,548            21.2   

Commercial Banking

     351,157            13.2            336,094            12.5            334,966            13.1   

Global Banking and Markets

     1,905,455            71.8            1,942,835            72.2            1,877,627            73.5   

Global Private Banking

     119,271            4.5            122,888            4.6            119,839            4.7   

Other

     179,703            6.8            189,912            7.0            180,126            7.0   

Intra-HSBC items

     (429,321         (16.1         (458,694         (17.0         (497,527         (19.5
     2,652,334            100.0            2,690,987            100.0            2,555,579            100.0   
                                

 

Risk-weighted assets

 

                                                                  
     At 30 June 2012           At 30 June 2011           At 31 December 2011  
     US$m           %           US$m           %           US$m           %  

Total

     1,159.9                  1,168.5                  1,209.5         

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

     298.7            25.7            365.0            31.2            351.2            29.0   

Commercial Banking

     397.8            34.3            363.3            31.1            382.9            31.7   

Global Banking and Markets

     412.9            35.6            385.4            33.0            423.0            35.0   

Global Private Banking

     21.8            1.9            23.9            2.1            22.5            1.9   

Other

     28.7            2.5            30.9            2.6            29.9            2.4   

For footnotes, see page 100.

 

39


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

 

RBWM provides banking and wealth management services to individual customers across our principal geographical markets.

 

     Half-year to  
     30 Jun
2012
US$m
     30 Jun
2011
US$m
     31 Dec
2011
US$m
 

Net interest income

     10,774         12,086         12,015   

Net fee income

     3,760         4,212         4,014   

Other income/(expense)

     4,781         1,274         (68

Net operating income48

     19,315         17,572         15,961   

Impairment charges49

     (3,273      (4,270      (5,049

Net operating income

     16,042         13,302         10,912   

Total operating expenses

     (10,218      (10,746      (10,456

Operating profit

     5,824         2,556         456   

Income from associates50

     586         570         688   

Profit before tax

     6,410         3,126         1,144   

RoRWA40

     3.9%         1.8%         0.6%   

Revenue growth in

faster-growing regions

Announced 14 disposals or closures

and completed five as part of our strategy

to deploy capital more effectively

Best Foreign Retail Bank in China

(The Asian Banker)

 

 

Strategic direction

RBWM’s aim is to provide world class retail banking and wealth management services to our customers. We will provide retail banking services in markets where we already have scale or where scale can be built over time and we will implement standardised distribution and service models to ensure we can deliver them consistently and with a high level of quality. As wealth creation continues to grow in both developed and emerging markets, we will leverage our global propositions such as Premier and our bancassurance and asset management capabilities to deepen our existing customer relationships and the penetration of our wealth management services.

We focus on three strategic imperatives:

 

 

developing world class wealth management for retail customers;

 

 

leveraging global expertise in retail banking; and

 

 

portfolio management to drive superior returns.

 

For footnotes, see page 100.

The commentary is on a constant currency basis unless stated otherwise.

Review of performance

 

 

RBWM reported a profit before tax of US$6.4bn, compared with US$3.1bn in the first half of 2011 on both a reported and constant currency basis. This included gains resulting from a number of strategic transactions, including US$3.1bn following completion of the disposal of the US Card and Retail Services business and US$449m on completion of the sale of 138 of the 195 non-strategic branches we agreed to sell in the US, as well as gains from the disposal of our operations in Thailand (US$108m), the Private Client Services business in Canada (US$75m) and the general insurance business in Argentina (US$57m). These gains were partly offset by the loss of operating profits from the Card and Retail Services business after 1 May 2012.

 

 

On an underlying basis, profit before tax fell by US$313m, largely driven by additional charges related to the customer redress programmes in the UK (US$532m). Further, revenue in the first half of 2011 had benefited from a gain of US$177m (US$181m as reported) following the implementation of a refinement to the calculation of the PVIF asset. These were partly offset by improved profitability in the US run-off portfolios of US$412m, with lower loan impairment charges more than offsetting lower revenues.

RBWM – profit/(loss) before tax

 

     Half-year to  
     30 Jun
2012
US$m
     30 Jun
2011
US$m
     31 Dec
2011
US$m
 

US Card and Retail Services

     768         982         1,079   

US run-off portfolios

     (961      (1,363      (3,109

Gain on disposal of US branch network and cards business

     3,597                   

Rest of RBWM

     3,006         3,507         3,174   
     6,410         3,126         1,144   

 

 

Excluding the results of the US Card and Retail Services, the US run-off portfolios and the gains on disposals in the US, the reported profit before tax for the Rest of RBWM declined by US$501m, with profit improvement in most countries being more than offset by a US$532m increase in customer redress charges in the UK, and the non-recurrence of PVIF gains and a pension credit.

 

 

40


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

 

We continued to build revenues in faster-growing regions, with Hong Kong, Latin America, Rest of Asia-Pacific, Middle East and North Africa, all showing increases over the first half of 2011 on a constant currency basis.

 

 

Revenue increased by 7% in Latin America due to a change in the product mix of the lending book as we grew our balances of higher-yielding assets and managed down our exposure to non strategic products, including vehicle finance and payroll loans in Brazil. Revenue also increased due to higher average lending balances in personal loans and credit cards in Argentina. In addition, insurance revenues grew due to strong sales of unit-linked pension products in Brazil and, in Argentina, from the gain on sale of the general insurance business. The revenue growth was partly offset by the loss on reclassification of certain businesses to held for sale and the non-recurrence of a gain on the sale and lease-back of branches in Mexico in the first half of 2011.

 

 

Revenue grew by 6% in Hong Kong reflecting wider deposit spreads, higher mortgage and personal lending balances, and higher insurance revenues due to strong sales and renewals of life insurance products. This was partly offset by narrower asset spreads in residential mortgages.

 

 

Revenue in Rest of Asia-Pacific increased by 8%, due to the gain on the sale of our operations in Thailand and higher net interest income, as a result of increased mortgage balances mainly in Singapore and Malaysia, driven by promotional campaigns, in addition to higher deposit volumes. This was partly offset by narrower lending spreads reflecting competitive pricing pressures in residential mortgage lending in a number of markets.

 

 

In Europe, revenue decreased by 7% despite strong deposit growth in the region and healthy mortgage lending growth in the UK, with wider lending spreads. Deposit spreads in the UK narrowed in the face of strong domestic competition. Insurance revenues also fell, mainly in France, reflecting an adverse movement in PVIF due to experience and assumption updates. In addition, life insurance sales also decreased resulting from increased competition from short-term bank products and the adverse economic environment. Our income from Insurance also declined as the gain of US$74m (US$78m as reported) following the implementation of a refinement to the calculation of the PVIF asset in the first half of 2011 did not recur.

 

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions fell by 22% compared with the first half of 2011. This was mainly in North America, where average balances declined significantly as we continued to run-off the CML portfolio. We saw an improvement in two-months-and-over contractual delinquency on balances less than 180 days past due. Loan impairment charges were adversely affected by delays in expected cash flows from mortgage loans due, in part, to delays in foreclosure processing, though the effects were less pronounced than in the first half of 2011. Additionally, in the first half of 2012 we increased our loan impairment allowances having updated our assumptions regarding the timing of expected cash flows received from customers with loan modifications. Loan impairment charges also fell due to the sale of the Card and Retail Services portfolio.

 

 

In Europe, loan impairment charges improved as a result of lower delinquency rates in both the secured and unsecured lending portfolios, primarily in the UK.

 

 

These reductions were partly offset by worsening delinquency rates in Brazil, following strong balance sheet growth in previous periods which was driven by increased marketing and acquisitions, and strong consumer demand in buoyant economic conditions which subsequently weakened.

 

 

Operating expenses decreased by 1% to US$10.2bn, as we reduced headcount and costs through both our organisation effectiveness programmes and the transactions undertaken through our portfolio management activities.

 

 

We achieved sustainable cost savings of more than US$160m, primarily in Europe, Latin America and North America, through ongoing measures taken to improve our efficiency. The completion of disposals during the period also resulted in a lower operational cost base. In North America, litigation and marketing expenses also fell.

 

 

Lower costs were achieved despite the additional provisions of US$1.1bn which were raised in the first half of 2012 in respect of customer redress provisions in the UK, compared with a charge of US$576m (US$589m as reported) in the first half of 2011, as explained on page 28. Cost pressures also came from the non-recurrence of a credit of US$256m (US$264m as reported) in the first half of 2011 relating to defined benefit pension obligations in the UK, and from wage inflation in faster-growing markets.

 

 

41


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Strategic imperatives

Developing world class wealth management for retail customers

 

 

Wealth Management revenues fell by some US$0.1bn in the first half of 2012 compared with the same period in 2011, primarily due to a gain from the refinement to the calculation of the PVIF asset in the first half of 2011 which did not recur. We continued to grow our premium revenue from life insurance products, primarily in Hong Kong, Latin America and Rest of Asia-Pacific, and revenues from foreign exchange transactions also increased, supported by the successful deployment of our web-enabled foreign currency ‘Get Rate’ system across key markets in Europe and Asia towards the end of 2011. However, investment markets remained challenging, with muted demand for investment products, and we saw lower volumes of securities trading by customers.

 

 

We saw continued growth in our World Selection and Premier Investment Management services with net inflows amounting to around US$1.2bn in the first half of the year, resulting in FuM of US$16.8bn at 30 June 2012 across both of these portfolios.

 

 

Global Asset Management FuM increased by US$9bn compared with 31 December 2011. However, average FuM in the first half of 2012 decreased by US$12.3bn, compared with the first half of 2011, due to adverse movements in equity markets and muted investor sentiment, particularly in the latter part of 2011.

 

 

In Insurance, we entered into strategic partnerships in North America with Met Life and in the Middle East and North Africa with Zurich Life International, delivering an enhanced product offering for our customers and dedicated sales and marketing support for our relationship managers.

Leveraging global expertise in retail banking

 

 

In the UK, the mortgage business continued to grow. Our market share of new mortgage lending remained at 11%. We committed to lending at least £17bn (US$26bn) to UK mortgage customers in 2012, of which we had approved £10bn (US$15bn) by the end of June 2012. In Hong Kong, average mortgage balances increased, maintaining our position as market leaders.

 

We enhanced our digital banking capabilities and distributed these across our geographical regions. For example, in the UAE the HSBC website was launched in Arabic making us the first international bank with a bilingual digital presence in the Emirates. In Australia we launched an online share trading platform giving our customers mobile access at a competitive price.

 

 

Our business re-engineering programmes are enabling us to drive efficiency improvements and cost reductions across the business, and to improve and standardise business models, organisation structures and control frameworks.

Portfolio management to drive superior returns

 

 

During the first half of 2012 we made further progress towards our strategic priority of maximising returns from our portfolios, with 14 newly announced disposals or closures impacting 17 businesses, and five transactions closed. The sale of our retail operations in Thailand, our US Card and Retail Services business, the Private Client Services business in Canada and the general insurance business in Argentina were completed. The closure of a retail banking business in a non-priority market was completed in Europe, and sale transactions were announced in Latin America, as was the closure of the consumer finance business in Canada.

 

 

We are exiting the general insurance manufacturing business while focusing on life insurance manufacturing, where we have scale. We announced the sale of our general insurance businesses in Hong Kong, Singapore, Argentina and Mexico. The Argentina sale was completed in the first half of 2012 and the Asia and Mexico disposals are expected to be completed in the second half of the year.

 

 

In the US, we entered into a strategic relationship to outsource the management of our mortgage origination and servicing operations. The conversion of these operations is expected to be completed in the first quarter of 2013.

 

 

During the first half of 2012, we also announced a strategic acquisition in the UAE and completed the merger of our Omani operations, offering our new customers the benefit of a wider range of banking products and services.

 

 

42


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

 

We remained focused on managing the run-off of balances in our CML portfolio, with period-end lending balances declining by 8% from December 2011 to US$45.7bn with 44% attributable to the write-off of balances. We engaged an adviser to assist us in exploring options to accelerate the liquidation of this portfolio and identified certain loan pools that we intend to sell as market conditions permit.

Commercial Banking

 

CMB offers a full range of commercial financial services and tailored propositions to 3.6m customers ranging from sole proprietors to publicly quoted companies in more than 60 countries.

 

     Half-year to  
     30 Jun
2012
US$m
          30 Jun
2011
US$m
          31 Dec
2011
US$m
 

Net interest income

     5,144            4,814            5,117   

Net fee income

     2,224            2,131            2,160   

Other income

     885            735            654   

Net operating income48

     8,253            7,680            7,931   

Impairment charges49

     (924         (642         (1,096

Net operating income

     7,329            7,038            6,835   

Total operating expenses

     (3,736         (3,465         (3,756

Operating profit

     3,593            3,573            3,079   

Income from associates50

     836            616            679   

Profit before tax

     4,429            4,189            3,758   

RoRWA40

     2.3%            2.4%            2.0%   

Record half year profit before tax of

US$4.4bn

14%

growth in trade-related income

9%

growth in customer accounts since

June 2011, driven by Payments

and Cash Management

 

 

Strategic direction

CMB aims to be the banking partner of choice for international businesses by building on our rich heritage, international capabilities and relationships to enable connectivity and support trade and capital flows around the world thereby strengthening our leading position in international business and trade.

We focus on four strategic imperatives:

 

 

focus on faster-growing markets while connecting revenue and investment flows with developed markets;

 

 

capture growth in international small and medium-sized enterprises;

 

 

enhance collaboration across all global businesses to provide our customers with access to the full range of the Group’s services; and

 

 

drive efficiency gains through adopting a global operating model.

 

For footnotes, see page 100.

The commentary is on a constant currency basis unless stated otherwise.

 

 

 

43


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Review of performance

 

 

CMB reported a profit before tax of US$4.4bn, 6% higher than in the first half of 2011. On a constant currency basis, profit before tax increased by 8%.

 

 

On an underlying basis, excluding the gain of US$212m from the sale of non-strategic branches in the US and US$35m from the disposal of our general insurance business in Argentina, profit before tax rose by 3%. This reflected strong revenue growth across most products, particularly in faster-growing regions, and higher income from our associates in mainland China, partly offset by a rise in expenses reflecting the customer redress provisions in Europe, the non-recurrence of a credit relating to UK pension obligations in the first half of 2011 and a rise in loan impairment charges.

 

 

Revenue rose by 12%. Higher net interest income from lending activities reflected the strong demand for credit, particularly in 2011, in Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific, Latin America and Europe. Net interest income from deposits also rose as a result of higher spreads, coupled with growth in average customer account balances. This was partly attributable to our Payments & Cash Management business in Europe, North America and Rest of Asia-Pacific, which benefited from our focus on international customers and international connectivity.

 

 

We continued to benefit from strong revenue growth through our ongoing collaboration with GB&M, particularly from sales of GB&M financing and risk-management products to CMB customers, tailored as appropriate to meet their needs. Over half of this growth was generated from sales of foreign exchange products. Revenues from Global Trade and Receivables Finance also grew strongly, benefiting from export-led lending growth in Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific, as we continued to capitalise on our position as the world’s leading trade finance bank (as reported in the Oliver Wyman Global Transaction Banking Survey 2011) supporting those businesses that trade internationally.

 

 

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions increased by US$315m, driven by a rise in collective and individually assessed provisions in Latin America associated with the significant lending growth in Brazil in previous years, together with rising delinquency in business banking. Loan impairment charges also

   

rose as a result of a small number of individually assessed provisions in Rest of Asia-Pacific and in Europe, across a range of sectors, reflecting the challenging economic conditions in the region.

 

 

Operating expenses increased by 13%, largely due to a credit of US$206m (US$212m as reported) in the first half of 2011 relating to defined benefit pension obligations in the UK, which did not recur, coupled with a customer redress provision relating to interest rate protection products in Europe (see page 28). Inflationary pressures in Rest of Asia-Pacific and Latin America, together with an increase in costs to support business expansion in key markets such as new branch openings in mainland China, also led to a rise in operating expenses.

 

 

Income from associates grew by 32% as our associates in mainland China benefited from a strong rise in lending, reflecting the continued economic growth and wider spreads following interest rate rises during 2011.

Strategic imperatives

Focus on faster-growing markets while connecting with developed markets

 

 

Our operations in the faster-growing regions of Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific, Latin America and Middle East and North Africa accounted for half of our lending balances and revenue and two-thirds of our profit before tax. However, while we are extending our strategic presence in faster-growing regions, we continue to invest in developed markets, leveraging our ability to connect revenue and investment flows between the two. We launched the first renminbi commercial savings account in Canada, enabling CMB clients to hold funds locally in the Chinese currency. In addition, as part of our ‘China Out’ strategy within Global Trade and Receivables Finance, we have established dedicated desks with Mandarin speakers in key trading markets outside mainland China, to facilitate Chinese businesses expanding overseas.

 

 

Global Trade and Receivables Finance revenues increased by 14% as we continued to capitalise on our position as the world’s leading trade finance bank. Global Trade and Receivables revenue growth from our faster-growing regions was 5% higher than from our developed regions. Our total Global Trade and Receivables revenues grew by more than twice the rate of global trade growth. Our Commodity and Structured Trade Finance expansion is gathering

 

 

44


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

 

momentum with more than 55 staff now working in six offices in Europe, Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific and Latin America. We will extend the offering to additional markets later this year and into 2013. Together with GB&M, we remain on target to deliver the Group’s target of doubling trade revenues to US$5bn in the medium term.

 

 

Our Payments and Cash Management business is fundamental to our client relationships and, in the first half of 2012, grew more quickly than global payments volumes with revenue increasing by 19% on the first half of 2011. This was driven by strong growth in average liability balances, reflecting in part the implementation of our Global Liquidity Solutions platform, together with increased focus on cross-selling payments and cash management products to target customers.

Capture growth in international SMEs

 

 

Our international SME customer base generates significantly higher revenues than our domestic customers and accounted for more than a third of our Business Banking revenues in the first half of 2012. During the period, we continued to reposition Business Banking to focus on attracting the growing number of internationally aspirant SMEs and serving them better.

 

 

We have a strong Business Banking franchise with over 3.4 million customers worldwide and are therefore well positioned to support customers who begin to trade internationally. In the first half of 2012, we launched a £4bn (US$6bn) International SME fund in the UK and our third International Trade SME fund in the UAE of US$272m to support SMEs in these countries who trade, or aspire to trade, internationally. We had approved lending of more than £2.5bn (US$4bn) in the UK and US$68m in the UAE against these commitments at the end of June 2012. Our Business Banking customer base is also a significant source of funding, generating more than 50% of total CMB deposits.

 

 

To service this growing customer base, in 2011 we invested in International Commercial Managers in the UK who focus exclusively on supporting international SMEs. We deployed over 150 of these managers and, following the model’s success, rolled it out to two other priority countries during the first half of 2012, with further countries to follow in the latter part of the year and into 2013.

Strong partnership with global businesses

 

 

In the first half of 2012, CMB identified additional revenue opportunities totalling US$1bn from stronger and more strategic collaboration with the other global businesses. This, together with the previously announced target of US$1bn takes the potential revenue upside from greater collaboration between CMB and the other global businesses to US$2bn in the short to medium term. To achieve this, we are focusing on increasing sales of insurance products to CMB customers, particularly trade credit and business protection insurance products. Our trade credit proposition will be rolled out to the UK in the third quarter of 2012, with Brazil and Hong Kong to follow later this year and further countries in 2013. We also launched the Global Priority Clients initiative with GPB to jointly service the Group’s largest ultra-high net worth clients with corporate and personal needs. Each client will have a single dedicated point of contact accountable for overall client management activities across the Group.

 

 

Our customers also continued to benefit from our partnership with GB&M. We have now implemented consistent management structures at regional and country level as part of our enhanced collaboration initiative to ensure our clients have access to relevant GB&M products, where this helps to meet their financial needs. Dedicated resources in Global Banking have been allocated to support CMB clients in Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific. In addition, we have developed an e-FX proposition for CMB clients. Revenues from the sale of GB&M products to CMB customers, which are shared between the two global businesses, increased by 16% on the first half of 2011, driven by sales of foreign exchange products in faster-growing regions.

Drive efficiency gains through adopting a global operating model

 

 

Our reported cost efficiency ratio was in line with the first half of 2011 as we continued to focus on operational improvements, streamlining our processes and simplifying our operations to deliver sustainable savings.

 

 

To date, we have rolled out our globally consistent operating model in 20 markets, delivering a consistent management structure

 

 

45


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

 

across countries and optimising sales capacity against global benchmarks. The implementation of our standard model to increase relationship manager capacity has yielded efficiency gains. In addition, we are now tracking customer experience consistently across our priority markets to ensure we are meeting the needs of our clients.

 

 

Process re-engineering, particularly in the credit function, is key to successful implementation of our global model to increase the capacity of our relationship managers. We have made significant progress in accelerating credit renewals for higher quality customers, freeing up relationship manager time to support our customers. Pilots are underway in three countries, with plans to implement these improvements in all priority markets by the end of the year.

 

 

We have also continued to deliver efficiencies by centralising support functions, leveraging scale and expertise in our global service centres, and we have made significant progress in migrating the processing of certain trade activities to these centres. We now have over 600 staff located within the Service Delivery function processing trade-related transactions and almost all of our markets have fully migrated to this model.

Global Banking and Markets

 

GB&M provides tailored financial solutions to major government, corporate and institutional clients worldwide.

 

     Half-year to  
     30 Jun
2012
US$m
          30 Jun
2011
US$m
          31 Dec
2011
US$m
 

Net interest income

     3,625            3,603            3,660   

Net fee income

     1,598            1,730            1,497   

Net trading income51

     3,735            3,827            1,377   

Other income

     1,377            529            834   

Net operating income48

     10,335            9,689            7,368   

Impairment charges49

     (598         (334         (650

Net operating income

     9,737            9,355            6,718   

Total operating expenses

     (5,073         (4,860         (4,862

Operating profit

     4,664            4,495            1,856   

Income from associates50

     383            316            382   

Profit before tax

     5,047            4,811            2,238   

RoRWA40

     2.4%            2.6%            1.1%   

Record revenues in Hong Kong,

Rest of Asia-Pacific and

Latin America on a reported basis

First bank to issue offshore

renminbi bond to European investors

Best for bond origination

Best for overall products/services

(Asiamoney Offshore RMB Services Survey 2012)

 

 

Strategic direction

GB&M continues to pursue its ‘emerging markets-led and financing-focused’ strategy, with the objective of being a leading international wholesale bank. This strategy has evolved to include a greater emphasis on connectivity, leveraging the Group’s extensive distribution network.

We focus on four strategic imperatives:

 

 

reinforce client coverage and client-led solutions for major government, corporate and institutional clients;

 

 

continue to selectively invest in the business to support the delivery of an integrated suite of products and services;

 

 

enhance collaboration with other global businesses, particularly CMB, to deliver incremental revenues; and

 

 

focus on business re-engineering to optimise operational efficiency and reduce costs.

 

For footnotes, see page 100.

The commentary is on a constant currency basis unless stated otherwise.

 

 

46


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Review of performance

 

 

In conditions dominated by uncertainty in the financial markets and the economic environment, GB&M reported profit before tax of US$5.0bn, 5% higher than in the first half of 2011. On a constant currency basis, profit before tax increased by 8% due to higher revenues in a number of businesses, offset in part by a rise in operating expenses and higher loan impairment charges. GB&M is well positioned for growth in faster-growing markets, with revenues rising by 15% in Hong Kong, 17% in Rest of Asia-Pacific and 17% in Latin America in the first half of 2012.

 

 

Revenues increased by 10%, driven by gains on the disposal of available-for-sale debt securities in Balance Sheet Management and higher Rates revenues following the ECB’s announcement of the LTRO. Foreign Exchange also recorded strong revenues, driven by robust client flows and increased market volatility. Higher revenues in Payments and Cash Management (‘PCM’) benefited from an increase in average customer account balances compared with the first half of 2011. These results were partly offset by a decrease in Equities’ revenues as market volumes declined.

 

 

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions were US$598m, compared with US$320m in the first half of 2011. Loan impairment charges increased by US$290m due to a small number of individually assessed impairment charges in Europe and Middle East & North Africa together with a rise in loan impairment charges in our legacy credit business in Europe. By contrast, credit risk provisions decreased from US$255m to US$243m, reflecting lower charges on available-for-sale ABSs in legacy credit, where we reported a US$52m decline due to losses arising in underlying collateral pools generating lower impairment charges. In addition, charges on Greek sovereign debt reduced from US$65m in the first half of 2011 to US$5m in the first half of 2012. These movements were offset in part by an impairment charge on an available-for-sale debt security in Principal Investments.

 

 

Operating expenses increased by 7%. The rise in costs was mainly attributable to a credit of US$108m (US$111m as reported) in the first half of 2011 relating to defined benefit obligations in the UK which did not recur,

Management view of total operating income/(expense)

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 Jun

2012
US$m

         

30 Jun

2011
US$m

          31 Dec
2011
US$m
 

Global Markets52

     5,334            5,146            2,952   

Credit

     370            530            (195

Rates

     1,805            1,355            (14

Foreign Exchange

     1,733            1,517            1,755   

Equities

     396            612            349   

Securities Services

     818            854            819   

Asset and Structured Finance

     212            278            238   

Global Banking

     2,785            2,670            2,731   

Financing and Equity Capital Markets

     1,526            1,664            1,569   

Payments and Cash Management53

     874            695            839   

Other transaction services54

     385            311            323   

Balance Sheet Management

     2,206            1,765            1,723   

Principal Investments

     147            175            34   

Other55

     (137         (67         (72

Total operating income

     10,335            9,689            7,368   

For footnotes, see page 100.

and a customer redress provision relating to interest rate protection products in Europe in the first half of 2012 (see page 28). Excluding these items, expenses rose as we continued to strengthen our compliance resources, principally in the US.

 

 

Global Markets delivered a strong performance, supported by robust customer flows and a stronger market sentiment, notably in the first quarter of 2012. Foreign Exchange reported strong revenue growth, particularly in Europe and Hong Kong, driven by a rise in customer activity in part due to collaboration with CMB, coupled with higher market volatility which led to an improved trading environment for foreign exchange compared with the first half of 2011, particularly in Europe. In Rates, trading revenues increased significantly compared with each half of 2011, notably in Europe, following the European Central Bank’s announcement of the LTRO, which resulted in improved liquidity, tightening spreads and increased customer demand. Primary market revenues in the Rates business also increased, mainly in Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific.

 

 

47


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

However, this was partly offset by adverse fair value movements on structured liabilities of US$330m as credit spreads tightened in the first half of 2012, compared with a US$60m reported favourable movement in the first half of 2011.

 

 

In Equities, a decline in revenues reflected lower market volumes and a less favourable trading environment. Lower revenues were also reported in Credit as revenues in our legacy credit portfolio (see page 284) declined by US$280m due to write-downs compared with releases in the first half of 2011, along with net realised losses on the disposal of specific bond positions. In addition, effective yields declined as funding costs increased and the size of the portfolio was reduced. Excluding legacy credit, Credit revenues rose, driven by higher primary issuances in Europe, Hong Kong and North America.

 

 

Global Banking revenues increased by 7%, mainly in Payments and Cash Management, which benefited from higher average customer account balances in Europe and Rest of Asia-Pacific, reflecting new mandates, partly as a result of the implementation of our Global Liquidity Solutions platform. Revenues in Global Trade and Receivables Finance, reported within other transaction services, also increased, mainly in Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific and Latin America reflecting export-led lending growth. This was partly offset by lower revenues in Financing and Equity Capital Markets mainly in Credit and Lending, due to losses on disposal of certain high-yielding positions as we continued to manage risk in the portfolio. In addition, revenues in Equity Capital Markets declined as overall deal volumes were affected by the challenging economic environment.

 

 

Balance Sheet Management reported significantly higher gains on the disposal of available-for-sale debt securities, mainly in the UK, as part of structural interest rate risk management activities. Net interest income declined in Europe as yield curves continued to flatten and interest rates remained low, together with a reduction in available-for-sale debt securities as a result of disposals. This was partly offset by lower funding costs in Latin America coupled with higher spreads and portfolio growth in Rest of Asia-Pacific.

Strategic imperatives

Reinforce client coverage and client-led solutions

 

 

Global Banking’s multinationals coverage proposition, which facilitates growth in cross-border business, contributed to revenues in faster-growing markets, in part due to more focused origination efforts.

 

 

To further enhance coverage efforts in Global Banking, we announced the formation of the Corporate Finance Group. The group will pro-actively engage with client coverage and solution teams to strengthen the financial advisory and financing event business by providing holistic advice to customers. We also created a Global Product Organisation structure in Payments and Cash Management to streamline product management and better service customer needs.

 

 

In Global Markets, we established the Institutional Client Group to complement the existing Corporate Treasury Solutions Group. This improved the positioning of our product offering, enabling us to provide tailored cross-product solutions to institutional clients in Europe in the changing financial and regulatory environment. In addition, cross-regional sales teams in Global Markets also executed a number of significant transactions, partnering with global product teams established in each region to strengthen expertise and coverage.

 

 

Our ‘Client Engagement Programme’, a global initiative that seeks to understand client relationships in a consistent way across regions, contributed to more focused dialogue with our key clients to better meet their banking needs.

Enhance core product strengths and selectively develop new capabilities

 

 

In April 2012, we issued the first international renminbi bond outside sovereign Chinese territory, mainly distributing to European investors. The success of this transaction reinforced HSBC’s position as the leading global house for international renminbi issuance in this growing market.

 

 

The enhancement of product offerings on our e-FX platforms contributed to our performance in the 2012 Euromoney FX survey. Our market share ranking has improved since 2010, reflecting our investment in recent years which has resulted in a significant increase in transaction volumes.

 

 

48


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

 

Despite underlying market volumes being lower in the period, we remain focused on our Equities strategy targeting selected European countries and faster-growing markets. Following recent investment in our equity execution platform, our ranking in Europe in the 2012 Extel survey improved from tenth in 2011 to sixth in 2012.

 

 

Our Global Liquidity Solutions proposition within Payments and Cash Management, now live in 24 countries, provides advanced liquidity management functionality for our clients with improved visibility and control of their liquidity positions.

Collaborate with other global businesses to deliver incremental revenues

 

 

Collaboration with other global businesses remains key to delivering our strategy and we continued to work closely with CMB to provide their clients access to relevant GB&M products. This resulted in a rise in revenues, which are shared between the two global businesses, of 16% in the first half of 2012, primarily from sales of foreign exchange products in faster-growing markets.

 

 

We also announced a partnership between GB&M and GPB to formalise existing links between the Institutional Private Client Group in GB&M, previously known as the Family Office, and the Global Priority Client Group within GPB. The newly formed teams will work together to service jointly the diverse corporate and personal investment needs of the Group’s largest ultra-high net worth clients.

 

 

Building on GB&M’s expertise in foreign exchange trading and RBWM’s extensive retail customer base, we jointly launched a real-time online foreign currency margin trading product in Hong Kong, providing retail customers with access to an integrated foreign exchange trading platform.

Delivering sustainable cost savings

 

 

We made progress in implementing the organisational design announced in 2011 and we continued to optimise our resources, with efficiency gains within our trading and operational platforms. A number of established projects are expected to deliver further sustainable cost savings and all discretionary spending continues to be tightly managed.

Global Private Banking

 

GPB serves high net worth individuals and families with complex and international financial needs.

 

     Half-year to  
     30 Jun
2012
US$m
          30 Jun
2011
US$m
          31 Dec
2011
US$m
 

Net interest income

     672            729            710   

Net fee income

     625            731            651   

Other income

     344            229            242   

Net operating income48

     1,641            1,689            1,603   

Impairment charges49

     (4         (22         (64

Net operating income

     1,637            1,667            1,539   

Total operating expenses

     (1,113         (1,117         (1,149

Operating profit

     524            550            390   

Income from associates50

     3            2            2   

Profit before tax

     527            552            392   

RoRWA40

     4.7%            4.5%            3.4%   

US$2.4bn

of intra-group referrals

primarily from CMB and RBWM

Completed the sale of our operations

in Japan resulting in a

gain on sale of US$67m

Best Private Bank in Asia

and the Middle East

(Euromoney’s 2011 Private Banking Survey)

 

 

Strategic direction

GPB works with high net worth clients to manage and preserve their wealth while connecting them to global opportunities. We focus on three strategic imperatives:

 

 

implementing a new operating model to manage the business globally and better service client needs, with an enhanced systems platform and improved risk and compliance standards;

 

 

intensifying collaboration with Group, particularly CMB to access entrepreneur wealth creation; and

 

 

capturing growth by focusing investment on the most attractive developed and faster-growing wealth markets, where GPB can access the Group’s client franchise and its strong local and international product capabilities.

 

For footnotes, see page 100.

The commentary is on a constant currency basis unless stated otherwise.

 

 

49


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Review of performance

 

 

Reported profit before tax of US$527m was 5% lower than in the first half of 2011 on a reported basis and 4% lower on a constant currency basis.

 

 

On an underlying basis, which excludes the gain of US$67m on the sale of the GPB business in Japan, profit before tax fell by 16% due to lower revenues and increased operating expenses, partly offset by decreased loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions.

 

 

Revenues declined by 2%, primarily in fee income. Brokerage fees fell in the first half of 2012, most notably in the second quarter, as the volume of client transactions decreased reflecting reduced client risk appetite. Annuity fees fell, reflecting lower average assets under management, notably in Europe, largely driven by adverse movements in financial markets in the second half of 2011. Average FuM were also affected by lower net new money inflows and a fall in client numbers, in part due to the ongoing strategic business review, as explained below. The lower revenues were partly offset by the gain on sale of the business in Japan.

 

 

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions were lower than in the first half of 2011 as a result of an impairment booked in the previous year in relation to available-for-sale Greek sovereign debt securities, part of which was released in the first half of 2012.

 

 

Operating expenses increased marginally, primarily driven by higher customer redress provisions and restructuring costs incurred in the first half of 2012. This was partly offset by a decrease in performance-related pay due to the lower revenue generated as well as lower average staff numbers following a restructuring programme across the business to improve operational efficiencies.

 

Client assets56       
     Half-year to  
     30 Jun
2012
US$bn
         30 Jun
2011
US$bn
         31 Dec
2011
US$bn
 

At beginning of period

     377           390           416   

Net new money

     (2        13             

Value change

     4           1           (21

Exchange/other

     (4        12           (18

At end of period

     375           416           377   
 

GPB is undertaking a programme to change its target client base from smaller, traditional offshore private banking clients to ultra-high net worth international and domestic relationships. This programme, along with a review of certain client relationships with a view to reduce control risk, resulted in a loss of US$1.7bn of client assets in the first half of 2012.

 

 

Client assets (see footnote 56), which include FuM and cash deposits, decreased driven by the sale of our Japan business which resulted in a decline in client assets of US$3.1bn, coupled with net new money outflows, notably in Europe including a small number of large client withdrawals.

 

 

‘Total client assets’, which include some non-financial assets held in client trusts, remained broadly unchanged at US$497bn compared with 31 December 2011.

Strategic imperatives

Integrated operating model

 

 

We started implementing a new target operating model designed to enable us to manage the business globally, better service the needs of clients through our global product offering and improve risk and compliance standards.

 

 

During the first half of 2012, we continued to restructure our business and incurred US$37m of costs. The restructuring resulted in a reduction of more than 350 staff numbers in the first half of 2012 and generated sustainable cost savings for the business.

 

 

The roll-out of front office systems and enhanced information security standards continued with a number of releases in Hong Kong, Singapore, the UK and the US.

 

 

In June, we completed the sale of our business in Japan, recognising a gain on sale of US$67m.

Integration with the Group

 

 

Intra-Group referrals contributed net new money of US$2.4bn. We aim to leverage our existing relationships by intensifying our collaboration with CMB in order to access wealth creating entrepreneurs and a joint initiative was launched to further enhance referral flows between the two global businesses.

 

 

For footnote, see page 100.

 

50


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

 

A new segmentation model has been designed to define the client proposition more clearly and ensure a seamless Group wealth proposition alongside RBWM. Entry thresholds and segmentation levels have been agreed for each market where both GPB and RBWM operate, and a systematic process for review and referral of clients is being instituted to ensure they receive the most appropriate proposition.

 

 

The Global Priority Clients initiative was launched with CMB and GB&M to jointly service the Group’s largest ultra-high net worth clients with corporate and personal needs. Each client will have a single dedicated point of contact accountable for overall client management activities across the Group.

 

 

GPB and Global Research announced an agreement to grant selected ultra-high net worth clients direct access to Global Research materials.

Capturing growth

 

 

We continued to develop our faster-growing markets business, with the majority of the new money inflow to funds under management (US$1.9bn) originating from Hong Kong, Latin America and Rest of Asia-Pacific.

 

 

Our investments product range has been further developed with the launch of additional real estate and private equity offerings, and the Emerging Market and Developed Market Fixed Income.

Other

 

‘Other’ contains the results of certain property transactions, unallocated investment activities, centrally held investment companies, movements in fair value of own debt, central support and functional costs with associated recoveries, HSBC’s holding company and financing operations.

 

     Half-year to  
     30 Jun
2012
US$m
          30 Jun
2011
US$m
          31 Dec
2011
US$m
 

Net interest expense

     (464         (481         (430

Net fee income

     100            3            31   

Net trading expense

     (205         (222         (133

Change in credit spread on long-term debt

     (1,810         (494         4,655   

Other changes in fair value

     (465         208            (130

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     (2,275         (286         4,525   

Other income

     3,182            3,014            3,124   

Net operating income48

     338            2,028            7,117   

Impairment (charges)/ recoveries49

                2            (2

Net operating income

     338            2,030            7,115   

Total operating expenses

     (4,049         (3,286         (4,206

Operating profit/(loss)

     (3,711         (1,256         2,909   

Income/(expense) from associates50

     35            52            (43

Profit/(loss) before tax

     (3,676         (1,204         2,866   

For footnotes, see page 100.

The commentary is on a constant currency basis unless stated otherwise.

 

 

51


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Notes

 

 

The reported loss before tax of US$3.7bn compared with a loss of US$1.2bn in the first half of 2011. On a constant currency basis, pre-tax loss increased by US$2.5bn.

 

 

Reported PBT in the first half of 2012 included adverse fair value movements of US$2.2bn on the fair value of our own debt attributable to a narrowing of credit spreads in the first half of 2012 compared with 2011 notably in Europe and North America, along with a gain on disposal of US$130m from the sale of our shareholding in a property company in the Philippines. In the first half of 2011, reported loss before tax included adverse fair value movements of US$143m on the fair value of our own debt and an accounting gain of US$181m arising from the dilution of our holding in Ping An following its issue of share capital to third parties. On an underlying basis, excluding the items noted above, the pre-tax loss increased by 34% driven by higher operating expenses, notably the provision for anti-money laundering, BSA and OFAC investigations in the US. For a description of the main items reported under ‘Other’, see footnote 46.

 

 

Net fee income increased by US$98m, due in part to fees received under the transition services agreement entered into following the sale of the Card and Retail Services business in North America.

 

 

Gains less losses from financial investments included gains of US$275m from the sale of our shares in two non-strategic investments in India, Axis Bank Limited and Yes Bank Limited.

 

Other operating income decreased by US$66m as the gain arising from the dilution of our holding in Ping An in the first half of 2011 was only partly offset by the gain from the sale of our shareholding in a property company in the Philippines in the first half of 2012.

 

 

Excluding the adverse movements in the fair value of our own debt, Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value decreased due to lower adverse fair value movements from interest and exchange rate ineffectiveness in the hedging of long-term debt designated at fair value issued by HSBC Holdings and our European and North American subsidiaries.

 

 

Operating expenses increased by 26% to US$4.0bn, driven by provisions for US anti-money laundering, BSA and OFAC investigations of US$700m. In addition, there were higher restructuring costs in our global support functions, notably in North America, Europe and Rest of Asia-Pacific, as part of our organisational effectiveness programmes, along with inflationary pressures on wages across Rest of Asia-Pacific. This was partly offset by lower restructuring costs in Latin America as the equivalent period in 2011 included costs associated with the reorganisation of regional and country support functions.

 

 

52


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of constant currency profit/(loss) before tax

 

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

30 June 2012 compared with 30 June 2011

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2012 (‘1H12’) compared with  half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’)  
    

1H11

as
reported
US$m

        

Currency

Translation10

US$m

        

1H11

at 1H12

exchange

rates

US$m

        

1H12

as

reported

US$m

        

Reported

change11

%

        

Constant

currency

change11

%

 

Net interest income

     12,086           (390        11,696           10,774           (11        (8

Net fee income

     4,212           (121        4,091           3,760           (11        (8

Gains on disposal of US branch network and cards business

                                   3,597             

Other income13

     1,274           (62        1,212           1,184           (7        (2

Net operating income14

     17,572           (573        16,999           19,315           10           14   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (4,270        92           (4,178        (3,273        23           22   

Net operating income

     13,302           (481        12,821           16,042           21           25   

Operating expenses

     (10,746        407           (10,339        (10,218        5           1   

Operating profit

     2,556           (74        2,482           5,824           128           135   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     570           19           589           586           3           (1

Profit before tax

     3,126           (55        3,071           6,410           105           109   
30 June 2012 compared with 31 December 2011             
     Half-year to 30 June 2012 (‘1H12’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2011 (‘2H11’)  
    

 
 
 

2H11

as
reported
US$m

  

  
  
  

      

 

 

Currency

Translation10

US$m

  

  

  

      

 

 

 

 

2H11

at 1H12

exchange

rates

US$m

  

  

  

  

  

      

 

 

 

1H12

as

reported

US$m

  

  

  

  

      

 

 

Reported

change11

%

  

  

  

      

 

 

 

Constant

currency

change11

%

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

     12,015           (204        11,811           10,774           (10        (9

Net fee income

     4,014           (53        3,961           3,760           (6        (5

Gains on disposal of US branch network and cards business

                                   3,597             

Other income13

     (68        (25        (93        1,184             

Net operating income14

     15,961           (282        15,679           19,315           21           23   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (5,049        50           (4,999        (3,273        35           35   

Net operating income

     10,912           (232        10,680           16,042           47           50   

Operating expenses

     (10,456        207           (10,249        (10,218        2             

Operating profit

     456           (25        431           5,824             

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     688           8           696           586           (15        (16

Profit before tax

     1,144           (17        1,127           6,410           460           469   

For footnotes, see page 100.

 

52a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying revenue15

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012
US$m

        

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
        

30 June

2012
US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported revenue

     19,315           17,572           10           19,315           15,961           21   

Constant currency

          (573                  (282     

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (3,837        (1,029             (3,837        (1,060     

Underlying revenue

     15,478           15,970           (3        15,478           14,619           6   
Reconciliation of reported and underlying loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (‘LIC’s)   
     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012
US$m

        

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
        

30 June

2012
US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported LICs

     (3,273        (4,270        23           (3,273        (5,049        35   

Constant currency

          92                     50        

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

               370                          304        

Underlying LICs

     (3,273        (3,808        14           (3,273        (4,695        30   
Reconciliation of reported and underlying operating expenses   
     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012
US$m

        

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
        

30 June

2012
US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported operating expenses

     (10,218        (10,746        5           (10,218        (10,456        2   

Constant currency

          407                     207        

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

               474                          286        

Underlying operating expenses

     (10,218        (9,865        (4        (10,218        (9,963        (3

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     66.0%           61.8%                66.0%           68.2%        
Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit before tax   
     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012
US$m

        

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
        

30 June

2012
US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported profit before tax

     6,410           3,126           105           6,410           1,144           460   

Constant currency

          (55                  (17     

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (3,837        (185             (3,837        (470     

Underlying profit before tax

     2,573           2,886           (11        2,573           657           292   
Reconciliation of reported and underlying average risk-weighted assets   
     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012
US$m

        

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
        

30 June

2012
US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Average reported RWAs

     331,865           357,809           (7        331,865           357,353           (7

Constant currency

          (3,925                  (1,340     

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                (17,561                        (17,360     

Average underlying RWAs

     331,865           336,323           (1        331,865           338,653           (2

 

52b


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Retail Banking and Wealth Management – HSBC Finance

Reconciliation of reported and underlying revenue15

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012
US$m

        

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
        

30 June

2012
US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported revenue

     5,936           4,198           41           5,936           3,012           97   

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (3,148        (914             (3,148        (904     

Underlying revenue

     2,788           3,284           (15 )        2,788           2,108           32   
Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit before tax   
     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012
US$m

        

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
        

30 June

2012
US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported profit before tax

     2,991           (353             2,991           (2,028     

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (3,148        (154             (3,148        (385     

Underlying profit before tax

     (157        (507        69           (157        (2,413        93   

 

52c


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Commercial Banking

30 June 2012 compared with 30 June 2011

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2012 (‘1H12’) compared with half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’)  
    

1H11

as
reported
US$m

        

Currency

translation10

US$m

        

1H11

at 1H12

exchange

rates

US$m

        

1H12

as

reported

US$m

        

Reported

change11

%

        

Constant

currency

change11

%

 

Net interest income

     4,814           (212        4,602           5,144           7           12   

Net fee income

     2,131           (76        2,055           2,224           4           8   

Gains on disposal of US branch network

                                   212             

Other income13

     735           (26        709           673           (8        (5

Net operating income14

     7,680           (314        7,366           8,253           7           12   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (642        33           (609        (924        (44        (52

Net operating income

     7,038           (281        6,757           7,329           4           8   

Operating expenses

     (3,465        160           (3,305        (3,736        (8        (13

Operating profit

     3,573           (121        3,452           3,593           1           4   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     616           16           632           836           36           32   

Profit before tax

     4,189           (105        4,084           4,429           6           8   
30 June 2012 compared with 31 December 2011   
     Half-year to 30 June 2012 (‘1H12’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2011 (‘2H11’)  
    

 
 
 

2H11

as
reported
US$m

  

  
  
  

      

 

 

Currency

translation10

US$m

  

  

  

      

 

 

 

 

2H11

at 1H12

exchange

rates

US$m

  

  

  

  

  

      

 

 

 

1H12

as

reported

US$m

  

  

  

  

      

 

 

Reported

change11

%

  

  

  

      

 

 

 

Constant

currency

change11

%

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

     5,117           (112        5,005           5,144           1           3   

Net fee income

     2,160           (43        2,117           2,224           3           5   

Gains on disposal of US branch network

                                   212             

Other income13

     654           (19        635           673           3           6   

Net operating income14

     7,931           (174        7,757           8,253           4           6   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (1,096        34           (1,062        (924        16           13   

Net operating income

     6,835           (140        6,695           7,329           7           9   

Operating expenses

     (3,756        87           (3,669        (3,736        1           (2

Operating profit

     3,079           (53        3,026           3,593           17           19   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     679           6           685           836           23           22   

Profit before tax

     3,758           (47        3,711           4,429           18           19   

For footnotes, see page 100.

 

52d


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying revenue15

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012

US$m

        

30 June

2011

US$m

         Change
%
        

30 June

2012

US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported revenue

     8,253           7,680           7           8,253           7,931           4   

Constant currency

          (314                  (174     

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (247        (7             (247        (6     

Underlying revenue

     8,006           7,359           9           8,006           7,751           3   
Reconciliation of reported and underlying loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (‘LIC’s)   
     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012
US$m

        

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
        

30 June

2012
US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported LICs

     (924        (642        (44        (924        (1,096        16   

Constant currency

          33                     34        

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

               (1                              

Underlying LICs

     (924        (610        (51        (924        (1,062        13   
Reconciliation of reported and underlying operating expenses   
     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012
US$m

        

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
        

30 June

2012
US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported operating expenses

     (3,736        (3,465        (8        (3,736        (3,756        1   

Constant currency

          160                     87        

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

               4                          3        

Underlying operating expenses

     (3,736        (3,301        (13        (3,736        (3,666        (2

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     46.7%           44.9%                46.7%           47.3%        
Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit before tax   
     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012
US$m

        

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
        

30 June

2012
US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported profit before tax

     4,429           4,189           6           4,429           3,758           18   

Constant currency

          (105                  (47     

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (247        (4             (247        (3     

Underlying profit before tax

     4,182           4,080           3           4,182           3,708           13   

 

52e


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Global Banking and Markets

30 June 2012 compared with 30 June 2011

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2012 (‘1H12’)  compared with half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’)  
    

1H11

as

reported

US$m

        

Currency

translation10

US$m

        

1H11

at 1H12

exchange

rates

US$m

        

1H12

as

reported

US$m

        

Reported

change11

%

        

Constant

currency

change11

%

 

Net interest income

     3,603           (117        3,486           3,625           1           4   

Net fee income

     1,730           (56        1,674           1,598           (8        (5

Other income13

     4,356           (113        4,243           5,112           17           20   

Net operating income14

     9,689           (286        9,403           10,335           7           10   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (334        14           (320        (598        (79        (87

Net operating income

     9,355           (272        9,083           9,737           4           7   

Operating expenses

     (4,860        133           (4,727        (5,073        (4        (7

Operating profit

     4,495           (139        4,356           4,664           4           7   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     316           8           324           383           21           18   

Profit before tax

     4,811           (131        4,680           5,047           5           8   
30 June 2012 compared with 31 December 2011   
     Half-year to 30 June 2012 (‘1H12’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2011 (‘2H11’)  
    

 
 
 

2H11

as
reported
US$m

  

  
  
  

      

 

 

Currency

translation10

US$m

  

  

  

      

 

 

 

 

2H11

at 1H12

exchange

rates

US$m

  

  

  

  

  

      

 

 

 

1H12

as

reported

US$m

  

  

  

  

      

 

 

Reported

change11

%

  

  

  

      

 

 

 

Constant

currency

change11

%

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

     3,660           (58        3,602           3,625           (1        1   

Net fee income

     1,497           (27        1,470           1,598           7           9   

Other income13

     2,211           (20        2,191           5,112           131           133   

Net operating income14

     7,368           (105        7,263           10,335           40           42   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (650        6           (644        (598        8           7   

Net operating income

     6,718           (99        6,619           9,737           45           47   

Operating expenses

     (4,862        68           (4,794        (5,073        (4        (6

Operating profit

     1,856           (31        1,825           4,664           151           156   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     382           2           384           383                       

Profit before tax

     2,238           (29        2,209           5,047           126           128   

For footnotes, see page 100.

 

52f


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying revenue15

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012
US$m

        

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
        

30 June

2012
US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported revenue

     10,335           9,689           7           10,335           7,368           40   

Constant currency

          (286                  (105     

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (18                       (18               

Underlying revenue

     10,317           9,403           10           10,317           7,263           42   
Reconciliation of reported and underlying loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (‘LIC’s)   
     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012
US$m

        

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
        

30 June

2012
US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported LICs

     (598        (334        (79        (598        (650        8   

Constant currency

          14                     6        

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                                               

Underlying LICs

     (598        (320        (87        (598        (644        7   
Reconciliation of reported and underlying operating expenses   
     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012
US$m

        

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
        

30 June

2012
US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported operating expenses

     (5,073        (4,860        (4        (5,073        (4,862        (4

Constant currency

          133                     68        

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                                               

Underlying operating expenses

     (5,073        (4,727        (7        (5,073        (4,794        (6

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     49.2%           50.3%                49.2%           66.0%        
Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit before tax   
     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012
US$m

        

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
        

30 June

2012
US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported profit before tax

     5,047           4,811           5           5,047           2,238           126   

Constant currency

          (131                  (29     

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (18                       (18               

Underlying profit before tax

     5,029           4,680           7           5,029           2,209           128   

 

52g


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Balance sheet data significant to Global Banking and Markets

 

     Europe
US$m
        

Hong

Kong
US$m

        

Rest of

Asia-

Pacific
US$m

         MENA
US$m
        

North

America
US$m

        

Latin

America
US$m

         Total
US$m
 

At 30 June 2012

                                

Trading assets1

     230,229           33,836           23,695           843           85,124           10,830           384,557   

Derivative assets2

     283,393           25,956           23,581           1,333           86,132           5,465           425,860   

Trading liabilities

     185,907           9,089           5,465           1,080           88,561           5,961           296,063   

Derivative liabilities2

     286,698           25,718           23,714           1,349           85,638           5,042           428,159   

At 30 June 2011

                                

Trading assets1

     299,734           29,105           17,686           1,138           106,329           13,286           467,278   

Derivative assets2

     215,099           24,324           16,490           1,087           65,681           4,381           327,062   

Trading liabilities

     232,676           12,700           4,372           522           111,927           5,262           367,459   

Derivative liabilities2

     197,486           24,447           17,225           1,075           67,225           3,835           311,293   

At 31 December 2011

                                

Trading assets1

     180,790           38,637           19,167           938           69,568           14,370           323,470   

Derivative assets2

     272,756           25,203           23,056           1,275           86,619           4,825           413,734   

Trading liabilities

     157,934           8,282           3,781           757           70,288           5,014           246,056   

Derivative liabilities2

     274,803           25,186           23,877           1,245           86,697           4,469           416,277   

 

1 Trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value and financial investments held in Europe, and by GB&M in North America, include financial assets which may be repledged or resold by counterparties.
2 Derivative assets and derivative liabilities of GB&M include derivative transactions between different regions of GB&M.

 

52h


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Global Private Banking

30 June 2012 compared with 30 June 2011

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2012 (‘1H12’)  compared with half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’)  
     1H11 as
reported
US$m
        

Currency

translation10

US$m

        

1H11

at 1H12

exchange

rates

US$m

        

1H12 as

reported

US$m

        

Reported

change11

%

        

Constant

currency

change11

%

 

Net interest income

     729           (7        722           672           (8        (7

Net fee income

     731           (11        720           625           (15        (13

Other income13

     229           (1        228           344           50           51   

Net operating income14

     1,689           (19        1,670           1,641           (3        (2

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (22        1           (21        (4        82           81   

Net operating income

     1,667           (18        1,649           1,637           (2        (1

Operating expenses

     (1,117        13           (1,104        (1,113                  (1

Operating profit

     550           (5        545           524           (5        (4

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     2                     2           3           50           50   

Profit before tax

     552           (5        547           527           (5        (4
30 June 2012 compared with 31 December 2011        
     Half-year to 30 June 2012 (‘1H12’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2011 (‘2H11’)  
    

 
 
 

2H11

as
reported
US$m

  

  
  
  

      

 

 

Currency

translation10

US$m

  

  

  

      

 

 

 

 

2H11

at 1H12

exchange

rates

US$m

  

  

  

  

  

      

 

 

 

1H12

as

reported

US$m

  

  

  

  

      

 

 

Reported

change11

%

  

  

  

      

 

 

 

Constant

currency

change11

%

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

     710           (5        705           672           (5        (5

Net fee income

     651           (6        645           625           (4        (3

Other income13

     242           (3        239           344           42           44   

Net operating income14

     1,603           (14        1,589           1,641           2           3   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (64                  (64        (4        94           94   

Net operating income

     1,539           (14        1,525           1,637           6           7   

Operating expenses

     (1,149        11           (1,138        (1,113        3           2   

Operating profit

     390           (3        387           524           34           35   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     2                     2           3           50           50   

Profit before tax

     392           (3        389           527           34           35   

For footnotes, see page 100.

 

52i


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying revenue15

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012
US$m

        

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
        

30 June

2012
US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported revenue

     1,641           1,689           (3        1,641           1,603           2   

Constant currency

          (19                  (14     

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (67        (3             (67        (2     

Underlying revenue

     1,574           1,667           (6        1,574           1,587           (1
Reconciliation of reported and underlying loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (‘LIC’s)   
     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012
US$m

        

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
        

30 June

2012
US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported LICs

     (4        (22        82           (4        (64        94   

Constant currency

          1                            

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                                               

Underlying LICs

     (4        (21        81           (4        (64        94   
Reconciliation of reported and underlying operating expenses   
     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012
US$m

        

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
        

30 June

2012
US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported operating expenses

     (1,113        (1,117                  (1,113        (1,149        3   

Constant currency

          13                     11        

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

               2                          13        

Underlying operating expenses

     (1,113        (1,102        (1        (1,113        (1,125        1   

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     70.7%           66.1%                70.7%           70.9%        
Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit before tax   
     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012
US$m

        

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
        

30 June

2012
US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported profit before tax

     527           552           (5        527           392           34   

Constant currency

          (5                  (3     

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (67        (1             (67        11        

Underlying profit before tax

     460           546           (16        460           400           15   

 

52j


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Other

30 June 2012 compared with 30 June 2011

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2012 (‘1H12’)  compared with half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’)  
    

1H11

as
reported
US$m

        

Currency

translation10

US$m

        

1H11

at 1H12

exchange

rates

US$m

        

1H12

as

reported

US$m

        

Reported

change11

%

        

Constant

currency

change11

%

 

Net interest expense

     (481        16           (465        (464        (4          

Net fee income

     3           (1        2           100           3,233           4,900   

Changes in fair value12

     (143                  (143        (2,170          

Other income13

     2,649           (74        2,575           2,872           8           12   

Net operating income14

     2,028           (59        1,969           338           (83        (83

Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions

     2           (2                            (100          

Net operating income

     2,030           (61        1,969           338           (83        (83

Operating expenses

     (3,286        82           (3,204        (4,049        (23        (26

Operating loss

     (1,256        21           (1,235        (3,711        (195        (200

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     52           (3        49           35           (33        (29

Loss before tax

     (1,204        18           (1,186        (3,676        (205        (210
30 June 2012 compared with 31 December 2011        
     Half-year to 30 June 2012 (‘1H12’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2011 (‘2H11’)  
    

 
 
 

2H11

as
reported
US$m

  

  
  
  

      

 

 

Currency

Translation10

US$m

  

  

  

      

 

 

 

 

2H11

at 1H12

exchange

rates

US$m

  

  

  

  

  

      

 

 

 

1H12

as

reported

US$m

  

  

  

  

      

 

 

Reported

change11

%

  

  

  

      

 

 

 

Constant

currency

change11

%

  

  

  

  

Net interest expense

     (430        12           (418        (464        8           11   

Net fee income

     31           (5        26           100           223           285   

Changes in fair value12

     4,076           (38        4,038           (2,170          

Other income13

     3,440           (19        3,421           2,872           (17        (16

Net operating income14

     7,117           (50        7,067           338           (95        (95

Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions

     (2        5           3                     100           (100

Net operating income

     7,115           (45        7,070           338           (95        (95

Operating expenses

     (4,206        27           (4,179        (4,049        4           3   

Operating profit/(loss)

     2,909           (18        2,891           (3,711          

Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures

     (43        1           (42        35             

Profit/(loss) before tax

     2,866           (17        2,849           (3,676          

For footnotes, see page 100.

 

52k


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying revenue15

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012
US$m

        

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
        

30 June

2012
US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported revenue

     338           2,028           (83        338           7,117           (95

Constant currency

          (59                  (12     

Own credit spread

     2,170           143                2,170           (4,076     

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (130        (181             (130        (27     

Underlying revenue

     2,378           1,931           23           2,378           3,002           (21
Reconciliation of reported and underlying loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (‘LIC’s)   
     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012
US$m

        

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
        

30 June

2012
US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported LICs

               2           (100                  (2        100   

Constant currency

          (2                  5        

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                                               

Underlying LICs

                                        3           (100
Reconciliation of reported and underlying operating expenses   
     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012
US$m

        

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
        

30 June

2012
US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported operating expenses

     (4,049        (3,286        (23        (4,049        (4,206        4   

Constant currency

          82                     27        

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                                               

Underlying operating expenses

     (4,049        (3,204        (26        (4,049        (4,179        3   

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     170.3%           165.9%                170.3%           139.2%        
Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit before tax   
     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012
US$m

        

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
        

30 June

2012
US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported profit before tax

     (3,676        (1,204        (205        (3,676        2,866        

Constant currency

          18                     21        

Own credit spread

     2,170           143                2,170           (4,076     

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (130        (181             (130        21        

Underlying profit before tax

     (1,636        (1,224        (34        (1,636        (1,168        (40

 

52l


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Analysis by global business

 

HSBC profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2012  
    

Retail
Banking and
Wealth

Management
US$m

        

Commercial

Banking
US$m

         Global
Banking
and
Markets
US$m
         Global
Private
Banking
US$m
        

Other46

US$m

        

Inter-
segment

elimination57

US$m

         Total
US$m
 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                                

Net interest income/ (expense)

     10,774           5,144           3,625           672           (464        (375        19,376   

Net fee income

     3,760           2,224           1,598           625           100                     8,307   
                                

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

     20           315           2,785           254           (240                  3,134   

Net interest income on trading activities

     14           6           950           5           35           375           1,385   

Net trading income/ (expense)51

     34           321           3,735           259           (205        375           4,519   
                                

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     519           72           501                     (2,275                  (1,183

Gains less losses from financial investments

     20           2           700           (4        305                     1,023   

Dividend income

     13           10           55           4           21                     103   

Net earned insurance premiums

     5,792           882           17           9           (4                  6,696   

Gains on disposal of US branch network and cards business

     3,597           212                                                   3,809   

Other operating income

     738           208           117           84           2,860           (2,985        1,022   

Total operating income

     25,247           9,075           10,348           1,649           338           (2,985        43,672   

Net insurance claims58

     (5,932        (822        (13        (8                            (6,775

Net operating income48

     19,315           8,253           10,335           1,641           338           (2,985        36,897   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (3,273        (924        (598        (4                            (4,799

Net operating income

     16,042           7,329           9,737           1,637           338           (2,985        32,098   
                                

Employee expenses59

     (2,944        (1,106        (2,181        (617        (4,057                  (10,905

Other operating income/ (expenses)

     (7,274        (2,630        (2,892        (496        8           2,985           (10,299

Total operating expenses

     (10,218        (3,736        (5,073        (1,113        (4,049        2,985           (21,204

Operating profit/(loss)

     5,824           3,593           4,664           524           (3,711                  10,894   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     586           836           383           3           35                     1,843   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     6,410           4,429           5,047           527           (3,676                  12,737   
     %           %           %           %           %                %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     50.3           34.8           39.6           4.1           (28.8             100.0   

Cost efficiency ratio

     52.9           45.3           49.1           67.8                          57.5   
Balance sheet data47                                 
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m                     US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

     363,353           272,817           290,749           44,018           4,048                974,985   

Total assets

     526,069           351,157           1,905,455           119,271           179,703           (429,321        2,652,334   

Customer accounts

     531,782           317,077           316,219           109,101           4,310                1,278,489   

 

53


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

HSBC profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data (continued)

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2011  
    

Retail

Banking
and Wealth

Management
US$m

        

Commercial

Banking

US$m

        

Global

Banking

and

Markets

US$m

        

Global

Private
Banking

US$m

        

Other46

US$m

        

Inter-
segment

elimination57

US$m

        

Total

US$m

 
Profit/(loss) before tax                                 

Net interest income/ (expense)

     12,086           4,814           3,603           729           (481        (516        20,235   

Net fee income

     4,212           2,131           1,730           731           3                     8,807   
                                

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

     166           280           2,830           198           (243                  3,231   

Net interest income on trading activities

     22           16           997           9           21           516           1,581   
                                

Net trading income/ (expense)51

     188           296           3,827           207           (222        516           4,812   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     343           55           (212                  (286                  (100

Gains less losses from financial investments

     70           2           414           (3        2                     485   

Dividend income

     14           8           39           4           22                     87   

Net earned insurance premiums

     5,698           985           23                     (6                  6,700   

Other operating income

     688           263           280           21           2,997           (2,964        1,285   

Total operating income

     23,299           8,554           9,704           1,689           2,029           (2,964        42,311   

Net insurance claims58

     (5,727        (874        (15                  (1                  (6,617

Net operating income48

     17,572           7,680           9,689           1,689           2,028           (2,964        35,694   

Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions

     (4,270        (642        (334        (22        2                     (5,266

Net operating income

     13,302           7,038           9,355           1,667           2,030           (2,964        30,428   
                                

Employee expenses59

     (3,169        (1,210        (2,396        (688        (3,058                  (10,521

Other operating expenses

     (7,577        (2,255        (2,464        (429        (228        2,964           (9,989
                                

Total operating expenses

     (10,746        (3,465        (4,860        (1,117        (3,286        2,964           (20,510

Operating profit/(loss)

     2,556           3,573           4,495           550           (1,256                  9,918   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     570           616           316           2           52                     1,556   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     3,126           4,189           4,811           552           (1,204                  11,474   
     %           %           %           %           %                %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     27.3           36.5           41.9           4.8           (10.5             100.0   

Cost efficiency ratio

     61.2           45.1           50.2           66.1           162.0                57.5   
Balance sheet data47                                 
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m                     US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

     400,944           268,037           321,061           44,612           3,234                1,037,888   

Total assets

     557,952           336,094           1,942,835           122,888           189,912           (458,694        2,690,987   

Customer accounts

     541,998           301,169           359,757           115,245           818                1,318,987   

 

54


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

     Half-year to 31 December 2011  
    

Retail

Banking
and Wealth

Management

US$m

        

Commercial

Banking

US$m

        

Global

Banking

and

Markets

US$m

        

Global

Private

Banking

US$m

        

Other46

US$m

        

Inter-
segment

elimination57

US$m

        

Total

US$m

 

Profit before tax

                                

Net interest income/ (expense)

     12,015           5,117           3,660           710           (430        (645        20,427   

Net fee income

     4,014           2,160           1,497           651           31                     8,353   
                                

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

     (728        285           476           217           (198                  52   

Net interest income on trading activities

     21           3           901           7           65           645           1,642   
                                

Net trading income/ (expense)51

     (707        288           1,377           224           (133        645           1,694   
                                

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     (1,104        (22        140                     4,525                     3,539   

Gains less losses from financial investments

     54           18           347           6           (3                  422   

Dividend income

     13           7           36           3           3                     62   

Net earned insurance premiums

     5,184           971           24                     (7                  6,172   

Other operating income

     219           220           297           9           3,130           (3,394        481   

Total operating income

     19,688           8,759           7,378           1,603           7,116           (3,394        41,150   

Net insurance claims58

     (3,727        (828        (10                  1                     (4,564

Net operating income48

     15,961           7,931           7,368           1,603           7,117           (3,394        36,586   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (5,049        (1,096        (650        (64        (2                  (6,861
                                

Net operating income

     10,912           6,835           6,718           1,539           7,115           (3,394        29,725   
                                

Employee expenses59

     (3,369        (974        (1,800        (663        (3,839                  (10,645

Other operating expenses

     (7,087        (2,782        (3,062        (486        (367        3,394           (10,390

Total operating expenses

     (10,456        (3,756        (4,862        (1,149        (4,206        3,394           (21,035

Operating profit

     456           3,079           1,856           390           2,909                     8,690   

Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures

     688           679           382           2           (43                  1,708   

Profit before tax

     1,144           3,758           2,238           392           2,866                     10,398   
     %           %           %           %           %                %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     11.0           36.1           21.5           3.8           27.6                100.0   

Cost efficiency ratio

     65.5           47.4           66.0           71.7           59.1                57.5   
Balance sheet data47                                 
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                US$m   

Loans and advances to customers (net)

     357,907           262,039           276,463           41,856           2,164                940,429   

Total assets

     540,548           334,966           1,877,627           119,839           180,126           (497,527        2,555,579   

Customer accounts

     529,017           306,174           306,454           111,814           466                1,253,925   

For footnotes, see page 100.

 

55


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Disposals, held for sale and run-off portfolios

 

In implementing our strategy, we have sold or agreed to sell a number of businesses across the Group. We expect these disposals to have a significant adverse effect on both the revenue and the profitability of the global businesses in the future, particularly RBWM due to the sale of the profitable US Card and Retail Services portfolio. In addition, two significant portfolios are being run

down. We expect the losses on these portfolios to continue to adversely affect RBWM and GB&M in the future.

The table below presents the historical results of these businesses. We do not expect the historical results to be indicative of future results because of disposal or run-off. Fixed allocated costs, included in total operating costs, will not necessarily be removed upon disposal and have been separately identified on page 38.

 

 

Summary income statements for disposals, held for sale and run-off portfolios43,44

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2012  
    

Retail
Banking

and Wealth

Management

US$m

        

Commercial

Banking
US$m

        

Global

Banking
and

Markets

US$m

         Global
Private
Banking
US$m
        

Other

US$m

 

Net interest income

     2,812           75           28           5           (1

Net fee income/(expense)

     411           (10        (4        2             

Net trading income51

     (223        2           22           1           1   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     2           1           5                     (513

Gains less losses from financial investments

     15           1           (37                    

Dividend income

     2                                           

Net earned insurance premiums

     309           132           20                       

Other operating income

     (8        16           (3                    

Total operating income

     3,320           217           31           8           (513

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

     (156        (84        (13                    

Net operating income14

     3,164           133           18           8           (513

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (1,927        (1        (268        0             

Net operating income

     1,237           132           (250        8           (513

Total operating expenses

     (1,337        (97        (76        (10        (9

Operating profit/(loss)

     (100        35           (326        (2        (522

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

               1                               1   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     (100        36           (326        (2        (521

By geographical region

                      

Europe

                         (369                    

Hong Kong

     19                     2                       

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     2           4           (1        (2        1   

Middle East and North Africa

     10                     25                       

North America

     (159        9           (9             (513

Latin America

     28           23           26                     (9

Profit/(loss) before tax

     (100        36           (326        (2        (521

Gain on sale

     3,837           247           18           67           130   

For footnotes, see page 100.

 

56


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Geographical regions

 

Summary

     57     

Europe

     58     

Hong Kong

     66     

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     72     

Middle East and North Africa

     79     

North America

     85     

Latin America

     92     

Reconciliation of constant currency profit/(loss) before tax

     97a   

Disposals, held for sale and run-off portfolios

     98     

Summary

 

In the analysis of profit and loss by geographical region that follows, operating income and operating expenses include intra-HSBC items of US$1,630m (first half of 2011: US$1,567m; second half of 2011: US$1,854m).

 

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

 

       Half-year to  
       30 June 2012            30 June 2011            31 December 2011  
       US$m           %             US$m           %             US$m           %   

Europe

       (667        (5.2          2,147           18.7             2,524           24.3   

Hong Kong

       3,761           29.5             3,081           26.9             2,742           26.4   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

       4,372           34.3             3,742           32.6             3,729           35.8   

Middle East and North Africa

       772           6.1             747           6.5             745           7.2   

North America

       3,354           26.3             606           5.3             (506        (4.9

Latin America

       1,145           9.0             1,151           10.0             1,164           11.2   
       12,737           100.0             11,474           100.0             10,398           100.0   

 

Total assets47

 

                                                                   
       At 30 June 2012            At 30 June 2011            At 31 December 2011  
       US$m           %             US$m           %             US$m           %   

Europe

       1,375,553           51.9             1,379,308           51.2             1,281,945           50.3   

Hong Kong

       486,608           18.3             474,044           17.6             473,024           18.5   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

       334,978           12.6             298,590           11.1             317,816           12.4   

Middle East and North Africa

       62,881           2.4             58,038           2.2             57,464           2.2   

North America

       500,590           18.9             529,386           19.7             504,302           19.7   

Latin America

       138,968           5.2             163,611           6.1             144,889           5.7   

Intra-HSBC items

       (247,244        (9.3          (211,990        (7.9          (223,861        (8.8
       2,652,334           100.0             2,690,987           100.0             2,555,579           100.0   

 

Risk-weighted assets60

 

                                                                   
       At 30 June 2012            At 30 June 2011            At 31 December 2011  
       US$bn           %             US$bn           %             US$bn           %   

Total

       1,159.9                  1,168.5                  1,209.5        

Europe

       329.5           27.9             315.7           26.9             340.2           27.8   

Hong Kong

       108.0           9.1             110.8           9.5             105.7           8.6   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

       303.2           25.7             241.1           20.6             279.3           22.8   

Middle East and North Africa

       63.0           5.3             58.1           5.0             58.9           4.8   

North America

       279.2           23.6             335.8           28.6             337.3           27.6   

Latin America

       99.8           8.4             110.5           9.4             102.3           8.4   

For footnotes, see page 100.

 

57


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Europe

 

Our principal banking operations in Europe are HSBC Bank plc in the UK, HSBC France, HSBC Bank A.S. in Turkey, HSBC Bank Malta p.l.c., HSBC Private Bank (Suisse) S.A. and HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG. Through these operations we provide a wide range of banking, treasury and financial services to personal, commercial and corporate customers across Europe.

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 Jun

2012

        

30 Jun

2011

        

31 Dec

2011

 
     US$m          US$m          US$m  

Net interest income

     5,073           5,566           5,435   

Net fee income

     3,023           3,131           3,105   

Net trading income

     1,851           2,007           154   

Other income/(expense)

     (280        636           4,212   

Net operating income48

     9,667           11,340           12,906   

Impairment charges49

     (1,037        (1,173        (1,339

Net operating income

     8,630           10,167           11,567   

Total operating expenses

     (9,289        (8,014        (9,055

Operating profit/(loss)

     (659        2,153           2,512   

Income from associates50

     (8        (6        12   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     (667        2,147           2,524   

Cost efficiency ratio

     96.1%           70.7%           70.2%   

RoRWA40

     (0.4%        1.4%           1.6%   

Period-end staff numbers

     73,143           76,879           74,892   

12%

reduction in reported

loan impairment charges49

11%

market share of new

UK mortgage lending

Strong trade revenue growth

For footnotes, see page 100.

The commentary on Europe is on a constant currency basis unless stated otherwise.

Economic background

The UK economy remained weak in the first half of 2012. In the second quarter, the level of real Gross Domestic Product (‘GDP’) fell by 0.7%, the third consecutive quarterly contraction. Despite this, the unemployment rate fell slightly to 8.1% in the three months to May, from 8.4% at the end of 2011, although much of the job creation was in part-time work. Consumer Prices Index (‘CPI’) inflation fell sharply from 4.2% in December 2011 to 2.4% in June, in part reflecting the removal of last year’s rise in VAT from the annual comparison. The Bank of England left interest rates unchanged at 0.5% but loosened monetary policy by extending its programme of asset purchases by £50bn to £325bn (US$510bn). Strains in the banking system arising from the eurozone sovereign crisis contributed to a tightening in credit conditions for both households and firms, prompting the UK authorities to announce more direct measures aimed at boosting the flow of credit.

The eurozone economy continued to face stresses related to the sovereign debt crisis in the first half of 2012. While the economy as a whole stagnated in the first quarter, divergences between countries in the north of the region and those in the south continued to widen. Concerns surrounding the health of the financial sector led the ECB to provide greater liquidity through a long-term repo operation in February 2012. As oil prices eased, eurozone inflation began to moderate towards the ECB’s price stability target, allowing it to maintain the refi rate at 1.0% in the period. Worries over the sovereign bond market and the banking sector intensified during the first half of 2012, and the eurozone member states offered up to €100bn (US$124bn) of financial assistance to recapitalise the Spanish banking sector.

Review of performance

Our European operations reported a pre-tax loss of US$0.7bn, compared with a profit of US$2.1bn in the first half of 2011. On a constant currency basis, pre-tax profits declined by US$2.7bn.

In the first half of 2012, we reported adverse fair value movements of US$1.6bn due to the change in credit spreads on the Group’s own debt held at fair value, compared with adverse fair value movements of US$71m in the first half of 2011. On an underlying basis, pre-tax profits decreased by 55% due to higher operating expenses as a result of a rise in customer redress provisions, coupled with a credit relating to pension obligations in the UK in the first half of 2011 which did not recur.

 

 

58


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax by country within global businesses

 

       

Retail
Banking

and Wealth

Management

US$m

          Commercial
Banking
US$m
         

Global
Banking and

Markets

US$m

          Global
Private
Banking
US$m
         

Other

US$m

         

Total

US$m

 

Half-year to 30 June 2012

                                 

UK

      (166         521            357            108            (2,437         (1,617

France36

      29            114            330            (5         (175         293   

Germany

      16            28            153            15            (28         184   

Malta

      21            32            16                                  69   

Switzerland

                                       66                       66   

Turkey

      5            43            50                                  98   

Other

      3            36            137            52            12            240   
      (92         774            1,043            236            (2,628         (667

Half-year to 30 June 2011

                                 

UK

      634            761            483            108            (862         1,124   

France36

      139            111            274            10            (89         445   

Germany

      23            38            121            21            6            209   

Malta

      31            34            6                                  71   

Switzerland

                 (5                    122                       117   

Turkey

      11            42            31                                  84   

Other

      (69         63            87            54            (38         97   
      769            1,044            1,002            315            (983         2,147   

Half-year to 31 December 2011

                                 

UK

      696            466            (748         84            1,899            2,397   

France36

      (70         81            (468         6            107            (344

Germany

      13            31            82            7            10            143   

Malta

                 38            15                                  53   

Switzerland

                 (3                    103                       100   

Turkey

      (4         20            56            2                       74   

Other

      (82         10            138            40            (5         101   
      553                        643                        (925                       242            2,011                        2,524   

For footnote, see page 100.

 

We continued to make progress in rationalising our operation in Europe using the Group’s five filters framework, reducing fragmentation in the region by announcing an exit from operations in Slovakia and entering into agreements to sell our equities broking business in Greece, certain private banking assets in Monaco and our Irish insurance businesses in run-off. We have progressed with the business exits announced in 2011, primarily in Eastern Europe. The disposal of non-core businesses improved capital discipline by simplifying our European portfolio and concentrating our operations on businesses where we can deliver sustainable profits and growth.

We maintained our focus on improving our cost efficiency and organisational effectiveness. Building on the significant initiatives in 2011 across Europe, we announced a restructuring programme in the UK to align each of our businesses to their respective global business operating models in order to reduce bureaucracy and complexity and lower our costs in a sustainable way. As a result of this and other initiatives across the region, total restructuring costs (including impairment of assets) of US$200m were incurred, notably in the UK.

In RBWM, we delivered further strong growth in mortgage balances in the UK, reflecting the success of our competitive offerings and marketing campaigns. Our share of new UK mortgage lending remained at 11% in the first half of the year, which was significantly higher than our total market share of 6%, while maintaining a conservative loan to value ratio of 56%. We have committed to lend at least £17bn (US$26bn) to UK mortgage customers in 2012, of which £4bn (US$6bn) is specifically set aside for first time buyers and had approved new mortgage lending of more than £10bn (US$15bn) at the end of June 2012. In Continental Europe, we continued to target the mass affluent market and build a strong credit card business in Turkey.

In CMB, we continued to invest in the UK in the business by recruiting additional international commercial managers who focus exclusively on international customers. We launched a £4bn (US$6bn) International SME Fund to support UK businesses that trade, or aspire to trade, internationally, and had approved new loans of more than £2.5bn (US$4bn) at the end of June 2012. We also committed to increase gross new lending

 

 

59


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

facilities to UK SMEs by £12bn (US$18bn). We continued to invest in our businesses in Turkey and Germany to support business growth. Our focus on international customers, together with targeted growth initiatives including deposit acquisition and regional pricing strategies, led to a rise in Payments and Cash Management and Global Trade and Receivable Finance income. CMB’s partnership with GB&M delivered income growth of 12% compared with the first half of 2011 to more than US$370m, notably from foreign exchange products, as we continued to support our commercial customers’ financing and treasury risk management requirements.

In GB&M, we continued to focus on cross-border initiatives to enable us to capture opportunities from increasing trade flows and connect to faster-growing markets. We won a number of mandates in our Payments and Cash Management business, reflecting investment in these areas in previous years. In April 2012, HSBC issued the first international renminbi bond outside sovereign Chinese territory reflecting our commitment to establish the UK as a leading offshore renminbi centre. In addition, we actively reduced our legacy credit exposure in Europe by exiting certain positions. We will seek to further reduce the size of this portfolio as opportunities become available. The financial effect of the legacy credit portfolio on the results of our Europe operations can be seen on page 38.

Within our GPB business, we concentrated on navigating a number of regulatory challenges affecting the industry, by implementing a new target operating model designed to enable us to manage the business globally, better service the needs of clients through global product offerings, and improve risk and compliance standards. We continued to provide access to international investment opportunities and we put in place dedicated resources in both CMB and GPB to increase referral activity and jointly service the diverse corporate and personal investment needs of the Group’s largest ultra-high net worth clients.

The forthcoming legislation in relation to the report of the UK Independent Commission on Banking (‘ICB’), which will define the products, services and customers which are either required to be within the ring-fenced bank or prohibited from it, is likely to require us to make major changes to our corporate structure and the business activities we conduct in the UK through our major banking subsidiary, HSBC Bank. These changes would take an extended period to implement, and would have a significant effect on the costs of both establishing

and running the ongoing operations as restructured (see page 106).

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis.

Net interest income decreased by 5%, mainly due to the decline in Balance Sheet Management revenues as yield curves continued to flatten and interest rates remained low, together with a reduction in the available-for-sale debt security portfolio as a result of disposals. In addition, there was a fall in effective yields and a reduction in the size of the legacy Credit portfolio. This was partly offset by higher net interest income in CMB, driven by an increase in average term lending balances in the UK and Continental Europe as a result of targeted campaigns in 2011 and the first half of 2012. Net interest income also benefited from strong residential mortgage balance growth in RBWM in the UK and deposit growth across the region as a result of marketing campaigns. This was offset in part by strong competition for deposits in the UK which resulted in lower deposit spreads.

Net fee income was broadly in line with the first half of 2011. Fees in RBWM increased due to lower commissions paid as a result of the non-renewal and transfer to third parties of certain contracts in the Irish reinsurance business. This was largely offset by lower fee income in GPB due to a fall in average assets under management which was driven by net new money outflows, a fall in client numbers and adverse movements in the financial markets in the second half of 2011. In addition, in GB&M, primary revenues in the Rates business decreased as a result of a reduction in bond issuances and lower equity capital markets revenues, which were driven by a decline in deal volumes due to the challenging economic environment.

Net trading income decreased by 5%, mainly due to adverse foreign exchange movements on trading assets held as economic hedges of foreign currency debt designated at fair value, compared with gains in the first half of 2011. These offset favourable foreign exchange movements on the foreign currency debt which is reported in ‘Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value’. Revenues in our legacy Credit portfolio (see page 284) declined due to write-downs compared with net releases in the first half of 2011. There were also adverse movements on non-qualifying hedges in European operating entities as interest rates fell. In addition, there were unfavourable fair value movements on structured liabilities as spreads tightened, along with lower Equities revenues, reflecting a less favourable trading environment.

 

 

60


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

These factors were partly offset by higher Rates trading revenues, notably in the first quarter of 2012 following the ECB’s announcement of the LTRO. Excluding legacy credit, Credit trading revenues increased as credit spreads tightened resulting in gains on corporate bonds. In addition, Foreign Exchange reported strong revenue growth driven by a rise in customer activity, in part due to collaboration with CMB and a favourable trading environment for foreign exchange compared with the first half of 2011.

Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value increased by US$700m. Excluding adverse fair value movements due to the change in credit spreads on our own debt held at fair value, net income from financial instruments designated at fair value of US$669m in the first half of 2012 compared with a net expense of US$165m in the first half of 2011. This was driven by favourable foreign exchange movements on foreign currency debt designated at fair value issued as part of our overall funding strategy, compared with adverse foreign exchange movements in the same period in 2011, with an offset reported in ‘Net trading income’. In addition, investment returns on the fair value of assets held to meet liabilities under insurance and investment contracts were higher than in the first half of 2011 as market conditions improved. To the extent that these investment gains were attributed to policyholders holding unit-linked insurance policies and insurance or investment contracts with DPF, the corresponding movement in liabilities to customers is recorded under ‘Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders’.

Gains less losses from financial investments increased by US$148m. Balance Sheet Management reported significantly higher gains on the disposal of available-for-sale debt securities, mainly in the UK, as part of structural interest rate risk management activities. This was partly offset by realised losses on the disposal of specific bond positions in the legacy credit portfolio, higher impairment charges on available-for-sale equity investments and lower realised gains from the sale of available-for-sale equity investments due to weaker economic conditions.

Net earned insurance premiums decreased by 17%, primarily due to lower life insurance sales in RBWM in France of investment contracts with DPF resulting from the adverse economic environment and increased competition from other banking products. In addition, there was a reduction in premiums due to the non-renewal and transfer to

third parties of certain contracts in our Irish business during 2011.

Other operating income decreased by 26%, largely reflecting the non-recurrence of the benefit from a refinement of the calculation of the PVIF asset during the first half of 2011 (see footnote 27 on page 100), together with a reduction in the PVIF asset in the first half of 2012 due to the effect of experience and assumption updates. In addition, losses arose on the sale of certain syndicated loans.

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders decreased by 7%. This reflected lower reserves established for new business in line with the decline in premiums in France, together with the non-renewal and transfer to third parties of certain contracts in our Irish business during 2011. This was partly offset by an increase in the movement in liabilities to policyholders reflecting investment gains in the first half of 2012.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions decreased by 9% to US$1.0bn. This mainly reflected a continued reduction in impairments in RBWM, primarily in the UK, as we focused our lending growth on higher quality assets and continued to pro-actively monitor and identify customers facing financial hardship. This resulted in lower delinquency rates across both the secured and unsecured lending portfolios. In CMB, loan impairment charges were higher due to individually assessed provisions across a range of sectors, reflecting the challenging economic conditions. In GB&M, we incurred higher loan impairment charges due to a small number of significant individually assessed provisions, together with a rise in loan impairment charges in our legacy Credit business. These were partly offset by lower credit risk provisions, primarily driven by reduced impairments on available-for-sale ABSs in legacy credit due to losses arising in the underlying collateral pools, which generated lower charges, coupled with a fall in the impairment charge on Greek sovereign debt.

Operating expenses in the first half of 2012 included additional provisions of US$1.3bn relating to UK customer redress programmes for the possible mis-selling of PPI policies and interest rate protection products in previous years, compared with a charge of US$598m (US$611m as reported) in the first half of 2011 (see page 248). In addition, restructuring costs (including impairment of assets) of US$200m were incurred, largely in the UK, compared with US$86m in the first half of 2011. The first half of 2011 also included a credit of US$570m (US$587m as reported) relating to defined benefit pension obligations in the UK, which did not recur.

 

 

61


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Excluding these items, operating expenses increased, mainly driven by higher performance costs in GB&M reflecting the increase in net operating income. This was partly offset by a decline in operating expenses in RBWM as average staff numbers fell as a result of organisational effectiveness programmes and disposals. We achieved sustainable cost savings of about US$280m in the first half of 2012, which enabled us to reinvest and support business growth.

Operating expenses in Europe   
     Half-year to  
    

30 Jun

2012

US$m

        

30 Jun

2011

US$m

        

31 Dec

2011

US$m

 

HSBC Holdings

     510           470           1,194   

UK

     6,195           4,754           5,235   

Continental Europe

     2,656           2,833           2,730   

Intra-region eliminations

     (72        (43        (104

Total operating expenses

     9,289           8,014           9,055   
 

 

62


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – Europe

 

    Half-year to 30 June 2012  
   

Retail
Banking

and Wealth
Management
US$m

        

Commercial

Banking
US$m

       

Global

Banking

and

Markets US$m

         Global
Private
Banking
US$m
        

Other

US$m

        

Inter-
segment

elimination57

US$m

        

Total

US$m

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                              

Net interest income/(expense)

    2,643           1,607          750           428           (345        (10        5,073   

Net fee income

    1,317           809          421           431           45                     3,023   
                              

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

    27           12          1,126           113           (197                  1,081   

Net interest income on trading activities

    3           5          729           5           18           10           770   
                              

Net trading income/(expense)51

    30           17          1,855           118           (179        10           1,851   
                              

Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives

                                           (1,165                  (1,165

Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value

    194           36          488                     (489                  229   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

    194           36          488                     (1,654                  (936

Gains less losses from financial investments

    5           (1       449           (4                            449   

Dividend income

    1           1          37           3           1                     43   

Net earned insurance premiums

    1,647           208                    9           (4                  1,860   

Other operating income

    29           30          13           5           346           45           468   

Total operating income/ (expense)

    5,866           2,707          4,013           990           (1,790        45           11,831   

Net insurance claims58

    (1,933        (223                 (8                            (2,164

Net operating income/ (expense)48

    3,933           2,484          4,013           982           (1,790        45           9,667   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

    (187        (412       (431        (7                            (1,037

Net operating income/ (expense)

    3,746           2,072          3,582           975           (1,790        45           8,630   

Operating expenses

    (3,840        (1,297       (2,531        (738        (838        (45        (9,289

Operating profit/(loss)

    (94        775          1,051           237           (2,628                  (659

Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures

    2           (1       (8        (1                            (8

Profit/(loss) before tax

    (92        774          1,043           236           (2,628                  (667
    %          %         %          %          %                     %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

    (0.7        6.1          8.2           1.9           (20.7             (5.2

Cost efficiency ratio

    97.6           52.2          63.1           75.2           (46.8             96.1   

Balance sheet data47

                              
    US$m          US$m         US$m          US$m          US$m                     US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

    157,336           101,709          156,290           29,390           720                445,445   

Total assets

    224,545           129,330          1,013,553           78,814           58,641           (129,330        1,375,553   

Customer accounts

    181,540           116,308          171,280           59,512           889                529,529   

 

63


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – Europe (continued)

 

         Half-year to 30 June 2011  
        

Retail
Banking

and Wealth
Management
US$m

         

Commercial

Banking
US$m

         

Global

Banking

and

Markets
US$m

          Global
Private
Banking
US$m
         

Other

US$m

         

Inter-
segment

elimination57

US$m

         

Total

US$m

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                                        

Net interest income/ (expense)

       2,861            1,522            1,107            476            (271         (129         5,566   

Net fee income/ (expense)

       1,323            813            516            496            (17                    3,131   
                                        

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

       36            6            1,268            84            (196                    1,198   

Net interest income on trading activities

       6            8            636            9            21            129            809   
                                        

Net trading income/ (expense)51

       42            14            1,904            93            (175         129            2,007   
                                        

Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives

                                                   (371                    (371

Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value

       105            25            (211                    212                       131   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

       105            25            (211                    (159                    (240

Gains less losses from financial investments

       56            1            254            (4         5                       312   

Dividend income

       1            1            19            3            1                       25   

Net earned insurance premiums

       2,201            191                                  (6                    2,386   

Other operating income

       142            40            96            8            264            102            652   

Total operating income/(expense)

       6,731            2,607            3,685            1,072            (358         102            13,839   

Net insurance claims58

       (2,316         (180                               (3                    (2,499

Net operating income/(expense)48

       4,415            2,427            3,685            1,072            (361         102            11,340   

Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions

       (394         (369         (382         (34         6                       (1,173

Net operating income/(expense)

       4,021            2,058            3,303            1,038            (355         102            10,167   

Operating expenses

       (3,249         (1,013         (2,299         (723         (628         (102         (8,014

Operating profit/(loss)

       772            1,045            1,004            315            (983                    2,153   

Share of loss in associates and joint ventures

       (3         (1         (2                                          (6

Profit/(loss) before tax

       769            1,044            1,002            315            (983                    2,147   
       %            %            %            %            %                  %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

       6.7            9.1            8.7            2.8            (8.6               18.7   

Cost efficiency ratio

       73.6            41.7            62.4            67.4            (173.5               70.7   

Balance sheet data47

                                        
         US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                       US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

       154,055            100,140            200,498            30,354            1,284                  486,331   

Total assets

       221,095            123,446            1,075,148            80,073            72,488            (192,942         1,379,308   

Customer accounts

       178,819            101,195            207,891            60,906                             548,811   

 

64


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

         Half-year to 31 December 2011  
        

Retail
Banking

and Wealth

Management

US$m

        

Commercial

Banking
US$m

        

Global

Banking

and

Markets

US$m

         Global
Private
Banking
US$m
        

Other

US$m

        

Inter-
segment

elimination57

US$m

         Total
US$m
 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                                  

Net interest income/ (expense)

       2,792           1,585           995           460           (303        (94        5,435   

Net fee income

       1,310           827           473           446           49                     3,105   
                                  

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

       4           (1        (666        107           (5                  (561

Net interest income on trading activities

       5           8           569           7           32           94           715   
                                  

Net trading income/ (expense)51

       9           7           (97        114           27           94           154   
                                  

Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives

                                               3,551                     3,551   

Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value

       (777        (46        146                     (166                  (843

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

       (777        (46        146                     3,385                     2,708   

Gains less losses from financial investments

       (5        (2        199           5           6                     203   

Dividend income

                           23           1                               24   

Net earned insurance premiums

       1,567           190                               (7                  1,750   

Other operating income/ (expense)

       (47        18           91           (3        496           (28        527   

Total operating income

       4,849           2,579           1,830           1,023           3,653           (28        13,906   

Net insurance claims58

       (896        (107                            3                     (1,000

Net operating income48

       3,953           2,472           1,830           1,023           3,656           (28        12,906   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

       (202        (591        (494        (48        (4                  (1,339

Net operating income

       3,751           1,881           1,336           975           3,652           (28        11,567   

Operating expenses

       (3,201        (1,239        (2,270        (733        (1,640        28           (9,055

Operating profit/(loss)

       550           642           (934        242           2,012                     2,512   

Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures

       3           1           9                     (1                  12   

Profit/(loss) before tax

       553           643           (925        242           2,011                     2,524   
       %           %           %           %           %                %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

       5.3           6.2           (8.9        2.3           19.3                24.2   

Cost efficiency ratio

       81.0           50.1           124.0           71.7           44.9                70.2   

Balance sheet data47

                                  
       US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                US$m   

Loans and advances to customers (net)

       150,205           98,154           156,903           28,378           696                434,336   

Total assets

       210,140           124,049           1,021,486           77,410           63,141           (214,281        1,281,945   

Customer accounts

       176,134           104,530           154,208           58,265           267                493,404   

For footnotes, see page 100.

 

65


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Hong Kong

 

HSBC’s principal banking subsidiaries in Hong Kong are The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited and Hang Seng Bank Limited. The former is the largest bank incorporated in Hong Kong and is our flagship bank in the Asia-Pacific region. It is one of Hong Kong’s three note-issuing banks, accounting for over 60% by value of banknotes in circulation in the first half of 2012.

 

     Half-year to  
     30 Jun          30 Jun          31 Dec  
     2012          2011          2011  
     US$m          US$m          US$m  

Net interest income

     2,599           2,249           2,442   

Net fee income

     1,618           1,612           1,485   

Net trading income

     762           669           520   

Other income

     1,154           884           821   

Net operating income48

     6,133           5,414           5,268   

Impairment charges49

     (32        (25        (131

Net operating income

     6,101           5,389           5,137   

Total operating expenses

     (2,396        (2,339        (2,419

Operating profit

     3,705           3,050           2,718   

Income from associates50

     56           31           24   

Profit before tax

     3,761           3,081           2,742   

Cost efficiency ratio

     39.1%           43.2%           45.9%   

RoRWA40

     7.1%           5.6%           5.0%   

Period-end staff numbers

     27,976           30,214           28,984   

Leading international bank in

offshore renminbi products

19%

growth in revenues from the

collaboration between CMB and GB&M

Best domestic bank in Hong Kong

(Asiamoney 2012)

For footnotes, see page 100.

The commentary on Hong Kong is on a constant currency basis unless stated otherwise.

Economic background

GDP in Hong Kong grew by just 0.4% in the first quarter of 2012, as a slowdown in external demand from Europe and mainland China served to depress activity. The sharp contraction in export orders, however, was more than offset by ongoing strength in the domestic economy. The unemployment rate remained steady at close to 3.3% and, although 3 month HIBOR was 0.4% during the first half of 2012, up from 0.26% in June 2011, it remained very low, helping to underpin robust rates of private consumption and investment spending, which increased by 5.6% and 12.2%, respectively, on the year in the first quarter. Inflationary pressures and residential property price inflation eased, the latter slowing to 4.6% in May from 26% a year earlier.

Review of performance

Reported pre-tax profits from our operations in Hong Kong were US$3.8bn compared with US$3.1bn in the first half of 2011, an increase of 22% on both a reported and a constant currency basis.

The increase in profits was driven by higher net interest income in RBWM and CMB coupled with the gain on sale of our shares in two Indian banks. Trading revenues were higher in GB&M from positive performance in the Rates, Foreign Exchange and Credit businesses. These increases were partly offset by higher operating expenses, including staff costs.

In RBWM, we were awarded the ‘Best Wealth Management Award’ from The Asian Banker. We announced the sale of our general insurance business enabling us to focus on life insurance manufacturing where we maintained our market leadership position. We launched a dual currency Hong Kong dollar and renminbi credit card for customers who travel frequently between Hong Kong and mainland China that offers payment flexibility and protection against fluctuating exchange rates. We maintained our market leadership position in deposits, mortgages and mandatory provident funds as well as credit cards where we received 26 awards from Visa, MasterCard and China UnionPay.

In CMB, we capitalised on our international connectivity and our standing as a leading trade finance bank to grow trade-related revenues, particularly with mainland China. Cross-border referrals between Hong Kong and mainland China grew by 13% and by 10% between Hong Kong and the rest of the world. The collaboration between CMB and GB&M continued to strengthen, with growth of 19% in revenues which are shared

 

 

66


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax by global business

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June
2012

US$m

        

30 June
2011

US$m

        

31 December
2011

US$m

 

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

     1,753           1,599           1,423   

Commercial Banking

     1,001           825           783   

Global Banking and Markets

     786           631           685   

Global Private Banking

     122           130           58   

Other

     99           (104        (207

Profit before tax

     3,761           3,081           2,742   

 

between the global businesses, most notably from the provision of foreign exchange products to our corporate customers. We also won the ‘Best SME Partner Award’ from the Hong Kong General Chamber of Small and Medium Business for the seventh consecutive year, and the ‘Capital Weekly Service Excellence Award – SME Banking’ for the fourth consecutive year.

On a reported basis we achieved record revenues in GB&M. We led the market in Hong Kong dollar bond issuance and participated in several significant debt capital markets transactions. We continued to lead the market in offshore renminbi bond issuance with several high-profile deals completed in the first half of 2012 for multinationals accessing the market.

We reinforced our position as a leading international bank for offshore renminbi products, topping all seven product categories in Asiamoney’s inaugural Offshore Renminbi Survey, including the ‘Best Overall Products and Services’, the ‘Best Clearance, Transaction Banking and Settlement’ and ‘Best for Deposits’.

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis.

Net interest income was 15% higher than in the first half of 2011, notably in RBWM and in CMB, driven primarily by wider deposit spreads and growth in balances of both customer loans and deposits.

In RBWM we experienced growth in average mortgage balances as we maintained our market leadership position. Average personal lending balances also grew. In CMB, average trade-related lending balances were higher as we capitalised on trade and capital flows. Growth in trade-related lending returned in the first half of 2012 following reductions in the second half of 2011.

Net interest income also rose due to higher average deposit balances as we focused on funding lending growth with deposit acquisition.

These were partly offset by narrower asset spreads, notably in residential mortgages in RBWM, as funding costs increased.

Net interest income from Balance Sheet Management was higher in the first half of 2012, through improved fund deployment amidst a consistently low interest rate environment.

Net fee income of US$1.6bn was broadly unchanged. Fees rose from the collaboration between CMB and GB&M and from higher trade-related volumes as we successfully captured opportunities from international trade and capital flows. We also benefited from our participation in several debt capital markets transactions in the first half of 2012. The increase was offset in RBWM, mainly by a reduction in brokerage income from lower market turnover as a result of weaker investor sentiment, and by lower fee income from unit trusts where the customer preference shifted towards lower risk products with lower fees.

Net trading income increased by 14%, driven by a positive performance in GB&M, notably in Rates trading activities, which reflected greater market volatility and tightening of spreads, and in Foreign Exchange, due to increased client activity and, in part, enhanced collaboration with CMB. Credit trading revenues also rose due to the tightening of spreads and increased volumes.

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value was US$44m compared with US$26m in the first half of 2011 due to higher investment gains on assets held by the insurance business as a result of more favourable equity market conditions. To the extent that these investment gains were attributed to policyholders of unit-linked insurance policies and insurance contracts with DPF, there was a corresponding increase in ‘Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders’.

Net earned insurance premiums increased by 19%, notably on insurance contracts with DPF, following higher sales volumes reflecting strong

 

 

67


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

sales and renewals of life insurance products as a result of product launches and marketing campaigns. The growth in premiums resulted in a corresponding increase in ‘Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders’.

Gains less losses from financial investments were US$261m higher, driven by the gain of US$275m from the sale of our shares in Axis Bank Limited and Yes Bank Limited, two non-strategic investments in India.

Other operating income of US$825m was US$90m lower than in the first half of 2011. The fall in income was primarily due to the non-recurrence of the gain from the refinement to the PVIF calculation methodology in the first half of 2011 (see footnote 27 on page 100), partly offset by a rise in PVIF reflecting favourable assumption updates and increased insurance sales in the first six months of

2012. In addition, the gain on revaluation of investment properties was lower in 2012 than in the first half of 2011.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions stayed at a low level at US$32m as the credit environment remained stable and we maintained our focus on high levels of asset quality.

Operating expenses increased by 2%, primarily due to wage inflation across the business and higher performance-related costs in GB&M reflecting increased revenue. Premises and equipment costs rose, mainly relating to systems implementation programmes and higher volume-driven processing charges, as well as increased property maintenance and rental costs. We continued to maintain strict cost control and progressed with the implementation of our organisational effectiveness programme that started in 2011.

 

 

68


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – Hong Kong

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2012  
    

Retail
Banking

and Wealth

Management
US$m

         Commercial
Banking
US$m
        

Global
Banking
and

Markets
US$m

         Global
Private
Banking
US$m
         Other
US$m
        

Inter-
segment

elimination57

US$m

        

Total

US$m

 

Profit before tax

                                

Net interest income/(expense)

     1,396           768           553           76           (238        44           2,599   

Net fee income

     825           433           272           77           11                     1,618   
                                

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

     85           85           392           94           (25                  631   

Net interest income on trading activities

     2                     166                     7           (44        131   
                                

Net trading income/(expense)51

     87           85           558           94           (18        (44        762   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated
at fair value

     61           (18        16                     (15                  44   

Gains less losses from financial investments

                         4                     275                     279   

Dividend income

                         2                     16                     18   

Net earned insurance premiums

     2,690           385           4                                         3,079   

Other operating income

     357           35           27           6           539           (139        825   

Total operating income

     5,416           1,688           1,436           253           570           (139        9,224   

Net insurance claims58

     (2,745        (341        (5                                      (3,091

Net operating income48

     2,671           1,347           1,431           253           570           (139        6,133   

Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions

     (44        (2        12           2                               (32

Net operating income

     2,627           1,345           1,443           255           570           (139        6,101   

Operating expenses

     (893        (350        (660        (133        (499        139           (2,396

Operating profit

     1,734           995           783           122           71                     3,705   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     19           6           3                     28                     56   

Profit before tax

     1,753           1,001           786           122           99                     3,761   
     %           %           %           %           %                %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     13.6           7.9           6.2           1.0           0.8                29.5   

Cost efficiency ratio

     33.4           26.0           46.1           52.6           87.5                39.1   

Balance sheet data47

                                
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m                     US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

     58,290           58,694           40,699           6,192           1,329                165,204   

Total assets

     89,464           67,566           242,783           19,901           82,901           (16,007        486,608   

Customer accounts

     184,857           80,383           34,340           18,819           421                318,820   

 

69


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – Hong Kong (continued)

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2011  
    

Retail
Banking
and Wealth

Management
US$m

         Commercial
Banking
US$m
        

Global
Banking

and

Markets
US$m

         Global
Private
Banking
US$m
        

Other

US$m

        

Inter-
segment

elimination57

US$m

        

Total

US$m

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                                

Net interest income/(expense)

     1,249           625           501           88           (234        20           2,249   

Net fee income

     908           356           241           97           10                     1,612   
                                

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

     89           86           320           69           (9                  555   

Net interest income on trading activities

     4                     124                     6           (20        114   
                                

Net trading income/(expense)51

     93           86           444           69           (3        (20        669   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated
at fair value

     50           (27        2                     1                     26   

Gains less losses from financial investments

                         20                     (2                  18   

Dividend income

               1           11                     19                     31   

Net earned insurance premiums

     2,193           390           5                                         2,588   

Other operating income

     375           83           22           6           556           (131        911   

Total operating income

     4,868           1,514           1,246           260           347           (131        8,104   

Net insurance claims58

     (2,344        (342        (5                  1                     (2,690

Net operating income48

     2,524           1,172           1,241           260           348           (131        5,414   

Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions

     (38        (7        22           (1        (1                  (25

Net operating income

     2,486           1,165           1,263           259           347           (131        5,389   

Operating expenses

     (889        (342        (633        (129        (477        131           (2,339

Operating profit/(loss)

     1,597           823           630           130           (130                  3,050   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     2           2           1                     26                     31   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     1,599           825           631           130           (104                  3,081   
     %          %          %          %          %                     %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     13.9           7.2           5.5           1.1           (0.8             26.9   

Cost efficiency ratio

     35.2           29.2           51.0           49.6           137.1                43.2   

Balance sheet data47

                                
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m                     US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

     53,999           58,529           39,124           5,949           1,769                159,370   

Total assets

     82,184           66,563           232,057           21,545           81,316           (9,621        474,044   

Customer accounts

     175,641           74,760           34,348           20,378           599                305,726   

 

70


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

     Half-year to 31 December 2011  
    

Retail

Banking

and Wealth
Management
US$m

         Commercial
Banking
US$m
        

Global
Banking

and

Markets

US$m

         Global
Private
Banking
US$m
        

Other

US$m

        

Inter-
segment

elimination57

US$m

        

Total

US$m

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                                

Net interest income/(expense)

     1,322           692           550           85           (230        23           2,442   

Net fee income

     833           350           234           63           5                     1,485   
                                

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

     31           83           332           66           (107                  405   

Net interest income on trading activities

     5           1           122                     10           (23        115   
                                

Net trading income/ (expense)51

     36           84           454           66           (97        (23        520   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated
at fair value

     (525        (45        (7                  14                     (563

Gains less losses from financial investments

     3           10           1                     (8                  6   

Dividend income

                         3                     5                     8   

Net earned insurance premiums

     2,124           368           8                                         2,500   

Other operating income

     130           92           57           2           629           (137        773   

Total operating income

     3,923           1,551           1,300           216           318           (137        7,171   

Net insurance claims58

     (1,543        (355        (4                  (1                  (1,903

Net operating income48

     2,380           1,196           1,296           216           317           (137        5,268   

Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions

     (39        (59        1           (35        1                     (131

Net operating income

     2,341           1,137           1,297           181           318           (137        5,137   

Operating expenses

     (922        (361        (615        (123        (535        137           (2,419

Operating profit/(loss)

     1,419           776           682           58           (217                  2,718   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     4           7           3                     10                     24   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     1,423           783           685           58           (207                  2,742   
     %           %           %           %           %                %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     13.7           7.5           6.6           0.6           (2.0             26.4   

Cost efficiency ratio

     38.7           30.2           47.5           56.9           168.8                45.9   

Balance sheet data47

                                
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                US$m   

Loans and advances to customers (net)

     56,296           54,986           39,667           5,447           1,269                157,665   

Total assets

     85,866           63,516           238,892           20,680           84,782           (20,712        473,024   

Customer accounts

     181,316           79,225           35,283           19,622           (101             315,345   

For footnotes, see page 100.

 

71


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Rest of Asia-Pacific

 

We offer a full range of banking and financial services in mainland China, mainly through our local subsidiary, HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited. We also participate indirectly in mainland China through our associates.

Outside mainland China, we conduct business in 22 countries and territories in the Rest of Asia-Pacific region, primarily through branches and subsidiaries of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, with particularly strong coverage in Australia, India, Indonesia, Malaysia and Singapore.

 

    Half-year to  
   

30 Jun

2012

US$m

       

30 Jun

2011

US$m

       

31 Dec

2011

US$m

 

Net interest income

    2,718          2,381          2,721   

Net fee income

    1,078          1,117          994   

Net trading income

    932          862          796   

Other income

    1,219          988          854   

Net operating income48

    5,947          5,348          5,365   

Impairment charges49

    (298       (100       (167

Net operating income

    5,649          5,248          5,198   

Total operating expenses

    (2,865       (2,836       (2,970

Operating profit

    2,784          2,412          2,228   

Income from associates50

    1,588          1,330          1,501   

Profit before tax

    4,372          3,742          3,729   

Cost efficiency ratio

    48.2%          53.0%          55.4%   

RoRWA40

    3.0%          3.3%          2.9%   

Period-end staff numbers

    86,207          91,924          91,051   

12%

growth in trade-related lending since

June 2011 on a constant currency basis

18%

increase in pre-tax profit

on a constant currency basis

Best Foreign Retail Bank

in China

Asia Banker

For footnotes, see page 100.

The commentary on Rest of Asia-Pacific is on a constant currency basis unless stated otherwise.

Economic background

The mainland China economy slowed in the first half of 2012. Annual GDP growth decelerated from 9.2% in 2011 to 7.6% in the second quarter of 2012, reflecting a downturn in demand for Chinese exports and a reduction in the pace of property construction following measures by the authorities to moderate activity in the property market after the rapid price rises in recent years. The slowdown eased inflationary pressures that had been building in 2011, and the annual rate of CPI inflation fell to 2.2% in June. In response to the escalation of the eurozone crisis, policymakers adopted more accommodative measures with cuts in the reserve ratio for banks and deposit and lending rates. A number of fiscal measures were also implemented to support activity such as faster approvals for infrastructure projects, tax incentives to buy energy-efficient home appliances and lower regulatory barriers for investment.

Japan’s economy delivered robust growth during the first half of the year, with GDP expanding at almost 5% in the first three months alone on an annualised basis. Domestic demand, led by private consumption and government spending, mostly accounted for the strength. The Bank of Japan also loosened monetary policy by adopting a firmer inflation targeting regime and announcing a further expansion of its asset purchase programme. Economic momentum slowed slightly in the second quarter.

In the early months of 2012, GDP growth in Singapore remained robust, driven by investment and private consumption. In the second quarter, GDP growth eased as the eurozone crisis constrained external demand. Annual CPI inflation remained high at nearly 5%, prompting the Monetary Authority of Singapore to tighten monetary policy and strengthen its trade-weighted exchange rate. The recent slowdown in India’s economy continued in the first quarter of 2012, with annual growth of GDP easing to 5.3% from 6.1% in the final quarter of 2011, the slowest rate since 2004. This reflected the lagged effect of monetary tightening by the Reserve Bank of India (‘RBI’) during 2011 to ease inflationary pressures, the slowdown in external demand and slow progress in key structural reforms. Inflation remained high, so the RBI were only able to cut the key policy rate by half a percentage point in April to 8%.

While the domestic economies in other parts of Asia remained largely firm, the slowdown in demand from mainland China and the West reduced the rate

 

 

72


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax by country within global businesses

 

    

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

Management

US$m

        

Commercial

Banking

US$m

        

Global

Banking

and
Markets

US$m

        

Global

Private

Banking

US$m

        

Other

US$m

        

Total

US$m

 

Half-year to 30 June 2012

                           

Australia

     51           (34        80                     (6        91   

India

     35           49           306           4           121           515   

Indonesia

     19           59           91                     6           175   

Mainland China

     500           853           633           (2        38           2,022   

Associates

     529           755           284                               1,568   

Other mainland China

     (29        98           349           (2        38           454   

Malaysia

     93           68           124                     3           288   

Singapore

     105           62           126           50           (8        335   

Taiwan

     38           29           77                     2           146   

Vietnam

     3           28           39                     8           78   

Other

     77           136           258           62           189           722   
     921           1,250           1,734           114           353           4,372   

Half-year to 30 June 2011

                           

Australia

     36           33           70                     (4        135   

India

     (4        78           292           3           82           451   

Indonesia

     (1        47           68                               114   

Mainland China

     490           617           472           (2        194           1,771   

Associates

     524           539           248                     181           1,492   

Other mainland China

     (34        78           224           (2        13           279   

Malaysia

     77           56           114                     4           251   

Singapore

     95           62           126           46           (2        327   

Taiwan

     33           11           67                     6           117   

Vietnam

     1           26           40                     15           82   

Other

     39           131           291           2           31           494   
     766           1,061           1,540           49           326           3,742   

Half-year to 31 December 2011

                           

Australia

     52           73           38                     9           172   

India

     (10        44           247           2           79           362   

Indonesia

     7           42           89                     7           145   

Mainland China

     622           723           644           (2        (77        1,910   

Associates

     655           611           281                     (64        1,483   

Other mainland China

     (33        112           363           (2        (13        427   

Malaysia

     96           62           114           1           5           278   

Singapore

     88           71           63           51           (5        268   

Taiwan

     12           12           63                     6           93   

Vietnam

     (1        25           39                     9           72   

Other

     9           133           252           (10        45           429   
     875           1,185           1,549           42           78           3,729   

 

of GDP growth. In South Korea in the first half of the year, economic activity was supported by strong government spending and investment, but growth is expected to remain below the levels seen in 2011 as persistent global uncertainties weigh on domestic demand and external trade. Quarterly GDP growth accelerated in the first quarter of 2012 in the Philippines, rising by 6.4%. Recent export and remittance indicators suggested growth moderated in the second quarter in line with a slowing in the pace of world trade. Annual GDP growth in Vietnam accelerated in the second quarter but growth remained significantly below long-term trend rates.

Domestic demand was relatively weak and headline inflation moderated to 6.9% in June. In Indonesia, the central bank cut its policy rate by 25bps in February to 5.75%, following concerns about the slowdown in global demand. However, first quarter GDP growth was robust at an annual rate of 6.3%. Domestic demand was also a significant driver of GDP growth in Malaysia. The same trends were apparent in Thailand. The economy recovered more strongly than expected in the first quarter in response to recovery efforts after 2011’s floods.

 

 

73


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Review of performance

Our operations in the Rest of Asia-Pacific region reported pre-tax profits of US$4.4bn compared with US$3.7bn in the first half of 2011, an increase of 17% or 18% on a constant currency basis. Reported profits included gains from the sale of our RBWM business in Thailand of US$108m, our GPB business in Japan of US$67m, and our interest in a property company in the Philippines of US$130m. These were partly offset by the non-recurrence of an accounting gain arising from the dilution of our shareholding in Ping An in the first half of 2011, following its issue of share capital to a third party.

On an underlying basis which excludes the above gains, pre-tax profit rose by 15%, reflecting strong growth in lending and deposit balances, coupled with improved liability spreads. These were offset by higher expenses, in part due to US$114m of restructuring costs arising from the ongoing strategic review of our businesses and support functions in the region, as well as higher loan impairment charges due to a small number of new individual charges in CMB and GB&M. Increased profits from our associates in mainland China also contributed to our improved profitability.

We maintained our focus on our key priority growth markets in the region. In mainland China, pre-tax profits grew due to higher net interest income from Balance Sheet Management activity, balance sheet growth and increased income from our associates. Loan and deposit growth, wider deposit spreads and higher trading income and significant cost reductions in RBWM contributed to improved profits in India. In Indonesia, a rise in pre-tax profit was driven by increased Rates trading activities following the country’s credit ratings upgrade and growth in fee income. In Malaysia, profit growth was due to volume growth in commercial and residential mortgage lending. In Singapore, profit before tax grew on a strong contribution from higher trading revenues and a continued focus on trade-related business. A specific loan impairment charge on a corporate customer resulted in a fall in profits in Australia, though this was partly offset by higher net interest income as a result of lending and deposit growth in both 2011 and the first half of 2012.

In RBWM, we focused on capturing wealth management opportunities in the region. We continued to expand our branch network in mainland China and Malaysia and launched initiatives to enhance our multi-channel capabilities including a mobile banking platform in Vietnam and expansion of our mobile functionality in mainland China,

Australia and Singapore. We also carried out a detailed review of our loan approval process which reduced processing times. In Taiwan we launched Fundmax, a product that offers our customers the ability to invest in unit trusts with monthly management fees as an alternative to upfront fees.

In CMB, trade revenues grew as we capitalised on our global network to capture cross-border trade and capital flows, particularly with mainland China. Cross-border referrals between mainland China and the rest of the world increased by 11%. We were recognised as ‘Financial institution of the year 2011’ by the Brazil-China Chamber of Commerce for our contribution to the growth and development of the fast-growing South–South trade corridor.

In GB&M, we achieved record revenues on a reported basis and revenues from the collaboration between CMB and GB&M also increased as we enhanced sales coordination between the global businesses. We continued to be a key participant in the internationalisation of the renminbi and we received approval from the People’s Bank of China to be a market maker for direct trading between the renminbi and the Japanese yen in mainland China’s interbank market.

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis.

Net interest income increased by 17% due to higher average lending balances in CMB and GB&M, most notably in mainland China. Residential mortgage balances also grew, primarily in Singapore and Malaysia, driven by promotional campaigns.

This was partly offset by narrower asset spreads, particularly in RBWM, due to competitive pricing pressures in residential mortgage lending in a number of markets.

Customer deposit balances rose, notably in Payments and Cash Management from new mandates and deposit acquisition as customers made use of our comprehensive product offering. This reflected our strategy of supporting growth in customer lending with core funding.

Net interest income from Balance Sheet Management was higher in the first half of 2012 primarily in mainland China, reflecting growth in the overall investment portfolio.

Net fee income decreased marginally by 1%, most notably in RBWM due to lower fees in Japan following the discontinuation of our Premier business and in Singapore as a result of weak investor sentiment. This was partly offset by increased fee income from CMB due to higher remittance revenues.

 

 

74


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Net trading income increased by 12% compared with the first half of 2011, mainly from Rates trading activities in a number of countries in the region due to a favourable movement in interest rates.

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value rose by US$61m on the first half of 2011 to US$64m, driven by higher investment gains on assets held by the insurance business, primarily in Singapore, due to positive equity market movements during the first half of 2012. To the extent that these investment gains were attributed to policyholders of unit-linked insurance policies and insurance contracts with DPF, there was a corresponding increase in ‘Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders’.

Gains from financial investments were US$25m compared with losses of US$22m in the first half of 2011, due to a disposal gain on investments managed by a private equity fund and a lower impairment loss on an equity investment in the first half of 2012 than in 2011 in GB&M.

Net earned insurance premiums increased by 16% to US$392m, primarily in Singapore, as a result of increased renewals and new business volumes. The growth in premiums resulted in a corresponding increase in ‘Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders’.

Other operating income increased by US$193m, due to gains from the sale of our RBWM business in Thailand (US$108m), our GPB business in Japan (US$67m) and our interest in a property company in the Philippines (US$130m). These were partly offset

by the non-recurrence of an accounting gain of US$181m arising from the dilution of our shareholding in Ping An following its issue of share capital to a third party in the first half of 2011.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions increased by US$197m as a result of an individually assessed impairment of a corporate exposure in Australia, individual loan impairment charges in India and New Zealand, and a credit risk provision on an available-for-sale debt security in GB&M.

Operating expenses increased by 4%, due to restructuring costs of US$114m incurred in several countries as part of the ongoing strategic review of our businesses and support functions in the region. This resulted in a net reduction of more than 4,800 staff numbers in the first half of 2012, which was offset by inflationary pressures and business growth, including branch expansion in mainland China and Malaysia. However, we continued to maintain a tight control on costs as part of the organisational effectiveness programme launched in 2011.

Share of profit from associates and joint ventures increased by 15%, driven by higher profits from BoCom as a result of loan growth and wider spreads. Fee income also increased from settlements and credit cards. The contribution from Industrial Bank rose as a result of strong growth in customer lending and a higher fee-based revenue, which was partly offset by a rise in operating expenses. Profits from Ping An were lower as increased income from the banking business following the consolidation of Shenzhen Development Bank and stable insurance income were more than offset by lower securities broking and underwriting income.

 

 

75


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Profit before tax and balance sheet data – Rest of Asia-Pacific

 

    Half-year to 30 June 2012  
   

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

Management

US$m

       

Commercial

Banking

US$m

       

Global

Banking

and

Markets

US$m

       

Global

Private

Banking

US$m

       

Other

US$m

       

Inter-

segment

elimination57

US$m

       

Total

US$m

 

Profit before tax

                         

Net interest income

    896          691          1,120          55          83          (127       2,718   

Net fee income/(expense)

    429          264          351          37          (3                1,078   

 

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

    43          98          648          35          (30                794   

Net interest income on trading activities

                      7                   4          127          138   

Net trading income/ (expense)51

    43          98          655          35          (26       127          932   

Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives

                                        (2                (2

Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value

    41          1          (2                26                   66   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

    41          1          (2                24                   64   

Gains less losses from financial investments

    (1       1          1                   24                   25   

Dividend income

                      1                   3                   4   

Net earned insurance premiums

    338          54                                              392   

Other operating income

    169          44          39          66          840          (82       1,076   

Total operating income

    1,915          1,153          2,165          193          945          (82       6,289   

Net insurance claims58

    (293       (49                                           (342

Net operating income48

    1,622          1,104          2,165          193          945          (82       5,947   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

    (102       (131       (65                                  (298

Net operating income

    1,520          973          2,100          193          945          (82       5,649   

Operating expenses

    (1,132       (486       (657       (79       (593       82          (2,865

Operating profit

    388          487          1,443          114          352                   2,784   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    533          763          291                   1                   1,588   

Profit before tax

    921          1,250          1,734          114          353                   4,372   
    %         %         %         %         %                   %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

    7.2          9.8          13.6          0.9          2.8              34.3   

Cost efficiency ratio

    69.8          44.0          30.3          40.9          62.8              48.2   

Balance sheet data47

                         
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m                   US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

    42,171          41,241          42,652          3,243          182              129,489   

Total assets

    57,289          56,071          202,228          12,240          17,066          (9,916       334,978   

Customer accounts

    60,037          41,999          59,475          11,600          46              173,157   

 

76


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2011  
    

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

Management

US$m

        

Commercial

Banking

US$m

         

Global

Banking

and

Markets

US$m

         

Global

Private

Banking

US$m

         

Other

US$m

         

Inter-

segment

elimination57

US$m

         

Total

US$m

 

Profit before tax

                                     

Net interest income

     891           580            900            58            59            (107         2,381   

Net fee income

     463           259            359            32            4                       1,117   

 

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

     50           75            583            30            (29                    709   

Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities

                          51                       (5         107            153   

Net trading income/ (expense)51

     50           75            634            30            (34         107            862   

Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives

                                                (1                    (1

Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated
at fair value

     7           2            1                       (6                    4   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated
at fair value

     7           2            1                       (7                    3   

Gains less losses from financial investments

               1            (23         1            (1                    (22

Dividend income

                          1                                             1   

Net earned insurance premiums

     225           115                                                        340   

Other operating income

     71           33            35            1            877            (85         932   

Total operating income

     1,707           1,065            1,907            122            898            (85         5,614   

Net insurance claims58

     (173        (94                               1                       (266

Net operating income48

     1,534           971            1,907            122            899            (85         5,348   

Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions

     (112        7            4            2            (1                    (100

Net operating income

     1,422           978            1,911            124            898            (85         5,248   

Operating expenses

     (1,188        (458         (626         (75         (574         85            (2,836

Operating profit

     234           520            1,285            49            324                       2,412   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     532           541            255                       2                       1,330   

Profit before tax

     766           1,061            1,540            49            326                       3,742   
     %          %           %           %           %                       %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     6.7           9.2            13.4            0.4            2.8                  32.6   

Cost efficiency ratio

     77.4           47.2            32.8            61.5            63.8                  53.0   

Balance sheet data47

                                     
     US$m          US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                       US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

     41,707           36,128            39,569            3,846            179                  121,429   

Total assets

     54,326           47,028            181,947            12,802            15,215            (12,728         298,590   

Customer accounts

     59,352           39,922            56,262            13,014            39                  168,589   

 

77


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Profit before tax and balance sheet data – Rest of Asia-Pacific (continued)

 

     Half-year to 31 December 2011  
    

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

Management

US$m

        

Commercial

Banking

US$m

         

Global

Banking

and

Markets

US$m

         

Global

Private

Banking

US$m

         

Other

US$m

         

Inter-

segment

elimination57

US$m

         

Total

US$m

 

Profit before tax

                                     

Net interest income

     947           674            1,064            58            64            (86         2,721   

Net fee income/(expense)

     441           254            262            50            (13                    994   

 

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

     44           81            570            36            (61                    670   

Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities

     (2        1            25                       16            86            126   

Net trading income/ (expense)51

     42           82            595            36            (45         86            796   

Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives

                                                5                       5   

Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated
at fair value

     (45                                         21                       (24

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated
at fair value

     (45                                         26                       (19

Gains less losses on financial investments

               1            (2                                          (1

Dividend income

                          1                                             1   

Net earned insurance premiums

     268           151                                                        419   

Other operating income

     74           39            40            4            715            (93         779   

Total operating income

     1,727           1,201            1,960            148            747            (93         5,690   

Net insurance claims58

     (178        (146                               (1                    (325

Net operating income48

     1,549           1,055            1,960            148            746            (93         5,365   

Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions

     (110        3            (61                    1                       (167

Net operating income

     1,439           1,058            1,899            148            747            (93         5,198   

Operating expenses

     (1,221        (487         (642         (106         (607         93            (2,970

Operating profit

     218           571            1,257            42            140                       2,228   

Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures

     657           614            292                       (62                    1,501   

Profit before tax

     875           1,185            1,549            42            78                       3,729   
     %          %           %           %           %                       %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     8.4           11.4            14.9            0.4            0.8                  35.9   

Cost efficiency ratio

     78.8           46.2            32.8            71.6            81.4                  55.4   

Balance sheet data47

                                     
     US$m          US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                       US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

     40,970           38,404            41,114            3,190            190                  123,868   

Total assets

     54,484           50,688            195,549            12,879            16,616            (12,400         317,816   

Customer accounts

     60,831           40,423            60,855            11,872            31                  174,012   

For footnotes, see page 100.

 

78


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Middle East and North Africa

 

The network of branches of HSBC Bank Middle East Limited, together with HSBC’s subsidiaries and associates, gives us the widest coverage in the region. Our associate in Saudi Arabia, The Saudi British Bank (40% owned), is the kingdom’s fifth largest bank by total assets.

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 Jun

2012

US$m

        

30 Jun

2011

US$m

        

31 Dec

2011

US$m

 

Net interest income

     705           673           759   

Net fee income

     302           327           300   

Net trading income

     216           237           245   

Other income/(expense)

     14           (1        67   

Net operating income48

     1,237           1,236           1,371   

Impairment charges49

     (135        (99        (194

Net operating income

     1,102           1,137           1,177   

Total operating expenses

     (537        (574        (585

Operating profit

     565           563           592   

Income from associates50

     207           184           153   

Profit before tax

     772           747           745   

Cost efficiency ratio

     43.4%           46.4%           42.7%   

RoRWA40

     2.6%           2.7%           2.5%   

Period-end staff numbers

     9,195           8,755           8,373   

6%

decline in reported expenses driven

by sustainable cost save initiatives

Significant progress on capital

deployment programmes including

key strategic acquisitions

 

Most impressive

bank for Middle

Eastern and

Africa borrowers

EuroWeek Bond Awards 2012

 

Best Overall

Bank for Cash Management in

the Middle East

Global Finance Awards

For footnotes, see page 100.

The commentary on the Middle East and North Africa is on a constant currency basis unless stated otherwise.

Economic background

Brent crude oil prices in excess of US$100 per barrel in the first half of 2012 helped support revenues and spending across much of the Middle East. Data from the HSBC Purchasing Managers Index, consumer indicators and credit growth all demonstrated a pick-up in economic activity driven by the expansionary government spending policies which were announced in the wake of protests in 2011. Saudi Arabia, Qatar and Oman showed the strongest signs of recovery, while the UAE economy was more subdued due to a cautious fiscal policy and lack of credit growth. Activity in Bahrain and, to a lesser extent, Kuwait, was held back by political instability. The non-oil producers were increasingly affected by exposure to the troubled eurozone economies in the first half of the year. Export and tourism activity slowed, which limited corporate investment spending. Despite electing its first president since the revolution, Egypt’s economic activity remained subdued.

Review of performance

Our operations in the Middle East and North Africa reported a profit before tax of US$772m, an increase of 3% compared with the first half of 2011. On a constant currency basis, pre-tax profits increased by 4%, reflecting higher income from our associates, modest revenue growth in challenging market conditions and lower costs from the implementation of strategic restructuring programmes, partly offset by higher loan impairment charges.

We continued to make progress on our strategic programmes to improve capital deployment, using the Group’s five filters framework to review our existing businesses and assess acquisitions. In the first half of 2012, we completed the merger of our operations in Oman with Oman International Bank S.A.O.G. (‘OIB’), giving us a 51% ownership of the combined entity, HSBC Bank Oman S.A.O.G., now the third largest Bank in the Sultanate. We also entered into an agreement to acquire the onshore retail and commercial banking business of Lloyds Banking Group in the UAE, subject to regulatory approval. Lloyds’ strong presence in expatriate retail banking and complementary commercial banking is a good strategic fit with our position as the leading international bank in the UAE.

We achieved strong growth in profit before tax in all of our priority markets, including Saudi Arabia through our associate, The Saudi British Bank, which won the Euromoney award for excellence as

 

 

79


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

 

Profit/(loss) before tax by country within global businesses

 

   

Retail
Banking and
Wealth

Management

US$m

        Commercial
Banking
US$m
        

Global
Banking
and

Markets

US$m

        Global
Private
Banking
US$m
        Other
US$m
         Total
US$m
 

Half-year to 30 June 2012

                       

Egypt

    33          45           62                   (3        137   

Qatar

    5          18           42                             65   

United Arab Emirates

    52          147           104                   (4        299   

Other

    14          62           (18                1           59   

MENA (excluding Saudi Arabia)

    104          272           190                   (6        560   

Saudi Arabia

    36          69           96          4          7           212   
    140          341           286          4          1           772   

Half-year to 30 June 2011

                       

Egypt

    15          32           67                   (1        113   

Qatar

    (1       23           39                             61   

United Arab Emirates

    40          120           119          (3       (11        265   

Other

    10          62           53                             125   

MENA (excluding Saudi Arabia)

    64          237           278          (3       (12        564   

Saudi Arabia

    37          59           61          2          24           183   
    101          296           339          (1       12           747   

Half-year to 31 December 2011

                       

Egypt

    28          23           62                   (1        112   

Qatar

    (3       12           42                             51   

United Arab Emirates

    94          120           81          (3       18           310   

Other

    7          47           40                             94   

MENA (excluding Saudi Arabia)

    126          202           225          (3       17           567   

Saudi Arabia

    20          39           79          2          38           178   
    146          241           304          (1       55           745   

 

‘The Best Bank in Saudi Arabia’ and ‘The Best Debt House in Saudi Arabia’. Strong performances were also reported in the UAE and Egypt. Despite signs of recovery, political and economic uncertainty continued in the region. The strength of the HSBC brand and resilience of the oil-based regional economies together with our international connectivity, positions us well for future growth.

Delivery of sustainable cost savings is a key priority and we realised substantial benefits from the actions taken in 2011 to reduce our cost base. In the first half of 2012, we took further steps to improve our cost efficiency and drive additional sustainable cost savings through our organisational effectiveness initiatives, including a de-layering of our management structure and the transfer of additional operational processes to our global service centre.

In RBWM, we remained focused on growing Wealth Management revenues, launching a number of new investment funds, bonds and deposit products. We also entered into a ten-year strategic partnership with Zurich Life International to be the exclusive provider of their wealth insurance products in the region. We continued to roll out our digital solution for mobile banking in the region and

launched an Arabic version of the HSBC website in the UAE, becoming the first international bank with a bilingual presence there.

In CMB, we continued to strengthen our position as the leading international trade and business bank. We launched our third International Trade SME Fund in the UAE, pledging US$272m to support SMEs engaged in cross-border trade, and added resources to enhance our international capabilities, particularly in respect of emerging trade corridors. Our Payments and Cash Management business was named ‘Best Cash Management Bank in the Middle East 2012’ in the Euromoney Awards for Excellence and continued to achieve success by growing deposit balances.

In GB&M, our customers benefited from dedicated coverage teams on our mainland China, South Korea and India desks in the UAE, Saudi Arabia and Oman, leveraging our ‘South-South’ connectivity to provide access to Asian investors for issuers in the region with funding requirements. We continued to focus on generating incremental revenues through the provision of risk management services to regional clients by leveraging our global expertise, including in equity and energy derivatives.

 

 

80


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

We also completed a record number of bond issuances in the first half of 2012, which is indicative of continuing investor appetite for Middle East and North Africa debt. We won seven Euromoney awards for excellence including ‘The Best Project Finance House in the Middle East’ and ‘The Best Equity House in the Middle East’. GB&M also won a number of EMEA Finance Achievement Awards, including ‘Best Sukuk House 2011’, and three of GB&M’s customer deals were recognised by The Banker ‘Deals of the Year 2012’.

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis.

Net interest income rose by 5%, driven by higher average deposit balances in RBWM as a result of targeted customer acquisition and successful marketing campaigns, together with wider spreads as we repriced our deposits and benefited from higher interest rates in Egypt. Deposit balance growth in our Payments and Cash Management business, reflecting targeted client growth, led to an increase in net interest income in GB&M, while Balance Sheet Management benefited from higher yields on the available-for-sale investment portfolios. This was partly offset by a low level of demand for corporate credit in CMB.

Net fee income decreased by 7% due to lower advisory revenues and Securities Services’ fees in GB&M, both of which were affected by the continuing challenging political and economic environment. Fees also declined due to the repositioning of RBWM’s cards portfolio towards higher quality lending, which resulted in a reduction in late and over-limit fees along with higher reward scheme charges following revisions to the agreement with our partner aimed at improving card utilisation. In addition, fees declined in private banking as we exited our domestic private banking operations in the UAE. This was partly offset by higher trade import fees in CMB which were driven by targeted sales activity.

Net trading income decreased by 8%, mainly from adverse credit valuation adjustments on certain trading positions relating to a small number of exposures in GB&M. This was partly offset by higher Rates trading income from increased client activity in the first half of 2012 and revaluation gains on certain equity holdings in Principal Investments.

Gains less losses from financial investments increased by US$11m, driven principally by the non-recurrence of adverse fair value movements on certain investments in 2011.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions increased by US$37m as significant loan impairment charges were recorded for a small number of large exposures in GB&M. This was partly offset by lower impairments in RBWM, due to an improvement in credit quality which reflected the repositioning of the book towards higher quality lending in previous periods, and in CMB as we worked closely with customers through the credit cycle.

Operating expenses decreased by 6%, as a result of the sustainable cost saving initiatives implemented in 2011 and the first half of 2012. These particularly affected staff costs as we reduced employee numbers by over 750 from their peak in March 2011, although staff numbers increased by more than 1,000 following the merger of our Oman operations with OIB. Performance-related costs rose as a result of the merger with OIB and legal costs increased in connection with the strategic transactions noted above.

Share of profits from associates and joint ventures increased by 13%, mainly from The Saudi British Bank, driven by higher revenues due to growth in lending and a rise in trade, other lending and guarantee fees, good cost control and a decline in loan impairment charges as operating conditions improved.

 

 

81


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – Middle East and North Africa

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2012  
     Retail
Banking and
Wealth
Management
US$m
         Commercial
Banking
US$m
         Global
Banking
and
Markets
US$m
         Global
Private
Banking
US$m
         Other
US$m
        

Inter-
segment

elimination57

US$m

         Total
US$m
 

Profit before tax

                                

Net interest income

     273           240           191                     1                     705   

Net fee income/(expense)

     85           143           77           1           (4                  302   
                                

Trading income excluding net interest income

     35           48           122                     1                     206   

Net interest income on trading activities

                         4                     6                     10   
                                

Net trading income51

     35           48           126                     7                     216   

Net expense from financial instruments designated
at fair value

                                             (4                  (4

Gains less losses from financial investments

                         5                                         5   

Dividend income

                         3                                         3   

Other operating income

     2           4           5                     51           (52        10   

Total operating income

     395           435           407           1           51           (52        1,237   

Net insurance claims58

                                                                   

Net operating income48

     395           435           407           1           51           (52        1,237   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (37        (12        (84        (2                            (135

Net operating income/ (expense)

     358           423           323           (1        51           (52        1,102   

Operating income/(expenses)

     (249        (151        (134        1           (56        52           (537

Operating profit/(loss)

     109           272           189                     (5                  565   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     31           69           97           4           6                     207   

Profit before tax

     140           341           286           4           1                     772   
     %           %           %           %           %                %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     1.1           2.7           2.3                                    6.1   

Cost efficiency ratio

     63.0           34.7           32.9           (100.0        109.8                43.4   

Balance sheet data47

                                
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m                     US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

     5,005           12,554           8,519           1           1,817                27,896   

Total assets

     6,437           14,482           36,539           53           8,676           (3,306        62,881   

Customer accounts

     18,468           11,127           6,555           14           2,865                39,029   

 

82


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2011  
     Retail
Banking
and Wealth
Management
US$m
         Commercial
Banking
US$m
         Global
Banking
and
Markets
US$m
         Global
Private
Banking
US$m
         Other
US$m
        

Inter-
segment

elimination57

US$m

        

Total

US$m

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                                

Net interest income

     253           243           174           1           3           (1        673   

Net fee income/(expense)

     90           135           96           8           (2                  327   
                                

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

     30           48           129                     (1                  206   

Net interest income on trading activities

     1           7           22                               1           31   
                                

Net trading income/(expense)51

     31           55           151                     (1        1           237   

Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value

                                             (6                  (6

Gains less losses from financial investments

                         (6                                      (6

Dividend income

                         1                     1                     2   

Other operating income

     10           7           3                     43           (54        9   
Total operating income      384           440           419           9           38           (54        1,236   

Net insurance claims58

                                                                   

Net operating income48

     384           440           419           9           38           (54        1,236   

Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions

     (58        (48        6                     1                     (99

Net operating income

     326           392           425           9           39           (54        1,137   

Operating expenses

     (263        (155        (148        (12        (50        54           (574

Operating profit/(loss)

     63           237           277           (3        (11                  563   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     38           59           62           2           23                     184   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     101           296           339           (1        12                     747   
     %           %           %           %           %                %   
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax    0.9          2.6          3.0                                       6.5  

Cost efficiency ratio

     68.5           35.2           35.3           133.3           131.6                46.4   
Balance sheet data47                                 
    

US$m

         US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m                     US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

     4,861           13,189           7,611           31           2                25,694   

Total assets

     6,383           14,950           34,306           73           4,958           (2,632        58,038   

Customer accounts

     19,301           11,101           6,275           363           79                37,119   

 

83


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – Middle East and North Africa (continued)

 

     Half-year to 31 December 2011  
    

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

Management

US$m

         Commercial
Banking
US$m
        

Global
Banking
and

Markets

US$m

         Global
Private
Banking
US$m
         Other
US$m
        

Inter-
segment

elimination57

US$m

        

Total

US$m

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                                

Net interest income/(expense)

     336           253           197           1           (1        (27        759   

Net fee income/(expense)

     83           136           77           5           (1                  300   
                                

Trading income excluding net interest income

     32           47           137           1                               217   

Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities

     (1        (7        10                     (1        27           28   
                                

Net trading income/(expense)51

     31           40           147           1           (1        27           245   

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

                                             16                     16   

Gains less losses from financial investments

     1           1           (1                  (3                  (2

Dividend income

     1           1           2                     (1                  3   

Other operating income/(expense)

     12           4           8           (1        81           (54        50   
Total operating income      464           435           430           6           90           (54        1,371   

Net insurance claims58

                                                                   

Net operating income48

     464           435           430           6           90           (54        1,371   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (68        (68        (57                  (1                  (194

Net operating income

     396           367           373           6           89           (54        1,177   

Operating expenses

     (272        (165        (147        (9        (46        54           (585

Operating profit/(loss)

     124           202           226           (3        43                     592   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     22           39           78           2           12                     153   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     146           241           304           (1        55                     745   
     %           %           %           %           %                %   
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax    1.4          2.3          2.9                   0.5                     7.2  

Cost efficiency ratio

     58.6           37.9           34.2           150.0           51.1                42.7   
Balance sheet data47                                 
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m                     US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

     4,921           12,446           8,479           26           3                25,875   

Total assets

     6,549           14,556           34,676           72           4,792           (3,181        57,464   

Customer accounts

     18,549           10,943           6,703           114           113                36,422   

For footnotes, see page 100.

 

84


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

North America

 

Our North American businesses are located in the US, Canada and Bermuda. Operations in the US are primarily conducted through HSBC Bank USA, N.A. and HSBC Finance, a national consumer finance company. HSBC Markets (USA) Inc. is the intermediate holding company of, inter alia, HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. HSBC Bank Canada and HSBC Bank Bermuda operate in their respective countries.

 

     Half-year to  
     30 Jun          30 Jun          31 Dec  
     2012          2011          2011  
     US$m          US$m          US$m  

Net interest income

     4,739           5,849           5,631   

Net fee income

     1,443           1,718           1,590   

Net trading income/(expense)

     161           448           (810

Gains on disposal of US branch network and cards business

     3,809                       

Other income/(expense)

     (174        225           1,349   

Net operating income48

     9,978           8,240           7,760   

Impairment charges49

     (2,161        (3,049        (3,967

Net operating income

     7,817           5,191           3,793   

Total operating expenses

     (4,462        (4,602        (4,317

Operating profit/(loss)

     3,355           589           (524

Income from associates50

     (1        17           18   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     3,354           606           (506

Cost efficiency ratio

     44.7%           55.8%           55.6%   

RoRWA40

     2.1%           0.4%           (0.3%

Period-end staff numbers

     23,341           32,605           30,981   

US$3.9bn

gain recognised following

the completion of strategic disposals

Gross balances in the CML portfolio

down by US$3.8bn to

US$45.7bn

29%

reduction in loan

impairment charges

For footnotes, see page 100.

The commentary on North America is on a constant currency basis unless stated otherwise.

Economic background

Annualised US GDP growth was 1.6% in the first half of 2012. Annualised consumer spending growth remained moderate at 2% as the process of reducing debt after the credit boom of the last decade continued to restrain growth in spending as households attempted to increase their savings. Employment growth remained positive in the first half of 2012 but slowed during the period. The unemployment rate was 8.2% in June, down from 9.1% a year earlier. In response to slow growth and stable core inflation, the Federal Reserve maintained the federal funds rate in a range of zero to 0.25% and, in January, it announced that these exceptionally low levels were likely to remain in place to at least the end of 2014. In June, the Federal Reserve extended its maturity extension programme to the end of 2012, continuing to purchase longer-term Treasury securities while simultaneously selling an equivalent amount of short-term securities.

Canadian GDP rose by an annualised rate of 1.9% in the first quarter of 2012 and domestic demand remained a key driver of GDP growth. March and April 2012 saw the largest gains in employment in a two-month period since 1976 which, alongside modest upward pressure on wages, helped sustain a rebound in Canadian consumer confidence in the first half of the year. The firm domestic backdrop led the Bank of Canada to suggest in mid-April that some policy tightening ‘may become appropriate’, but the deterioration in the global economic outlook saw the central bank maintain interest rates at 1% throughout the first half of 2012. With interest rates remaining low, the federal government put in place a number of measures aimed at reducing the pace of price appreciation in the housing market.

Review of performance

In the first half of 2012, our operations in North America reported a profit before tax of US$3.4bn, compared with US$606m in the first half of 2011. Our reported profits included gains in the US of US$3.1bn and US$661m following the completion of the sales of the Card and Retail Services business and the 138 non-strategic branches, respectively, while in Canada we recorded a gain of US$83m from the sale of the Private Client Services business. In addition, we recognised US$559m of adverse movements on our own debt designated at fair value resulting from tightening credit spreads, compared with adverse movements of US$66m in the first half of 2011 and favourable movements of US$1.0bn in the second half of 2011.

 

 

85


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax by country within global businesses

 

   

Retail
Banking
and Wealth

Management

US$m

           Commercial
Banking
US$m
        

Global
Banking
and

  Markets

US$m

         Global
Private
  Banking
US$m
         Other
    US$m
         Total
    US$m
 

Half-year to 30 June 2012

                          

US

    3,326           374           384           38           (1,388        2,734   

Canada

    129           307           174                     (8        602   

Bermuda

    18           1           (9        3           4           17   

Other

    1                                                   1   
    3,474           682           549           41           (1,392        3,354   

Half-year to 30 June 2011

                          

US

    (568        177           599           47           (244        11   

Canada

    95           297           134                     (6        520   

Bermuda

    28           14           23           2           8           75   

Other

                                                        
    (445        488           756           49           (242        606   

Half-year to 31 December 2011

                          

US

    (2,293        254           (32        36           1,026           (1,009

Canada

    52           248           131                     14           445   

Bermuda

    21           12           20           5           1           59   

Other

                                            (1        (1
    (2,220        514           119           41           1,040           (506

 

On an underlying basis, our profit before tax was US$21m compared with US$483m in the first half of 2011. This decrease was mainly due to lower revenue in CML, reflecting a reduction in average lending balances as the business winds down, and lower revenue in GB&M. Operating expenses also increased, including a provision of US$700m related to US anti-money laundering, BSA and OFAC investigations. Partly offsetting this was a reduction in loan impairment charges in CML. In Canada, we increased our underlying profit before tax by 5% to US$537m. This was mainly due to a rise in revenue, notably from an improved performance in GB&M, partly offset by increased costs.

We continued to make progress in disposing of businesses not aligned with the Group’s long-term strategy. On 1 May 2012, we completed the sale and transfer of our US Card and Retail Services business. Associated with the sale, over 5,000 employees and certain real estate facilities were transferred to the purchaser. In addition, we entered into a transition services agreement with the purchaser to support some of the account servicing operations until such time as all systems, processes and equipment are integrated into the purchaser’s existing infrastructure. We also completed the sale of 138 of the 195 retail branches in upstate New York that we had agreed to sell, recognising gains of US$449m and US$212m in RBWM and CMB, respectively. In the third quarter of 2012, we expect

to complete the disposal of the remaining 57 branches. In Canada, we completed the sale of the Private Client Services business. The impact of these sales on our results can be seen on page 38. We expect these sales to have a significant adverse effect on both revenue and profit in our North America region in the future.

In the first half of 2012, HSBC Bank USA, N.A. (‘HSBC Bank USA’) entered into a strategic relationship with PHH Mortgage to manage our mortgage origination and servicing operations. Under the terms of the agreement, we will continue to own the mortgage servicing rights (‘MSRs’) associated with our current portfolio of serviced loans, but we will not recognise any additional MSRs upon the completion of the transaction. The value of our existing MSRs will remain subject to interest rate risk, which is mitigated through an economic hedging programme. The conversion of these operations is expected to be completed in the first quarter of 2013. In March 2012, we announced the winding down of our consumer finance business in Canada and, except for existing commitments, ceased the origination of loans.

We incurred additional costs of US$151m in the first half of 2012 following restructuring activities in the region; these related mainly to the business disposals, the closure of our consumer finance operations in Canada and the continuation of our organisational effectiveness initiatives while we achieved some US$220m of additional sustainable

 

 

86


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

cost savings during the same period. These were mainly derived from operational efficiencies and a delayering programme.

We remained focused on managing the run-off of balances in our CML portfolio, with period-end lending balances of US$45.7bn, a decline of 8% from the end of 2011 of which 44% was attributable to the write-off of balances. We engaged an advisor to assist us in exploring options to accelerate the liquidation of this portfolio and identified certain loan pools that we intend to sell as market conditions permit. The financial effect of our run-off portfolio on the results of our North America operations can be seen on page 38.

Also in RBWM, we continued to develop our Wealth Management capabilities across the region. In Canada, we operate the country’s largest Chinese and second largest Indian equity funds and, in the US, we launched a renminbi fixed income fund to provide US investors with the opportunity to access mainland China’s rapidly growing bond market.

In CMB and GB&M, we continued to target companies with international banking requirements, while CMB’s extended collaboration with GB&M resulted in a 26% rise in revenue from the sales of GB&M products to our CMB customers. This revenue is shared between the two global businesses.

In GB&M, we continued to work on delivering integrated solutions for our customers across the Americas, increasing our lending to Latin American corporates. In addition, we actively reduced our legacy credit exposure in the US by exiting certain positions. We will seek to further reduce the size of this portfolio as opportunities become available. The financial effect of the legacy credit portfolio on the results of our North America operations can be seen on page 38.

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis.

Net interest income fell by 19% to US$4.7bn, mainly due to the loss of income from the Card and Retail Services business along with a reduction in average lending balances and lower yields from operations to the date of sale. Excluding the results of the Card and Retail Services business and the other disposals referred to above, net interest income declined, reflecting the reduction in average lending balances as the CML portfolio continued to run-off, while lending spreads in this portfolio also reduced as the product mix

comprised a higher balance of lower yielding products.

Net fee income declined by 16%, primarily due to the sale of the Card and Retail Services business and, to a lesser extent, the sale of the Private Client Services business in Canada. Excluding the results of the disposed businesses, net fee income was broadly unchanged.

Net trading income fell by 64% to US$161m. The reduction reflected lower revenue in GB&M, mainly in the legacy credit portfolio due to reduced net releases of write-downs in the first half of 2012 resulting from lower price appreciation on assets held in this portfolio, and losses incurred on the exit of certain exposures in advance of their scheduled maturity date. In addition, revenue from Credit declined as a result of unfavourable credit spread movements.

In RBWM, higher trading expense reflected an increase in adverse movements in the fair value of non-qualifying hedges used to hedge floating rate debt issued by HSBC Finance. In the first half of 2012, the effects of falling long-term US interest rates was more pronounced than in the first half of 2011, resulting in adverse fair value movements in HSBC Finance of US$217m compared with US$124m in the first half of 2011 and US$1.1bn in the second half of 2011.

Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value increased from US$118m in the first half of 2011 to US$639m in the first half of 2012. Narrowing credit spreads resulted in adverse movements in the fair value of our own debt in both periods, though the effects were more pronounced in 2012.

Gains less losses from financial investments were US$175m, a rise of 61% compared with the first half of 2011 due to an increase in gains from sales of assets in Balance Sheet Management in the US, as well as an increase in gains from similar sales in Canada. These transactions were undertaken as part of structural interest rate risk management activities.

Other operating income increased following a reduction in losses on foreclosed properties, reflecting fewer sales.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions were US$2.2bn, 29% lower than in the first half of 2011. This reflected a marked decline in loan impairment charges in the CML portfolio, as well as the sale of the Card and Retail Services business.

 

 

87


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Loan impairment charges in the CML portfolio declined by 28% to US$1.6bn, driven by a reduction in lending balances as the portfolio continued to run off, as well as an improvement in two-months-and-over contractual delinquency on balances less than 180 days past due. Loan impairment charges were adversely affected by delays in expected cash flows from mortgage loans due, in part, to delays in foreclosure processing, though the effects were more pronounced in the first half of 2011. Additionally, in the first half of 2012, we increased our loan impairment allowances having updated our assumptions regarding the timing of expected cash flows received from customers with loan modifications.

Further discussions of delinquency trends in the US personal lending portfolios are provided in ‘Areas of special interest – US Personal Lending’ on page 136.

Operating expenses of US$4.5bn were 3% lower than in the first half of 2011, as our cost base reduced following the completion of various disposals and the closure of the consumer finance business in Canada as well as the success of initiatives to lower cost levels and achieve sustainable savings.

Staff costs in the region reduced as average staff numbers fell by over 5,000 compared with the first half of 2011, the majority of whom transferred as part of the businesses sold. Performance-related costs also fell, while lower marketing costs reflected a reduction in marketing programmes. In addition, the costs of holding foreclosed properties declined reflecting lower inventory following the slowing of foreclosure processing activities. Restructuring costs of US$151m compared with US$190m in the first half of 2011. In the current period, restructuring was primarily associated with our business disposals, the closure of the consumer finance business in Canada and the continuation of our organisational effectiveness initiatives. Offsetting the decline in costs in the region was an increase in provisions, including US$700m related to anti-money laundering, BSA and OFAC investigations, which is reported in ‘Other’ for the purposes of the segmentation by global business. In addition, we incurred higher compliance costs, largely due to investment in process enhancements and infrastructure related to anti-money laundering and BSA consent orders, along with actions to address the regulatory consent orders relating to foreclosure activities.

 

 

88


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – North America

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2012  
    

Retail
Banking and
Wealth

Management
US$m

        

Commercial

Banking
US$m

         Global
Banking
and
Markets
US$m
         Global
Private
Banking
US$m
        

Other

US$m

        

Inter-
segment

elimination57

US$m

        

Total

US$m

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                                

Net interest income

     3,418           715           491           97           50           (32        4,739   

Net fee income

     681           272           375           64           51                     1,443   

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

     (206        20           245           11           8                     78   

Net interest income on trading activities

     9           1           41                               32           83   
                                

Net trading income/ (expense)51

     (197        21           286           11           8           32           161   
                                

Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related
derivatives

                                             (638                  (638

Net expense from other financial instruments designated
at fair value

                         (1                                      (1
                                

Net expense from financial instruments designated
at fair value

                         (1                  (638                  (639

Gains less losses from financial investments

     12                     158                     6                     176   

Dividend income

     8           5           11           1           1                     26   

Net earned insurance premiums

     109                                                             109   

Gains on disposal of US branch network and cards
business

     3,597           212                                                   3,809   

Other operating income

     109           93           87           5           1,011           (1,079        226   

Total operating income

     7,737           1,318           1,407           178           489           (1,079        10,050   

Net insurance claims58

     (72                                                          (72

Net operating income48

     7,665           1,318           1,407           178           489           (1,079        9,978   

Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit
risk provisions

     (2,084        (51        (30        4                               (2,161

Net operating income

     5,581           1,267           1,377           182           489           (1,079        7,817   

Operating expenses

     (2,108        (583        (828        (141        (1,881        1,079           (4,462

Operating profit/(loss)

     3,473           684           549           41           (1,392                  3,355   

Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures

     1           (2                                                (1

Profit/(loss) before tax

     3,474           682           549           41           (1,392                  3,354   
     %           %           %           %           %                %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     27.3           5.4           4.3           0.3           (11.0             26.3   

Cost efficiency ratio

     27.5           44.2           58.8           79.2           384.7                44.7   

Balance sheet data47

                                
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m                     US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

     83,060           33,754           32,068           5,109                          153,991   

Total assets

     110,038           46,321           347,728           7,444           12,054           (22,995        500,590   

Customer accounts

     58,962           45,783           29,465           14,061           89                148,360   

 

89


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – North America (continued)

 

    Half-year to 30 June 2011  
   

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

Management
US$m

       

Commercial

Banking
US$m

       

Global
Banking

and

Markets

US$m

        Global
Private
Banking
US$m
       

Other

US$m

       

Inter-

segment

elimination57

US$m

       

Total

US$m

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                         

Net interest income/ (expense)

    4,617          748          465          94          (37       (38       5,849   

Net fee income

    936          276          420          79          7                   1,718   
                         

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

    (68       16          344          13          (11                294   

Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities

    10          1          106                   (1       38          154   
                         

Net trading income/ (expense)51

    (58       17          450          13          (12       38          448   
                         

Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related
derivatives

                                        (116                (116

Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated
at fair value

                      (4                1                   (3
                         

Net expense from financial instruments designated
at fair value

                      (4                (115                (119

Gains less losses from financial investments

    14                   96                                     110   

Dividend income

    8          4          7          1          1                   21   

Net earned insurance premiums

    118                                                       118   

Other operating income/ (expense)

    (28       60          100          5          1,130          (1,099       168   

Total operating income

    5,607          1,105          1,534          192          974          (1,099       8,313   

Net insurance claims58

    (73                                                    (73

Net operating income48

    5,534          1,105          1,534          192          974          (1,099       8,240   

Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit
risk provisions

    (3,035       (45       23          11          (3                (3,049

Net operating income

    2,499          1,060          1,557          203          971          (1,099       5,191   

Operating expenses

    (2,945       (587       (801       (154       (1,214       1,099          (4,602

Operating profit/(loss)

    (446       473          756          49          (243                589   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    1          15                            1                   17   

Profit/(loss) before tax

    (445       488          756          49          (242                606   
    %          %          %          %          %              %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

    (3.9       4.3          6.6          0.4          (2.1           5.3   

Cost efficiency ratio

    53.2          53.1          52.2          80.2          124.6              55.8   
Balance sheet data47                          
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m                   US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net) reported in:

                         

– loans and advances to customers (net)

    123,891          31,015          19,988          4,368                       179,262   

Total assets

    153,098          42,971          341,246          6,831          13,009          (27,769       529,386   

Customer accounts

    76,266          46,940          25,579          13,747          101              162,633   

 

90


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

 

 

     Half-year to 31 December 2011  
    

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

Management

US$m

        

Commercial

Banking
US$m

        

Global
Banking

and

Markets

US$m

         Global
Private
Banking
US$m
        

Other

US$m

        

Inter-
segment

elimination57

US$m

        

Total

US$m

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                                

Net interest income

     4,314           780           428           93           46           (30        5,631   

Net fee income/(expense)

     900           275           353           70           (8                  1,590   
                                

Trading income/(expense excluding net interest income

     (878        18           (83        4           (15                  (954

Net interest income on trading activities

     15                     99                               30           144   
                                

Net trading income/ (expense)51

     (863        18           16           4           (15        30           (810
                                

Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives

                                             1,083                     1,083   

Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated
at fair value

                         (1                  1                       
                                

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated
at fair value

                         (1                  1,084                     1,083   

Gains less losses from financial investments

     44           7           99                     2                     152   

Dividend income

     7           5           6           2           (1                  19   

Net earned insurance premiums

     118                                                             118   

Other operating income/ (expense)

     (97        50           93           6           1,114           (1,108        58   

Total operating income

     4,423           1,135           994           175           2,222           (1,108        7,841   

Net insurance claims58

     (81                                                          (81

Net operating income48

     4,342           1,135           994           175           2,222           (1,108        7,760   

Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit
risk provisions

     (3,894        (60        (34        19           2                     (3,967

Net operating income

     448           1,075           960           194           2,224           (1,108        3,793   

Operating expenses

     (2,670        (579        (841        (153        (1,182        1,108           (4,317

Operating profit/(loss)

     (2,222        496           119           41           1,042                     (524

Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures

     2           18                               (2                  18   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     (2,220        514           119           41           1,040                     (506
     %           %           %           %           %                %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     (21.3        4.9           1.1           0.4           10.0                (4.9

Cost efficiency ratio

     61.5           51.0           84.6           87.4           53.2                55.6   
Balance sheet data47                                 
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m                     US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net) reported in:

                                

– loans and advances to customers (net)

     86,490           32,215           19,289           4,753                          142,747   

– assets held for sale (disposal groups)

     31,058           520                                              31,578   

Total assets

     144,278           43,747           320,783           7,138           10,378           (22,022        504,302   

Customer accounts reported in:

                                

– customer accounts

     63,558           47,003           30,465           14,862           94                155,982   

– liabilities of disposal groups held for sale

     10,104           5,040                                              15,144   

For footnotes, see page 100.

 

91


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Latin America

 

Our operations in Latin America principally comprise HSBC Bank Brasil S.A.-Banco Múltiplo, HSBC México, S.A., HSBC Bank Argentina S.A. and HSBC Bank (Panama) S.A. In addition to banking services, we operate insurance businesses in Brazil, Mexico, Argentina and Panama.

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 Jun

2012

US$m

        

30 Jun

2011

US$m

        

31 Dec

2011

US$m

 

Net interest income

     3,542           3,517           3,439   

Net fee income

     843           902           879   

Net trading income

     597           589           789   

Other income

     583           675           663   

Net operating income48

     5,565           5,683           5,770   

Impairment charges49

     (1,136        (820        (1,063

Net operating income

     4,429           4,863           4,707   

Total operating expenses

     (3,285        (3,712        (3,543

Operating profit

     1,144           1,151           1,164   

Income from associates50

     1                       

Profit before tax

     1,145           1,151           1,164   

Cost efficiency ratio

     59.0%           65.3%           61.4%   

RoRWA40

     2.2%           2.2%           2.2%   

Period-end staff numbers

     51,667           55,618           54,035   

14%

increase in Wealth Management revenues

17%

increase in GB&M revenues on a

constant currency basis

HSBC Brazil best in International

Debt Capital Markets

(Brazilian Financial and Capital Markets Association)

For footnotes, see page 100.

The commentary on Latin America is on a constant currency basis unless stated otherwise.

Economic background

Growth in Latin America slowed in the first half of 2012, with a common feature being the slowdown in demand from eurozone economies.

Brazilian economic activity slowed markedly; the annual pace of GDP growth fell to 0.8% in the first quarter. In contrast to the other economies of the region, the loss of momentum in Brazil appeared to be mainly the result of weak domestic investment spending. Inflation moderated, allowing the Central Bank of Brazil to cut the Selic policy rate by 400bps from the peak reached in August 2011.

Mexico produced the strongest performance in the region with the annual pace of GDP growth accelerating to 4.6% in the first quarter of 2012. Despite the weakness of global growth, exports remained a key driver of Mexican activity. Domestic demand was also robust. Inflation remained moderate despite strong fluctuations in the currency and, accordingly, Banco de Mexico left the monetary policy rate unchanged at 4.5% during the period.

In Argentina, economic activity decelerated markedly during the first half of 2012. Annualised GDP growth fell from 8.9% in 2011 to 3% in the first five months of 2012. Inflation remained high, and the currency depreciated at an annualised rate of 10%. To counter the deterioration in the current and financial account balances, the government required official authorisation of most transactions involving the acquisition of foreign currency.

Review of performance

In Latin America, our operations reported a profit before tax of US$1.1bn for the first half of 2012, an increase of 1%, or 11% on a constant currency basis compared with the first half of 2011. This included a gain of US$102m following the completion of the sale of our general insurance manufacturing business in Argentina, and a loss of US$135m recognised following the reclassification of our non-strategic businesses to held for sale.

On an underlying basis, which excludes the above US$102m gain, pre-tax profits increased by 3%, mainly due to increased revenue in our CMB and RBWM businesses in Brazil and Argentina following growth in average lending balances, primarily during 2011, higher Balance Sheet Management and Rates and Foreign Exchange revenues in Brazil as interest rates declined, and lower operating expenses resulting from lower restructuring costs and cost saving initiatives. This was partly offset by the loss of US$135m described above.

 

 

92


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

 

Profit/(loss) before tax by country within global businesses

 

    

Retail
Banking and
Wealth

Management

US$m

         Commercial
Banking
US$m
        

Global
Banking
and

Markets

US$m

         Global
Private
Banking
US$m
         Other
US$m
         Total
US$m
 

Half-year to 30 June 2012

                           

Argentina

     156           100           98                     (42        312   

Brazil

     (83        200           413           10           (35        505   

Mexico

     179           77           111                     (1        366   

Panama

     13           33           21                               67   

Other

     (51        (29        6                     (31        (105
     214           381           649           10           (109        1,145   

Half-year to 30 June 2011

                           

Argentina

     49           46           67                     (8        154   

Brazil

     136           294           250           7           (50        637   

Mexico

     169           103           171           2           (142        303   

Panama

     17           27           26           1           (2        69   

Other

     (35        5           29                     (11        (12
     336           475           543           10           (213        1,151   

Half-year to 31 December 2011

                           

Argentina

     42           61           81                     6           190   

Brazil

     105           272           265           6           (55        593   

Mexico

     234           26           97           2           (36        323   

Panama

     6           32           26           2           (7        59   

Other

     (20        1           37                     (19        (1
     367           392           506           10           (111        1,164   

 

Performance in Brazil was affected by higher loan impairment charges, following balance sheet growth in RBWM and CMB during previous periods, which benefited from strong customer sentiment in the buoyant economic conditions. Subsequently, as the economy has slowed, delinquency rates have risen.

In line with the Group’s strategy, we applied the five filters to our Latin American businesses and decided on a number of disposals. In the first half of 2012, we announced the sale of our businesses in Costa Rica, El Salvador and Honduras, which is expected to be completed in the second half of 2012. We also announced the sale of our businesses in Colombia, Peru, Uruguay and Paraguay, with completion expected in 2013. We will continue to offer full branch services to customers during the transition.

Following a review of our general insurance business, we completed the sale of our general insurance manufacturing business in Argentina and in Mexico, we agreed to sell a portfolio of general insurance assets and liabilities. Under the terms of these agreements, the purchasers will provide general insurance to HSBC’s retail customers in the two countries. This long-term collaboration will broaden and strengthen the suite of general insurance products available to these customers.

In our RBWM business, we continued with our strategy of generating strong long-term relationships

and high risk-adjusted returns, capturing wealth creation opportunities from mass-market customers as a feeder to capitalise on upward social mobility. We grew our Wealth Management revenues across the region by 14%. We also continued to manage down certain vehicle finance and payroll loan portfolios in Brazil where there is no relationship-building capacity.

In CMB, we worked closely with GB&M to ensure our clients have access to relevant GB&M products. This collaboration resulted in revenue growth of 3% as more CMB customers started using Global Markets products. Our relationships with CMB payroll customers enabled us to increase personal lending to their employees, who became our RBWM customers.

In GB&M, we continued to target global corporate customers throughout Latin America. We maintained a strong presence in the foreign exchange and derivatives markets. We were also awarded first place in International Debt Capital Markets by the Brazilian Financial and Capital Markets Association.

We continued to implement measures to improve operational efficiency. As a result, we incurred restructuring costs in the first half of 2012 of US$72m and a 4% net reduction of 2,300 staff numbers during the first half of 2012. We also achieved a total of US$140m of additional sustainable savings.

 

 

93


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis.

Net interest income increased by 12% compared with the first half of 2011, driven by strong growth in our RBWM and CMB businesses.

In RBWM, net interest income increased in Brazil, mainly due to a change in the composition of the lending book as we increased our balances of higher-yielding assets and managed down our exposure in certain vehicle finance and payroll loan portfolios as described earlier. Additionally, in Mexico we increased average lending balances, mainly in payroll and personal loans. In CMB, average lending balances in Brazil were higher than the comparative period, mainly in trade and working capital products.

In Brazil, spreads widened across most lending products in RBWM and CMB as interest rates declined, resulting in lower cost of funds while in Argentina lending spreads in CMB were wider on overdrafts.

In Balance Sheet Management, net interest income increased notably in Brazil as we benefited from the downward movements in interest rates which lowered the cost of funding assets in this portfolio.

Net fee income increased by 4% to US$843m, mainly in Brazil due to higher current accounts and Payments and Cash Management revenues, which benefited from repricing initiatives.

Net trading income of US$597m was 15% higher than in the first half of 2011, primarily in Brazil due to higher GB&M revenues which reflected increased revenues in Rates, resulting from tightening spreads on long bond positions, and also in Foreign Exchange products as a result of increased collaboration with CMB clients.

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value increased by 38%, reflecting the growth of policyholder assets in Brazil. An offsetting increase was recorded in ‘Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders’.

Gains less losses from financial investments of US$89m was 33% higher than in the first half of 2011, primarily in Mexico and Brazil due to disposals of government bonds in GB&M in the first half of 2012, partly offset by the non-recurrence of a gain in GB&M on the sale of shares in a Mexican listed company in the first half of 2011.

Net earned insurance premiums increased by 12% to US$1.3bn, driven by increased sales in Brazil of unit-linked pension products, term life insurance and credit protection products. Premiums also rose in Mexico, mainly due to growth in sales of the endowment product, partly offset by a decrease in Argentina, driven by the sale of the general insurance business reflecting two months less of operations in the first half of 2012.

Other operating income decreased by US$103m, primarily due to the loss recognised following the reclassification of certain businesses to held-for-sale and the non-recurrence of the gain on sale and leaseback of branches in Mexico in the first half of 2011. This was partly offset by the gain on sale of the insurance business in Argentina of US$102m.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions increased by 57%, mainly in Brazil. This resulted from increased delinquency rates in RBWM in Brazil, following strong balance sheet growth in previous periods which was driven by increased marketing and acquisitions, and strong consumer demand in buoyant economic conditions which subsequently weakened. In CMB, loan impairment charges almost doubled, mainly in Brazil following increased delinquency and a rise in individually assessed loan impairment charges booked in the first half of 2012. We took a number of steps to address the increase in delinquencies in RBWM and CMB including improving our collections capabilities, reducing third-party originations and lowering credit limits where appropriate.

Operating expenses decreased by 1% compared with the first half of 2011. Restructuring costs declined by US$56m as the equivalent period in 2011 included costs associated with the consolidation of the branch network and the reorganisation of regional and country support functions. The success of these restructuring initiatives and our continued efforts to exercise strict cost control and progress with our organisational effectiveness programmes contributed to about US$140m of additional sustainable cost savings and a net 7% reduction in staff numbers of almost 4,000 compared with the end of June 2011. These savings were partly offset by inflationary pressures, union-agreed wage increases in Brazil and Argentina, and a provision relating to anti-money laundering in Mexico.

 

 

94


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – Latin America

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2012  
    

Retail
Banking

and Wealth
Management
US$m

        

Commercial

Banking
US$m

         Global
Banking
and
Markets
US$m
         Global
Private
Banking
US$m
        

Other

US$m

        

Inter-
segment

elimination57

US$m

        

Total

US$m

 
Profit/(loss) before tax                                 

Net interest income/(expense)

     2,148           1,123           520           16           (15        (250        3,542   

Net fee income

     423           303           102           15                               843   
                                

Trading income excluding net interest income

     36           52           252           1           3                     344   

Net interest income on trading activities

                         3                               250           253   
                                

Net trading income51

     36           52           255           1           3           250           597   

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     223           53                               12                     288   

Gains less losses from financial investments

     4           2           83                                         89   

Dividend income

     4           4           1                                         9   

Net earned insurance premiums

     1,008           235           13                                         1,256   

Other operating income

     72           2           (7        2           73           (95        47   

Total operating income

     3,918           1,774           967           34           73           (95        6,671   

Net insurance claims58

     (889        (209        (8                                      (1,106

Net operating income48

     3,029           1,565           959           34           73           (95        5,565   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (819        (316                  (1                            (1,136

Net operating income

     2,210           1,249           959           33           73           (95        4,429   

Operating expenses

     (1,996        (869        (310        (23        (182        95           (3,285

Operating profit/(loss)

     214           380           649           10           (109                  1,144   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

               1                                                   1   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     214           381           649           10           (109                  1,145   
     %           %           %           %           %                %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     1.7           3.0           5.1           0.1           (0.9             9.0   

Cost efficiency ratio

     65.9           55.5           32.3           67.6           249.3                59.0   
Balance sheet data47                                 
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m                     US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

     17,491           24,865           10,521           83                          52,960   

Total assets

     38,296           37,387           62,624           819           365           (523        138,968   

Customer accounts

     27,918           21,477           15,104           5,095                          69,594   

 

95


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – Latin America (continued)

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2011  
    

Retail
Banking

and Wealth
Management
US$m

         

Commercial

Banking
US$m

         

Global
Banking

and

Markets
US$m

          Global
Private
Banking
US$m
         

Other

US$m

         

Inter-
segment

elimination57

US$m

         

Total

US$m

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                                      

Net interest income/(expense)

     2,215            1,096            456            12            (1         (261         3,517   

Net fee income

     492            292            98            19            1                       902   
                                      

Trading income excluding net interest income

     29            49            186            2            3                       269   

Net interest income on trading activities

     1                       58                                  261            320   
                                      

Net trading income51

     30            49            244            2            3            261            589   

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     181            55                                                        236   

Gains less losses from financial investments

                           73                                             73   

Dividend income

     5            2                                                        7   

Net earned insurance premiums

     961            289            18                                             1,268   

Other operating income

     118            40            24            1            127            (130         180   

Total operating income

     4,002            1,823            913            34            130            (130         6,772   

Net insurance claims58

     (821         (258         (10                                          (1,089

Net operating income48

     3,181            1,565            903            34            130            (130         5,683   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (633         (180         (7                                          (820

Net operating income

     2,548            1,385            896            34            130            (130         4,863   

Operating expenses

     (2,212         (910         (353         (24         (343         130            (3,712

Operating profit/(loss)

     336            475            543            10            (213                    1,151   

Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures

                                                                         

Profit/(loss) before tax

     336            475            543            10            (213                    1,151   
     %            %            %            %            %                  %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     2.9            4.1            4.7            0.1            (1.8                    10.0   

Cost efficiency ratio

     69.5            58.1            39.1            70.6            263.8            100            65.3   
Balance sheet data47                                       
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                       US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

     22,431            29,036            14,271            64                             65,802   

Total assets

     40,866            41,136            78,131            1,564            2,926            (1,012         163,611   

Customer accounts

     32,619            27,251            29,402            6,837                             96,109   

 

96


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

     Half-year to 31 December 2011  
    

Retail
Banking

and Wealth

Management

US$m

        

Commercial

Banking
US$m

        

Global
Banking

and

Markets

US$m

         Global
Private
Banking
US$m
        

Other

US$m

        

Inter-
segment

elimination57

US$m

        

Total

US$m

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                                

Net interest income/(expense)

     2,304           1,133           426           13           (6        (431        3,439   

Net fee income/(expense)

     447           318           98           17           (1                  879   
                                

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

     39           57           186           3           (10                  275   

Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities

     (1                  76                     8           431           514   
                                

Net trading income/(expense)51

     38           57           262           3           (2        431           789   

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     243           69           2                                         314   

Gains less losses from financial investments

     11           1           51           1                               64   

Dividend income

     5           1           1                                         7   

Net earned insurance premiums

     1,107           262           16                                         1,385   

Other operating income

     147           17           8           1           95           (120        148   

Total operating income

     4,302           1,858           864           35           86           (120        7,025   

Net insurance claims58

     (1,029        (220        (6                                      (1,255

Net operating income48

     3,273           1,638           858           35           86           (120        5,770   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (736        (321        (5                  (1                  (1,063

Net operating income

     2,537           1,317           853           35           85           (120        4,707   

Operating expenses

     (2,170        (925        (347        (25        (196        120           (3,543

Operating profit/(loss)

     367           392           506           10           (111                  1,164   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

                                                                   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     367           392           506           10           (111                  1,164   
     %           %           %           %           %                %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     3.5           3.8           4.9           0.1           1.1                11.2   

Cost efficiency ratio

     66.3           56.5           40.4           71.4           227.9                61.4   
Balance sheet data47                                 
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                US$m   

Loans and advances to customers (net)

     19,025           25,834           11,011           62           6                55,938   

Total assets

     39,231           38,410           66,241           1,660           417           (1,070        144,889   

Customer accounts

     28,629           24,050           18,940           7,079           62                78,760   

For footnotes, see page 100.

 

97


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of constant currency profit/(loss) before tax

 

Europe

30 June 2012 compared with 30 June 2011

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2012 (‘1H12’)  compared with half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’)  
     1H11 as
reported
US$m
        

Currency

translation10

US$m

        

1H11

at 1H12

exchange

rates

US$m

        

1H12 as

reported

US$m

        

Reported

change11

%

        

Constant

currency

change11

%

 

Net interest income

     5,566           (230        5,336           5,073           (9        (5

Net fee income

     3,131           (136        2,995           3,023           (3        1   

Changes in fair value12

     (71                  (71        (1,605        (2,161        (2,161

Other income13

     2,714           (75        2,639           3,176           17           20   

Net operating income14

     11,340           (441        10,899           9,667           (15        (11

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (1,173        38           (1,135        (1,037        12           9   

Net operating income

     10,167           (403        9,764           8,630           (15        (12

Operating expenses

     (8,014        300           (7,714        (9,289        (16        (20

Operating profit/(loss)

     2,153           (103        2,050           (659          

Share of loss in associates and joint ventures

     (6        (8        (14        (8        (33        43   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     2,147           (111        2,036           (667          
30 June 2012 compared with 31 December 2011   
     Half-year to 30 June 2012 (‘1H12’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2011 (‘2H11’)  
     2H11 as
reported
US$m
        

Currency

translation10

US$m

        

2H11

at 1H12

exchange

rates

US$m

        

1H12 as

reported

US$m

        

Reported

change11

%

        

Constant

currency

change11

%

 

Net interest income

     5,435           (110        5,325           5,073           (7        (5

Net fee income

     3,105           (70        3,035           3,023           (3        (0

Changes in fair value12

     3,018           (37        2,981           (1,605          

Other income13

     1,348           46           1,394           3,176           136           128   

Net operating income14

     12,906           (171        12,735           9,667           (25        (24

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (1,339        23           (1,316        (1,037        23           21   

Net operating income

     11,567           (148        11,419           8,630           (25        (24

Operating expenses

     (9,055        123           (8,932        (9,289        (3        (4

Operating profit/(loss)

     2,512           (25        2,487           (659          

Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures

     12           2           14           (8          

Profit/(loss) before tax

     2,524           (23        2,501           (667          

For footnotes, see page 100.

 

97a


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of reported and underlying revenue15

 

       Half-year to  
      

30 June

2012
US$m

       

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
          

30 June

2012
US$m

       

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported revenue

       9,667          11,340           (15          9,667          12,906           (25

Constant currency

           (441                   (134     

Own credit spread

       1,605          71                  1,605          (3,018     

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                                                 

Underlying revenue

       11,272          10,970           3             11,272          9,754           16   
Reconciliation of reported and underlying loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (‘LIC’s)   
       Half-year to  
      

30 June

2012
US$m

       

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
          

30 June

2012
US$m

       

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported LICs

       (1,037       (1,173        12             (1,037       (1,339        23   

Constant currency

           38                      23        

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                                                 

Underlying LICs

       (1,037       (1,135        9             (1,037       (1,316        21   
Reconciliation of reported and underlying operating expenses   
       Half-year to  
      

30 June

2012

US$m

       

30 June

2011

US$m

         Change
%
          

30 June

2012

US$m

       

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported operating expenses

       (9,289       (8,014        (16          (9,289       (9,055        (3

Constant currency

           300                      123        

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                                                 

Underlying operating expenses

       (9,289       (7,714        (20          (9,289       (8,932        (4

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

       82.4%          70.3%                  82.4%          91.6%        
Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit/(loss) before tax   
       Half-year to  
      

30 June

2012
US$m

       

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
          

30 June

2012
US$m

       

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported profit before tax

       (667       2,147                  (667       2,524        

Constant currency

           (111                   14        

Own credit spread

       1,605          71                  1,605          (3,018     

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                                                 

Underlying profit/(loss) before tax

       938          2,107           (55          938          (480     

 

97b


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Hong Kong

30 June 2012 compared with 30 June 2011

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2012 (‘1H12’) compared with half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’)  
     1H11 as
reported
US$m
        

Currency

translation10

US$m

        

1H11

at 1H12

exchange

rates

US$m

        

1H12 as

reported

US$m

        

Reported

change11

%

        

Constant

currency

change11

%

 

Net interest income

     2,249           10           2,259           2,599           16           15   

Net fee income

     1,612           4           1,616           1,618                       

Changes in fair value12

                                               

Other income13

     1,553           3           1,556           1,916           23           23   

Net operating income14

     5,414           17           5,431           6,133           13           13   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (25                  (25        (32        (28        (28

Net operating income

     5,389           17           5,406           6,101           13           13   

Operating expenses

     (2,339        (8        (2,347        (2,396        (2        (2

Operating profit

     3,050           9           3,059           3,705           21           21   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     31                     31           56           81           81   

Profit before tax

     3,081           9           3,090           3,761           22           22   
30 June 2012 compared with 31 December 2011   
     Half-year to 30 June 2012 (‘1H12’) compared  with half-year to 31 December 2011 (‘2H11’)  
     2H11 as
reported
US$m
        

Currency

translation10

US$m

        

2H11

at 1H12

exchange

rates

US$m

        

1H12 as

reported

US$m

        

Reported

change11

%

        

Constant

currency

change11

%

 

Net interest income

     2,442           7           2,449           2,599           6           6   

Net fee income

     1,485           5           1,490           1,618           9           9   

Changes in fair value12

                                               

Other income13

     1,341           4           1,345           1,916           43           42   

Net operating income14

     5,268           16           5,284           6,133           16           16   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (131        1           (130        (32        76           75   

Net operating income

     5,137           17           5,154           6,101           19           18   

Operating expenses

     (2,419        (7        (2,426        (2,396        1           1   

Operating profit

     2,718           10           2,728           3,705           36           36   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     24           (1        23           56           133           143   

Profit before tax

     2,742           9           2,751           3,761           37           37   

For footnotes, see page 100.

 

97c


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of reported and underlying revenue15

 

       Half-year to  
      

30 June

2012
US$m

       

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
          

30 June

2012
US$m

       

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported revenue

       6,133          5,414           13             6,133          5,268           16   

Constant currency

           17                      16        

Own credit spread

                                                 

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                                                 

Underlying revenue

       6,133          5,431           13             6,133          5,284           16   
Reconciliation of reported and underlying loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (‘LIC’s)   
       Half-year to  
      

30 June

2012
US$m

       

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
          

30 June

2012
US$m

       

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported LICs

       (32       (25        (28          (32       (131        76   

Constant currency

                                1        

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                                                 

Underlying LICs

       (32       (25        (28          (32       (130        75   
Reconciliation of reported and underlying operating expenses   
       Half-year to  
      

30 June

2012
US$m

       

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
          

30 June

2012
US$m

       

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported operating expenses

       (2,396       (2,339        (2          (2,396       (2,419        1   

Constant currency

           (8                   (7     

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                                                 

Underlying operating expenses

       (2,396       (2,347        (2          (2,396       (2,426        1   

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

       39.1%          43.2%                  39.1%          45.9%        
Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit before tax   
       Half-year to  
      

30 June

2012
US$m

       

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
          

30 June

2012
US$m

       

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported profit before tax

       3,761          3,081           22             3,761          2,742           37   

Constant currency

           9                      9        

Own credit spread

                                                 

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                                                 

Underlying profit before tax

       3,761          3,090           22             3,761          2,751           37   

 

97d


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Rest of Asia-Pacific

30 June 2012 compared with 30 June 2011

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2012 (‘1H12’)  compared with half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’)  
     1H11 as
reported
US$m
        

Currency

translation10

US$m

        

1H11

at 1H12

exchange

rates

US$m

        

1H12 as

reported

US$m

        

Reported

change11

%

        

Constant

currency

change11

%

 

Net interest income

     2,381           (60        2,321           2,718           14           17   

Net fee income

     1,117           (32        1,085           1,078           (3        (1

Changes in fair value12

     (2                  (2        (2          

Other income13

     1,852           (85        1,767           2,153           16           22   

Net operating income14

     5,348           (177        5,171           5,947           11           15   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (100        (1        (101        (298        (198        (195

Net operating income

     5,248           (178        5,070           5,649           8           11   

Operating expenses

     (2,836        92           (2,744        (2,865        (1        (4

Operating profit

     2,412           (86        2,326           2,784           15           20   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     1,330           48           1,378           1,588           19           15   

Profit before tax

     3,742           (38        3,704           4,372           17           18   
30 June 2012 compared with 31 December 2011   
     Half-year to 30 June 2012 (‘1H12’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2011 (‘2H11’)  
     2H11 as
reported
US$m
        

Currency

translation10

US$m

        

2H11

at 1H12

exchange

rates

US$m

        

1H12 as

reported

US$m

        

Reported

change11

%

        

Constant

currency

change11

%

 

Net interest income

     2,721           (41        2,680           2,718                     1   

Net fee income

     994           (21        973           1,078           8           11   

Changes in fair value12

     4                     4           (2          

Other income13

     1,646           (46        1,600           2,153           31           35   

Net operating income14

     5,365           (108        5,257           5,947           11           13   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (167        4           (163        (298        (78        (83

Net operating income

     5,198           (104        5,094           5,649           9           11   

Operating expenses

     (2,970        62           (2,908        (2,865        4           1   

Operating profit

     2,228           (42        2,186           2,784           25           27   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     1,501           16           1,517           1,588           6           5   

Profit before tax

     3,729           (26        3,703           4,372           17           18   

For footnotes, see page 100.

 

97e


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of reported and underlying revenue15

 

       Half-year to  
      

30 June

2012

US$m

       

30 June

2011

US$m

         Change
%
          

30 June

2012

US$m

       

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported revenue

       5,947          5,348           11             5,947          5,365           11   

Constant currency

           (177                   (108     

Own credit spread

       2          2                  2          (4     

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

       (305       (184               (305       (2     

Underlying revenue

       5,644          4,989           13             5,644          5,251           7   
Reconciliation of reported and underlying loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (‘LIC’s)   
       Half-year to  
      

30 June

2012

US$m

       

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
          

30 June

2012
US$m

       

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported LICs

       (298       (100        (198          (298       (167        (78

Constant currency

           (1                   4        

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                                                 

Underlying LICs

       (298       (101        (195          (298       (163        (83
Reconciliation of reported and underlying operating expenses   
       Half-year to  
      

30 June

2012

US$m

       

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
          

30 June

2012
US$m

       

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported operating expenses

       (2,865       (2,836        (1          (2,865       (2,970        4   

Constant currency

           92                      62        

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                2                           13        

Underlying operating expenses

       (2,865       (2,742        (4          (2,865       (2,895        1   

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

       50.8%          55.0%                  50.8%          55.1%        
Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit before tax   
       Half-year to  
      

30 June

2012
US$m

       

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
          

30 June

2012
US$m

       

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported profit before tax

       4,372          3,742           17             4,372          3,729           17   

Constant currency

           (38                   (26     

Own credit spread

       2          2                  2          (4     

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

       (305       (182               (305       59        

Underlying profit before tax

       4,069          3,524           15             4,069          3,758           8   

 

97f


Table of Contents

Middle East and North Africa

30 June 2012 compared with 30 June 2011

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2012 (‘1H12’) compared with half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’)  
    

1H11 as

reported

US$m

        

Currency

translation10

US$m

        

1H11

at 1H12

exchange

rates

US$m

        

1H12 as

reported

US$m

        

Reported

change11

%

        

Constant

currency

change11

%

 

Net interest income

     673           (4        669           705           5           5   

Net fee income

     327           (1        326           302           (8        (7

Changes in fair value12

     (4                  (4        (4          

Other income13

     240           (2        238           234           (3        (2

Net operating income14

     1,236           (7        1,229           1,237                     1   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (99        1           (98        (135        (36        (38

Net operating income

     1,137           (6        1,131           1,102           (3        (3

Operating expenses

     (574        3           (571        (537        6           6   

Operating profit

     563           (3        560           565                     1   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     184                     184           207           13           13   

Profit before tax

     747           (3        744           772           3           4   
30 June 2012 compared with 31 December 2011   
     Half-year to 30 June 2012 (‘1H12’) compared with  half-year to 31 December 2011 (‘2H11’)  
    

2H11 as

reported

US$m

        

Currency

translation10

US$m

        

2H11

at 1H12

exchange

rates

US$m

        

1H12 as

reported

US$m

        

Reported

change11

%

        

Constant

currency

change11

%

 

Net interest income

     759           (2        757           705           (7        (7

Net fee income

     300           (1        299           302           1           1   

Changes in fair value12

     18                     18           (4          

Other income13

     294                     294           234           (20        (20

Net operating income14

     1,371           (3        1,368           1,237           (10        (10

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (194                  (194        (135        30           30   

Net operating income

     1,177           (3        1,174           1,102           (6        (6

Operating expenses

     (585        1           (584        (537        8           8   

Operating profit

     592           (2        590           565           (5        (4

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     153                     153           207           35           35   

Profit before tax

     745           (2        743           772           4           4   

For footnotes, see page 100.

 

97g


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of reported and underlying revenue15

 

       Half-year to  
      

30 June

2012
US$m

       

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
          

30 June

2012
US$m

       

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported revenue

       1,237          1,236           0             1,237          1,371           (10

Constant currency

           (7                   (3     

Own credit spread

       4          4                  4          (18     

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                                          (27     

Underlying revenue

       1,241          1,233           1             1,241          1,323           (6
Reconciliation of reported and underlying loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (‘LIC’s)   
       Half-year to  
      

30 June

2012
US$m

       

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
          

30 June

2012
US$m

       

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported LICs

       (135       (99        (36          (135       (194        30   

Constant currency

           1                             

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                                                 

Underlying LICs

       (135       (98        (38          (135       (194        30   
Reconciliation of reported and underlying operating expenses   
       Half-year to  
      

30 June

2012
US$m

       

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
          

30 June

2012
US$m

       

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported operating expenses

       (537       (574        6             (537       (585        8   

Constant currency

           3                      1        

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                                                 

Underlying operating expenses

       (537       (571        6             (537       (584        8   

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

       43.3%          46.3%                  43.3%          44.1%        
Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit before tax   
       Half-year to  
      

30 June

2012
US$m

       

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
          

30 June

2012
US$m

       

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported profit before tax

       772          747           3             772          745           4   

Constant currency

           (3                   (2     

Own credit spread

       4          4                  4          (18     

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                                          (27     

Underlying profit before tax

       776          748           4             776          698           11   

 

97h


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

North America

30 June 2012 compared with 30 June 2011

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2012 (‘1H12’)  compared with half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’)  
     1H11 as
reported
US$m
        

Currency

translation10

US$m

        

1H11

at 1H12

exchange

rates

US$m

        

1H12 as

reported

US$m

        

Reported

change11

%

        

Constant

currency

change11

%

 

Net interest income

     5,849           (22        5,827           4,739           (19        (19

Net fee income

     1,718           (10        1,708           1,443           (16        (16

Changes in fair value12

     (66                  (66        (559        (747        (747

Gains on sale of US branch network and cards business

                                   3,809             

Other income13

     739           (1        738           546           (26        (26

Net operating income14

     8,240           (33        8,207           9,978           21           22   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (3,049        3           (3,046        (2,161        29           29   

Net operating income

     5,191           (30        5,161           7,817           51           51   

Operating expenses

     (4,602        15           (4,587        (4,462        3           3   

Operating profit

     589           (15        574           3,355           470           484   

Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures

     17           (1        16           (1          

Profit before tax

     606           (16        590           3,354           453           468   
30 June 2012 compared with 31 December 2011   
     Half-year to 30 June 2012 (‘1H12’) compared with  half-year to 31 December 2011 (‘2H11’)  
     2H11 as
reported
US$m
        

Currency

Translation10

US$m

        

2H11

at 1H12

exchange

rates

US$m

        

1H12 as

reported

US$m

        

Reported

change11

%

        

Constant

currency

change11

%

 

Net interest income

     5,631           (4        5,627           4,739           (16        (16

Net fee income

     1,590           (1        1,589           1,443           (9        (9

Changes in fair value12

     1,036           (1        1,035           (559          

Gains on disposal of US branch network and cards business

                                   3,809             

Other income/(expense)13

     (497                  (497        546             

Net operating income14

     7,760           (6        7,754           9,978           29           29   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (3,967                  (3,967        (2,161        46           46   

Net operating income

     3,793           (6        3,787           7,817           106           106   

Operating expenses

     (4,317        2           (4,315        (4,462        (3        (3

Operating profit/(loss)

     (524        (4        (528        3,355             

Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures

     18           1           19           (1          

Profit/(loss) before tax

     (506        (3        (509        3,354             

For footnotes, see page 100.

 

97i


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of reported and underlying revenue15

 

       Half-year to  
      

30 June

2012

US$m

       

30 June

2011

US$m

         Change
%
          

30 June

2012

US$m

       

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported revenue

       9,978          8,240           21             9,978          7,760           29   

Constant currency

           (33                   (5     

Own credit spread

       559          66                  559          (1,036     

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

       (3,892       (1,011               (3,892       (978     

Underlying revenue

       6,645          7,262           (8          6,645          5,741           16   
Reconciliation of reported and underlying loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (‘LIC’s)   
       Half-year to  
      

30 June

2012

US$m

       

30 June

2011

US$m

         Change
%
          

30 June

2012

US$m

       

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported LICs

       (2,161       (3,049        29             (2,161       (3,967        46   

Constant currency

           3                             

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                369                           304        

Underlying LICs

       (2,161       (2,677        19             (2,161       (3,663        41   
Reconciliation of reported and underlying operating expenses   
       Half-year to  
      

30 June

2012

US$m

       

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
          

30 June

2012

US$m

       

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported operating expenses

       (4,462       (4,602        3             (4,462       (4,317        (3

Constant currency

           15                      2        

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                469                           288        

Underlying operating expenses

       (4,462       (4,118        (8          (4,462       (4,027        (11

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

       67.1%          56.7%                  67.1%          70.1%        
Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit/(loss) before tax   
       Half-year to  
      

30 June

2012
US$m

       

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
          

30 June

2012
US$m

       

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported profit before tax

       3,354          606           453             3,354          (506     

Constant currency

           (16                   (2     

Own credit spread

       559          66                  559          (1,036     

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

       (3,892       (173               (3,892       (386     

Underlying profit/(loss) before tax

       21          483           (96          21          (1,930     

 

97j


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Latin America

30 June 2012 compared with 30 June 2011

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2012 (‘1H12’) compared with half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’)  
     1H11 as
reported
US$m
        

Currency

translation10

US$m

        

1H11

at 1H12

exchange

rates

US$m

        

1H12 as

reported

US$m

        

Reported

change11

%

        

Constant

currency

change11

%

 

Net interest income

     3,517           (363        3,154           3,542           1           12   

Net fee income

     902           (90        812           843           (7        4   

Other income13

     1,264           (148        1,116           1,180           (7        6   

Net operating income14

     5,683           (601        5,082           5,565           (2        10   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (820        97           (723        (1,136        (39        (57

Net operating income

     4,863           (504        4,359           4,429           (9        2   

Operating expenses

     (3,712        384           (3,328        (3,285        12           1   

Operating profit

     1,151           (120        1,031           1,144           (1        11   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

               1           1           1             

Profit before tax

     1,151           (119        1,032           1,145           (1        11   
30 June 2012 compared with 31 December 2011   
     Half-year to 30 June 2012 (‘1H12’) compared with  half-year to 31 December 2011 (‘2H11’)  
     2H11 as
reported
US$m
        

Currency

translation10

US$m

        

2H11

at 1H12

exchange

rates

US$m

        

1H12 as

reported

US$m

        

Reported

change11

%

        

Constant

currency

change11

%

 

Net interest income

     3,439           (184        3,255           3,542           3           9   

Net fee income

     879           (46        833           843           (4        1   

Other income13

     1,452           (95        1,357           1,180           (19        (13

Net operating income14

     5,770           (325        5,445           5,565           (4        2   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (1,063        67           (996        (1,136        (7        (14

Net operating income

     4,707           (258        4,449           4,429           (6        (0

Operating expenses

     (3,543        191           (3,352        (3,285        7           2   

Operating profit

     1,164           (67        1,097           1,144           (2        4   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

               (1        (1        1             

Profit before tax

     1,164           (68        1,096           1,145           (2        4   

For footnotes, see page 100.

 

97k


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of reported and underlying revenue15

 

       Half-year to  
      

30 June

2012

US$m

       

30 June

2011

US$m

         Change
%
          

30 June

2012

US$m

       

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported revenue

       5,565          5,683           (2          5,565          5,770           (4

Constant currency

           (601                   (325     

Own credit spread

                                                 

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

       (102       (25               (102       (88     

Underlying revenue

       5,463          5,057           8             5,463          5,357           2   
Reconciliation of reported and underlying loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (‘LIC’s)   
       Half-year to  
      

30 June

2012

US$m

       

30 June

2011

US$m

         Change
%
          

30 June

2012

US$m

       

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported LICs

       (1,136       (820        (39          (1,136       (1,063        (7

Constant currency

           97                      67        

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                                                 

Underlying LICs

       (1,136       (723        (57          (1,136       (996        (14
Reconciliation of reported and underlying operating expenses   
       Half-year to  
      

30 June

2012

US$m

       

30 June

2011

US$m

         Change
%
          

30 June

2012

US$m

       

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported operating expenses

       (3,285       (3,712        12             (3,285       (3,543        7   

Constant currency

           384                      191        

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                9                           1        

Underlying operating expenses

       (3,285       (3,319        1             (3,285       (3,351        2   

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

       60.1%          65.6%                  60.1%          62.6%        
Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit before tax   
       Half-year to  
      

30 June

2012
US$m

       

30 June

2011
US$m

         Change
%
          

30 June

2012
US$m

       

31 December

2011

US$m

         Change
%
 

Reported profit before tax

       1,145          1,151           (1          1,145          1,164           (2

Constant currency

           (119                   (68     

Own credit spread

                                                 

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

       (102       (16               (102       (87     

Underlying profit before tax

       1,043          1,016           3             1,043          1,009           3   

 

97l


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Disposals, held for sale and run-off portfolios

 

In implementing our strategy, we have sold or agreed to sell a number of businesses across the Group. We expect these disposals to have a significant adverse effect on both the revenue and the profitability of the geographical regions in the

future, especially on North America due to the sale of the profitable US Card and Retail Services business. In addition, two significant portfolios are being run down. We expect the losses on these

portfolios to continue to adversely affect North America and the other geographical regions in the future.

The table below presents the historical results of these businesses. We do not expect the historical results to be indicative of future results because of disposal or run-off. Fixed allocated costs, included in total operating costs, will not necessarily be removed upon disposal and have been separately identified on page 38.

 

 

Summary income statements for disposals, held for sale and run-off portfolios43,44

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2012  
     Europe         Hong Kong          Rest of
Asia-Pacific
        MENA        

North

America

        

Latin

America

 
     US$m         US$m          US$m         US$m         US$m          US$m  

Net interest income

     2          8           34          6          2,666           203   

Net fee income/(expense)

     (9       (30        7          3          431           (3

Net trading income/(expense)

     (36       (3        4          37          (213        14   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     5                    2                   (513        1   

Gains less losses from financial investments

     (39                                   12           6   

Dividend income

                                          2             

Net earned insurance premiums

              144           46                   107           164   

Other operating income

                        6                   (7        6   

Total operating income/(expense)

     (77       119           99          46          2,485           391   

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

              (71        (30                (71        (81

Net operating income/(expense)14

     (77       48           69          46          2,414           310   

Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions

     (268                 2                   (1,900        (30

Net operating income/(expense)

     (345       48           71          46          514           280   

Total operating expenses

     (24       (27        (68       (11       (1,186        (213

Operating profit/(loss)

     (369       21           3          35          (672        67   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

                        1                             1   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     (369       21           4          35          (672        68   

By global business

                        

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

              19           2          10          (159        28   

Commercial Banking

                        4                   9           23   

Global Banking and Markets

     (369       2           (1       25          (9        26   

Global Private Banking

                        (2                            

Other

                        1                   (513        (9

Profit/(loss) before tax

     (369       21           4          35          (672        68   

Gain on sale

                        305                   3,892           102   

For footnotes, see page 100.

 

98


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Other information

 

Funds under management and assets held in custody

 

    Half-year to  
    30 June
2012
US$bn
        30 June
2011
US$bn
       

31 December
2011

US$bn

 

Funds under management

         

At beginning of period

    847          925          948   

Net new money

    10          16          (14

Value change

    9          3          (43

Exchange and other

    (9       4          (44

At end of period

    857          948          847   

Funds under management by business

         

HSBC Global Asset Management

    405          449          396   

Global Private Banking

    263          297          259   

Affiliates

    3          3          3   

Other

    186          199          189   
    857          948          847   

Funds under management (‘FuM’) at 30 June 2012 amounted to US$857bn, an increase of 1% compared with 31 December 2011. Both Global Asset Management and GPB fund holdings increased in the first half of 2012, reflecting net new money inflows and favourable equity market movements, partly offset by adverse foreign exchange movements. This improvement in FuM only partly reversed the reduction experienced in the second half of 2011, as a result of the fall in equity markets and movements in foreign exchange in the latter part of 2011.

Global Asset Management funds, including emerging market funds, increased by 2% to US$405bn compared with 31 December 2011. Net inflows during the first half of 2012 of US$13bn were mainly from sales of long-term funds, notably fixed income and multi-asset products, in Rest of Asia-Pacific, Hong Kong and Latin America. They also benefited from favourable equity market movements in Asia and Europe, partly offset by unfavourable foreign exchange movements during the first half of 2012.

GPB funds increased by 2% on 31 December 2011 to US$263bn, mainly as a result of favourable market performance and net inflows during the period originating from emerging markets. This was partly offset by negative foreign exchange movements, net outflows in Europe and the reduction of assets following the sale of the Private Banking business in Japan. Client assets, which include FuM and cash deposits and provide an indicator of overall GPB volumes, decreased by US$2.5bn to US$375bn due to the sale of the Japan business and net outflows in Europe.

Other FuM, decreased by 2% to US$186bn, primarily due to the disposal of the private client services business in North America.

Assets held in custody and under administration

Custody is the safekeeping and servicing of securities and other financial assets on behalf of clients. At 30 June 2012, we held assets as custodian of US$5.4 trillion, 4% higher than the US$5.2 trillion held at 31 December 2011. This was mainly driven by favourable market and foreign exchange movements.

Our assets under administration business, which includes the provision of various support function activities including the valuation of portfolios of securities and other financial assets on behalf of clients, complements the custody business. At 30 June 2012, the value of assets held under administration by the Group amounted to US$2.7 trillion, compared with US$2.6 trillion at 31 December 2011.

Review of transactions with related parties

The FSA’s Disclosure Rules and Transparency Rules require the disclosure of related party transactions that have taken place in the first six months of the current financial year and any changes in the related party transactions described in the Annual Report and Accounts 2011, that have or could have materially affected the financial position or performance of HSBC. A fair review has been undertaken and any such related party transactions have been disclosed in the Notes on the Financial Statements.

 

 

99


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Footnotes to pages 2 to 99

Financial highlights

 

1 Dividends recorded in the financial statements are dividends per ordinary share declared in the first six months of 2012 and are not dividends in respect of, or for, the period.
2 Restated for change in disclosure convention for the presentation of impaired loans and advances as described on page 147.
3 The return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity is defined as profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company divided by average ordinary shareholders’ equity.
4 Return on invested capital is based on the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders. Average invested capital is measured as average total shareholders’ equity after:
  adding back the average balance of goodwill amortised before the transition to IFRSs or subsequently written off directly to reserves;
  deducting the average balance of HSBC’s revaluation surplus relating to property held for own use. This reserve was generated when determining the deemed carrying amount of such properties on transition to IFRSs and will run down over time as the properties are sold;
  deducting average preference shares and other equity instruments issued by HSBC Holdings; and
  deducting average reserves for unrealised gains/(losses) on effective cash flow hedges and available-for-sale securities.
5 The cost efficiency ratio is defined as total operating expenses divided by net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions.
6 Each ADS represents five ordinary shares.
7 Total shareholder return is defined as the growth in share value and declared dividend income during the relevant period.
8 The Financial Times Stock Exchange 100 Index.
9 The Morgan Stanley Capital International World Index and The Morgan Stanley Capital International World Banks Index.

Reconciliations of constant currency profit before tax

 

10 ‘Currency translation’ is the effect of translating the results of subsidiaries and associates for the previous half-years at the average rates of exchange applicable in the current half-year.
11 Positive numbers are favourable: negative numbers are unfavourable.
12 Changes in fair value due to movements in own credit spread on long-term debt issued. This does not include the fair value changes due to own credit spread on structured notes issued and other hybrid instruments included within trading liabilities.
13 Other income in this context comprises net trading income, net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value, gains less losses from financial investments, dividend income, net earned insurance premiums and other operating income less net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders.
14 Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions, also referred to as revenue.
15 Underlying performance eliminates the effects of acquisitions, disposals and changes of ownership levels of subsidiaries, associates and businesses so we can view results on a like-for-like basis. We achieve this by eliminating gains and losses on disposal or dilution in the period incurred and by adjusting material results of operations in the previous period so that equivalent time periods are reflected. For example, if a disposal was made in the current year after four months of operations, the results of the previous year would be adjusted to also reflect four months of operations.
16 Underlying changes to profit before tax are due to constant currency (as detailed in the tables ‘Reconciliation of constant currency profit before tax’ on pages 16 and 17), own credit spread (included in Other) and acquisitions, disposals and dilution. Individual reconciliations by global businesses are provided in the Form 6-K filed with the SEC, which is available on www.hsbc.com.
17 Underlying changes to profit before tax are due to constant currency (as detailed in the tables ‘Reconciliation of constant currency profit before tax’ on pages 16 and 17), own credit spread, the largest amounts of which are in Europe (loss of US$1,605m, loss of US$71m and gain of US$3,018m for the half-years ended 30 June 2012, 30 June 2011 and 31 December 2011, respectively) and North America (loss of US$559m, loss of US$66m and gain of US$1,036m for the half-years ended 30 June 2012, 30 June 2011 and 31 December 2011, respectively) and acquisitions, disposals and dilution. Individual reconciliations by geographical regions are provided in the Form 6-K filed with the SEC, which is available on www.hsbc.com.

Financial summary

 

18 Net interest income includes the cost of internally funding trading assets, while the related revenues are reported in net trading income. In our global business results, the total cost of funding trading assets is included within Global Banking and Markets’ net trading income as an interest expense.
19 Gross interest yield is the average annualised interest rate earned on average interest-earning assets (‘AIEA’).
20 Net interest spread is the difference between the average annualised interest rate earned on AIEA, net of amortised premiums and loan fees, and the average annualised interest rate payable on average interest-bearing funds.
21 Net interest margin is net interest income expressed as an annualised percentage of AIEA.
22 The cost of internal funding of trading assets was US$375m (first half of 2011: US$516m; second half of 2011: US$645m) and is excluded from the reported ‘Net trading income’ line and included in ‘Net interest income’. However, this cost is reinstated in ‘Net trading income’ in our global business reporting.
23 Net trading income includes a charge of US$330m (first half of 2011: income of US$60m; second half of 2011: income of US$398m) associated with changes in the fair value of issued structured notes and other hybrid instrument liabilities derived from movements in HSBC issuance spreads.
24 The change in fair value related to movements in the Group’s credit spread on long-term debt resulted in an expense of US$2.2bn in the first half of 2012 (first half of 2011: expense of US$143m; second half of 2011: gain of US$4,076bn).
25 Other changes in fair value include gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of derivatives that are managed in conjunction with HSBC’s long-term debt issued.
26 Discretionary participation features.
27

The calculation of the PVIF asset was refined during the half-year to 30 June 2011 to bring greater comparability and consistency across the Group’s insurance operations. This was achieved by incorporating explicit margins and allowances for certain risks and uncertainties in place of implicit adjustments to the discount rate. The change in calculation reflected explicit risk margins for

 

100


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

  non-economic risks in the projection assumptions, and explicit allowances for financial options and guarantees using stochastic methods. Discount rates were reduced as a result of removing the implicit adjustments. In certain circumstances, the implicit adjustments were different from the explicit amounts, resulting in a gain of US$243m in the period which was included in ‘Other adjustments’.
28 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders arise from both life and non-life insurance business. For non-life business, amounts reported represent the cost of claims paid during the year and the estimated cost of notified claims. For life business, the main element of claims is the liability to policyholders created on the initial underwriting of the policy and any subsequent movement in the liability that arises, primarily from the attribution of investment performance to savings-related policies. Consequently, claims rise in line with increases in sales of savings-related business and with investment market growth.

Consolidated balance sheet

 

29 Net of impairment allowances.
30 The calculation of capital resources, capital ratios and risk-weighted assets for 30 June 2012 and 30 December 2011 is on a Basel 2.5 basis. The 30 June 2011 comparative is on a Basel II basis.
31 Capital resources are total regulatory capital, the calculation of which is set out on page 201.
32 Includes perpetual preferred securities.
33 The definition of net asset value per share is total shareholders’ equity, less non-cumulative preference shares and capital securities, divided by the number of ordinary shares in issue.
34 ‘Currency translation’ is the effect of translating the assets and liabilities of subsidiaries and associates for the previous year-end at the rates of exchange applicable at the current period-end.
35 See Note 14 on the Financial Statements.
36 France primarily comprises the domestic operations of HSBC France, HSBC Assurances Vie and the Paris branch of HSBC Bank plc.

Economic profit

 

37 Expressed as a percentage of average invested capital.
38 Return on invested capital is based on the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent company (see Note 4 on the Financial Statements).

Reconciliation of RoRWA measures

 

39 Risk-weighted assets (‘RWA’s).
40 Pre-tax return on average risk-weighted assets (‘RoRWA’).
41 Underlying RoRWA is calculated using underlying pre-tax return and reported average RWAs at constant currency and adjusted for the effects of business disposals.
42 Other includes treasury services related to the US CML business and commercial operations in run-off.

Disposals, held for sale and run-off portfolios

 

43 The results of operations of disposed businesses are stated up to and including the date of disposal. The results of operations of businesses held for sale and run-off portfolios are for the half-year to 30 June 2012.
44 The summary income statements present the historical results of disposals, held-for-sale and run-off portfolios to provide information on trends. The historical results are those which appear in the Group IFRS income statement and include fixed allocated costs which will not necessarily be removed or reduced upon disposal or rundown. Fixed allocated costs included in total operating expenses are disclosed separately on page 38. The results of disposed businesses exclude gains on sale and post disposal income and expenditure items; for example, restructuring costs. The results of businesses held for sale exclude losses recognised upon reclassification to the held-for-sale category. These losses are disclosed in note 14.
45 RWAs for disposals and ‘Held for sale’ are shown exclusive of operational risk RWAs, while those for run-off portfolios include operational risk RWAs.

Analyses by global business and by geographical region

 

46 The main items reported under ‘Other’ are certain property activities, unallocated investment activities, centrally held investment companies, gains arising from the dilution of interests in associates, movements in the fair value of own debt designated at fair value (the remainder of the Group’s gain on own debt is included in GB&M), and HSBC’s holding company and financing operations. The results also include net interest earned on free capital held centrally, operating costs incurred by the Group Head Office operations in providing stewardship and central management services to HSBC, and costs incurred by the Group Service Centres and Shared Service Organisations and associated recoveries.
47 Assets by geographical region and global business include intra-HSBC items. These items are eliminated, where appropriate, under the headings ‘Intra-HSBC items’ or ‘Inter-segment elimination’.
48 Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions.
49 Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions.
50 Share of profit in associates and joint ventures.
51 In the analysis of global businesses, net trading income comprises all gains and losses from changes in the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities classified as held for trading, related external and internal interest income and interest expense, and dividends received; in the statutory presentation internal interest income and expense are eliminated.
52 In the first half of 2012, Global Markets included an adverse fair value movement of US$330m on the widening of credit spreads on structured liabilities (first half of 2011: favourable fair value movement of US$60m; second half of 2011: favourable fair value movement of US$398m).

 

101


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

53 Total income earned on Payments and Cash Management products in the Group amounted to US$3.1bn (first half of 2011: US$2.6bn; second half of 2011: US$3bn), of which US$2.2bn was in CMB (first half of 2011: US$1.9bn; second half of 2011: US$2.1bn) and US$0.9bn was in GB&M (first half of 2011: US$0.7bn; second half of 2011: US$0.8bn).
54 Total income earned on other transaction services in the Group amounted to US$1.8bn (first half of 2011: US$1.5bn; second half of 2011: US$1.7bn), of which US$1.4bn was in CMB relating to trade and receivables finance (first half of 2011: US$1.3bn; second half of 2011: US$1.3bn) and US$0.4bn was in GB&M of which US$0.4bn related to trade and receivables finance (first half of 2011: US$0.3bn; second half of 2011: US$0.3bn) and US$11m related to banknotes and other (first half of 2011: US$20m; second half of 2011: US$13m).
55 ‘Other’ in GB&M includes net interest earned on free capital held in the global business not assigned to products.
56 ‘Client assets’ are translated at the rates of exchange applicable for their respective period-ends, with the effects of currency translation reported separately. The main components of client assets are funds under management, which are not reported on the Group’s balance sheet, and customer deposits, which are reported on the Group’s balance sheet.
57 Inter-segment elimination comprises (i) the costs of shared services and Group Service Centres included within ‘Other’ which are recovered from global businesses, and (ii) the intra-segment funding costs of trading activities undertaken within GB&M. HSBC’s Balance Sheet Management business, reported within GB&M, provides funding to the trading businesses. To report GB&M’s net trading income on a fully funded basis, ‘Net interest income/(expense)’ and ‘Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities’ are grossed up to reflect internal funding transactions prior to their elimination in the inter-segment column.
58 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders.
59 ‘Employee expenses’ comprises costs directly incurred by each global business. The reallocation and recharging of employee and other expenses directly incurred in the ‘Other’ category is shown in ‘Other operating expenses’.
60 RWAs are non-additive across geographical regions due to market risk diversification effects within the Group.

 

102


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Risk

 

Risk profile

   103

Managing risk

   103

Top and emerging risks

   104

Credit risk

   110

Liquidity and funding

   162

Market risk

   168

Operational risk

   174

Compliance risk

   174

Reputational risk

   175

Risk management of insurance operations

   176

Appendix to Risk

   183

Risk profile

 

Managing our risk profile

 

 

A strong balance sheet is core to our philosophy.

 

 

We ensure that our portfolios remain aligned to our risk appetite and strategy.

 

 

We actively manage our risks, supported by strong forward looking risk identification.

Maintaining capital strength and strong liquidity position

 

 

Our core tier 1 capital ratio remains strong at 11.3%.

 

 

We have sustained our strong liquidity position throughout the first half of 2012.

 

 

The ratio of customer advances to deposits remains below 90%.

Strong governance

 

 

Robust risk governance and accountability is embedded across the Group.

 

 

The Board, advised by the Group Risk Committee, approves our risk appetite.

 

 

Our global risk operating model supports adherence to globally consistent standards and risk management policies across the Group.

Our top and emerging risks

 

 

Macroeconomic and geopolitical risk.

 

 

Macro-prudential, regulatory and legal risks to our business model.

 

 

Risks related to our business operations, governance and internal control systems.

Managing risk

 

The continued growth in our business in the first half of 2012 was achieved while ensuring risks were assumed in a measured manner and in line with our risk appetite. Risks were mitigated when they exceeded our risk appetite, particularly reputational and operational risks.

Balance sheet assets grew by 4% and our credit risk-weighted assets decreased by 3% during the period.

During the first six months of 2012, financial markets were dominated by concerns over sovereign debt default risk and its contagion effects, the Middle East and the perception that the world economic recovery remained fragile. This created volatility in financial markets. In the face of this changeable economic and financial environment, we maintained our conservative risk profile by reducing exposure to the most likely areas of stress. Stress tests are run regularly to evaluate the potential impact of emerging scenarios and, where applicable and necessary, we adjusted our risk appetite accordingly.

We continued to manage selectively our exposure to sovereign debt and bank counterparties, with the overall quality of the portfolio remaining strong. We regularly updated our assessment of higher risk countries and adjusted our risk appetite and exposures to reflect the updates.

The diversification of our lending portfolio across the regions, together with our broad range of global businesses and products, ensured that we were not overly dependent on a few countries or markets to generate income and growth. Our geographical diversification also supported our strategies for growth in faster-growing markets and those with international connectivity.

In the first half of 2012 we increased our gross loans and advances in all regions except Latin America, where we classified certain lending balances to held for sale. On a constant currency basis, our loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions in the first half of 2012 were 6% below the first half of 2011, at US$4.8bn. The US accounted for a significant proportion of the decline, with a reduction in the CML portfolio and the sale of the Card and Retail Services business on 1 May 2012.

 

LOGO     For details of HSBC’s policies and practices regarding risk management and governance see the Appendix to Risk on page 183.
 

 

103


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Capital and liquidity

Preserving our strong capital position has long been, and will remain, a key priority for HSBC. We are well equipped to respond to the capital requirements imposed by Basel III, which are discussed further on page 198, and to sustain future growth. We utilise an enterprise-wide approach to testing the sensitivities of our capital plans against a number of scenarios; our approach to scenario stress testing analysis is discussed on page 183.

We continue to maintain a very strong liquidity position and are well positioned for the emerging new regulatory landscape.

Top and emerging risks

 

Details of the top and emerging risks identified through our risk management processes are set out below:

Macroeconomic and geopolitical risk

 

 

 

Severe economic slowdown in mature economies impacting global growth

 

 

Eurozone member departing from the currency union or a split into two different monetary regions

 

 

Increased geopolitical risk in certain regions

Severe economic slowdown in mature economies impacting global growth

World growth is slowing as demand in mature economies is subdued and credit availability and investment activity remain very limited. A number of mature economies are implementing austerity measures in order to reduce their deficits and public debt. This is expected to help resolve the sovereign and banking crisis in the medium term, but in the short term it is limiting growth, increasing unemployment and restricting taxation revenues severely. This is affecting the rest of the world through lower trade, reduced international financing as banks are deleveraging and potential disruption to capital flows.

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

Trade and capital flows may contract as a result of banks deleveraging, the introduction of protectionist measures in certain markets or the emergence of geopolitical risks, which in turn might curtail profitability.

 

A prolonged period of low interest rates due to policy actions taken to address the economic crisis in mature economies will constrain, through spread compression and low returns on assets, the interest income we earn from investing our excess deposits.

 

 

During the first half of 2012, we continued to reduce our sovereign and financial institution counterparty credit positions in peripheral eurozone countries. In addition, we actively sought to identify and reduce exposures to those counterparties domiciled in core European countries that had exposures to sovereigns and/or banks in peripheral eurozone countries of sufficient size to threaten their ongoing viability in the event of an unfavourable conclusion to the current crisis.

Eurozone member departing from the currency union or a split into two different monetary unions

Exposures to the eurozone have received increasing focus given the continued instability in the area and the potential for contagion from the peripheral to core eurozone countries, and beyond to trading partners.

There is a significant risk of one or more countries leaving the euro. This would place further pressure on banks within the core European countries through their exposures to banks in these countries. In the current context of very low growth due to austerity measures, this could further aggravate the economic crisis and could push European countries into a vicious circle of economic and sovereign debt defaults. Although our exposure to the peripheral eurozone countries is relatively limited, we are exposed to counterparties in the core European countries which could be affected by any sovereign or currency crisis. Our eurozone exposures are described in more detail on pages 121 to 131.

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

We could incur significant losses stemming from the exit of one or more countries from the eurozone and the redenomination of their currencies.

 

 

Our exposures to European banks may come under stress, heightening the potential for credit and market risk losses, if the sovereign debt and banking system crisis in the region increases the need to recapitalise parts of the sector.

 

 

In the event of contagion from stress in the peripheral eurozone sovereign and financial sectors, our ability to borrow from other

 

 

104


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

 

financial institutions or to engage in funding transactions may be adversely affected by market dislocation and tightening liquidity.

 

 

We have actively managed the risk of sovereign defaults during the first half of 2012 by reducing exposures and other measures.

In addition, should such an event happen without the co-ordinated intervention to protect the rest of the eurozone, it could trigger banking defaults in companies with which we do business and have a knock-on effect on the global banking system.

 

 

In seeking to manage and mitigate this risk, we have prepared and tested detailed operational contingency plans to deal with such a scenario.

Increased geopolitical risk in certain regions

We are subject to geopolitical risks in the countries in which we operate. During the first half of 2012, these risks remained heightened in the Middle East.

In Egypt, the political transition process is still ongoing with the risk of instability remaining. In addition the political instability in Syria could spread across the region and become very disruptive for global international relations.

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

Our results are subject to the risk of loss from unfavourable political developments, currency fluctuations, social instability and changes in government policies on matters such as expropriation, authorisations, international ownership, interest-rate caps, foreign exchange transferability and tax in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Actual conflict could bring about loss of life among our staff and physical damage to our assets.

 

 

We have increased our monitoring of the geopolitical and economic outlook, in particular in countries where we have material exposures and a physical presence. Our internal credit risk rating of sovereign counterparties takes these factors into account and drives our appetite for conducting business in those countries. Where necessary, we adjust our country limits and exposures to reflect our appetite and mitigate these risks as appropriate.

Macro-prudential, regulatory and legal risks to our business model

 

 

 

Regulatory developments affecting our business model and Group profitability

 

 

Regulatory investigations, fines, sanctions and requirements relating to conduct of business and financial crime negatively affecting our results and brand

 

 

Dispute risk

 

Financial service providers face increasingly stringent and costly regulatory and supervisory requirements, particularly in the areas of capital and liquidity management, conduct of business, operational structures and the integrity of financial services delivery. Increased government intervention and control over financial institutions, together with measures to reduce systemic risk, may significantly alter the competitive landscape. These measures may be introduced as formal requirements in a supra-equivalent manner and to differing timetables across regulatory regimes.

Regulatory developments affecting our business model and Group profitability

There are several key regulatory changes which are likely to have an effect on our activities. These are set out below:

Basel III/CRD IV

 

In December 2010, the Basel Committee issued two documents: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems and International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring, which together are commonly referred to as ‘Basel III’.

 

In June 2011, the Basel Committee issued a revision to the former document setting out the finalised capital treatment for counterparty credit risk in bilateral trades.

 

In July 2011, the European Commission published proposals for a new Regulation and Directive, known collectively as CRD IV, to give effect to the Basel III framework in the EU.

 

Quality of capital: CRD IV requires a further strengthening and harmonisation of the criteria for eligibility of capital instruments with an emphasis on common equity as the principal component of tier 1 capital.

 

Capital levels: CRD IV proposals would require banks to hold common equity tier 1 capital

 

 

105


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

  equal to at least 4.5% of RWAs with an additional capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, which could be used in periods of stress, subject to certain restrictions, for example, on bonus payments and dividends. Banks may also be required to hold a further countercyclical capital buffer to protect against potential future losses, when excess credit growth in the financial system as a whole is associated with an increase in system-wide risk. The level of bank capital will also need to exceed a minimum leverage requirement of 3% of total assets, currently subject to supervisory monitoring and review, prior to becoming a binding requirement from 1 January 2018.

 

Counterparty credit risk: requirements for managing and capitalising counterparty credit risk are to be strengthened. In particular, an additional capital charge for potential losses associated with the deterioration in the creditworthiness of individual counterparties, the credit valuation adjustment, will be introduced.

 

Liquidity and funding: a new minimum standard, the liquidity coverage ratio, designed to improve the short-term resilience of a bank’s liquidity risk profile, will be introduced after an observation and review period in 2015. To promote resilience by creating incentives for banks to fund their activities with more stable sources of funding, the European Commission will consider proposing a net stable funding ratio after an observation and review period in 2018.

 

Derivatives and central counterparty clearing: measures have been introduced to give effect to the commitments from the G20 leading group of countries designed to reduce systemic risk and volatility relating to derivatives trading. The G20 agreed that all standardised over-the-counter (‘OTC’) derivatives were to be traded on exchanges or electronic trading platforms, where appropriate, and centrally cleared by the end of 2012. They are to be reported to trade repositories. Higher capital requirements under Basel III will be imposed for bilateral (uncleared) transactions to incentivise the use of clearing.

UK Independent Commission on Banking: the UK government issued its White Paper in June 2012 setting out its proposed implementation of the recommendations of the ICB. It is likely that we will be required to make major changes to our corporate structure and the business activities we conduct in

the UK through our major banking subsidiary, HSBC Bank, as:

 

at a minimum retail banking activities for most personal customers and smaller businesses currently carried out within that entity will have to be spun-off into a ring-fenced retail bank. These changes will take some time to implement with a significant effect on costs from both implementing the changes and running the ongoing operations as restructured;

 

significant banks, such as HSBC Bank, will be required to have core tier 1 capital of at least 10% of RWAs and over 3% of total assets, which is a leverage requirement; and

 

UK-incorporated banks will be required to hold equity and debt capable of absorbing losses if the bank is non-viable, together with primary loss-absorbing capacity (‘PLAC’) of at least 17% of RWAs.

The framework for defining products, services and customers which are either required to be within the ring-fenced bank or prohibited from it are subject to a consultation, and will then be incorporated into draft legislation. Detailed rule making will also be required which will take place over an extended period, probably into 2015.

The ‘Volcker Rule’: the so called Volcker Rule proposed under section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform & Consumer Protection Act (the ‘Dodd-Frank Act’) could affect HSBC in North America and across the Group. The Volcker Rule placed restrictions on proprietary trading activities and on investing in and sponsoring hedge fund and private equity funds. In October 2011, a proposed rule was published which generated extensive public comment including submissions from foreign governments and other bodies on, inter alia, the overall scope and extra-territorial effects of the proposed rule. As yet, revised rules to implement the provisions of the Volcker Rule have not been published. On 19 April 2012, the Federal Reserve Board (‘FRB’) clarified that banking entities covered by the Volcker Rule, have the full two-year period provided by the Volcker Rule until 21 July 2014 to fully conform their activities and investments, unless the FRB extends the period.

There is a continued risk of further changes to regulation relating to remuneration and other taxes.

G-SIBs: the capital impact of being designated a global systemically important bank (‘G-SIB’) is discussed on page 200.

 

 

106


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

The proposals relating to capital and liquidity are likely to result in increased minimum capital and liquidity requirements, although the nature, timing and effect of many of the changes remain unclear, as is the extent to which entities within the Group may already comply with these requirements. Higher requirements in capital and liquidity have an effect on our future financial condition and the results of our operations. There is also the risk of secondary effects as the overall flow of credit to the economy is constrained and economic activity and opportunities for banking income slows.

 

 

As an institution with a relatively low-risk portfolio, the proposed leverage ratio could cause HSBC to either accept lower returns on equity than competitors or constrain business activity in areas which are well collateralised or possess sufficient risk mitigants.

 

 

For a further description of the possible effects of the new Basel III/CRD IV rules on HSBC see page 198. We could be required to raise more capital or reduce our level of RWAs to meet the requirements. Such actions and any resulting transactions may not be within our operating plans and may not be conducted on the most favourable terms. This could lead to lower returns on equity and cause some business activities and products to be less profitable and, in some instances, to fail to cover their cost of equity.

 

 

Proposed changes relating to remuneration and taxes could increase the Group’s cost of doing business in the regulatory regimes in which these changes are implemented, reducing future profitability. Proposed changes in regulations such as the rules relating to derivatives and central counterparties regulation, the UK ICB ring-fencing proposals, recovery and resolution plans, the Volcker Rule and the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (‘FATCA’) may affect the manner in which we conduct our activities and structure ourselves, with the potential to both increase the costs of doing business and curtail the types of business we can carry out, with the risk of decreased profitability as a result. Due to the stage of development and implementation of these various regulations, it is not possible to estimate the effect, if any, on our operations.

 

 

We are closely engaged with the governments and regulators in the countries in which we operate to help ensure that the new requirements

   

are properly thought through and understood so that they can be implemented in an effective manner. We are also ensuring that our capital and liquidity plans take into account the potential effects of the changes. Capital allocation and liquidity management disciplines have been expanded to incorporate future increased capital and liquidity requirements and drive appropriate risk management and mitigating actions.

Regulatory investigations, fines, sanctions and requirements relating to conduct of business and financial crime negatively affecting our results and brand

Financial service providers are at risk of regulatory sanctions or fines related to conduct of business and financial crime. The incidence of regulatory proceedings and other adversarial proceedings against financial service firms is increasing.

HSBC Holdings and certain of its affiliates are the subject of ongoing investigations by bank regulatory and law enforcement agencies in the US relating to their compliance with anti-money laundering laws and regulations, the US Bank Secrecy Act and sanctions programmes administered by the US Office of Foreign Assets Control. In each of these US regulatory and law enforcement matters, HSBC Group companies have received Grand Jury subpoenas or other requests for information from US Government or other agencies, and HSBC is cooperating fully and engaging in efforts to resolve matters including through preliminary discussions with relevant authorities. The resolution of at least some of these matters is likely to involve the filing of corporate criminal as well as civil charges and the imposition of significant fines and penalties. The prosecution of corporate criminal charges in these types of cases has most often been deferred through an agreement with the relevant authorities; however, the US authorities have substantial discretion, and prior settlements can provide no assurance as to how the US authorities will proceed in these matters. In the event of a filing of criminal charges the prosecution of which is not deferred, there could be significant consequences to HSBC and its affiliates, including loss of business, withdrawal of funding and harm to our reputation, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Various regulators and competition and enforcement authorities around the world including in the UK, the US, Canada, the EU, Switzerland and Asia are conducting investigations related to certain

 

 

107


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

past submissions made by panel banks in connection with the setting of London interbank offered rates (‘LIBOR’), European interbank offered rates (‘EURIBOR’) and other interest rates. As certain HSBC entities are members of such panels, HSBC and/or its subsidiaries have been the subject of regulatory demands for information and are cooperating with those investigations.

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

We are subject to a number of regulatory actions and investigations, see Note 25 on the Financial Statements. It is inherently difficult to predict the outcome of the regulatory proceedings involving our businesses. Unfavourable outcomes are having and may continue to have a material adverse effect on our reputation, brand and results, including loss of business and withdrawal of funding.

 

 

In response to this risk, we are progressing a number of initiatives which seek to address the issues identified, including creating our new global management structure, enhancing our governance and oversight, increasing our compliance function resource, emphasising our values and designing and implementing new global standards as outlined elsewhere.

Dispute risk

The current economic environment has increased our exposure to actual and potential litigation against the Group. Further details are discussed in Note 25 on the Financial Statements.

Potential impact on HSBC

Dispute risk gives rise to potential financial loss and significant reputational damage which could adversely affect customer and investor confidence.

Risks related to our business operations, governance and internal control systems

 

 

 

 

Challenges to achieving our strategy in a downturn

 

 

Internet crime and fraud

 

 

Social media risk

 

 

Level of change creating operational complexity and heightened operational risk

 

 

Information security risk

 

 

Model risk

 

Challenges to achieving our strategy in a downturn

The external environment remains challenging and the structural changes which the financial sector is going through are creating obstacles to the achievement of strategic objectives. This, combined with the prolonged global economic slowdown, could affect the achievement of our strategic targets for the Group as a whole and our global businesses.

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

The downturn may put pressure on our ability to earn returns on equity in excess of our cost of equity while operating within the overall parameters of our risk appetite.

 

 

Through our strategic initiatives, which have heightened the focus on capital allocation and cost efficiency, we are actively seeking to manage and mitigate this risk.

Internet crime and fraud

We are exposed to potentially fraudulent and criminal activities, in particular a growing threat from internet crime which could result in the loss of customer data and sensitive information. The threat of external fraud may increase during adverse economic conditions, especially in retail and commercial banking.

We also face breakdowns in processes or procedures and systems failure or unavailability and are subject to the risk of disruption to our business arising from events that are wholly or partially beyond our control, such as internet crime and acts of terrorism.

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

Internet crime and fraud may give rise to losses in service to customers and/or economic loss to HSBC. These risks equally apply when we rely on external suppliers or vendors to provide services to us and our customers.

 

 

We have increased our monitoring and have implemented additional controls such as two-factor authentication to mitigate the possibility of losses from these risks.

Social media risk

The scale and profile of social media networks (‘SMN’s) have grown both in terms of customer demographic and geographical reach to represent a significant potential reputational risk to our

 

 

108


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

organisation, given that these networks can be used as powerful broadcasting tools which can reach large numbers of people in a very short time frame.

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

SMNs can be used to exacerbate the effect of customer complaints and service failures, and provide a means for employees to unlawfully publicise confidential information. SMNs present significant risks to our reputation and brand.

 

 

In order to reduce our exposure to these risks, an HSBC presence has been created in several of the larger SMNs in order to provide an official point of contact for our customers and stake-holders. Monitoring has also been implemented in some entities to protect our brand and identity and to understand general sentiment towards us and, in some cases, our specific products and initiatives. We have invested significantly in addressing the risk through increased training to raise staff awareness.

Level of change creating operational complexity and heightened operational risk

There are many drivers of change across HSBC and the banking industry including change driven by new banking regulation, the increased globalisation of the economy and business needs, new products and delivery channels, and organisational change.

Operational complexity has the potential to heighten all types of operational risk across our activities. This includes the risk of process errors, systems failures and fraud. It can also increase operational costs.

The implementation of our strategy to simplify our business, involves the withdrawal from certain markets, which presents disposal risks which must be carefully managed. The implementation of organisational changes to support the Group’s strategy also requires close management oversight.

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

Critical systems failure and a prolonged loss of service availability could cause serious damage to our ability to serve our clients, breach regulations under which we operate and cause long-term damage to our business, reputation and brand. Systems and controls could be degraded as a result of organisational effectiveness initiatives unless there is strong governance and an oversight framework to monitor the risk and control environment. We

   

seek to ensure that our critical systems infrastructure, including IT services, essential buildings, offshore processes and key vendors, is constantly monitored and properly resourced to mitigate against systems failures.

 

 

The potential effects of disposal risks include regulatory breaches, industrial action, loss of key personnel and interruption to systems and processes during business transformation, and they can have both financial and reputational implications. Steps taken to manage these risks proactively include a close dialogue with regulators and customers and the involvement of HR, legal, compliance and other functional experts.

Information security risk

The reliability and security of our information and technology infrastructure and customer databases and their ability to combat internet fraud are crucial to maintaining our banking applications and processes and to protecting the HSBC brand.

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

These risks give rise to potential financial loss and reputational damage which could adversely affect customer and investor confidence. Loss of customer data would also result in regulatory breaches which would result in fines and penalties being incurred.

 

 

We have invested significantly in addressing this risk through increased training to raise staff awareness of the requirements, enhanced controls around data access and heightened monitoring of information flows.

Model risk

More stringent regulatory requirements governing the development, parameters applied to and controls around models used for measuring risk can give rise to changes, including increases in capital requirements. Furthermore, the changing external economic and legislative environment and changes in customer behaviour can lead to the assumptions we have made in our models becoming invalid.

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

These model risks can result in a potentially increased and volatile capital requirement.

 

 

We continue to address these risks through enhanced model development, independent review and model oversight to ensure our models remain fit for purpose.

 

 

109


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Credit risk

 

 

Credit risk in the first half of 2012

   110

Credit exposure

   112

Areas of special interest

   121

Eurozone exposures

   121

Wholesale lending

   131

Personal lending

   132

US personal lending

   136

Credit quality of financial instruments

   139

Past due but not impaired gross financial instruments

   142

Renegotiated loans and forbearance

   143

Impaired loans

   146

Impairment of loans and advances

   147

Securitisation exposures and other structured products

   153

Risk elements in the loan portfolio

   161a

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss if a customer or counterparty fails to meet a payment obligation under a contract. It arises principally from direct lending, trade finance and leasing business, but also from off-balance sheet products such as guarantees and derivatives, and from the Group’s holding of debt and other securities. Credit risk generates the largest regulatory capital requirement of the risks we incur.

There have been no material changes to our policies and practices for the management of credit risk as described in the Annual Report and Accounts 2011.

 

 

 

Net exposure to the sovereign, agency and bank debt of Spain, Ireland, Italy, Greece, Portugal and Cyprus was US$11.6bn at 30 June 2012.

 

 

LOGO

  A summary of our current policies and practices regarding credit risk is provided in the Appendix to Risk on page 183.

Credit risk in the first half of 2012

Exposure, impairment allowances and charges

 

     At  
     30 Jun
2012
          30 Jun
2011
          31 Dec
2011
 
     US$bn           US$bn           US$bn  

Total gross loans and advances (A)

     1,174.4            1,282.8            1,139.1   

Impairment allowances

     17.3            18.9            17.6   

– as a percentage of A

     1.47%            1.47%            1.55%   
     Half-year to  
     30 Jun
2012
          30 Jun
2011
          31 Dec
2011
 
     US$m           US$m           US$m  

Impairment charges

     4.5            5.0            6.5   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

 

     Half-year to  
     30 Jun
2012
          30 Jun
2011
          31 Dec
2011
 
     US$m           US$m           US$m  

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     4,799            5,266            6,861   
     %            %            %   

Personal

     69            81            73   

Corporate and commercial

     26            13            21   

Financial

                           1   

Impairment of available-for-sale debt securities

     5            6            5   

of which: Greek Government

                2            2   
                                
     100            100            100   

The Group’s total reported gross loans and advances, which excludes lending balances transferred to held for sale, were US$1,174bn at 30 June 2012, an increase of 3% compared with 31 December 2011.

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis.

Total gross loans and advances rose by 3%, compared with the end of 2011. The increase reflected growth in corporate and commercial lending, mainly in Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific, as well as a rise in overdraft balances in the UK which did not meet netting criteria under current accounting rules. Financial lending also increased, reflecting an increase in reverse repos, while personal lending growth was attributable to an increase in mortgage lending. During the first half of 2012, we reclassified certain lending balances to assets held for sale. At 30 June 2012, lending balances reported as held for sale were US$6.7bn. These included US$4.7bn of balances associated with the disposal of our operations in certain countries in Latin America.

In the first half of 2012, we continued to reduce our sovereign agency and bank credit risk exposure

 

 

110


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

in peripheral eurozone countries. At 30 June 2012, our net exposure to the sovereign, agency and bank debt of Spain, Ireland, Italy, Greece, Portugal and Cyprus was US$11.6bn. At 30 June 2012 our sovereign and agency exposures to these countries were not considered to be impaired. For further details on our exposure to the eurozone, see page 121.

At 30 June 2012, our personal lending balances were US$401bn, an increase of 2% on 31 December 2011 as residential mortgage balances rose while other categories of personal lending declined.

First lien residential mortgage lending at 30 June 2012 was US$287bn, 2% higher than at the end of 2011. It represented 29% of our total gross lending to customers, in line with the end of 2011. Our most significant exposure to residential mortgages was in the UK, the US and Hong Kong.

In the first half of 2012, we continued to grow our residential mortgage portfolios in the UK and Hong Kong. Average loan-to-value (‘LTV’) ratios on new residential mortgage lending in the UK and Hong Kong were 58% and 50%, respectively, while LTV ratios on our total residential mortgage books were 51% in the UK and 34% in Hong Kong. Delinquency levels and loan impairment charges in our residential mortgage portfolios in both the UK and Hong Kong remained at low levels in the first half of 2012.

In the US, we continued to be affected by industry-wide foreclosure delays which have extended the period between when a loan goes 180-days past due and the realisation of cash proceeds from selling the property. There remains a significant backlog of foreclosures which will take time to resolve.

Total personal lending in the US was US$63bn at 30 June 2012, representing 16% of the Group’s total personal lending. Balances in the portfolio declined by 5% compared with 31 December 2011, reflecting continued run-off in the CML portfolio. At 30 June 2012, lending balances in the CML portfolio were US$46bn, a decline of 8% compared with 31 December 2011, of which 44% was due to the write-off of balances. During the first half of 2012, we completed the sale of our US Card and Retail Services business. The lending balances associated with this transaction were reported as held for sale at 31 December 2011.

In US dollar terms, lending balances in the CML portfolio that were two months or more delinquent were US$8.3bn compared with US$8.9bn at the end of 2011, with reductions in both the real estate

secured and personal non-credit card sections of the portfolio. Reduced delinquency on real estate secured lending balances reflected a fall in early stage delinquency as the portfolio continued to run off, as well as seasonal improvements in collections, partly offset by higher late stage delinquency due to the temporary suspension of foreclosure activities.

In our Annual Report and Accounts 2011, we disclosed a quantification of the value of collateral we hold over a borrower’s specific asset, in the event of the borrower failing to meet its contractual obligations. At 30 June 2012, there were no significant changes in the value of collateral compared with the end of 2011.

At 30 June 2012, renegotiated loan balances were US$46.2bn, broadly in line with the end of 2011. The majority of our renegotiated loan balances were in North America in the real estate secured portion of the CML portfolio, where 57% of the lending balances have been reaged, modified or reaged and modified.

Reclassification to assets held for sale

During the period, the decline in gross loans and advances was partly due to a reclassification of certain lending balances to assets held for sale. Disclosures relating to assets held for sale are provided in credit risk management tables, primarily where the disclosure is relevant to the measurement of these financial assets, as follows:

 

 

maximum exposure to credit risk (page 114);

 

 

distribution of financial instruments by credit quality (page 139); and

 

 

ageing analysis of days past due but not impaired gross financial instruments (page 143).

Although gross loans and advances and related impairment allowances are reclassified from ‘Loans and advances to customers’ and ‘Loans and advances to banks’ in the balance sheet, there is no equivalent income statement reclassification. As a result, charges for loan impairment losses shown in the credit risk disclosures include loan impairment charges relating to financial assets classified as assets held for sale.

The table below presents ‘Loans and advances to customers’ and ‘Loans and advances to banks’ as reported, and differentiates them from those classified as held for sale.

Comparative data at 30 June 2011 have not been separately presented as the amounts are insignificant.

 

 

111


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Reported and held-for-sale loans1

 

     At 30 June 2012          At 31 December 2011      
    
 
 
Total gross
loans and
advances
  
  
  
      

 

 

 

Impairment

allowances

on loans and

advances

  

  

  

  

      
 
 
Total gross
loans and
advances
  
  
  
      

 

 

 

Impairment

allowances

on loans and

advances

  

  

  

  

 
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m     

As reported

     1,174,449           17,273           1,139,052           17,636     

Assets held for sale

     6,721           106           37,273           1,614     
     1,181,170           17,379           1,176,325           19,250     

For footnote, see page 180.

 

The table below analyses the amount of ‘Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions’ arising from assets held for sale and other assets not held for sale. They primarily relate to the US Card and Retail Services businesses classified as held for sale at 31 December 2011. These assets had been disposed of by 30 June 2012.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (‘LIC’s)

 

    

Half-year to

30 June

2012

      
     US$m       

LICs arising from:

     

– assets held for sale

     335      

– assets not held for sale

     4,464        
     4,799        

Credit exposure

Maximum exposure to credit risk

Our credit exposure is well diversified across a broad range of asset classes.

Our maximum exposure to loans and advances at amortised cost increased compared with the end of 2011. The rise primarily reflected growth in corporate and commercial lending in Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific. In addition, lending in the manufacturing sector rose, mainly in the UK, reflecting a rise in overdraft balances which did not meet netting criteria under current accounting rules. Reverse repo balances also rose, largely reflecting the deployment of proceeds from the US disposals, while mortgage lending increased due to growth in the UK and Hong Kong, partly offset by continued run-off in the US.

The loans and advances offset adjustment in the table on page 114 primarily relates to customer loans and deposits, and balances arising from repo and reverse repo transactions. The offset relates to balances where there is a legally enforceable right of offset in the event of counterparty default and where,

as a result, there is a net exposure for credit risk management purposes. However, as there is no intention to settle these balances on a net basis under normal circumstances, they do not qualify for net presentation for accounting purposes.

Maximum exposure to financial investments decreased moderately compared with the end of 2011. This largely reflected the disposal of available-for-sale securities in Europe, broadly offset by a rise in North America where excess liquidity was used to purchase government debt securities.

In the first half of 2012, our exposure to trading assets rose reflecting increased client activity compared with the subdued levels seen in the second half of 2011. This resulted in higher reverse repo and settlement account balances which vary proportionately with levels of trading activity.

The Group’s maximum exposure to cash and balances at central banks increased as we continued to place excess liquidity in Europe with central banks. In North America, we reduced balances at central banks as we repaid debt and increased our purchases of government debt securities.

 

 

‘Maximum exposure to credit risk’ table (page 114)

The table presents our maximum exposure to credit risk from balance sheet and off-balance sheet financial instruments before taking account of any collateral held or other credit enhancements (unless such enhancements meet accounting offsetting requirements). For financial assets recognised on the balance sheet, the maximum exposure to credit risk equals their carrying amount; for financial guarantees and similar contracts granted, it is the maximum amount that we would have to pay if the guarantees were called upon. For loan commitments and other credit-related commitments that are irrevocable over the life of the respective facilities, it is generally the full amount of the committed facilities.

 

Our maximum exposure to derivatives at 30 June 2012 increased compared with the end of 2011. This primarily reflected a rise in the fair value of interest rate and, to a lesser extent foreign exchange derivative contracts in Europe following movements in yield curves.

 

 

112


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

The derivative offset amount in the table overleaf relates to exposures where the counterparty has an offsetting derivative exposure with HSBC, a master netting arrangement is in place and the credit risk exposure is managed on a net basis, or the position is specifically collateralised, normally in the form of cash. At 30 June 2012, the total amount of such offsets was US$340bn (30 June 2011: US$208bn; 31 December 2011: US$306bn), of which US$301bn (30 June 2011: US$188bn; 31 December 2011: US$272bn) were offsets under a master netting arrangement, US$38.5bn (30 June 2011: US$20.1bn; 31 December 2011: US$33.0bn) was collateral received in cash and US$1.1bn (30 June 2011: US$0.2bn; 31 December 2011: US$0.7bn) was other collateral. These amounts do not qualify for net presentation for accounting purposes, as settlement may not actually be made on a net basis.

While not considered as offset in the table overleaf, other arrangements including short positions in securities and financial assets held as part of linked insurance/investment contracts where the risk is predominately borne by the policyholder, reduce our maximum exposure to credit risk. In addition, we hold collateral in respect of individual loans and advances.

Concentration of exposure

Concentrations of credit risk are described in the Appendix to Risk on page 183.

Securities held for trading

Total securities held for trading within trading assets were US$192bn at 30 June 2012 (30 June 2011: US$269bn; 31 December 2011: US$186bn). The largest concentration of these assets was in government and government agency securities. Our most significant exposures were to US Treasury and government agency securities (US$21bn) and UK (US$11bn) and Hong Kong (US$7bn) government securities. A detailed analysis of securities held for trading is set out in Note 7 on the Financial Statements and an analysis of credit quality is provided on page 139.

Debt securities, treasury and other eligible bills

Our holdings of corporate debt, ABSs and other securities were spread across a wide range of issuers and geographical regions, with 15% invested in securities issued by banks and other financial institutions. A more detailed analysis of financial investments is set out in Note 13 on the Financial

Statements and an analysis by credit quality is provided on page 139.

At 30 June 2012, our insurance businesses held diversified portfolios of debt and equity securities designated at fair value of US$31.5bn (30 June 2011: US$31.3bn; 31 December 2011: US$28.9bn) and debt securities classified as financial investments of US$40.2bn (30 June 2011: US$41.7bn; 31 December 2011: US$40.1bn). A more detailed analysis of securities held by the insurance businesses is set out on page 178.

Derivatives

Derivative assets at 30 June 2012 were US$356bn, (30 June 2011: US$261bn; 31 December 2011: US$346bn) of which the largest concentrations of exposure were in interest rate and foreign exchange derivatives. For an analysis of derivatives see Note 12 on the Financial Statements.

Loans and advances

Gross loans and advances to customers (excluding the financial sector) at 30 June 2012 increased by US$26bn or 3% from 31 December 2011. On a constant currency basis the increase was 3%. In the first half of 2012, we increased our exposure to personal lending and most industry sectors, with growth in Asia and Europe.

Summary of gross loans and advances to customers

 

LOGO

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis:

Personal lending of US$401bn in the first half of 2012 was higher than at 31 December 2011. At US$287bn, first lien residential mortgage lending continued to represent the Group’s largest concentration in a single exposure type, the most significant balances being in the UK (41%), the US (18%) and Hong Kong (17%).

Corporate and commercial lending was 50% of gross lending to customers at 30 June 2012.

 

 

113


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Maximum exposure to credit risk

 

     At 30 June 2012          At 30 June 2011          At 31 December 2011  
    

Maximum

exposure
US$m

         Offset
US$m
         Exposure
to credit
risk (net)
US$m
        

Maximum

exposure
US$m

         Offset
US$m
         Exposure
to credit
risk (net)
US$m
        

Maximum

exposure
US$m

         Offset
US$m
         Exposure
to credit
risk (net)
US$m
 

Cash and balances at central banks

     147,911                     147,911           68,218                     68,218           129,902                     129,902   

Items in the course of collection from other banks

     11,075                     11,075           15,058                     15,058           8,208                     8,208   

Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

     21,283                     21,283           19,745                     19,745           20,922                     20,922   

Trading assets

     361,352           (12,665        348,687           438,232           (10,491        427,741           309,449           (4,656        304,793   

Treasury and other eligible bills

     30,098                     30,098           23,899                     23,899             34,309                     34,309   

Debt securities

     131,563                     131,563           208,805                     208,805             130,487                     130,487   

Loans and advances:

                                                              

– to banks

     94,830                     94,830           100,134                     100,134             75,525                     75,525   

– to customers

     104,861           (12,665        92,196           105,394           (10,491        94,903             69,128           (4,656        64,472   

Financial assets designated at fair value

     14,535                     14,535           19,977                     19,977           12,926                     12,926   

Treasury and other eligible bills

     91                     91           207                     207             123                     123   

Debt securities

     14,238                     14,238           18,496                     18,496             11,834                     11,834   

Loans and advances:

                                                              

– to banks

     127                     127           355                     355             119                     119   

– to customers

     79                     79           919                     919             850                     850   

Derivatives

     355,934           (340,442        15,492           260,672           (208,471        52,201           346,379           (305,616        40,763   

Loans and advances held at amortised cost:

     1,157,176           (93,044        1,064,132           1,263,931           (103,876        1,160,055           1,121,416           (87,978        1,033,438   

– to banks

     182,191           (7,092        175,099           226,043           (3,173        222,870             180,987           (3,066        177,921   

– to customers

     974,985           (85,952        889,033           1,037,888           (100,703        937,185             940,429           (84,912        855,517   

Financial investments

     387,050                     387,050           408,650                     408,650           392,834                     392,834   

Treasury and other similar bills

     71,552                     71,552           61,664                     61,664             65,223                     65,223   

Debt securities

     315,498                     315,498           346,986                     346,986             327,611                     327,611   

Assets held for sale1

     10,541           (4        10,537                          37,808           (204        37,604   

– disposal groups

     10,383           (4        10,379                                           37,746           (204        37,542   

– non-current assets held for sale

     158                     158                                           62                     62   

Other assets

     34,397                     34,397           36,789           (3        36,786           32,992                     32,992   

Endorsements and acceptances

     12,782                     12,782           11,338           (3        11,335             11,010                     11,010   

Other

     21,615                     21,615           25,451                     25,451             21,982                     21,982   

Financial guarantees and similar contracts

     39,190                     39,190           52,232                     52,232           39,324                     39,324   

Loan and other credit-related commitments2

     564,113                     564,113           660,175                     660,175           654,904                     654,904   
     3,104,557           (446,155        2,658,402           3,243,679           (322,841        2,920,838           3,107,064           (398,454        2,708,610   

For footnotes, see page 180.

 

International trade and services was the biggest portion of the corporate and commercial lending category, increasing by 3% compared with 31 December 2011. The most significant concentrations of international trade and services lending were in the UK, Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific.

Commercial real estate lending, which represented 8% of total gross lending to customers, was broadly in line with 31 December 2011. The main concentrations of commercial real estate lending were in the UK and Hong Kong. See ‘Areas of special interest’ for further discussion on commercial real estate lending.

 

 

 

114


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Our exposure in the financial category was US$95bn, an increase of 10% compared with 31 December 2011, due to a redeployment of short-term liquidity in North America from central banks to reverse repos. The largest exposure was to non-bank financial institutions and was spread across a range of institutions, with the most significant concentration in France, the UK and the US.

Loans and advances to banks were US$182bn, broadly in line with the end of 2011, and remained widely dispersed across many countries.

The following tables analyse loans by industry sector and by the location of the principal operations of the lending subsidiary or, in the case of the operations of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, HSBC Bank, HSBC Bank Middle East Limited and HSBC Bank USA, by the location of the lending branch.

 

 

Gross loans and advances by industry sector

 

    

At

31 December

2011

US$m

        

Currency

effect
US$m

         Movement
US$m
        

At

30 June

2012

US$m

 

Personal

     393,625           1,166           6,011           400,802   

First lien residential mortgages3

     278,963           1,643           6,174           286,780   

Other personal4

     114,662           (477        (163        114,022   

Corporate and commercial

     472,816           230           19,155           492,201   

Manufacturing

     96,054           (169        12,165           108,050   

International trade and services

     152,709           22           3,964           156,695   

Commercial real estate

     73,941           178           595           74,714   

Other property-related

     39,539           50           369           39,958   

Government

     11,079           62           (1,631        9,510   

Other commercial5

     99,494           87           3,693           103,274   

Financial

     86,219           (321        8,657           94,555   

Non-bank financial institutions

     85,275           (313        7,569           92,531   

Settlement accounts

     944           (8        1,088           2,024   

Asset-backed securities reclassified

     5,280           62           (698        4,644   

Total gross loans and advances to customers (‘TGLAC’)6

     957,940           1,137           33,125           992,202   

Gross loans and advances to banks

     181,112           (1,434        2,569           182,247   

Total gross loans and advances

     1,139,052           (297        35,694           1,174,449   

Impaired loans and advances to customers

     41,584           (52        (788        40,744   

– as a percentage of TGLAC

     4.3%                     4.1%   

Impairment allowances on loans and advances to customers

     17,511           (71        (223        17,217   

– as a percentage of TGLAC

     1.8%                     1.7%   
    

Half-year to
30 June
2011

US$m

                              

Half-year to
30 June
2012

US$m

 

Charge for impairment losses in the period

     4,973           912           (1,360        4,525   

New allowances net of allowance releases

     5,703           879           (1,489        5,093   

Recoveries

     (730        33           129           (568

For footnotes, see page 180.

 

115


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Gross loans and advances to customers by industry sector and by geographical region

 

     Gross loans and advances to customers  
     Europe
US$m
       

Hong

Kong
US$m

       

Rest of
Asia-

Pacific
US$m

        MENA
US$m
        North
America
US$m
        Latin
America
US$m
        Total
US$m
         As a %
of total
gross
loans
 

At 30 June 2012

                               

Personal

     173,650          65,669          45,409          6,015          91,611          18,448          400,802           40.4   

First lien residential mortgages3

     125,729          48,951          33,636          1,937          71,582          4,945          286,780           28.9   

Other personal4

     47,921          16,718          11,773          4,078          20,029          13,503          114,022           11.5   

Corporate and commercial

     214,423          96,164          81,029          22,216          43,540          34,829          492,201           49.6   

Manufacturing

     55,245          10,235          17,550          3,888          8,594          12,538          108,050           10.9   

International trade and services

     64,843          31,631          30,777          8,574          11,471          9,399          156,695           15.8   

Commercial real estate

     32,563          21,510          9,544          940          6,706          3,451          74,714           7.5   

Other property-related

     7,506          17,079          6,849          2,060          6,120          344          39,958           4.0   

Government

     2,073          2,906          390          1,514          774          1,853          9,510           1.0   

Other commercial5

     52,193          12,803          15,919          5,240          9,875          7,244          103,274           10.4   

Financial

     58,322          3,907          3,897          1,438          25,237          1,754          94,555           9.5   

Non-bank financial institutions

     57,460          3,413          3,492          1,433          25,186          1,547          92,531           9.3   

Settlement accounts

     862          494          405          5          51          207          2,024           0.2   

 

Asset-backed securities reclassified

  

 

 

 

4,243

 

  

                                 401                   4,644           0.5   

TGLAC6

     450,638          165,740          130,335          29,669          160,789          55,031          992,202           100.0   

 

Percentage of TGLAC by geographical region

  

 

 

 

45.5%

 

  

      16.7%          13.1%          3.0%          16.2%          5.5%          100.0%        

Impaired loans

     10,881          555          1,148          2,514          22,186          3,460          40,744        

– as a percentage of TGLAC

     2.4%          0.3%          0.9%          8.5%          13.8%          6.3%          4.1%        

Total impairment allowances

     5,193          536          846          1,773          6,798          2,071          17,217        

– as a percentage of TGLAC

     1.2%          0.3%          0.6%          6.0%          4.2%          3.8%          1.7%        

At 30 June 2011

                               

Personal

     172,383          61,704          44,300          5,196          131,676          24,091          439,350           41.6   

First lien residential mortgages3

     119,993          45,496          32,224          1,791          76,690          5,897          282,091           26.7   

Other personal4

     52,390          16,208          12,076          3,405          54,986          18,194          157,259           14.9   

Corporate and commercial

     221,361          94,566          74,726          20,786          38,761          41,147          491,347           46.5   

Manufacturing

     59,550          9,015          17,350          3,281          6,294          14,806          110,296           10.4   

International trade and services

     66,118          33,572          28,778          9,035          10,472          12,338          160,313           15.2   

Commercial real estate

     31,066          20,379          9,728          1,037          7,673          3,449          73,332           6.9   

Other property-related

     7,189          16,097          5,643          1,897          5,391          840          37,057           3.5   

Government

     2,126          3,252          430          1,251          311          2,055          9,425           0.9   

Other commercial5

     55,312          12,251          12,797          4,285          8,620          7,659          100,924           9.6   

Financial

     92,799          3,673          3,231          1,281          16,563          2,712          120,259           11.4   

Non-bank financial institutions

     91,636          3,042          2,794          1,267          16,563          2,654          117,956           11.2   

Settlement accounts

     1,163          631          437          14                   58          2,303           0.2   

Asset-backed securities reclassified

     5,120                                     544                   5,664           0.5   

TGLAC6

     491,663          159,943          122,257          27,263          187,544          67,950          1,056,620           100.0   

 

Percentage of TGLAC by geographical region

  

 

 

 

46.6%

 

  

      15.1%          11.6%          2.6%          17.7%          6.4%          100.0%        

Impaired loans7

     10,878          510          1,208          2,293          25,657          3,663          44,209        

– as a percentage of TGLAC

     2.2%          0.3%          1.0%          8.4%          13.7%          5.4%          4.2%        

Total impairment allowances

     5,332          573          828          1,569          8,282          2,148          18,732        

– as a percentage of TGLAC

     1.1%          0.4%          0.7%          5.8%          4.4%          3.2%          1.8%        

 

116


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

     Gross loans and advances to customers  
     Europe
US$m
       

Hong

Kong
US$m

       

Rest of
Asia-

Pacific
US$m

        MENA
US$m
        North
America
US$m
        Latin
America
US$m
        Total
US$m
        

As a %

of total

gross
loans

 

At 31 December 2011

                               

Personal

     166,147          63,181          43,580          5,269          95,336          20,112          393,625           41.1   

First lien residential mortgages3

     119,902          46,817          32,136          1,837          73,278          4,993          278,963           29.1   

Other personal4

     46,245          16,364          11,444          3,432          22,058          15,119          114,662           12.0   

Corporate and commercial

     204,984          91,592          77,887          21,152          41,271          35,930          472,816           49.3   

Manufacturing

     45,632          9,004          16,909          3,517          7,888          13,104          96,054           10.0   

International trade and services

     64,604          29,066          29,605          8,664          10,710          10,060          152,709           15.9   

Commercial real estate

     32,099          20,828          9,537          1,002          7,069          3,406          73,941           7.7   

Other property-related

     7,595          17,367          6,396          1,770          5,729          682          39,539           4.1   

Government

     3,143          2,918          962          1,563          656          1,837          11,079           1.2   

Other commercial5

     51,911          12,409          14,478          4,636          9,219          6,841          99,494           10.4   

Financial

     63,671          3,473          3,183          1,168          12,817          1,907          86,219           9.0   

Non-bank financial institutions

     63,313          3,192          2,937          1,162          12,817          1,854          85,275           8.9   

Settlement accounts

     358          281          246          6                   53          944           0.1   

Asset-backed securities reclassified

     4,776                                     504                   5,280           0.6   

TGLAC6

     439,578          158,246          124,650          27,589          149,928          57,949          957,940           100.0   

Percentage of TGLAC by geographical region

     45.9%          16.5%          13.0%          2.9%          15.7%          6.0%          100.0%        

Impaired loans

     11,751          604          1,069          2,425          22,696          3,039          41,584        

– as a percentage of TGLAC

     2.7%          0.4%          0.9%          8.8%          15.1%          5.2%          4.3%        

Total impairment allowances

     5,242          581          782          1,714          7,181          2,011          17,511        

– as a percentage of TGLAC

     1.2%          0.4%          0.6%          6.2%          4.8%          3.5%          1.8%        

For footnotes, see page 180.

 

117


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Gross loans and advances to customers by country

 

    

First lien

residential

mortgages
US$m

         Other
personal
US$m
        

Property-
related

US$m

        

Commercial,
international
trade and
other

US$m

          Total
US$m
 

At 30 June 2012

                       

Europe

     125,729           47,921           40,069           236,919            450,638   

UK

     116,949           21,807           30,021           165,913            334,690   

France

     3,244           9,436           8,067           49,885            70,632   

Germany

     8           355           104           5,108            5,575   

Malta

     1,710           546           480           1,563            4,299   

Switzerland

     1,859           11,945           160           1,966            15,930   

Turkey

     989           3,550           296           3,665            8,500   

Other

     970           282           941           8,819            11,012   

Hong Kong

     48,951           16,718           38,589           61,482            165,740   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     33,636           11,773           16,393           68,533            130,335   

Australia

     9,528           1,415           2,477           6,504            19,924   

India

     866           436           584           4,818            6,704   

Indonesia

     83           479           85           5,048            5,695   

Mainland China

     3,021           302           5,425           17,092            25,840   

Malaysia

     4,630           2,076           1,592           5,871            14,169   

Singapore

     8,745           4,448           3,921           9,938            27,052   

Taiwan

     3,189           581           123           3,381            7,274   

Vietnam

     43           205           44           1,537            1,829   

Other

     3,531           1,831           2,142           14,344            21,848   

Middle East and North Africa

  (excluding Saudi Arabia)

     1,937           4,078           3,000           20,654            29,669   

Egypt

     2           466           100           2,900            3,468   

Qatar

     11           423           466           1,244            2,144   

UAE

     1,573           1,830           1,556           11,452            16,411   

Other

     351           1,359           878           5,058            7,646   

North America

     71,582           20,029           12,826           56,352            160,789   

US

     50,773           12,405           8,015           39,241            110,434   

Canada

     19,071           7,214           4,160           16,072            46,517   

Bermuda

     1,738           410           651           1,039            3,838   

Latin America

     4,945           13,503           3,795           32,788            55,031   

Argentina

     31           1,459           105           2,239            3,834   

Brazil

     1,678           8,479           1,220           18,024            29,401   

Mexico

     1,898           2,531           1,360           8,906            14,695   

Panama

     1,307           1,015           1,049           2,550            5,921   

Other

     31           19           61           1,069            1,180   
                                                     
     286,780           114,022           114,672           476,728            992,202   

 

118


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

    

First lien

residential

mortgages
US$m

          Other
personal
US$m
          Property-
related
US$m
          Commercial,
international
trade and other
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

At 30 June 2011

                          

Europe

     119,993            52,390            38,255            281,025            491,663   

UK

     110,768            25,666            26,486            189,926            352,846   

France

     3,864            10,233            9,316            66,192            89,605   

Germany

     11            339            51            4,929            5,330   

Malta

     1,850            645            585            1,740            4,820   

Switzerland

     1,502            12,043            165            2,250            15,960   

Turkey

     858            3,053            253            3,799            7,963   

Other

     1,140            411            1,399            12,189            15,139   

Hong Kong

     45,496            16,208            36,476            61,763            159,943   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     32,224            12,076            15,371            62,586            122,257   

Australia

     9,418            1,384            2,375            5,192            18,369   

India

     949            446            732            3,989            6,116   

Indonesia

     84            511            112            4,283            4,990   

Mainland China

     2,441            307            4,332            14,115            21,195   

Malaysia

     4,158            2,125            1,344            6,289            13,916   

Singapore

     7,799            4,035            3,700            9,155            24,689   

Taiwan

     3,261            578            129            3,997            7,965   

Vietnam

     45            211            78            1,457            1,791   

Other

     4,069            2,479            2,569            14,109            23,226   

Middle East and North Africa

  (excluding Saudi Arabia)

     1,791            3,405            2,934            19,133            27,263   

Egypt

     3            407            135            2,644            3,189   

Qatar

     9            455            417            1,323            2,204   

UAE

     1,500            1,915            1,451            11,386            16,252   

Other

     279            628            931            3,780            5,618   

North America

     76,690            54,986            13,064            42,804            187,544   

US

     55,118            46,396            7,865            26,443            135,822   

Canada

     19,824            8,095            4,674            15,864            48,457   

Bermuda

     1,748            495            525            497            3,265   

Latin America

     5,897            18,194            4,289            39,570            67,950   

Argentina

     30            1,140            119            2,405            3,694   

Brazil

     1,554            12,156            1,781            20,219            35,710   

Mexico

     2,214            2,650            1,424            9,600            15,888   

Panama

     1,186            1,011            669            4,389            7,255   

Other

     913            1,237            296            2,957            5,403   
                                                        
     282,091            157,259            110,389            506,881            1,056,620   

 

119


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Gross loans and advances to customers by country (continued)

 

    

First lien

residential

mortgages
US$m

          Other
personal
US$m
          Property-
related
US$m
          Commercial,
international
trade and other
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

At 31 December 2011

                          

Europe

     119,902            46,245            39,694            233,737            439,578   

UK

     111,224            22,218            29,191            160,236            322,869   

France

     3,353            9,305            8,160            49,572            70,390   

Germany

     10            343            112            4,518            4,983   

Malta

     1,708            567            520            1,591            4,386   

Switzerland

     1,803            10,684            156            1,918            14,561   

Turkey

     767            2,797            255            3,652            7,471   

Other

     1,037            331            1,300            12,250            14,918   

Hong Kong

     46,817            16,364            38,195            56,870            158,246   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     32,136            11,444            15,933            65,137            124,650   

Australia

     9,251            1,327            2,357            6,073            19,008   

India

     830            461            809            3,914            6,014   

Indonesia

     81            463            97            4,577            5,218   

Mainland China

     2,769            317            5,078            15,665            23,829   

Malaysia

     4,329            2,166            1,351            5,898            13,744   

Singapore

     7,919            4,108            3,690            9,433            25,150   

Taiwan

     3,062            550            139            4,555            8,306   

Vietnam

     42            184            42            1,397            1,665   

Other

     3,853            1,868            2,370            13,625            21,716   

Middle East and North Africa

  (excluding Saudi Arabia)

     1,837            3,432            2,772            19,548            27,589   

Egypt

     2            441            100            2,775            3,318   

Qatar

     9            445            354            1,098            1,906   

UAE

     1,520            1,882            1,464            12,070            16,936   

Other

     306            664            854            3,605            5,429   

North America

     73,278            22,058            12,798            41,794            149,928   

US

     52,484            14,087            7,850            27,307            101,728   

Canada

     19,045            7,518            4,391            13,600            44,554   

Bermuda

     1,749            453            557            887            3,646   

Latin America

     4,993            15,119            4,088            33,749            57,949   

Argentina

     32            1,379            114            2,331            3,856   

Brazil

     1,657            9,802            1,660            18,638            31,757   

Mexico

     1,847            2,261            1,284            8,210            13,602   

Panama

     1,240            1,014            923            2,537            5,714   

Other

     217            663            107            2,033            3,020   
                                                        
     278,963            114,662            113,480            450,835            957,940   

Loans and advances to banks by geographical region

 

     Europe
US$m
     Hong
Kong
US$m
    

Rest of
Asia-

Pacific
US$m

     MENA
US$m
    

North

America
US$m

    

Latin

America
US$m

     Total
US$m
    

Impairment

allowances8
US$m

 

At 30 June 2012

     58,652         29,673         50,228         9,512         14,528         19,654         182,247         (56

At 30 June 2011

     83,153         37,334         50,331         7,786         19,865         27,736         226,205         (162

At 31 December 2011

     54,406         35,159         47,309         8,571         14,831         20,836         181,112         (125

For footnote, see page 180.

 

120


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Areas of special interest

Eurozone exposures

Eurozone countries are members of the EU and part of the euro single currency bloc. The peripheral eurozone countries are those that exhibited levels of market volatility that exceeded other eurozone countries, demonstrating fiscal or political uncertainty which may persist through the second half of 2012. In the first half of 2012, the peripheral eurozone countries of Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal, Spain and Cyprus continued to exhibit a high ratio of sovereign debt to GDP or short to medium-term maturity concentration of their liabilities, with Greece, Spain and Cyprus seeking assistance to meet sovereign liabilities or direct support for banking sector recapitalisations.

The ‘selected other eurozone’ countries analysed in the table on page 128 are those that HSBC has a net on-balance sheet exposure to exceeding 5% of the Group’s total equity at 30 June 2012.

Risk reduction in the first half of 2012

At 30 June 2012, our net exposure to the peripheral eurozone countries was US$37bn including a net exposure to sovereign, agencies and banks of US$12bn. During the period we continued to reduce our overall net exposure to sovereign, agencies and banks of peripheral eurozone countries. In addition, we continued to actively reduce exposures to counterparties domiciled in other eurozone countries that had exposures to sovereigns and/or banks in peripheral eurozone countries of sufficient size to threaten their on-going viability in the event of an unfavourable conclusion to the current crisis.

This was undertaken through an analysis of publicly available information, reviews of external analyst reports, and meetings with the counterparties’ officials. Vulnerable counterparties were identified and subjected to enhanced monitoring, and our exposure was managed in a similar manner to the monitoring and management of direct exposures to the peripheral eurozone countries. One of the primary issues underpinning this process was the management of our surplus liquidity resulting in the placement of funds directly with central banks in the most highly-rated countries.

Our businesses in peripheral eurozone countries are funded from a mix of local deposits, local wholesale funding and intra-Group loans extended from HSBC operations with surplus funds. Intra-Group funding carries the risk that a member country might exit the eurozone and redenominate its national currency, which could result in a significant

currency devaluation. A description of risks relating to currency redenomination in the event of the exit of a eurozone member is provided on page 129.

Exposures to countries in the eurozone

The tables in this section summarise our exposures to selected eurozone countries, including:

 

 

governments and central banks along with quasi government agencies;

 

 

banks;

 

 

other financial institutions and corporates; and

 

 

personal lending.

Exposures to banks, other financial institutions, other corporates and personal lending are based upon the counterparty’s country of domicile.

Basis of preparation

The gross balance sheet exposure before risk mitigation represents the on-balance sheet carrying amounts recorded in accordance with IFRSs.

The net on-balance sheet exposure is stated after taking into account mitigating offsets that are incorporated into the risk management view of the exposure but do not meet accounting offset requirements. These risk mitigating offsets include:

 

 

short positions managed together with trading assets;

 

 

derivative liabilities for which a legally enforceable right of offset with derivative assets exists; and

 

 

collateral received on derivative assets.

Short positions managed together with trading assets mitigate risk to which HSBC is exposed at the balance sheet date where, in the event of default, the trading asset and related short position crystallise gains and losses simultaneously. Where such relationships exist, an element of the risk will remain where the short and long positions do not match exactly, for example, where the maturity of the short position is less than the trading asset or where it does not represent an identical security. The remaining risk is reflected in the gross balance sheet exposure shown before risk mitigation. However, as the net position best reflects the effects of a credit event should it occur at the balance sheet date we consider that this measure is a key view of risk at that date.

Credit risk mitigation includes derivative liabilities with the same counterparty, where a master netting arrangement is in place and the credit risk exposure is managed on a net basis or the position is specifically collateralised, normally in the form of cash. These amounts do not qualify for net presentation for accounting purposes as settlement

 

 

121


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

may not actually be made on a net basis, though we consider the net presentation more accurately reflects the risk exposure.

The effect of the transfer of risk to policyholders under unit linked insurance contracts, as well as trading assets which represent collateral to support associated liabilities, are separately disclosed in the detailed peripheral country exposures, but are not deducted from the total net exposure.

Credit default swaps (‘CDS’s) reported in the detailed peripheral eurozone country tables are not included in the derivative exposure line as they are typically transacted with counterparties incorporated or domiciled outside of the country whose exposure they reference.

Credit default swaps and off-balance sheet exposures

The CDSs were transacted with banks with investment grade credit ratings, and would pay out in the event of the default of the referenced security

and certain other credit events. CDS contracts disclosed in the tables below were principally entered into for customer facilitation with banks and financial institutions where their terms are typically drawn up in accordance with the guidance set out in the 2003 ISDA Credit Derivatives Definitions and the 2009 Supplement. The credit events that trigger the payout of CDSs may differ as they are based on the terms of each agreement between the counterparties. Such credit events normally include bankruptcy, payment default on a reference asset or assets, restructuring and repudiation or moratoria.

Off-balance sheet exposures mainly relate to commitments to lend and the amounts shown in the tables represent the amounts that could be drawn down by the counterparties. In some instances, limitations are imposed on a counterparty’s ability to draw down on a facility. These limitations are governed by the documentation, which differs from counterparty to counterparty. In the majority of cases, we are bound to fulfil commitments made to third parties.

 

 

Summary of net exposures to peripheral eurozone countries

 

     At 30 June 2012  
    

Sovereign

and agencies
US$bn

         Banks
US$bn
        

Other

financial

institutions

and corporates
US$bn

         Personal
US$bn
         Total
US$bn
 

Gross balance sheet exposure before risk mitigation

     9.8           21.8           18.3           1.2           51.1   

Risk mitigation

     6.4           15.4           1.4                     23.2   

Net on-balance sheet exposure

     3.4           6.4           16.9           1.2           27.9   

Off-balance sheet exposures

     1.0           0.8           7.4                     9.2   

Total net exposure

     4.4           7.2           24.3           1.2           37.1   

Total net exposure by country

                      

Spain (page 123)

     1.3           2.7           8.4                     12.4   

Ireland (page 124)

     0.2           2.0           6.0           0.1           8.3   

Italy (page 125)

     2.1           1.6           4.3           0.1           8.1   

Greece (page 126)

     0.1           0.2           4.0           0.9           5.2   

Portugal (page 127)

     0.7           0.7           1.2                     2.6   

Cyprus (page 128)

                         0.4           0.1           0.5   
     4.4           7.2           24.3           1.2           37.1   

 

122


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Exposures to peripheral eurozone countries

Exposures to Spain

 

     At 30 June 2012  
    

Sovereign

and agencies
US$bn

         Banks
US$bn
        

Other

financial

institutions

and corporates
US$bn

         Personal
US$bn
         Total
US$bn
 

Cash and balances at central banks

                                               

Loans and advances

               0.1           5.2                     5.3   

– gross

               0.1           5.2                     5.3   

– impairment allowances

                                               

Financial investments held to maturity

                                               

– fair value

                                               

Financial investments available for sale9

     0.4           0.4           0.1                     0.9   

– cumulative impairment

                                               

– amortised cost

     0.4           0.4           0.1                     0.9   

– available-for-sale reserve

                                               

Financial assets designated at fair value

                                               

Trading assets

     1.5           1.9           0.2                     3.6   

Derivative assets

     0.2           4.1           0.7                     5.0   

Gross balance sheet exposure before risk mitigation

     2.1           6.5           6.2                     14.8   

Risk mitigation

     1.8           4.2           0.5                     6.5   

– short trading positions

     1.7           0.2           0.1                     2.0   

– collateral and derivative liabilities

     0.1           4.0           0.4                     4.5   
                                                    

Net on-balance sheet exposure

     0.3           2.3           5.7                     8.3   

Off-balance sheet exposures

     1.0           0.4           2.7                     4.1   

– commitments

     1.0                     2.0                     3.0   

– guarantees and others

               0.4           0.7                     1.1   
                                                    

Total net exposure

     1.3           2.7           8.4                     12.4   

Of which:

                      

– net trading assets representing cash collateral posted

     0.1           1.1                               1.2   

– on-balance sheet exposures held to meet DPF insurance liabilities

     0.2           0.3                               0.5   

Total credit default swaps

                      

– CDS asset positions

     0.7           0.2           0.1                     1.0   

– CDS liability positions

     (0.7        (0.1        (0.1                  (0.9

– CDS asset notionals

     4.8           2.1           1.2                     8.1   

– CDS liability notionals

     4.8           2.0           1.1                     7.9   

For footnote, see page 180.

 

At 30 June 2012, our total net exposure to Spain was US$12.4bn, similar to the amount of our exposure at the end of 2011.

At 30 June 2012, our total net exposure to Spanish sovereign and agencies was US$1.3bn, US$0.9bn lower than at the end of 2011. The reduction was primarily due to higher amounts of short trading positions.

At 30 June 2012, our total net exposure to Spanish banks was US$2.7bn, US$0.8bn lower than at the end of 2011. The reduction was primarily due to increased risk mitigation from higher collateral

and derivative liabilities in respect of derivative assets.

At 30 June 2012, our total net exposure to Spanish other financial institutions and corporates was US$8.4bn, an increase of US$1.8bn primarily due to higher off-balance sheet commitments. Our exposure to Spanish other financial institutions and corporates mainly comprised large multinational companies and other financial institutions with significant operations outside Spain, which mitigates the risk. Exposure to the commercial real estate sector in Spain remained insignificant.

 

 

123


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Exposures to Ireland

 

     At 30 June 2012  
    

Sovereign

and agencies
US$bn

         Banks
US$bn
        

Other

financial

institutions

and corporates
US$bn

         Personal
US$bn
         Total
US$bn
 

Cash and balances at central banks

                                               

Loans and advances

               0.1           2.3           0.1           2.5   

– gross

               0.1           2.3           0.2           2.6   

– impairment allowances

                                   0.1           0.1   

Financial investments held to maturity

               0.2                               0.2   

– fair value

               0.2                               0.2   

Financial investments available for sale

     0.1                     0.7                     0.8   

– cumulative impairment

                                               

– amortised cost

     0.1                     0.8                     0.9   

– available-for-sale reserve

                         (0.1                  (0.1

Financial assets designated at fair value

                         0.1                     0.1   

Trading assets

     0.2           1.6           1.0                     2.8   

Derivative assets

     0.5           8.3           1.0                     9.8   

Gross balance sheet exposure before risk mitigation

     0.8           10.2           5.1           0.1           16.2   

Risk mitigation

     0.6           8.2           0.3                     9.1   

– short trading positions

     0.1                                         0.1   

– collateral and derivative liabilities

     0.5           8.2           0.3                     9.0   
                                                    

Net on-balance sheet exposure

     0.2           2.0           4.8           0.1           7.1   

Off-balance sheet exposures

                         1.2                     1.2   

– commitments

                         1.0                     1.0   

– guarantees and others

                         0.2                     0.2   
                                                    

Total net exposure

     0.2           2.0           6.0           0.1           8.3   

Of which:

                      

– net trading assets representing cash collateral posted

     0.1           1.6           0.3                     2.0   

– on-balance sheet exposures held to meet DPF insurance liabilities

     0.1           0.3                               0.4   

Total credit default swaps

                      

– CDS asset positions

     0.2                     0.1                     0.3   

– CDS liability positions

     (0.2                                      (0.2

– CDS asset notionals

     1.3           0.3           0.3                     1.9   

– CDS liability notionals

     1.3                     0.3                     1.6   

 

At 30 June 2012, our total net exposure to Ireland was US$8.3bn, US$2.6bn higher than at the end of 2011. The majority of the increase was in respect of exposures to other financial institutions and corporates.

At 30 June 2012, our total net exposure to Irish other financial institutions and corporates was US$6.0bn, US$2.5bn higher than at the end of 2011. The increase was primarily due to higher amounts of trading assets and off-balance sheet commitments. A significant portion of our exposure relates to foreign owned entities incorporated in Ireland.

 

 

124


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Exposures to Italy

 

     At 30 June 2012  
    

Sovereign

and agencies
US$bn

         Banks
US$bn
        

Other

financial

institutions

and corporates
US$bn

         Personal
US$bn
         Total
US$bn
 

Cash and balances at central banks

                                               

Loans and advances

               0.2           1.3           0.1           1.6   

– gross

               0.2           1.3           0.1           1.6   

– impairment allowances

                                               

Financial investments held to maturity

     0.1           0.2                               0.3   

– fair value

     0.1           0.2                               0.3   

Financial investments available for sale9

     0.3           0.3           0.3                     0.9   

– cumulative impairment

                                               

– amortised cost

     0.3           0.3           0.2                     0.8   

– available-for-sale reserve

                                               

Financial assets designated at fair value

                         0.1                     0.1   

Trading assets

     5.0           0.6           0.3                     5.9   

Derivative assets

     0.3           2.2           1.1                     3.6   

Gross balance sheet exposure before risk mitigation

     5.7           3.5           3.1           0.1           12.4   

Risk mitigation

     3.6           2.1           0.6                     6.3   

– short trading positions

     3.6                     0.1                     3.7   

– collateral and derivative liabilities

               2.1           0.5                     2.6   
                                                    

Net on-balance sheet exposure

     2.1           1.4           2.5           0.1           6.1   

Off-balance sheet exposures

               0.2           1.8                     2.0   

– commitments

                         1.0                     1.0   

– guarantees and others

               0.2           0.8                     1.0   
                                                    

Total net exposure

     2.1           1.6           4.3           0.1           8.1   

Of which:

                      

– net trading assets representing cash collateral posted

               0.5                               0.5   

– on-balance sheet exposures held to meet DPF insurance liabilities

     0.3           0.4           0.2                     0.9   

Total credit default swaps

                      

– CDS asset positions

     0.7           0.5           0.3                     1.5   

– CDS liability positions

     (0.7        (0.5        (0.2                  (1.4

– CDS asset notionals

     5.0           5.4           3.8                     14.2   

– CDS liability notionals

     5.2           5.3           3.7                     14.2   

For footnote, see page 180.

 

At 30 June 2012, our total net exposure to Italy was US$8.1bn, similar to the amount of our exposure at the end of 2011.

At 30 June 2012, our total net exposure to Italian banks was US$1.6bn, US$0.5bn lower than at the end of 2011. The reduced exposure was primarily due to lower amounts of loans and advances and increased risk mitigation from higher

collateral and derivative liabilities in respect of derivative assets.

Our total net exposure to other financial institutions and corporates at 30 June 2012 of US$4.3bn mainly comprised large multinational companies and other financial institutions with significant operations outside Italy, which mitigates the risk.

 

 

125


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Exposures to Greece

 

     At 30 June 2012  
    

Sovereign

and agencies

         Banks         

Other

financial

institutions

and corporates

         Personal          Total  
     US$bn          US$bn          US$bn          US$bn          US$bn  

Cash and balances at central banks

     0.1                                         0.1   

Loans and advances

               0.1           3.5           0.9           4.5   

– gross

               0.1           3.7           0.9           4.7   

– impairment allowances

                         0.2                     0.2   

Financial investments held to maturity

                                               

– fair value

                                               

Financial investments available for sale

                                               

– cumulative impairment

                                               

– amortised cost

                                               

– available-for-sale reserve

                                               

Financial assets designated at fair value

                                               

Trading assets

                                               

Derivative assets

               0.7                               0.7   

Gross balance sheet exposure before risk mitigation

     0.1           0.8           3.5           0.9           5.3   

Risk mitigation

               0.7                               0.7   

– short trading positions

                                               

– collateral and derivative liabilities

               0.7                               0.7   
                                                    

Net on-balance sheet exposure

     0.1           0.1           3.5           0.9           4.6   

Off-balance sheet exposures

               0.1           0.5                     0.6   

– commitments

                         0.1                     0.1   

– guarantees and others

               0.1           0.4                     0.5   
                                                    

Total net exposure

     0.1           0.2           4.0           0.9           5.2   

Of which:

                      

– net trading assets representing cash collateral posted

                                               

– on-balance sheet exposures held to meet DPF insurance liabilities

                                               

Total credit default swaps

                      

– CDS asset positions

                         0.1                     0.1   

– CDS liability positions

                         (0.1                  (0.1

– CDS asset notionals

                         0.2                     0.2   

– CDS liability notionals

                         0.2                     0.2   

 

At 30 June 2012, our total net exposure to Greece was US$5.2bn, US$2.4bn lower that at the end of 2011. Although there was a reduction in exposure levels to all Greek counterparties in the first half of 2012, the majority of the reduction was in respect of exposures to banks and other financial institutions and corporates.

At 30 June 2012, our total net exposure to Greek sovereign and agencies was US$0.1bn, US$0.3bn lower than at the end of 2011. Our Greek sovereign exposure decreased significantly as a result of the debt restructuring in March 2012 and the associated settlement of CDS contracts.

At 30 June 2012, our total net exposure to Greek banks was US$0.2bn, US$0.7bn lower than at the end of 2011. The decrease was primarily due to the maturity of trading balances in the first half of 2012.

At 30 June 2012, our total net exposure to Greek other financial institutions and corporates was US$4.0bn, US$1.3bn lower than at the end of 2011. The reduction was primarily due to lower level of off-balance sheet exposures, including commitments and guarantees. At 30 June 2012, our exposure to Greek shipping companies amounted to US$2.0bn. We believe the industry is less sensitive to the Greek economy as it is mainly dependent on international trade.

 

 

126


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Exposures to Portugal

 

     At 30 June 2012  
    

Sovereign

and agencies

         Banks         

Other

financial

institutions

and corporates

         Personal          Total  
     US$bn          US$bn          US$bn          US$bn          US$bn  

Cash and balances at central banks

                                               

Loans and advances

               0.5           0.2                     0.7   

– gross

               0.5           0.2                     0.7   

– impairment allowances

                                               

Financial investments held to maturity

                                               

– fair value

                                               

Financial investments available for sale

     0.1                                         0.1   

– cumulative impairment

                                                

– amortised cost

     0.1                                         0.1   

– available-for-sale reserve

                                               

Financial assets designated at fair value

                                               

Trading assets

     0.7           0.1                               0.8   

Derivative assets

     0.3           0.2                               0.5   

Gross balance sheet exposure before risk mitigation

     1.1           0.8           0.2                     2.1   

Risk mitigation

     0.4           0.2                               0.6   

– short trading positions

     0.1                                         0.1   

– collateral and derivative liabilities

     0.3           0.2                               0.5   
                                                    

Net on-balance sheet exposure

     0.7           0.6           0.2                     1.5   

Off-balance sheet exposures

               0.1           1.0                     1.1   

– commitments

                         1.0                     1.0   

– guarantees and others

               0.1                               0.1   
                                                    

Total net exposure

     0.7           0.7           1.2                     2.6   

Of which:

                      

– net trading assets representing cash collateral posted

     0.4                                         0.4   

– on-balance sheet exposures held to meet DPF insurance liabilities

     0.1                                         0.1   

Total credit default swaps

                      

– CDS asset positions

     0.3           0.1           0.1                     0.5   

– CDS liability positions

     (0.3        (0.1        (0.1                  (0.5

– CDS asset notionals

     1.5           0.6           0.7                     2.8   

– CDS liability notionals

     1.4           0.6           0.8                     2.8   

 

At 30 June 2012, our total net exposure to Portugal was US$2.6bn, US$1.5bn higher than at the end of 2011. The increase was primarily in respect of other financial institutions and corporates for which there were higher amounts of off-balance sheet

commitments in the first half of 2012. These increases were predominantly in support of internationally active corporates with significant operations outside Portugal, which reduces the risk.

 

 

127


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Exposures to Cyprus

 

     At 30 June 2012  
    

Sovereign

and agencies

         Banks         

Other

financial

institutions

and corporates

         Personal          Total  
     US$bn          US$bn          US$bn          US$bn          US$bn  

Cash and balances at central banks

                                               

Loans and advances

                         0.2           0.1           0.3   

– gross

                         0.2           0.1           0.3   

– impairment allowances

                                               

Financial investments held to maturity

                                               

– fair value

                                               

Financial investments available for sale

                                               

– cumulative impairment

                                               

– amortised cost

                                               

– available-for-sale reserve

                                               

Financial assets designated at fair value

                                               

Trading assets

                                               

Derivative assets

                                               

Gross balance sheet exposure before risk mitigation

                         0.2           0.1           0.3   

Risk mitigation

                                               

– short trading positions

                                               

– collateral and derivative liabilities

                                               
                                                    

Net on-balance sheet exposure

                         0.2           0.1           0.3   

Off-balance sheet exposures

                         0.2                     0.2   

– commitments

                         0.1                     0.1   

– guarantees and others

                         0.1                     0.1   
                                                    

Total net exposure

                         0.4           0.1           0.5   

Of which:

                      

– net trading assets representing cash collateral posted

                                               

– on-balance sheet exposures held to meet DPF insurance liabilities

                                               

Total credit default swaps

                      

– CDS asset positions

                                               

– CDS liability positions

                                               

– CDS asset notionals

                                               

– CDS liability notionals

                                               

Exposures to selected other eurozone countries

Summary of net on-balance sheet exposures to selected other eurozone countries

 

     At 30 June 2012  
     France      Germany     

The

Netherlands

     Total  
     US$bn      US$bn      US$bn      US$bn  

Sovereign and agencies

     50         27         15         92   

Banks

     34         15         6         55   

Other financial institutions and corporates

     37         18         10         65   

Personal

     14                         14   

 

At 30 June 2012, our net on-balance sheet exposure to France, Germany and the Netherlands was US$226bn, US$9bn lower than at the end of 2011.

At 30 June 2012, our net on-balance sheet exposure to the sovereign and agency debt of France, Germany and the Netherlands was US$92bn, US$5bn

 

 

128


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

higher than at the end of 2011. Our exposure to France and Germany was commensurate with the size of our operations in these countries. In 2012, cash balances held with the Dutch Central Bank were reduced and redirected to the French Central Bank to align more closely with our underlying operations. The cash placements continued to be put into the euro clearing system managed by the ECB.

At 30 June 2012, our exposure to the bank debt of France, Germany, and the Netherlands was US$55bn, US$28bn lower than at the end of 2011. The decrease reflected our ongoing efforts to reduce exposure to counterparties domiciled in these countries with exposures to sovereigns and/or banks in peripheral eurozone countries of sufficient size to threaten the counterparties’ on-going viability in the event of an unfavourable conclusion to the current crisis.

At 30 June 2012, our exposure to the corporate and other financial institution debt of France, Germany and the Netherlands was US$65bn, US$14bn higher than at the end of 2011. Our exposure in Germany and France was commensurate with the size of our operations and was well diversified across portfolios, sectors and products.

Our relationships in these countries are mostly with large global entities that have significant operations outside their respective domestic markets. This mitigates our risk as these corporates have diversified the sources of their revenue and, more importantly, their ability to raise finance internationally should their domestic markets become strained.

In France, our exposure to personal lending at 30 June 2012 was US$14bn, similar to the amount of our exposure at the end of 2011. The exposure was mainly in residential mortgages, loans secured by a national guarantee scheme and unsecured personal loans, and both delinquency and impairment changes remained low.

Exposure to other eurozone countries

In addition to the countries disclosed above, HSBC had net on-balance sheet exposures to other eurozone countries that were not significant to the Group. Of these, the largest exposure was represented by our retail and corporate banking operations in Malta, which held assets of approximately US$4bn. Our second largest exposure was in Luxembourg with approximately US$2bn of exposure to sovereign, agencies and banks (mostly money market placements) and approximately US$2bn to other financial institutions and corporates (mostly loans and advances). We also

had approximately US$2bn of exposure to sovereign and agencies in Austria. Our remaining net on-balance sheet exposure to the eurozone is less than 5% of the Group’s total equity.

Redenomination risk

As a result of the continuing distressed conditions experienced by the peripheral eurozone countries, there is an increased possibility of a member state exiting from the eurozone. There is currently no established legal framework within the European treaties to facilitate such an event; consequently, it is not possible to accurately predict the course of events and legal consequences that would ensue.

Our current view is that there would be a greater impact on HSBC from a euro exit of Greece, Italy or Spain than from Ireland, Portugal or Cyprus, where our exposures are substantially lower.

Key risks associated with an exit by a eurozone member include:

Foreign exchange losses: an exit would probably be accompanied by the passing of laws in the country concerned establishing a new local currency and providing for a redenomination of euro-denominated assets into the new local currency. The value of assets and liabilities in the country would immediately fall assuming the value of the redenominated currency is less than the original euros when translated into the carrying amounts. It is not possible to predict what the total consequential loss might be as it is uncertain which assets and liabilities would be legally re-denominated or what the extent of the devaluation would be. However, in order to provide an indication of one part of the possible exposure, the table below identifies assets and liabilities booked in our banking operations in Greece, Italy and Spain (described as ‘in-country’). These assets and liabilities predominantly comprise loans and deposits arising from our commercial banking operations in these countries. The net assets represent our net funding exposure to those countries which we consider most likely to be affected by a redenomination event. The table also identifies in-country off-balance sheet exposures as these are at risk of redenomination should they be called, giving rise to a balance sheet exposure. It is to be noted that this analysis can only be an indication as it does not include euro-denominated exposures booked by HSBC outside the countries at risk which are connected with those countries (see ‘external contracts’ below).

External contracts redenomination risk: contracts entered into between HSBC businesses based outside a country exiting the euro with in-country

 

 

129


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

counterparties or those otherwise closely connected with the relevant country, may be affected by redenomination. The effect is subject to a high level of uncertainty. Factors such as the country law under which the contract is documented, the HSBC entity involved and the payment mechanism may all be relevant to this assessment, as will the precise exit scenario as the consequences on external contracts of a disorderly exit or one sanctioned under EU law may be different. In addition, capital controls could be introduced which may affect the ability to repatriate funds including currencies not affected by the redenomination event.

We have been actively identifying and monitoring potential redenomination risks and, where possible, taking steps with the potential to mitigate them and/or reduce our overall exposure to losses that might arise in the event of a redenomination. We would emphasise, however, that a euro exit could take the form of a number of different scenarios giving rise to distinct legal consequences which could significantly alter the potential effectiveness of any steps taken, and it is accordingly not possible to predict how effective particular measures may be until they are tested against the precise circumstances of a redenomination event.

 

 

In-country funding exposure at 30 June 2012

 

     Denominated in:              
     Euros
US$bn
          US dollars
US$bn
         

other

currencies
US$bn

          Total
US$bn
 

Greece

                    

In-country assets

     2.2            0.1            0.1            2.4   

In-country liabilities

     (1.4         (0.8         (0.1         (2.3

Net in-country funding exposure

     0.8            (0.7                    0.1   

Off-balance sheet exposure/hedging

     (0.3         0.4            0.1            0.2   

Italy

                    

In-country assets

     1.3                                  1.3   

In-country liabilities10

     (2.0                               (2.0

Net in-country funding exposure

     (0.7                               (0.7

Off-balance sheet exposure

     0.3                                  0.3   

Spain

                    

In-country assets

     3.3            0.7            0.1            4.1   

In-country liabilities

     (2.0         (0.5                    (2.5

Net in-country funding exposure

     1.3            0.2            0.1            1.6   

Off-balance sheet exposure

     1.1            0.2                       1.3   

For footnote, see page 180.

 

Risk management and contingency planning

There is an established framework for dealing with counterparty and systemic crisis situations, both regionally and globally, which is complemented by regular specific and enterprise-wide stress testing and scenario planning. The framework functions both at pre and in-crisis situations and ensures that we have detailed operational plans in case an adverse scenario materialises.

The main focus continues to be Greece and Spain although we also consider additional scenarios including contagion risk or the exit of a higher impact country. This includes the setting up of a Eurozone Major Incident Group which meets regularly, complemented by a regional eurozone contingency plan covering all global businesses and

functions. The plan has been tested and considers payments, legal, client account, internal and external communication and regulatory and compliance issues associated with eurozone breakup.

Stress testing

Our stress testing programme is described in the Annual Report and Accounts 2011 (page 188), and is a tool used to assess the impact of potential scenarios on regulatory capital.

In the course of 2012, we have examined several scenarios reflecting potential developments, both in the eurozone and more widely. Scenarios examined and reported to senior management in the course of the first half of 2012 included the following.

 

 

130


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Two global stress scenarios were considered, taking into account the market turmoil that may arise from an orderly or a disorderly Greek default. The analysis generated by the enterprise-wide stress testing informs and shapes ongoing and future management actions which the Group would need to take to mitigate the impact of the stress scenario. The analysis demonstrated that HSBC would remain satisfactorily capitalised under the mild and severe scenarios after taking account of assumed management actions. The assumptions which were applied in each scenario are set out below:

Mild scenario assumptions:

 

 

the situation in Greece worsens and there is an orderly default in Greece;

 

 

Greek banks also default and, with support from the EU and International Monetary Fund, they are bailed out;

 

 

increasing bond yields in Portugal, Ireland, Spain and Italy trigger further fiscal austerity measures, and governments strive to disassociate their countries from Greece;

 

 

through financial and trade linkages, an orderly default of Greece results in the spread of contagion to the rest of the world;

 

 

the UK, US and emerging markets are adversely affected, albeit to varying degrees; and

 

 

slower global demand curbs growth and increases the risk premium on interest rates as well as commodity prices.

Severe scenario assumptions:

 

 

a disorderly default of Greece, where the eurozone governments are unable to ring-fence peripheral countries and their banks;

 

 

default of Portugal and Ireland with increases in bond yields for high debt countries;

 

 

the ensuing credit crunch together with declining business and consumer confidence more than offset any relief gained from the depreciation of the euro;

 

 

investors become increasingly uncomfortable with the US and the UK’s fiscal positions, with the severe scenario resulting in a global slowdown; and

 

 

emerging economies are less affected by the financial shock.

In addition, our reverse stress test takes into consideration the eurozone crisis as one of its constituent scenarios.

Wholesale lending

Wholesale lending covers the range of credit facilities granted to sovereign borrowers, banks, non-bank financial institutions, corporate entities and commercial borrowers. Our wholesale portfolios are well diversified across geographical and industry sectors, with certain exposures subject to specific portfolio controls.

Middle East and North Africa

In the first half of 2012, significant unrest and political changes in the Middle East and North Africa were mainly confined to Syria and Egypt. Potential future risks arise from the threat to regional stability caused by the potential for the deteriorating internal situation in Syria to affect its neighbours. In Egypt, there is a risk that social unrest and the concomitant disruption to the management of the economy may persist if the recent presidential elections fail to defuse the threat of sustained political intervention by the Egyptian military.

The Group’s exposures in the region remain concentrated in our associate investment in Saudi Arabia and in the UAE, where the political landscapes remained stable. Economic growth in these countries is, however, showing signs of slowing as oil prices are affected by the weakening in the world economy. In the countries in which we have a presence we continue to carefully monitor and respond to developments while assisting customers in managing their own risks in the volatile environment.

We continued to work closely with the various entities related to the Government of Dubai to address their prevailing issues. In the first half of 2012, an agreement was reached between Dubai International Capital and its creditors for the restructuring of US$2.4bn of debt which has been extended for five years.

Commercial real estate

In 2012, credit quality across this sector showed some deterioration and there remains a risk of stress in certain markets. Our exposure to commercial real estate lending continued to be concentrated in Hong Kong, the UK and North America. The market in Hong Kong, after relative buoyancy in 2011, began to stabilise in 2012, partly due to initiatives taken by supervisory authorities. In the UK, many regions were negatively affected by weak growth in the economy, though London and the South East continued to exhibit relative strength. We are closely monitoring re-financing requirements in the UK market over the next two to three years. In North

 

 

131


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

America, the market continued to be relatively stable, in part supported by the continued low levels of interest rates.

The aggregate of our commercial real estate and other property-related lending was US$115bn at 30 June 2012, broadly in line with 31 December 2011, representing 12% of total loans and advances to customers.

Personal lending

We provide a broad range of secured and unsecured personal lending products to meet customer needs. Given the diverse nature of the markets in which we operate, the range is not standard across all countries but is tailored to meet the demands of individual markets while using appropriate distribution channels and, wherever possible, global IT platforms.

Personal lending includes advances to customers for asset purchases, such as residential property and motor vehicles, where the loans are typically secured by the assets being acquired. We also offer loans secured on existing assets, such as first and second liens on residential property; unsecured lending products such as overdrafts, credit cards and payroll loans; and debt consolidation loans which may be secured or unsecured.

Group credit policy prescribes the range of acceptable residential property LTV thresholds with the acceptable maximum upper limit for new loans set between 75% and 95%. Specific LTV thresholds and debt-to-income ratios are managed at regional and country levels and, although the parameters must comply with Group policy, strategy and risk appetite, they differ in the various locations in which we operate in order to reflect the local economic and housing market conditions, regulations, portfolio performance, pricing and other product features.

In the first half of 2012, the credit quality of most of our personal lending portfolios improved, reflecting the continued low levels of interest rates and strong customer repayments in many markets, as well as actions taken in previous periods to tighten our lending criteria. Delinquency levels and loan impairment charges reduced in most markets while lending balances in our higher risk portfolios continued to be managed down.

In the US, the origination of new personal lending was limited as we have discontinued all new consumer finance real estate lending following the closure of the consumer finance distribution network. Customer lending balances across HSBC Finance portfolios continued to decline and, in May

2012, we completed the sale of the US Card and Retail Services business. In addition, in the first half of 2012, we engaged an adviser to assist us in exploring options to accelerate the liquidation of the CML portfolio and identified certain loan pools that we are targeting to sell in the future as market conditions permit.

The commentary that follows is on a constant currency basis.

At 30 June 2012, the Group’s exposure to personal lending was US$401bn, 2% higher than at 31 December 2011 reflecting a rise in first lien residential mortgage lending, mainly in the UK and Hong Kong, partly offset by a reduction in other personal lending. Loan impairment allowances on our personal lending portfolios were US$9.4bn, compared with US$9.7bn at the end of 2011, while the ratio of loan impairment allowances to total personal lending reduced from 2.5% at 31 December 2011 to 2.3% at 30 June 2012.

Loan impairment charges in our personal lending portfolios were US$3.2bn in the first half of 2012, 23% lower than in the first half of 2011 and representing 69% of the overall Group charge for loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions. The decline was predominantly in the US and mainly reflected the reduction in balances in the CML portfolio, as well as an improvement in two-months-and-over contractual delinquency on balances less than 180 days past due. The decrease also reflected the sale of the Card and Retail Services business on 1 May 2012.

At 30 June 2012, total personal lending in the UK was US$139bn, representing a small increase from 31 December 2011, mainly due to growth in first lien residential mortgage balances following the success of marketing campaigns and competitive pricing. (UK mortgage lending is discussed in greater detail on page 135).

In Hong Kong, total personal lending grew by 4% compared with the end of 2011 to US$66bn, mainly due to a rise in first lien residential mortgage lending as our mortgage pricing remained competitive backed by a resilient property market.

In Rest of Asia-Pacific, we increased our personal lending following growth in first lien residential mortgage lending in Singapore, Malaysia and Australia, which reflected successful marketing efforts. This was partly offset by the transfer of personal lending balances in Korea to ‘assets held for sale’ following the announcement of the disposal of our RBWM business there.

 

 

132


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Total personal lending balances in the US at 30 June 2012 were US$63bn, a decrease of 5% compared with the end of 2011. The decline reflected the run-off of our CML portfolio, as well as the seasonal improvements in our collections as customers used tax refunds received in the first half of the year to repay debt.

In Latin America, personal lending decreased by 5% compared with 31 December 2011, following the transfer of balances to assets held for sale, as well as a reduction in other personal lending, in Brazil where we managed down our exposure to non-

strategic portfolios, including vehicle finance and certain other lending products and focused on higher quality lending including first lien residential mortgage lending. This complemented the range of corrective actions, including improving our collections capabilities, reducing third party originations and improving credit scoring models, that were implemented to limit our exposure to further market weakness following a rise in delinquency in 2011 which continued into the first half of 2012.

 

 

Total personal lending

 

    

UK

US$m

          Rest of
Europe
US$m
         

US11

US$m

          Rest of
North
America
US$m
         

Other

regions11
US$m

          Total
US$m
 

At 30 June 2012

                                

First lien residential mortgages

     116,949            8,780            50,773            20,809            89,469            286,780   

Other personal lending

     21,807            26,114            12,405            7,624            46,072            114,022   

– motor vehicle finance

                29            15            24            3,852            3,920   

– credit cards

     10,961            2,640            791            1,188            13,543            29,123   

– second lien residential mortgages

     644                       6,352            424            144            7,564   

– other

     10,202            23,445            5,247            5,988            28,533            73,415   
                                                                    

Total personal lending

     138,756            34,894            63,178            28,433            135,541            400,802   

Impairment allowances on personal lending

                                

First lien residential mortgages

     (441         (59         (4,463         (38         (248         (5,249

Other personal lending

     (609         (400         (1,425         (121         (1,581         (4,136

– motor vehicle finance

                (4                    (1         (166         (171

– credit cards

     (165         (189         (35         (33         (417         (839

– second lien residential mortgages

     (33                    (634         (9                    (676

– other

     (411         (207         (756         (78         (998         (2,450
                                                                    

Total

     (1,050         (459         (5,888         (159         (1,829         (9,385

– as a percentage of total personal lending

     0.8%            1.3%            9.3%            0.6%            1.3%            2.3%   

 

At 30 June 2011

                                

First lien residential mortgages

     110,768            9,225            55,118            21,572            85,408            282,091   

Other personal lending

     25,666            26,724            46,396            8,590            49,883            157,259   

– motor vehicle finance

                29            60            38            5,918            6,045   

– credit cards

     11,122            2,007            30,670            1,282            14,048            59,129   

– second lien residential mortgages

     795            1            8,509            553            288            10,146   

– other

     13,749            24,687            7,157            6,717            29,629            81,939   
                                                                    

Total personal lending

     136,434            35,949            101,514            30,162            135,291            439,350   

Impairment allowances on personal lending

                                

First lien residential mortgages

     (336         (61         (3,980         (24         (323         (4,724

Other personal lending

     (920         (475         (3,299         (131         (1,681         (6,506

– motor vehicle finance

                (4                               (233         (237

– credit cards

     (237         (220         (1,670         (35         (466         (2,628

– second lien residential mortgages

     (51                    (697         (12                    (760

– other

     (632         (251         (932         (84         (982         (2,881
                                                                    

Total

     (1,256         (536         (7,279         (155         (2,004         (11,230

– as a percentage of total personal lending

     0.9%            1.5%            7.2%            0.5%            1.5%            2.6%   

 

133


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Total personal lending (continued)

 

    

UK

US$m

          Rest of
Europe
US$m
         

US11

US$m

          Rest of
North
America
US$m
         

Other

regions11
US$m

          Total
US$m
 

At 31 December 2011

                                

First lien residential mortgages

     111,224            8,678            52,484            20,794            85,783            278,963   

Other personal lending

     22,218            24,027            14,087            7,971            46,359            114,662   

– motor vehicle finance

                24            20            29            4,494            4,567   

– credit cards

     11,279            2,192            833            1,262            13,922            29,488   

– second lien residential mortgages

     694                       7,063            468            233            8,458   

– other

     10,245            21,811            6,171            6,212            27,710            72,149   
                                                                    

Total personal lending

     133,442            32,705            66,571            28,765            132,142            393,625   

Impairment allowances on personal lending

                                

First lien residential mortgages

     (383         (58         (4,551         (27         (302         (5,321

Other personal lending

     (745         (366         (1,659         (109         (1,560         (4,439

– motor vehicle finance

                (4                               (164         (168

– credit cards

     (177         (148         (46         (35         (428         (834

– second lien residential mortgages

     (42         (1         (740         (9                    (792

– other

     (526         (213         (873         (65         (968         (2,645
                                                                    

Total

     (1,128         (424         (6,210         (136         (1,862         (9,760

– as a percentage of total personal lending

     0.8%            1.3%            9.3%            0.5%            1.4%            2.5%   

For footnotes, see page 180.

 

Mortgage lending

We offer a wide range of mortgage products designed to meet customer needs, including capital repayment, interest-only, affordability and offset mortgages.

The commentary that follows is on a constant currency basis.

At 30 June 2012, total mortgage lending, comprising both first lien and second lien residential mortgages, was US$294bn, an increase of 2% compared with the end of 2011.

US mortgage lending

In the US, total mortgage lending balances were US$57bn at 30 June 2012, a decline of 4% compared with the end of 2011. Overall, US mortgage lending represented 14% of our total personal lending and 19% of our total mortgage lending, compared with 15% and 21%, respectively, at 31 December 2011.

At 30 June 2012, mortgage lending balances at HSBC Finance were US$41bn, a decline of 7% compared with the end of 2011 due to the continued run-off of the CML portfolio. The reduction in balances also reflected seasonal improvements in collections as customers used tax refunds to make repayments. During the first half of 2012, we engaged an adviser to assist us in exploring options to accelerate the liquidation of this portfolio.

The rate at which balances in the CML portfolio are declining continues to be affected by the lack of refinancing opportunities available to our customers

and the temporary suspension of foreclosure activities. We have now resumed foreclosure processing in substantially all states, though it will take time to work through the backlog of loans that have not yet been referred to foreclosure. In addition, our loan modification programmes, which are designed to improve cash collections and avoid foreclosure, are contributing to slower loan repayment rates.

See below for a breakdown of mortgage lending in HSBC Finance.

HSBC Finance US Consumer and Mortgage Lending12 – residential mortgages

 

    

At

30 Jun

2012

US$m

        

At

30 Jun

2011

US$m

        

At

31 Dec

2011

US$m

 

Residential mortgages

            

First lien

     37,188           42,276           39,608   

Second lien

     4,042           4,996           4,520   

Total (A)

     41,230           47,272           44,128   

Impairment allowances

     4,884           4,504           5,088   

– as a percentage of (A)

     11.8%           9.5%           11.5%   

For footnotes, see page 180.

In HSBC Bank USA, we continued to sell the majority of new originations to the secondary market as a means of managing our interest rate risk and improving structural liquidity. Mortgage lending balances were US$16bn at 30 June 2012, an increase of 3% compared with the end of 2011, driven by increased origination to our Premier customers.

 

 

134


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

A discussion of credit trends in the US mortgage lending portfolio and the steps taken to mitigate risk is provided in ‘US personal lending – credit quality’ on page 136.

Mortgage lending – rest of the world

Mortgage lending in the UK was US$118bn at 30 June 2012, representing the Group’s largest concentration of mortgage exposure, an increase of 4% compared with the end of 2011. In the first half of 2012, house prices in parts of the UK remained under pressure, with sentiment among potential buyers remaining cautious given economic uncertainty and high levels of unemployment.

The credit quality of our UK mortgage portfolio remained high, reflecting actions taken in previous periods including the restrictions on lending to

purchase residential property for the purpose of rental. Almost all lending is originated through our own salesforce, and the self-certification of income is not permitted. The majority of our mortgage lending in the UK is to existing customers that hold current or savings accounts with HSBC. The average LTV ratio for new business was 58% at 30 June 2012, while loan impairment charges and delinquency levels in our UK mortgage book remained low, aided by the continued low levels of interest rates. In Hong Kong, mortgage lending was US$49bn, an increase of 4% compared with the end of 2011. The quality of our mortgage book was very strong with loan impairment charges at very low levels. The average LTV ratio on new mortgage sales was 50%.

The following table shows the levels of mortgage lending products in the various portfolios in the US, the UK and the rest of the HSBC Group.

 

 

Mortgage lending products

 

     UK
US$m
         Rest of
Europe
US$m
          US11
US$m
          Rest of
North
America
US$m
         

Other

regions11
US$m

          Total
US$m
      

At 30 June 2012

                                  

First lien residential mortgages

     116,949           8,780            50,773            20,809            89,469            286,780      

Second lien residential mortgages

     644                      6,352            424            144            7,564      

Total mortgage lending

     117,593           8,780            57,125            21,233            89,613            294,344      

Second lien as percentage of total mortgage lending

     0.5%                      11.1%            2.0%            0.2%            2.6%      

Impairment allowances on mortgage lending

     (474        (59         (5,097         (47         (248         (5,925   

First lien residential mortgages

     (441        (59         (4,463         (38         (248         (5,249   

Second lien residential mortgages

     (33                   (634         (9                    (676   

Interest-only (including offset) mortgages

     47,605           48                       582            1,225            49,460      

Affordability mortgages, including adjustable-rate mortgages (‘ARM’s)

     35           480            16,424            276            6,014            23,229      

Other

     102                                            201            303      

Total interest-only and affordability mortgages

     47,742           528            16,424            858            7,440            72,992      

– as a percentage of total mortgage lending

     40.6%           6.0%            28.8%            4.0%            8.3%            24.8%      

Negative equity mortgages13

     2,291                      13,782            166            155            16,394      

Other loan to value ratios greater than 90%14

     5,039           186            7,131            1,378            958            14,692      

Total negative equity and other mortgages

     7,330           186            20,913            1,544            1,113            31,086      

– as a percentage of total mortgage lending

     6.2%           2.1%            36.6%            7.3%            1.2%            10.6%      

 

135


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Mortgage lending products (continued)

 

    

UK

US$m

          Rest of
Europe
US$m
         

US11

US$m

         

Rest of

North
America
US$m

         

Other

regions11
US$m

          Total
US$m
 

At 30 June 2011

                                

First lien residential mortgages

     110,768            9,225            55,118            21,572            85,408            282,091   

Second lien residential mortgages

     795            1            8,509            553            288            10,146   

Total mortgage lending

     111,563            9,226            63,627            22,125            85,696            292,237   

Second lien as percentage of total mortgage lending

     0.7%                       13.4%            2.5%            0.3%            3.5%   

Impairment allowances on mortgage lending

     (387         (61         (4,677         (36         (323         (5,484

First lien residential mortgages

     (336         (61         (3,980         (24         (323         (4,724

Second lien residential mortgages

     (51                    (697         (12                    (760

Interest-only (including offset) mortgages

     45,730            54                       810            1,362            47,956   

Affordability mortgages, including ARMs

     692            572            17,789            276            7,816            27,145   

Other

     118                                             195            313   

Total interest-only and affordability mortgages

     46,540            626            17,789            1,086            9,373            75,414   

– as a percentage of total mortgage lending

     41.7%            6.8%            28.0%            4.9%            10.9%            25.8%   

Negative equity mortgages13

     2,365                       16,368            86            317            19,136   

Other loan to value ratios greater than 90%14

     5,925            265            9,168            1,648            1,193            18,199   

Total negative equity and other mortgages

     8,290            265            25,536            1,734            1,510            37,335   

– as a percentage of total mortgage lending

     7.4%            2.9%            40.1%            7.8%            1.8%            12.8%   
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

At 31 December 2011

                                

First lien residential mortgages

     111,224            8,678            52,484            20,794            85,783            278,963   

Second lien residential mortgages

     694                       7,063            468            233            8,458   

Total mortgage lending

     111,918            8,678            59,547            21,262            86,016            287,421   

Second lien as percentage of total mortgage lending

     0.6%                       11.9%            2.2%            0.3%            2.9%   

Impairment allowances on mortgage lending

     (425         (59         (5,291         (36         (302         (6,113

First lien residential mortgages

     (383         (58         (4,551         (27         (302         (5,321

Second lien residential mortgages

     (42         (1         (740         (9                    (792

Interest-only (including offset) mortgages

     46,886            48                       667            1,256            48,857   

Affordability mortgages, including ARMs

     177            496            17,089            277            6,894            24,933   

Other

     106                                             189            295   

Total interest-only and affordability mortgages

     47,169            544            17,089            944            8,339            74,085   

– as a percentage of total mortgage lending

     42.1%            6.3%            28.7%            4.4%            9.7%            25.8%   

Negative equity mortgages13

     2,149                       14,401            64            823            17,437   

Other loan to value ratios greater than 90%14

     4,845            210            7,964            1,430            1,469            15,918   

Total negative equity and other mortgages

     6,994            210            22,365            1,494            2,292            33,355   

– as a percentage of total mortgage lending

     6.2%            2.4%            37.6%            7.0%            2.7%            11.6%   

For footnotes, see page 180.

 

US personal lending

Credit quality

During the first half of 2012, the muted improvement in US economic conditions continued. In the second quarter, GDP growth was revised down to 1.9%, while consumer spending growth remained moderate. Serious threats to economic growth remain, including high energy costs,

uncertainty in the housing market and unemployment levels, which declined from the end of 2011 but remained high at 8.2%

Mortgage lending

In the first half of 2012, we further reduced our mortgage exposure in the US as balances continued to run off in our CML portfolio as discussed on

 

 

136


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

page 134. At 30 June 2012, first lien residential mortgage lending balances were US$51bn, a decline of 3% compared with the end of 2011.

In our CML first lien residential mortgage portfolio, two-months and over delinquent balances were US$7.7bn, compared with US$7.9bn at December 2011 over the same period. The decline reflected seasonal improvements in our collections in the first half of 2012. In addition, the improvement reflected a decrease in delinquency on accounts less than 180 days contractually delinquent as lending balances continued to run off and economic conditions improved. The reduction was partly offset by the increase in late stage delinquency driven by the temporary suspension of foreclosure activities which began in late 2010, although this has now resumed in substantially all states. In our HSBC Bank USA portfolio, two-months and over delinquent balances remained unchanged at US$1.1bn.

Second lien residential mortgage loans have a risk profile characterised by higher LTV ratios, because in the majority of cases the loans were taken out to complete the refinancing of properties. Loss experience on default of second lien loans has typically approached 100% of the amount outstanding, as any equity in the property is initially applied to the first lien loan.

The majority of second lien residential mortgages are taken up by customers who hold a first lien mortgage issued by a third party. Impairment allowances for these loans are determined by applying a roll-rate migration analysis which captures the propensity of these loans to default based on past experience.

Approximately 97% of our US second lien residential mortgages, where the first lien residential mortgages are held or serviced by us and have a delinquency status of 90 days or more past due, are themselves 90 days or more past due. Once we assume a second lien residential mortgage loan is likely to progress to write-off, the loss severity assumed in establishing our impairment allowance is close to 100%.

In the US, second lien mortgage balances declined by 10% to US$6.4bn at 30 June 2012, representing 11% of the overall US mortgage lending portfolio. Two months or more delinquent balances were US$515m at 30 June 2012 compared with US$674m at 31 December 2011.

 

Valuation of foreclosed properties in the US

We obtain real estate by foreclosing on the collateral pledged as security for residential mortgages. Prior to foreclosure, carrying amounts of the loans in excess of fair value less costs to sell are written down to the discounted cash flows expected to be recovered, including from the sale of the property. Broker price opinions are obtained and updated every 180 days and real estate price trends are reviewed quarterly to reflect any improvement or additional deterioration. Our methodology is regularly validated by comparing the discounted cash flows expected to be recovered based on current market conditions (including estimated cash flows from the sale of the property) to the updated broker price opinion, adjusted for the estimated historical difference between interior and exterior appraisals. The fair values of foreclosed properties are initially determined based on broker price opinions. Within 90 days of foreclosure, a more detailed property valuation is performed reflecting information obtained from a physical interior inspection of the property and additional loan impairment allowances or write-downs are recorded as appropriate. Updates to the valuation are performed no less than once every 45 days until the property is sold, with declines or increases recognised through changes to impairment allowances.

 

As previously reported, beginning in late 2010 we temporarily suspended all new foreclosure proceedings and in early 2011 ceased foreclosures where judgement had yet to be entered while we enhanced our processes. We have now resumed the processing of suspended foreclosures and initiating new foreclosures in substantially all states. There remains a significant backlog of foreclosures which will take time to resolve. Any additional delays in the processing of foreclosures could result in an increase in loss severity.

The number of foreclosed properties at HSBC Finance at 30 June 2012 decreased compared with the end of December 2011 due to the suspension of foreclosures discussed above, as well as continuing sales of foreclosed properties. We expect the number of foreclosed properties added to the inventory will begin to increase in the second half of 2012, but this will continue to be affected by ongoing refinements to our processes and extended foreclosure timelines.

The average total loss on foreclosed properties and the average loss on sale of foreclosed properties decreased compared with the second half of 2011. This reflected a lower mix of properties sold which we had held for longer periods of time. Generally the length of time a property is held is reflected in the condition and ultimately the sale price. In addition, a greater proportion of properties sold where we had accepted a deed-in-lieu, partly offset by lower house prices in the first half of 2012. Typically, losses on a deed-in-lieu are lower than losses from properties acquired through a standard foreclosure process and provide quicker resolution to the delinquent account.

 

 

137


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

HSBC Finance: foreclosed properties in the US

 

     Half-year to     
    

 

    30 June

2012

  

  

       

 

30 June 

2011 

  

  

     

31 December

2011

Number of foreclosed properties at end of period

     2,836            6,982           3,511

Number of properties added to foreclosed inventory in the half year

     3,615            8,071           3,116

Average loss on sale of foreclosed properties15

     7%            8%           9%

Average total loss on foreclosed properties16

     55%            55%           57%

Average time to sell foreclosed properties (days)

     179            168           200

 

For footnotes, see page 180.

 

Credit cards

In the first half of 2012 we completed the sale of our US Card and Retail Services business, transferring the related general and private label credit card lending balances to the purchaser. The residual balances in the US related to HSBC Bank USA’s credit card programme.

Personal non-credit card lending

Personal non-credit card lending balances in the US fell, largely due to run-off. Two months or more delinquent balances declined reflecting the run-off and seasonal improvement in collections.

Loan delinquency

The table below sets out the trends in two months and over contractual delinquencies.

 

 

Trends in two months and over contractual delinquency in the US

 

    

 

 
 

At

30 June

2012
US$m

  

  

  
  

      

 

 
 

At

30 June

2011
US$m

  

  

  
  

      

 

 

 

At

31 December

2011

US$m

  

  

  

  

In Personal lending in the US

            

First lien residential mortgages

     8,851           7,864           9,065   

Consumer and Mortgage Lending

     7,662           6,852           7,922   

Other mortgage lending

     1,189           1,012           1,143   

Second lien residential mortgages

     515           646           674   

Consumer and Mortgage Lending

     372           478           501   

Other mortgage lending

     143           168           173   

Credit card

     29           628           714   

Private label

               285           316   

Personal non-credit card

     339           517           513   

Total

     9,734           9,940           11,282   
     % 17         % 17         % 17 

First lien residential mortgages

     17.4           14.3           17.1   

Second lien residential mortgages

     7.9           7.6           8.5   

Credit card

     3.7           3.3           3.8   

Private label

               2.4           2.5   

Personal non-credit card

     6.3           7.2           8.3   

Total

     15.3           9.8           11.4   

For footnote, see page 180.

 

138


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Credit quality of financial instruments

The five classifications describing the credit quality of our lending, debt securities portfolios and derivatives are set out in the Appendix to Risk on page 183 and defined on page 191 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2011. Additional credit quality information in respect of our consolidated holdings of ABSs is provided on page 154.

During 2011, we amended our presentation of impaired loans for portfolios with significant levels of forbearance to provide more relevant information on the effect of forbearance on the credit risk of

loans and advances. This change in presentation does not affect the accounting policy for the recognition of loan impairment allowances. Further details are provided on page 146.

For the purpose of the following disclosure, retail loans which are past due up to 89 days and are not otherwise classified as impaired in accordance with our disclosure convention (see page 146), are not disclosed within the expected loss (‘EL’) grade to which they relate, but are separately classified as past due but not impaired.

 

 

Distribution of financial instruments by credit quality

 

     Neither past due nor impaired         

Past due

but not
impaired

US$m

        

Impaired

US$m

        

Impairment
allowances
18

US$m

        

Total

US$m

 
    

Strong

US$m

        

Good

US$m

        

Satisfactory

US$m

        

Sub-
standard

US$m

                             
                                     

At 30 June 2012

                                     

Cash and balances at central banks

     146,337           1,364           210                                              147,911   

Items in the course of collection from other banks

     10,628           173           274                                              11,075   

Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

     21,283                                                                  21,283   

Trading assets19

     242,618           68,646           49,377           711                          361,352   

– treasury and other eligible bills

     26,256           2,726           1,116                                    30,098   

– debt securities

     97,559           14,196           19,458           350                          131,563   

– loans and advances:

                                               

to banks

     60,832           26,423           7,474           101                          94,830   

to customers

     57,971           25,301           21,329           260                          104,861   

Financial assets designated at fair value19

     8,356           5,438           608           133                          14,535   

– treasury and other eligible bills

     77                     14                                    91   

– debt securities

     8,228           5,359           520           131                          14,238   

– loans and advances:

                                               

to banks

     51                     74           2                          127   

to customers

               79                                              79   

Derivatives19

     271,850           53,347           27,875           2,862                          355,934   

Loans and advances held at amortised cost

     611,942           259,989           217,188           26,981           17,517           40,832           (17,273        1,157,176   

– to banks

     142,693           28,284           10,531           639           12           88           (56        182,191   

– to customers20

     469,249           231,705           206,657           26,342           17,505           40,744           (17,217        974,985   

Financial investments

     330,781           27,343           23,265           3,456                     2,205                387,050   

– treasury and other similar bills

     62,669           4,691           4,093           99                                    71,552   

– debt securities

     268,112           22,652           19,172           3,357                     2,205                315,498   

Assets held for sale

     4,677           1,365           3,125           665           449           366           (106        10,541   

– disposal groups

     4,632           1,365           3,125           665           447           255           (106        10,383   

– non-current assets held for sale

     45                                         2           111                     158   

Other assets

     11,908           7,672           12,403           1,604           290           520                34,397   

– endorsements and acceptances

     2,172           4,807           4,849           945           5           4                12,782   

– accrued income and other

     9,736           2,865           7,554           659           285           516                21,615   
                                                                                     
     1,660,380           425,337           334,325           36,412           18,256           43,923           (17,379        2,501,254   

 

139


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Distribution of financial instruments by credit quality (continued)

 

     Neither past due nor impaired          

Past due

but not
impaired
US$m

         

Impaired7
US$m

          Impairment
allowances18
US$m
         

Total
US$m

 
     Strong
US$m
          Good
US$m
          Satisfactory
US$m
          Sub-
standard
US$m
                             

At 30 June 2011

                                            

Cash and balances at central banks

     66,860            999            229            130                                        68,218   

Items in the course of collection from other banks

     14,107            658            291            2                                        15,058   

Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

     19,745                                                                         19,745   

Trading assets19

     318,456            51,432            62,735            5,609                              438,232   

– treasury and other eligible bills

     21,488            1,197            1,214                                         23,899   

– debt securities

     173,233            10,726            22,215            2,631                              208,805   

– loans and advances:

                                                      

to banks

     73,490            20,773            4,347            1,524                              100,134   

to customers

     50,245            18,736            34,959            1,454                              105,394   

Financial assets designated at fair value19

     7,856            5,356            6,700            65                              19,977   

– treasury and other eligible bills

     207                                                               207   

– debt securities

     6,660            5,085            6,686            65                              18,496   

– loans and advances:

                                                      

to banks

     70            271            14                                         355   

to customers

     919                                                               919   

Derivatives19

     211,625            34,718            11,096            3,233                              260,672   

Loans and advances held at amortised cost

     695,086            302,837            186,904            31,426            22,166            44,406            (18,894         1,263,931   

– to banks

     182,273            35,168            7,666            785            116            197            (162         226,043   

– to customers20

     512,813            267,669            179,238            30,641            22,050            44,209            (18,732         1,037,888   

Financial investments

     351,940            24,373            25,631            4,103                       2,603                  408,650   

– treasury and other similar bills

     54,771            3,370            3,479            44                                        61,664   

– debt securities

     297,169            21,003            22,152            4,059                       2,603                  346,986   

Other assets

     11,982            7,285            15,106            1,525            637            254                  36,789   

– endorsements and acceptances

     1,801            4,228            4,776            499            16            18                  11,338   

– accrued income and other

     10,181            3,057            10,330            1,026            621            236                  25,451   
                                                                                            
     1,697,657            427,658            308,692            46,093            22,803            47,263            (18,894         2,531,272   

 

140


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

    Neither past due nor impaired         Past due
but not
impaired
US$m
       

Impaired
US$m

        Impairment
allowances18
US$m
       

Total

US$m

 
   

Strong

US$m

       

Good

US$m

        Satisfactory
US$m
        Sub-
standard
US$m
                         
                             

At 31 December 2011

                             

Cash and balances at central banks

    126,926          2,678          263          35                                129,902   

Items in the course of collection from other banks

    7,707          150          350          1                                8,208   

Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

    20,922                                                           20,922   

Trading assets19

    231,594          37,182          39,171          1,502                      309,449   

– treasury and other eligible bills

    33,199          538          564          8                      34,309   

– debt securities

    103,163          8,497          18,188          639                      130,487   

– loans and advances:

                                       

to banks

    49,021          20,699          5,186          619                      75,525   

to customers

    46,211          7,448          15,233          236                      69,128   

Financial assets designated at fair value19

    7,176          4,728          830          192                      12,926   

– treasury and other eligible bills

    123                                                 123   

– debt securities

    6,148          4,728          767          191                      11,834   

– loans and advances:

                                       

to banks

    55                   63          1                      119   

to customers

    850                                                 850   

Derivatives19

    279,557          45,858          18,627          2,337                      346,379   

Loans and advances held at amortised cost

    609,081          245,352          194,661          28,210          20,009          41,739          (17,636       1,121,416   

– to banks

    144,815          28,813          6,722          568          39          155          (125       180,987   

– to customers20

    464,266          216,539          187,939          27,642          19,970          41,584          (17,511       940,429   

Financial investments

    340,173          24,757          22,139          3,532                   2,233              392,834   

– treasury and other similar bills

    58,627          3,348          3,144          104                                65,223   

– debt securities

    281,546          21,409          18,995          3,428                   2,233              327,611   

Assets held for sale

    14,365          12,587          7,931          536          2,524          1,479          (1,614       37,808   

– disposal groups

    14,317          12,587          7,931          536          2,522          1,467          (1,614       37,746   

– non-current assets held for sale

    48                                     2          12                   62   

Other assets

    11,956          6,526          12,379          1,193          421          517              32,992   

– endorsements and acceptances

    1,789          4,075          4,629          504          10          3              11,010   

– accrued income and other

    10,167          2,451          7,750          689          411          514              21,982   
                                                                             
    1,649,457          379,818          296,351          37,538          22,954          45,968          (19,250       2,412,836   

 

For footnotes, see page 180.

We assess credit quality on all financial instruments which are subject to credit risk. The balance of these financial instruments at 30 June 2012 was US$2,501bn, of which US$1,661bn or 66% were classified as ‘strong’. This percentage was broadly in line with 31 December 2011. The proportion of financial instruments classified as ‘good’ and ‘satisfactory’ remained broadly stable at 17% and 13%, respectively. The proportion of ‘sub-standard’ financial instruments remained low at 1% at 30 June 2012.

Loans and advances held at amortised cost on which credit quality has been assessed increased by 3% to US$1,157bn. At 30 June 2012, 75% of the Group’s lending balances were classified as either ‘strong’ or ‘good’, broadly in line with the end of 2011.

Financial investments on which credit quality is assessed were US$387bn at 30 June 2012, compared with US$393bn at 31 December 2011. The majority of the Group’s exposure was in the form of available-for-sale debt securities issued by

 

 

141


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

government and government agencies classified as ‘strong’ and this proportion was broadly in line with the end of 2011.

Derivative assets on which credit quality has been assessed increased by 3% to US$356bn compared with 31 December 2011. This rise was mainly in Europe, driven by a significant rise in the fair value of interest rate contracts due to downward movements of yield curves in major currencies, reflecting the ongoing monetary response to the economic weakness and turmoil in the eurozone. The proportion of balances classified as ‘strong’ declined marginally from 81% at the end of 2011 to 76% at 30 June 2012 and the proportion of ‘satisfactory’ balances increased from 5% to 8%.

Trading assets on which credit quality has been assessed grew by 17% to US$361bn from 31 December 2011, as client activity increased from the subdued levels seen in the second half of 2011. This resulted in higher reverse repo and equity securities balances as well as a rise in settlement account balances, which vary significantly in proportion to the level of trading activity. The proportion of balances classified as ‘strong’ declined despite an overall increase in total balances classified as ‘strong’. This reflected a rise in the reverse repo transactions with counterparties classified as ‘good’ and ‘satisfactory’, as well as the downgrade of certain eurozone countries which resulted in the movement of related debt securities balances from ‘strong’ to ‘good’.

Cash and balances at central banks, on which credit quality has been assessed, increased by 14% to US$148bn, reflecting the deposit of surplus liquidity in Europe with the local central bank. Substantially all of the Group’s cash and balances at central banks were classified as ‘strong’, with the most significant concentrations in Europe and North America.

Assets held for sale on which credit quality has been assessed declined, with reductions across all classifications, following the completion of the sale of our Card and Retail Services business in the US.

Past due but not impaired gross financial instruments

Past due but not impaired loans are those for which the customer is in the early stages of delinquency and has failed to make a payment, or a partial payment, in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement. This is typically where a loan is past due up to 89 days and there are no other indicators of impairment.

Further examples of exposures past due but not impaired include individually assessed mortgages that are in arrears 90 days or more where there are no other indicators of impairment, but where the value of collateral is sufficient to repay both the principal debt and all potential interest for at least one year; and short-term trade facilities past due more than 90 days for technical reasons such as delays in documentation, but where there is no concern over the creditworthiness of the counterparty. Where groups of loans are collectively assessed for impairment, collective impairment allowances are recognised for loans classified as past due but not impaired.

At 30 June 2012, US$17.5bn of loans and advances held at amortised cost were classified as past due but not impaired (31 December 2011: US$20.0bn; 30 June 2011: US$22.2bn). The largest concentration of these balances was in HSBC Finance. The decrease in 2012 was primarily due to lower lending balances resulting in a reduction in early stage delinquency in the CML portfolio.

 

 

Past due but not impaired gross loans and advances to customers and banks by geographical region

 

    Europe
US$m
       

Hong

Kong
US$m

       

Rest of
Asia-

Pacific
US$m

        MENA
US$m
       

North

America
US$m

        Latin
America
US$m
        Total
US$m
 

At 30 June 2012

    2,259          1,084          2,548          980          7,874          2,772          17,517   

At 30 June 20117

    2,528          1,071          2,377          1,292          11,447          3,451          22,166   

At 31 December 2011

    1,990          1,107          2,319          1,165          10,216          3,212          20,009   

For footnote, see page 180.

 

142


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Past due but not impaired gross loans and advances to customers and banks by industry sector

 

     At
30 June
2012
US$m
         

At
30 June

20117
US$m

         

At
31 December
2011

US$m

 

Banks

     12            116            39   

Customers

     17,505            22,050            19,970   

Personal

     12,153            16,689            13,951   

Corporate and commercial

     5,011            5,047              5,855   

Financial

     341            314            164   
                                
     17,517            22,166            20,009   

For footnote, see page 180.

Ageing analysis of days past due but not impaired gross financial instruments

 

     Up to 29
days
US$m
          30-59
days
US$m
          60-89
days
US$m
          90-179
days
US$m
         

180 days

and over
US$m

          Total
US$m
 

At 30 June 2012

                                

Loans and advances held at amortised cost

     13,137            2,903            1,307            79            91            17,517   

– to banks

     12                                                        12   

– to customers

     13,125            2,903            1,307            79            91            17,505   

Assets held for sale1

     270            116            50            6            7            449   

– disposal groups

     270            114            50            6            7            447   

– non-current assets held for sale

                2                                             2   

Other assets

     168            39            30            10            43            290   

– endorsements and acceptances

     3            1                                  1            5   

– other

     165            38            30            10            42            285   
                                                                    
     13,575            3,058            1,387            95            141            18,256   

At 30 June 2011

                                

Loans and advances held at amortised cost7

     16,125            3,808            1,911            185            137            22,166   

– to banks

     116                                                        116   

– to customers

     16,009            3,808            1,911            185            137            22,050   

Other assets

     317            166            72            30            52            637   

– endorsements and acceptances

     13            1                                  2            16   

– other

     304            165            72            30            50            621   
                                                                    
     16,442            3,974            1,983            215            189            22,803   

At 31 December 2011

                                

Loans and advances held at amortised cost

     14,239            3,680            1,727            223            140            20,009   

– to banks

     39                                                        39   

– to customers

     14,200            3,680            1,727            223            140            19,970   

Assets held for sale1

     1,563            644            307            8            2            2,524   

– disposal groups

     1,563            644            307            7            1            2,522   

– non-current assets held for sale

                                      1            1            2   

Other assets

     225            80            37            22            57            421   

– endorsements and acceptances

     7            2                       1                       10   

– other

     218            78            37            21            57            411   
                                                                    
     16,027            4,404            2,071            253            199            22,954   

 

For footnotes, see page 180.

Renegotiated loans and forbearance

 

LOGO

   Current policies and procedures regarding renegotiated loans and forbearance are described in the Appendix to Risk on page 183.

The contractual terms of a loan may be modified for a number of reasons including changing market conditions, customer retention and other factors not

related to the current or potential credit deterioration of a customer. When the contractual payment terms of a loan have been modified because we have significant concerns about the borrower’s ability to meet contractual payments when due, these loans are classified as ‘renegotiated loans’. For the purposes of this disclosure the term ‘forbearance’ is synonymous with the renegotiation of loans for these purposes.

 

 

143


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Renegotiated loans and advances to customers

 

     At 30 June 2012  
    

Neither
past

due nor
impaired
US$m

          Past due
but not
impaired
US$m
          Impaired
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

Retail

     8,007            3,532            19,229            30,768   

First lien residential mortgages

     5,841            2,842            16,096            24,779   

Other personal

     2,166            690            3,133            5,989   

Commercial real estate

     2,392            30            3,216            5,638   

Corporate and commercial

     4,387            401            3,993            8,781   

Financial

     261                       560            821   

Governments

     44                       117            161   
     15,091            3,963            27,115            46,169   

 

Total renegotiated loans and advances to customers as a percentage of total gross loans and advances to customers

                       4.7%   

 

     At 30 June 2011           At 31 December 2011  
    

Neither
past

due nor
impaired
US$m

          Past due
but not
impaired
US$m
          Impaired
US$m
          Total
US$m
          Neither past
due nor
impaired
US$m
          Past due
but not
impaired
US$m
          Impaired
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

Retail

     8,504            4,074            20,454            33,032            8,133            4,401            19,125            31,659   

First lien residential mortgages

     5,595            3,123            16,872            25,590            5,916            3,560            15,932            25,408   

Other personal

     2,909            951            3,582            7,442            2,217            841            3,193            6,251   

Commercial real estate

     2,697            10            2,659            5,366            2,793            9            3,248            6,050   

Corporate and commercial

     4,092            342            3,141            7,575            3,432            461            3,376            7,269   

Financial

     341                       552            893            249                       491            740   

Governments

     116                       21            137            113            2            132            247   
     15,750            4,426            26,827            47,003            14,720            4,873            26,372            45,965   

 

Total renegotiated loans and advances to customers as a percentage of total gross loans and advances to customers

   

        4.4%                              4.8%   

Renegotiated loans and advances to customers by geography

 

    

At

30 June
2012
US$m

         

At

30 June
2011
US$m

         

At

30 December
2011

US$m

 

Europe

     12,423            11,250            11,464   

Hong Kong

     419            478            447   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     445            608            448   

Middle East and North Africa

     2,649            2,095            2,655   

North America

     27,528            29,761            28,475   

Latin America

     2,705            2,811            2,476   
     46,169            47,003            45,965   

Total impairment allowances on renegotiated loans

     7,350            8,899            7,670   

Individually assessed

     2,422            1,989            2,311   

Collectively assessed

     4,928            6,910            5,359   

 

Renegotiated loans totalled US$46.2bn at 30 June 2012 (30 June 2011: US$47.0bn; 31 December 2011: US$46.0bn). The most significant portfolio of renegotiated loans remains in North America and, at 30 June 2012, amounted to US$27.5bn or 60% of total renegotiated loans

 

(30 June 2011: US$29.8bn or 63%; 31 December 2011: US$28.5bn or 62%), substantially all of which were retail loans held by HSBC Finance. Of the total renegotiated loans in North America, US$17.9bn were presented as impaired at 30 June 2012 (30 June 2011: US$19.2bn; 31 December 2011: US$17.8bn),

 

 

144


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

and the ratio of total impairment allowances to impaired loans at 30 June 2012 was 27% (30 June 2011: 34%; 31 December 2011: 28%).

Europe is the next largest portfolio of renegotiated loans which, at 30 June 2012, amounted to US$12.4bn (30 June 2011: US$11.3bn; 31 December 2011: US$11.5bn), constituting 27% of total renegotiated loans (30 June 2011: 24%; 31 December 2011: 25%). Of the total renegotiated loans in Europe, US$6.2bn were presented as impaired at 30 June 2012 (30 June 2011: US$5.4bn; 31 December 2011: US$6.0bn), and the ratio of total impairment allowances to impaired loans at 30 June 2012 was 27% (30 June 2011: 30%; 31 December 2011: 30%). Renegotiated balances in Europe were largely concentrated in the commercial real estate sector 38% (30 June 2011: 40%; 31 December 2011: 41%) and the corporate and commercial sector 38% (30 June 2011: 34%; 31 December 2011: 32%). The commercial real estate sector, particularly in the UK, continued to face weakening in property values and a reduction in institutions funding commercial real estate lending. The commercial real estate mid-market sector continued to experience higher levels of renegotiation activity than is evident with larger corporates, where borrowers are generally better capitalised and have access to wider funding market opportunities. In all cases, in assessing the acceptability of renegotiated loans, we consider the

ability to service interest as a minimum and reduce capital repayments if possible. Despite Europe and the UK, in particular, holding the single largest retail lending portfolio in the Group, renegotiations of retail loans in this region were limited due to the quality of the residential mortgage book.

The balance of renegotiated loans in the Middle East and North Africa and Latin America (primarily in Mexico and Brazil) remained predominately concentrated in the corporate and commercial sectors. Forbearance in Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific remained insignificant.

HSBC Finance loan modifications and re-ageing

HSBC Finance maintains loan modification and re-age (‘loan renegotiation’) programmes in order to manage customer relationships, improve collection opportunities and, if possible, avoid foreclosure. For further details on HSBC Finance’s loan renegotiation programmes, see page 131 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2011.

At 30 June 2012, renegotiated real estate secured accounts represented 85% (30 June 2011: 86%; 31 December 2011: 86%) of North America’s total renegotiated loans, and US$15.6bn (30 June 2011: US$17.4bn; 31 December 2011: US$16.0bn) of renegotiated real estate secured loans in HSBC Finance were classified as impaired.

 

 

Gross loan portfolio of HSBC Finance real estate secured accounts

 

     Re-aged21         

Modified

and re-aged

         Modified         

Total
renegotiated

loans

        

Total non-

renegotiated

loans

        

Total

gross

loans

        

Total

impairment

allowances

        

Impairment

allowances/

gross loans

 
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          %  

30 June 2012

     9,906           12,171           1,293           23,370           17,860           41,230           4,884           12   

30 June 2011

     10,507           13,460           1,757           25,724           21,548           47,272           4,504           10   

31 December 2011

     10,265           12,829           1,494           24,588           19,540           44,128           5,088           12   

For footnote, see page 180.

Number of renegotiated real estate secured accounts remaining in HSBC Finance’s portfolio

 

     Number of renegotiated loans  
     Re-aged          

Modified

and re-aged

          Modified           Total  
     (000s)           (000s)           (000s)           (000s)  

30 June 2012

     118            109            13            240   

30 June 2011

     122            113            17            252   

31 December 2011

     121            112            14            246   

 

During the half-year to 30 June 2012, the aggregate number of renegotiated loans reduced, despite renegotiation activity continuing, due to the run-off of the portfolio. Within the constraints of our Group credit policy, HSBC Finance’s policies allow for multiple renegotiations under certain

circumstances, and a number of accounts received a second (or further) renegotiation during the year which are not duplicated in the statistics presented above. These statistics present a loan as an addition to the volume of renegotiated loans on its first renegotiation only. At 30 June 2012, renegotiated

 

 

145


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

loans were 57% (30 June 2011: 55%; 31 December 2011: 56%) of HSBC Finance’s real estate secured accounts.

Corporate and commercial forbearance

 

LOGO   For the current policies and procedures regarding forbearance in the corporate and commercial sector, see page 188 in the Annual Report and Accounts 2011.

In the corporate and commercial sector, the increase of US$1,512m in renegotiated loans for the half-year ended 30 June 2012 compared with the end of 2011 was a result of increased forbearance activity in Europe, Middle East and North Africa and Latin America. In Europe the increases primarily related to CMB customers in the UK. In Middle East and North Africa, the increase was due largely to two significant individual loan renegotiations for UAE based borrowers, the larger of the two being cash secured. In Latin America the increase was largely related to Brazil due to a small number of larger corporate restructurings and increased restructuring activity in Business Banking.

In the commercial real estate sector the balance of renegotiated loans decreased by US$412m, compared with the end of 2011, mainly in the Middle East and North Africa. This predominately related to a decrease in balances for a single CMB customer in Bahrain.

Impaired loans

During 2011 we adopted a revised disclosure convention for the presentation of impaired loans and advances for geographical regions with significant levels of forbearance. The previous impaired loans disclosure convention was that impaired loans and advances were those classified as customer risk rating (‘CRR’) 9, CRR 10, EL 9 or EL 10 and all retail loans 90 days or more past due, unless individually they had been assessed as not impaired. Our current impaired loan disclosure convention is described below.

Impaired loans and advances are those that meet any of the following criteria:

 

 

loans and advances classified as CRR 9, CRR 10, EL 9 or EL 10 (a description of our internal credit rating grades is provided on page 184);

 

retail exposures 90 days or more past due, unless individually they have been assessed as not impaired; or

 

 

renegotiated loans and advances that have been subject to a change in contractual cash flows as a result of a concession which the lender would not otherwise consider, and where it is probable that without the concession the borrower would be unable to meet its contractual payment obligations in full, unless the concession is insignificant and there are no other indicators of impairment. Renegotiated loans remain classified as impaired until there is sufficient evidence to demonstrate a significant reduction in the risk of non-payment of future cash flows, and there are no other indicators of impairment.

For loans that are assessed for impairment on a collective basis, the evidence to support reclassification as no longer impaired typically comprises a history of payment performance against the original or revised terms, depending on the nature and volume of forbearance and the credit risk characteristics surrounding the renegotiation. For loans that are assessed for impairment on an individual basis, all available evidence is assessed on a case by case basis.

In HSBC Finance, where a significant majority of HSBC’s loan forbearance activity occurs, the demonstrated history of payment performance is with reference to the original terms of the contract, reflecting the higher credit risk characteristics of this portfolio. The payment performance periods are monitored to ensure they remain appropriate to the levels of recidivism observed within the portfolio.

Further disclosure about loans subject to forbearance is provided on page 143. Renegotiated loans and forbearance disclosures are subject to evolving industry practice and regulatory guidance.

Impaired loan comparative data at 30 June 2011 have been restated to reflect the revised impaired loans disclosure convention. The following table shows the effect of the restatement on 30 June 2011 total reported impaired loans and advances to customers.

The impaired loan comparative data at 31 December 2011 were previously published in accordance with the revised disclosure convention. For further details see page 133 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2011.

 

 

146


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Impaired loans and advances to customers

 

    

At

30 June

 
     2011  
     US$m  

Previous disclosure convention

     25,982   

Reclassified from neither past due nor impaired

     11,341   

Europe

     675   

Middle East and North Africa

     71   

North America

     9,602   

Latin America

     993   

Reclassified from past due but not impaired

     6,886   

Europe

       

Middle East and North Africa

     28   

North America

     6,708   

Latin America

     150   
        

Revised disclosure convention

     44,209   

Impairment of loans and advances

Impaired loans and advances to customers and banks by industry sector

 

    Impaired loans and advances at
30 June 2012
       

Impaired loans and advances at

30 June 20117

        Impaired loans and advances at
31 December 2011
 
   

Individually

assessed

US$m

        Collectively
assessed
US$m
        Total
US$m
        Individually
assessed
US$m
        Collectively
assessed
US$m
        Total
US$m
        Individually
assessed
US$m
        Collectively
assessed
US$m
        Total
US$m
 

Banks

    88                   88          197                   197          155                   155   

Customers

    16,973          23,771          40,744          15,794          28,415          44,209          16,554          25,030          41,584   

– personal

    2,280          23,211          25,491          2,198          27,144          29,342          2,473          24,070          26,543   

– corporate and commercial

    13,692          560          14,252          12,396          1,268          13,664          12,898          960          13,858   

– financial

    1,001                   1,001          1,200          3          1,203          1,183                   1,183   
                                                                                       
    17,061          23,771          40,832          15,991          28,415          44,406          16,709          25,030          41,739   

For footnote, see page 180.

 

Impairment allowances

The tables below analyse by geographical region the impairment allowances recognised for impaired

loans and advances that are either individually assessed or collectively assessed, and collective impairment allowances on loans and advances classified as not impaired.

 

 

Impairment allowances on loans and advances to customers by geographical region

 

     Europe
US$m
          Hong
Kong
US$m
         

Rest of
Asia-

Pacific
US$m

          MENA
US$m
          North
America
US$m
          Latin
America
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

At 30 June 2012

                                      

Gross loans and advances to customers

                                      

Individually assessed impaired loans22

     9,680            475            1,035            2,309            1,946            1,528            16,973   

Collectively assessed23

     440,958            165,265            129,300            27,360            158,843            53,503            975,229   

– impaired loans22

     1,201            80            113            205            20,240            1,932            23,771   

– non-impaired loans24

     439,757            165,185            129,187            27,155            138,603            51,571            951,458   
                                                                                

TGLAC

     450,638            165,740            130,335            29,669            160,789            55,031            992,202   

Total impairment allowances

     5,193            536            846            1,773            6,798            2,071            17,217   

– individually assessed

     3,709            250            564            1,324            439            368            6,654   

– collectively assessed

     1,484            286            282            449            6,359            1,703            10,563   
                                                                                

Net loans and advances

     445,445            165,204            129,489            27,896            153,991            52,960            974,985   

 

147


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Impairment allowances on loans and advances to customers by geographical region (continued)

 

    

Europe

%

        

Hong

Kong

%

        

Rest of

Asia-

Pacific

%

        

MENA

%

        

North
America

%

        

Latin
America

%

        

Total

%

 

Allowances as a percentage of loans and advances:

                                

– individually assessed (in each case)

     38.3           52.6           54.5           57.3           22.6           24.1           39.2   

– collectively assessed (in each case)

     0.3           0.2           0.2           1.6           4.0           3.2           1.1   

– total (in each case)

     1.2           0.3           0.6           6.0           4.2           3.8           1.7   
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m   

At 30 June 2011

                                

Gross loans and advances to customers7

                                

Individually assessed impaired loans22

     9,584           489           1,081           1,949           1,826           865           15,794   

Collectively assessed23

     482,079           159,454           121,176           25,314           185,718           67,085           1,040,826   

– impaired loans22

     1,294           21           127           344           23,831           2,798           28,415   

– non-impaired loans24

     480,785           159,433           121,049           24,970           161,887           64,287           1,012,411   
                                                                          

TGLAC

     491,663           159,943           122,257           27,263           187,544           67,950           1,056,620   

Total impairment allowances

     5,332           573           828           1,569           8,282           2,148           18,732   

– individually assessed

     3,607           297           518           1,098           384           339           6,243   

– collectively assessed

     1,725           276           310           471           7,898           1,809           12,489   
                                                                          

Net loans and advances

     486,331           159,370           121,429           25,694           179,262           65,802           1,037,888   
     %           %           %           %           %           %           %   

Allowances as a percentage of loans and advances:

                                

– individually assessed (in each case)

     37.6           60.7           47.9           56.3           21.0           39.2           39.5   

– collectively assessed (in each case)

     0.4           0.2           0.3           1.9           4.3           2.7           1.2   

– total (in each case)

     1.1           0.4           0.7           5.8           4.4           3.2           1.8   
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m   

At 31 December 2011

                                

Gross loans and advances to customers

                                

Individually assessed impaired loans22

     10,490           519           963           2,187           1,832           563           16,554   

Collectively assessed23

     429,088           157,727           123,687           25,402           148,096           57,386           941,386   

– impaired loans22

     1,261           85           106           238           20,864           2,476           25,030   

– non-impaired loans24

     427,827           157,642           123,581           25,164           127,232           54,910           916,356   
                                                                          

TGLAC

     439,578           158,246           124,650           27,589           149,928           57,949           957,940   

Total impairment allowances

     5,242           581           782           1,714           7,181           2,011           17,511   

– individually assessed

     3,754           288           505           1,250           416           324           6,537   

– collectively assessed

     1,488           293           277           464           6,765           1,687           10,974   
                                                                          

Net loans and advances

     434,336           157,665           123,868           25,875           142,747           55,938           940,429   
     %           %           %           %           %           %           %   

Allowances as a percentage of loans and advances:

                                

– individually assessed (in each case)

     35.8           55.5           52.4           57.2           22.7           57.4           39.5   

– collectively assessed (in each case)

     0.3           0.2           0.2           1.8           4.6           2.9           1.2   

– total (in each case)

     1.2           0.4           0.6           6.2           4.8           3.5           1.8   

For footnotes, see page 180.

 

148


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Movement in impairment allowances on loans and advances to customers and banks

 

    Banks         Customers            
   

individually

assessed7

        Individually
assessed
        Collectively
assessed
        Total  
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m  

At 1 January 2012

    125          6,537          10,974          17,636   

Amounts written off

    (70       (963       (4,110       (5,143

Recoveries of loans and advances previously written off

             84          484          568   

Charge to income statement

    1          1,102          3,422          4,525   

Exchange and other movements

             (106       (207       (313

At 30 June 2012

    56          6,654          10,563          17,273   

Impairment allowances:

             

on loans and advances to customers

        6,654          10,563          17,217   

– personal

        700          8,686          9,386   

– corporate and commercial

        5,341          1,809          7,150   

– financial

        613          68          681   

as a percentage of loans and advances26,27

    0.04%          0.71%          1.12%          1.60%   
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m  

At 1 January 2011

    158          6,457          13,626          20,241   

Amounts written off

             (986       (5,975       (6,961

Recoveries of loans and advances previously written off

             107          623          730   

Charge to income statement

    1          637          4,335          4,973   

Exchange and other movements

    3          28          (120       (89

At 30 June 2011

    162          6,243          12,489          18,894   

Impairment allowances:

             

on loans and advances to customers

        6,243          12,489          18,732   

– personal

        679          10,550          11,229   

– corporate and commercial

        4,966          1,853          6,819   

– financial

        598          86          684   

as a percentage of loans and advances26,27

    0.10%          0.64%          1.27%          1.66%   
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m  

At 1 July 2011

    162          6,243          12,489          18,894   

Amounts written off

    (16       (647       (4,856       (5,519

Recoveries of loans and advances previously written off

             84          612          696   

Charge to income statement

    (17       1,294          5,255          6,532   

Exchange and other movements25

    (4       (437       (2,526       (2,967

At 31 December 2011

    125          6,537          10,974          17,636   

Impairment allowances:

             

on loans and advances to customers

        6,537          10,974          17,511   

– personal

        694          9,066          9,760   

– corporate and commercial

        5,231          1,820          7,051   

– financial

        612          88          700   

as a percentage of loans and advances26,27

    0.09%          0.71%          1.20%          1.67%   

For footnotes, see page 180.

 

149


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Impairment charge

Net loan impairment charge to the income statement by geographical region

 

     Europe
US$m
         

Hong

Kong

US$m

         

Rest of
Asia-

Pacific

US$m

         

MENA

US$m

         

North

America

US$m

         

Latin

America

US$m

         

Total

US$m

 

Half-year to 30 June 2012

                                      

Individually assessed impairment allowances

                                      

New allowances

     988            15            129            176            193            191            1,692   

Release of allowances no longer required

     (312         (16         (39         (54         (59         (25         (505

Recoveries of amounts previously written off

     (22         (3         (8         (17         (26         (8         (84
     654            (4         82            105            108            158            1,103   

Collectively assessed impairment allowances

                                      

New allowances net of allowance releases

     371            54            179            54            2,103            1,145            3,906   

Recoveries of amounts previously written off

     (171         (13         (67         (24         (55         (154         (484
     200            41            112            30            2,048            991            3,422   

Total charge for impairment losses

     854            37            194            135            2,156            1,149            4,525   

Banks

     1                                                                   1   

Customers

     853            37            194            135            2,156            1,149            4,524   
                                                                                

At 30 June 2012

                                      

Impaired loans

     10,935            555            1,148            2,534            22,200            3,460            40,832   

Impairment allowances

     5,232            536            846            1,790            6,798            2,071            17,273   

Half-year to 30 June 2011

                                      

Individually assessed impairment allowances

                                      

New allowances

     744            20            78            96            182            89            1,209   

Release of allowances no longer required

     (269         (23         (61         (37         (41         (35         (466

Recoveries of amounts previously written off

     (21         (13         (11         (11         (15         (34         (105
     454            (16         6            48            126            20            638   

Collectively assessed impairment allowances

                                      

New allowances net of allowance releases

     684            52            188            81            3,004            951            4,960   

Recoveries of amounts previously written off

     (288         (13         (90         (30         (55         (149         (625
     396            39            98            51            2,949            802            4,335   

Total charge for impairment losses

     850            23            104            99            3,075            822            4,973   

Banks

                                                            1            1   

Customers

     850            23            104            99            3,075            821            4,972   
                                                                                

At 30 June 2011

                                      

Impaired loans7

     10,985            514            1,210            2,313            25,719            3,665            44,406   

Impairment allowances

     5,412            573            828            1,586            8,346            2,149            18,894   

 

150


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

     Europe
US$m
         

Hong

Kong

US$m

         

Rest of
Asia-

Pacific

US$m

         

MENA

US$m

         

North

America

US$m

         

Latin

America

US$m

         

Total

US$m

 

Half-year to 31 December 2011

                                      

Individually assessed impairment allowances

                                      

New allowances

     926            59            129            232            216            133            1,695   

Release of allowances no longer required

     (109         (18         (53         (43         (70         (39         (332

Recoveries of amounts previously written off

     (9         (7         (15         (38         (29         12            (86
     808            34            61            151            117            106            1,277   

Collectively assessed impairment allowances

                                      

New allowances net of allowance releases

     497            74            178            66            3,890            1,160            5,865   

Recoveries of amounts previously written off

     (253         (14         (69         (24         (32         (218         (610
     244            60            109            42            3,858            942            5,255   

Total charge for impairment losses

     1,052            94            170            193            3,975            1,048            6,532   

Banks

     (11                                          (5         (1         (17

Customers

     1,063            94            170            193            3,980            1,049            6,549   
                                                                                

At 31 December 2011

                                      

Impaired loans

     11,819            608            1,070            2,445            22,758            3,039            41,739   

Impairment allowances

     5,292            581            782            1,731            7,239            2,011            17,636   

For footnote, see page 180.

Charge for impairment losses as a percentage of average gross loans and advances to customers by geographical region

 

     Europe           Hong
Kong
         

Rest of
Asia-

Pacific

          MENA           North
America
          Latin
America
          Total  
     %           %           %           %           %           %           %  

Half-year to 30 June 2012

                                      

New allowances net of allowance releases

     0.55            0.07            0.42            1.26            2.89            4.59            1.12   

Recoveries

     (0.10         (0.02         (0.12         (0.29         (0.10         (0.57         (0.13

Total charge for impairment losses

     0.45            0.05            0.30            0.97            2.79            4.02            0.99   

Amount written off net of recoveries

     0.47            0.10            0.18            0.53            3.20            3.01            0.99   

Half-year to 30 June 2011

                                      

New allowances net of allowance releases

     0.57            0.07            0.36            1.04            3.27            3.20            1.20   

Recoveries

     (0.15         (0.03         (0.18         (0.31         (0.07         (0.58         (0.15

Total charge for impairment losses

     0.42            0.04            0.18            0.73            3.20            2.62            1.05   

Amount written off net of recoveries

     0.68            0.10            0.38            0.45            3.89            2.39            1.31   

Half-year to 31 December 2011

                                      

New allowances net of allowance releases

     0.62            0.15            0.41            1.87            4.94            3.93            1.51   

Recoveries

     (0.12         (0.03         (0.14         (0.46         (0.07         (0.65         (0.14

Total charge for impairment losses

     0.50            0.12            0.27            1.41            4.87            3.28            1.37   

Amount written off net of recoveries

     0.38            0.11            0.24            0.18            3.61            2.42            1.00   

 

151


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and constant currency changes in impaired loans by geographical region

 

    

31 Dec 11

as reported

         Constant
currency
effect
         31 Dec 11
at 30 Jun 12
exchange
rates
         Movement
on a
constant
currency
basis
        

30 Jun 12

as reported

        

Reported

change

         Change
on a
constant
currency
basis
 
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m             

Europe

     11,819           59           11,878           (943        10,935           (7        (8

Hong Kong

     608           1           609           (54        555           (9        (9

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     1,070                     1,070           78           1,148           7           7   

Middle East and North Africa

     2,445           (2        2,443           91           2,534           4           4   

North America

     22,758                     22,758           (558        22,200           (2        (2

Latin America

     3,039           (109        2,930           530           3,460           14           18   

Total

     41,739           (51        41,688           (856        40,832           (2        (2

 

Impaired loans and net loan impairment allowances

On a reported basis, loan impairment charges to the income statement of US$4.5bn in the first half of 2012 declined by 9% compared with the first half of 2011 and by 31% compared with the second half of 2011. Impaired loans were US$40.8bn, 2% lower than at 31 December 2011.

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis.

New loan impairment allowances were US$5.6bn, a decline of 6% compared with the first half of 2011, reflecting lower lending balances in our US run-off portfolios. Releases and recoveries of US$1.1bn were 6% lower, mainly in Europe.

Impaired loans were 3% of total gross loans and advances at 30 June 2012, in line with 31 December 2011.

In Europe, new loan impairment allowances were US$1.4bn, 1% lower than in the first half of 2011, primarily in the UK as we continued to focus our lending on higher quality assets. New collectively assessed loan impairment allowances declined, mainly in the UK due to lower delinquency rates in both the secured and unsecured lending portfolios in RBWM and the shortening of the write-off period for balances greater than 180 days in Marks and Spencer Retail Financial Services Holdings Limited (‘M&S Money’) which resulted in an increase in allowances in 2011. New individually assessed loan impairment allowances increased, mainly in the UK, reflecting the challenging economic conditions. Impaired loans of US$10.9bn were 8% lower than at 31 December 2011 due to lower delinquency rates.

Releases and recoveries in Europe were US$507m, a decrease of 9% compared with the first half of 2011, mainly in the UK due to the shortening of the write-off period for balances greater than 180

days overdue in M&S Money which resulted in an increase in releases and recoveries last year.

In Hong Kong, new loan impairment allowances fell by 5% compared with the first half of 2011, reflecting lower loan impairment charges against specific exposures and a reduction in general provisions as a result of lower delinquency rates. Impaired loans declined by 9% from 31 December 2011, reflecting improved delinquency in the mortgage portfolio.

Releases and recoveries in Hong Kong were US$32m, 35% lower than in the first half of 2011 due to the non-recurrence of significant releases and recoveries from two GB&M customers.

New loan impairment allowances in Rest of Asia-Pacific increased by 20% to US$308m as a result of a specific impairment on a corporate exposure in Australia and a number of individual loan impairment charges in India and New Zealand. Impaired loans in the region increased by 7% from the end of 2011 to US$1.1bn at 30 June 2012, mainly in Malaysia.

Releases and recoveries in the region decreased by 26%, mainly due to lower releases for cards as we run-off the portfolio in India, and the non-recurrence of recoveries in Thailand following the sale of the RBWM business.

In the Middle East and North Africa, new loan impairment allowances increased by 30% to US$230m in the first half of 2012 due to an increase in individually assessed impairment charges in GB&M. New collectively assessed loan impairment allowances declined, primarily in RBWM due to lower delinquencies driven by stricter acquisition criteria which resulted in an improvement in credit quality. Impaired loans of US$2.5bn increased marginally at 30 June 2012 from US$2.4bn at 31 December 2011.

 

 

152


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Releases and recoveries in the region increased by 23% to US$95m, compared with the first half of 2011.

In North America, new loan impairment allowances declined markedly, reducing by 28% to US$2.3bn. In our CML portfolio, the fall in new collectively assessed loan impairment allowances reflected a reduction in lending balances as the portfolio continued to run off, and an improvement in two-months-and-over contractual delinquency on balances less than 180 days past due. Loan impairment charges were adversely affected by delays in expected cash flows from mortgage loans due, in part, to the delays in foreclosure processing, though the effects were less pronounced than in the first half of 2011. Additionally, in the first half of 2012, we increased our loan impairment allowances having updated our assumptions regarding the timing of expected cash flows received from customers with loan modifications. Impaired loans decreased by 2% from the end of 2011 to US$22.2bn, driven by the continued run-off of the CML portfolio.

Releases and recoveries in North America increased by US$29m, due to higher customer repayments within the corporate and commercial sector, as well as a significant recovery in the first half of 2012.

In Latin America, new loan impairment allowances increased by 46% to US$1.3bn, driven by higher new collectively assessed loan impairment allowances in Brazil, primarily reflecting strong balance sheet growth in previous periods as a result of increased marketing, a focus on acquiring customers and strong customer demand in buoyant economic conditions which subsequently weakened, notably in the personal and corporate portfolios. We implemented a number of actions to address the increase in delinquencies including improving our collections capabilities reducing third-party originations and lowering credit limits where appropriate. New individually assessed loan impairment charges also rose, mainly in Brazil following a rise in individually assessed loan impairment charges and significantly increased loan impairment charges in Business Banking. Impaired loans increased by 18% compared with 31 December 2011, driven by worsening delinquency in Brazil.

Releases and recoveries in Latin America decreased by 3% from the first half of 2011 to US$187m, primarily in Brazil due to weaker economic conditions.

Securitisation exposures and other

structured products

This section contains information about our exposure to the following:

 

 

asset-backed securities (‘ABS’s), including mortgage-backed securities (‘MBS’s) and related collateralised debt obligations (‘CDO’s);

 

 

direct lending at fair value through profit or loss;

 

 

monoline insurance companies (‘monolines’);

 

 

credit derivative product companies;

 

 

leveraged finance transactions; and

 

 

representations and warranties related to mortgage sales and securitisation activities.

Within the above is included information on the GB&M legacy credit activities in respect of Solitaire Funding Limited (‘Solitaire’), the securities investment conduits (‘SIC’s), the ABSs trading portfolios and derivative transactions with monolines. Further information in respect of Solitaire and the SICs is provided in Note 22 to the Financial Statements.

Business model

Balance Sheet Management holds ABSs primarily issued by government agency and sponsored enterprises as part of our investment portfolios.

Our investment portfolios include SICs and money market funds. We also originate leveraged finance loans for the purpose of syndicating or selling them down to generate trading profit or holding them to earn interest margin over their lives.

Exposure in the first half of 2012

The first half of 2012 saw continued uncertainty and concerns over sovereign credit risk and continued challenges for the US housing market. Despite this, there was modest price appreciation across a range of ABSs asset classes. Unrealised losses in our available-for-sale portfolios reduced in the first half of 2012 from US$5.1bn to US$3.9bn, mainly as a result of this price appreciation.

Within the following tables are assets held in the GB&M legacy credit portfolio with a carrying value of US$33.3bn (30 June 2011: US$44.5bn; 31 December 2011: US$35.4bn).

 

LOGO    A summary of the nature of HSBC’s exposures is provided in the Appendix to Risk on page 183.
 

 

153


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Overall exposure of HSBC

 

     At 30 June 2012          At 30 June 2011          At 31 December 2011  
    

Carrying

amount28
US$bn

        

Including

sub-prime
and Alt-A
US$bn

        

Carrying

amount28
US$bn

         Including
sub-prime
and Alt-A
US$bn
        

Carrying

amount28
US$bn

         Including
sub-prime
and Alt-A
US$bn
 

Asset-backed securities (‘ABS’s)

     60.5           6.6           72.9           8.1           65.6           6.9   

– fair value through profit or loss

     3.2           0.2           10.1           0.3           3.0           0.2   

– available for sale29

     50.3           5.5           54.7           6.8           54.6           5.7   

– held to maturity29

     1.8           0.2           2.1           0.2           2.0           0.2   

– loans and receivables

     5.2           0.7           6.0           0.8           6.0           0.8   

Direct lending at fair value through profit or loss

     1.1           0.8           1.1           0.9           1.2           0.8   

Total ABSs and direct lending at fair value through profit or loss

     61.6           7.4           74.0           9.0           66.8           7.7   

Less securities subject to risk mitigation from credit derivatives with monolines and other financial institutions

     (2.4        (0.3        (8.4        (0.3        (1.9        (0.2
     59.2           7.1           65.6           8.7           64.9           7.5   

Leveraged finance loans

     3.0                     3.7                     3.6             

– fair value through profit or loss

     0.1                     0.1                     0.2             

– loans and receivables

     2.9                     3.6                     3.4             
                                                               
     62.2           7.1           69.3           8.7           68.5           7.5   

Exposure including securities mitigated by credit derivatives with monolines and other financial institutions

     64.6           7.4           77.7           9.0           70.4           7.7   

For footnotes, see page 180.

 

ABSs classified as available for sale

Our principal holdings of available-for-sale ABSs (see table below) are in GB&M through special purpose entities (‘SPE’s) which were established from the outset with the benefit of external investor

first loss protection support, together with positions held directly and by Solitaire, where we provide first loss risk protection of US$1.2bn through credit enhancement and a liquidity facility.

 

 

Movement in the available-for-sale (‘AFS’) reserve

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2012          Half-year to 30 June 2011         Half-year to 31 December 2011  
    

Directly

held/

Solitaire30
US$m

         SPEs
US$m
         Total
US$m
        

Directly

held/

Solitaire30
US$m

         SPEs
US$m
         Total
US$m
       

Directly

held/

Solitaire30
US$m

        SPEs
US$m
        Total
US$m
 

AFS reserve at beginning of period

     (3,085        (2,061        (5,146        (4,102        (2,306        (6,408       (3,099       (1,744       (4,843

Increase/(decrease) in fair value of securities

     475           267           742           618           355           973          4          (492       (488

Impairment charge:

                                       

– borne by HSBC

     79           108           187           238                     238          145          26          171   

– allocated to capital note holders31

               11           11                     137           137                   176          176   

Repayment of capital

     18           99           117           142           94           236          20          89          109   

Other movements

     148           22           170           5           (24        (19       (155       (116       (271

AFS reserve at end of period

     (2,365        (1,554        (3,919        (3,099        (1,744        (4,843       (3,085       (2,061       (5,146

For footnotes, see page 180.

 

154


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Securities investment conduits

 

The total carrying amount of ABSs held through SPEs in the above table represents holdings in which significant first loss protection is provided through capital notes issued by SICs, excluding Solitaire.

At each reporting date, we assess whether there is any objective evidence of impairment in the value of the ABSs held by SPEs. Impairment charges incurred on these assets are offset by a credit to the impairment line for the amount of the

loss allocated to capital note holders, subject to the carrying amount of the capital notes being sufficient to offset the loss. During the first half of 2012 impairment charges in one SPE, Mazarin Funding Limited (‘Mazarin’), exceeded the carrying value of the capital notes liability and a charge of US$108m (30 June 2011: nil; 31 December 2011: US$26m) was borne by HSBC as shown in the table below. In respect of the SICs, the capital notes held by third parties are expected to absorb the cash losses in the vehicles.

 

 

Available-for-sale reserve and economic first loss protection in SICs, excluding Solitaire

 

     SICs excluding Solitaire at  
     30 Jun
2012
US$m
     30 Jun
2011
US$m
     31 Dec
2011
US$m
 

Available-for-sale reserve

     (1,873      (1,973      (2,701

– related to ABSs

     (1,554      (1,744      (2,061

Economic first loss protection

     2,286         2,286         2,286   

Carrying amount of capital notes liability

     167         354         154   

Impairment charge for the period:

        

– borne by HSBC

     108                 26   

– allocated to capital note holders31

     11         137         176   

For footnote, see page 180.

 

Impairment methodologies

The accounting policy for impairment and indicators of impairment is set out on page 301 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2011.

 

LOGO

  A summary of our impairment methodologies is provided in the Appendix to Risk on page 183.

Impairment and cash loss projections

At each reporting date, management undertakes a stress analysis. This exercise comprises a shift of projections of future loss severities, default rates and prepayment rates. The results of the analysis at 30 June 2011 indicated that further impairment charges of US$900m and expected cash losses of US$400m could arise over the next two to three years. This exercise was re-performed at 30 June 2012 and the results remained consistent with this guidance.

For the purpose of identifying impairment at the reporting date, the future projected cash flows reflect the effect of loss events that have occurred at or prior to the reporting date. For the purpose of performing

stress tests to estimate potential future impairment charges, the projected future cash flows reflect additional assumptions about future loss events after the balance sheet date.

This analysis makes assumptions in respect of the future behaviour of loss severities, default rates and prepayment rates. Movements in the parameters are not independent of each other. For example, increased default rates and increased loss severities, which would imply greater impairments, generally occur under economic conditions that give rise to reduced levels of prepayment, reducing the potential for impairment charges. Conversely, economic conditions which increase the rates of prepayment are generally associated with reduced default rates and decreased loss severities.

At 30 June 2012, the incurred and projected impairment charges, measured in accordance with accounting requirements, significantly exceeded the expected cash losses on the securities. Over the lives of the available-for-sale ABSs the cumulative impairment charges will converge towards the level of cash losses. In respect of the SICs, in particular, the capital notes held by third parties are expected to absorb the cash losses arising in the vehicles.

 

 

155


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Carrying amount of HSBC’s consolidated holdings of ABSs, and direct lending held at fair value through profit or loss

 

    Trading         Available
for sale
        Held to
maturity
        Designated
at fair value
through
profit or loss
        Loans and
receivables
        Total        

Of which
held through
consolidated

SPEs

       

Gross

principal

exposure32

       

Credit

default

swap

protection33

       

Net

principal

exposure34

 
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m  

At 30 June 2012

                                     

Mortgage-related assets:

                                     

Sub-prime residential

    835          2,086                            506          3,427          2,308          5,835          266          5,569   

Direct lending

    668                                              668          441          1,555                   1,555   

MBSs and MBS CDOs

    167          2,086                            506          2,759          1,867          4,280          266          4,014   

US Alt-A residential

    169          3,414          146                   200          3,929          2,772          7,825          100          7,725   

Direct lending

    91                                              91                   97                   97   

MBSs

    78          3,414          146                   200          3,838          2,772          7,728          100          7,628   

US Government agency and sponsored enterprises:

                                     

MBSs

    214          23,103          1,656                            24,973                   23,401                   23,401   

Other residential

    568          3,052                            952          4,572          1,855          5,221          97          5,124   

Direct lending

    321                                              321                   316                   316   

MBSs

    247          3,052                            952          4,251          1,855          4,905          97          4,808   

Commercial property

                                     

MBSs and MBS CDOs

    295          7,107                   107          1,450          8,959          5,898          10,440                   10,440   
    2,081          38,762          1,802          107          3,108          45,860          12,833          52,722          463          52,259   

Leveraged finance-related assets:

                                     

ABSs and ABS CDOs

    389          5,322                            317          6,028          4,306          6,837          758          6,079   
Student loan-related assets:                                      

ABSs and ABS CDOs

    172          4,651                            151          4,974          4,036          6,505          99          6,406   
Other assets:                                      

ABSs and ABS CDOs

    1,455          1,598                   65          1,586          4,704          1,716          6,593          1,326          5,267   
    4,097          50,333          1,802          172          5,162          61,566          22,891          72,657          2,646          70,011   

 

156


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

    Trading
US$m
        Available
for sale
US$m
        Held to
maturity
US$m
        Designated
at fair value
through
profit or loss
US$m
        Loans and
receivables
US$m
        Total
US$m
       

Of which
held through
consolidated

SPEs

US$m

       

Gross

principal

exposure32
US$m

       

Credit

default

swap

protection33
US$m

       

Net

principal

exposure34
US$m

 

At 30 June 2011

                                     

Mortgage-related assets:

                                     

Sub-prime residential

    1,022          2,556                            598          4,176          2,696          6,783          305          6,478   

Direct lending

    830                                              830          560          1,854                   1,854   

MBSs and MBS CDOs

    192          2,556                            598          3,346          2,136          4,929          305          4,624   

US Alt-A residential

    163          4,231          177                   255          4,826          3,417          9,232          100          9,132   

Direct lending

    80                                              80                   90                   90   

MBSs

    83          4,231          177                   255          4,746          3,417          9,142          100          9,042   

US Government agency and sponsored enterprises:

                                     

MBSs

    217          22,570          1,933                            24,720          17          23,815                   23,815   

Other residential

    800          3,801                            990          5,591          2,332          6,322                   6,322   

Direct lending

    188                                              188                   187                   187   

MBSs

    612          3,801                            990          5,403          2,332          6,135                   6,135   

Commercial property

                                     

MBSs and MBS CDOs

    552          8,119                   111          1,935          10,717          6,439          12,217          395          11,822   
    2,754          41,277          2,110          111          3,778          50,030          14,901          58,369          800          57,569   

Leveraged finance-related assets:

                                     

ABSs and ABS CDOs

    379          5,695                            399          6,473          4,450          7,289          806          6,483   

Student loan-related assets:

                                     

ABSs and ABS CDOs

    137          5,110                            151          5,398          4,411          6,819          100          6,719   

Other assets:

                                     

ABSs and ABS CDOs

    1,791          2,595                   6,053          1,637          12,076          1,783          14,799          7,924          6,875   
    5,061          54,677          2,110          6,164          5,965          73,977          25,545          87,276          9,630          77,646   

 

157


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Carrying amount of HSBC’s consolidated holdings of ABSs, and direct lending held at fair value through profit or loss (continued)

 

    Trading         Available
for sale
        Held to
maturity
        Designated
at fair value
through
profit or loss
        Loans and
receivables
        Total        

Of which
held through
consolidated

SPEs

       

Gross

principal

exposure32

       

Credit

default

swap

protection33

       

Net

principal

exposure34

 
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m  

At 31 December 2011

                                     

Mortgage-related assets:

                                     

Sub-prime residential

    896          2,134                            598          3,628          2,367          6,222          275          5,947   

Direct lending

    733                                              733          487          1,684                   1,684   

MBSs and MBS CDOs

    163          2,134                            598          2,895          1,880          4,538          275          4,263   

US Alt-A residential

    190          3,516          166                   243          4,115          2,827          8,610          100          8,510   

Direct lending

    114                                              114                   119                   119   

MBSs

    76          3,516          166                   243          4,001          2,827          8,491          100          8,391   

US Government agency and sponsored enterprises:

                                     

MBSs

    38          26,152          1,813                            28,003                   26,498                   26,498   

Other residential

    670          3,286                            978          4,934          2,098          5,702                   5,702   

Direct lending

    314                                              314                   309                   309   

MBSs

    356          3,286                            978          4,620          2,098          5,393                   5,393   

Commercial property

                                     

MBSs and MBS CDOs

    300          7,240                   107          1,816          9,463          5,795          11,222                   11,222   
    2,094          42,328          1,979          107          3,635          50,143          13,087          58,254          375          57,879   
Leveraged finance-related assets:                                      

ABSs and ABS CDOs

    362          5,566                            347          6,275          4,324          7,112          782          6,330   

Student loan-related assets:

                                     

ABSs and ABS CDOs

    179          4,665                            153          4,997          4,114          6,681          199          6,482   

Other assets:

                                     

ABSs and ABS CDOs

    1,477          2,044                   94          1,818          5,433          1,473          7,539          1,391          6,148   
    4,112          54,603          1,979          201          5,953          66,848          22,998          79,586          2,747          76,839   

For footnotes, see page 180.

The above table excludes leveraged finance transactions, which are shown separately on page 161.

 

158


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Exposures and significant movements

Sub-prime residential mortgage-related assets

Sub-prime residential mortage-related assets included US$2.2bn (30 June 2011: US$2.8bn; 31 December 2011: US$2.4bn) relating to US-originated assets and US$0.8bn (30 June 2011: US$1.1bn; 31 December 2011: US$1.0bn) relating to UK non-conforming residential mortgage-related assets.

At 30 June 2012, 24% (US$0.8bn) of our sub-prime residential mortgage-related assets were rated AA or AAA (30 June 2011: 31%, US$1.3bn; 31 December 2011: 25%, US$0.9bn). Of the non-high grade assets held of US$2.6bn (30 June 2011: US$2.9bn; 31 December 2011: US$2.7bn), US$1.1bn (30 June 2011: US$1.5bn; 31 December 2011: US$1.2bn) related to US-originated assets.

There was an increase in market prices for subprime assets during the first half of 2012; this effect was coupled with principal paydowns. A further net writeback of US$29m on assets was recognised in the first half of 2012 (30 June 2011: writeback of US$2m; 31 December 2011: impairment of US$44m). Of the above, there were US$30m of writebacks (30 June 2011: writeback of US$41m; 31 December 2011: impairment of US$36m) in the SICs of which US$14m of writebacks (30 June 2011: writeback of US$41m; 31 December 2011: impairment of US$36m) was attributed to the capital note holders.

US Alt-A residential mortgage-related assets

During the first half of 2012, principal paydowns along with general spread tightening, contributed to an increase in the carrying values for Alt-A assets. Further impairments of US$144m (30 June 2011: US$364m; 31 December 2011: US$323m) were recorded as losses were incurred under the accounting rules. Of this impairment, US$149m (30 June 2011: US$168m; 31 December 2011: US$176m) occurred in the SICs, of which US$25m (30 June 2011: US$168m; 31 December 2011: US$150m) was borne by the capital note holders. At 30 June 2012, 8% (US$0.3bn) of these assets were rated AA or AAA (30 June 2011: 9%, US$0.5bn; 31 December 2011: 9%, US$0.4bn).

Commercial property mortgage-related assets

Of our total of US$9.0bn (30 June 2011: US$10.7bn; 31 December 2011: US$9.5bn) of commercial property mortgage-related assets, US$4.4bn related to US originated assets (30 June 2011: US$4.9bn; 31 December 2011: US$4.9bn). Spreads continued to tighten on both US and non-US commercial

property mortgage-related assets during the first half of 2012. Impairments of US$127m were recognised (30 June 2011: nil; 31 December 2011: US$36m).

Transactions with monoline insurers

HSBC’s exposure to derivative transactions entered into directly with monolines

Our principal exposure to monolines is through a number of OTC derivative transactions, mainly CDSs. We entered into these CDSs primarily to purchase credit protection against securities held at the time within the trading portfolio.

During the first half of 2012, the notional value of contracts with monolines reduced, primarily due to the maturity of a structured transaction. The table overleaf sets out the fair value, essentially the replacement cost of the derivative transactions at 30 June 2012, and hence the amount at risk if the CDS protection purchased were to be wholly ineffective because, for example, the monoline insurer was unable to meet its obligations. The value of protection purchased is shown subdivided between those monolines that were rated by Standard and Poor’s (‘S&P’) at ‘BBB– or above’ at 30 June 2012, and those that were ‘below BBB–’ (‘BBB–’ is the S&P cut-off for an investment grade classification). The ‘Credit valuation adjustment’ column indicates the valuation adjustment taken against the net exposures, and reflects our best estimate of the likely loss of value on purchased protection arising from the deterioration in creditworthiness of the monolines. These valuation adjustments, which reflect a measure of the irrecoverability of the protection purchased, have been charged to the income statement. During the first half of 2012, the credit valuation adjustment on derivative contracts with monolines rose despite the overall decrease in exposure due to an increase in the estimates of loss against investment grade monolines.

Market prices are generally not readily available for CDSs, so they are valued on the basis of market prices of the referenced securities. Our monoline credit valuation adjustment calculation utilises a number of approaches which depend upon the internal credit rating of the monoline. Our assignment of internal credit ratings is based upon detailed credit analysis, and may differ from external ratings. The net effect of utilising the methodology adopted for ‘highly-rated’ monolines across all monolines would be a reduction in credit valuation adjustment of US$71m (30 June 2011: US$117m;

 

 

159


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

HSBC’s exposure to derivative transactions entered into directly with monoline insurers

 

    

Notional

amount

        

Net exposure

before credit

valuation

adjustment35

        

Credit valuation

adjustment36

        

Net exposure

after credit

valuation

adjustment

 
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m  

At 30 June 2012

                 

Derivative transactions with monoline counterparties

                 

Monolines – investment grade (BBB– or above)

     4,213           789           (118        671   

Monolines – sub-investment grade (below BBB–)

     1,502           343           (216        127   
     5,715           1,132           (334        798   

At 30 June 2011

                 

Derivative transactions with monoline counterparties

                 

Monolines – investment grade (BBB– or above)

     5,269           846           (85        761   

Monolines – sub-investment grade (below BBB–)

     2,224           539           (372        167   
     7,493           1,385           (457        928   

At 31 December 2011

                 

Derivative transactions with monoline counterparties

                 

Monolines – investment grade (BBB– or above)

     4,936           873           (87        786   

Monolines – sub-investment grade (below BBB–)

     1,552           370           (217        153   
     6,488           1,243           (304        939   

For footnotes, see page 180.

 

31 December 2011: US$76m). The net effect of utilising a methodology based on CDS spreads would be an increase in credit valuation adjustment of US$52m (30 June 2011: US$49m; 31 December 2011: US$178m).

 

 

Credit valuation adjustments for monolines

 

 

For highly-rated monolines, the standard credit valuation adjustment methodology (as described on page 232) applies, with the exception that the future exposure profile is deemed to be constant (equal to the current market value) over the weighted average life of the referenced security, and the credit valuation adjustment cannot fall below 15% of the mark-to-market exposure.

 

 

In respect of monolines where default has either occurred or there is a strong possibility of default in the near term, the adjustment is determined based on the estimated probabilities of various potential scenarios, and the estimated recovery in each case.

 

 

For other monoline exposures, the credit valuation adjustment follows the methodology for highly-rated monolines, adjusted to include the probability of a claim arising in respect of the referenced security, and applies implied probabilities of default where the likelihood of a claim is believed to be high.

 

HSBC’s exposure to direct lending and irrevocable commitments to lend to monolines

We had no liquidity facilities to monolines at 30 June 2012 (30 June 2011: nil; 31 December 2011: nil).

HSBC’s exposure to debt securities which benefit from guarantees provided by monolines

Within both the trading and available-for-sale portfolios, we hold bonds that are ‘wrapped’ with

a credit enhancement from a monoline. As the bonds are traded explicitly with the benefit of this enhancement, any deterioration in the credit profile of the monoline is reflected in market prices and, therefore, in the carrying amount of these securities at 30 June 2012. For wrapped bonds held in our trading portfolio, the mark-to-market movement has been reflected through the income statement. For wrapped bonds held in the available-for-sale portfolio, the mark-to-market movement is reflected in equity unless there is objective evidence of impairment, in which case the impairment loss is reflected in the income statement. No wrapped bonds were included in the reclassification of financial assets described in Note 10 on the Financial Statements.

HSBC’s exposure to credit derivative product companies

Credit derivative product companies (‘CDPC’s) are independent companies that specialise in selling credit default protection on corporate exposures. At 30 June 2012, we had purchased from CDPCs credit protection with a notional value of US$4.3bn (30 June 2011: US$4.8bn; 31 December 2011: US$4.4bn) which had a fair value of US$0.3bn (30 June 2011: US$0.2bn; 31 December 2011: US$0.4bn), against which a credit valuation adjustment (a provision) of US$51m (30 June 2011: US$49m; 31 December 2011: US$93m) was held. At 30 June 2012, none of our exposure was to CDPCs with investment grade ratings (30 June 2011: nil; 31 December 2011: nil).

 

 

160


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Leveraged finance transactions

Leveraged finance transactions include sub-investment grade acquisition or event-driven financing. The following table shows our exposure to leveraged finance transactions arising from primary transactions. Our additional exposure to leveraged finance loans through holdings of ABSs from our trading and investment activities is shown in the table on page 156.

We held leveraged finance commitments of US$3.0bn at 30 June 2012 (30 June 2011: US$3.8bn; 31 December 2011: US$3.7bn), of which US$2.7bn (30 June 2011: US$3.3bn; 31 December 2011: US$3.3bn) was funded. At 30 June 2012, our principal exposures were to companies in two sectors: US$0.8bn to data processing (30 June 2011: US$1.5bn; 31 December 2011: US$1.3bn) and US$1.9bn to communications and infrastructure (30 June 2011: US$1.8bn; 31 December 2011: US$1.9bn).

 

 

HSBC’s exposure to leveraged finance transactions

 

    Exposures at 30 June 2012          Exposures at 30 June 2011          Exposures at 31 December 2011  
   

 

Funded37

US$m

  

  

      

 

Unfunded38

US$m

  

  

      
 
Total
US$m
  
  
      

 

Funded37

US$m

  

  

      

 

Unfunded38

US$m

  

  

      
 
Total
US$m
  
  
      

 

Funded37

US$m

  

  

      

 

Unfunded38

US$m

  

  

      
 
Total
US$m
  
  

Europe

    2,194           221           2,415           2,761           289           3,050           2,795           253           3,048   

North America

    443           126           569           489           127           616           445           126           571   
    2,637           347           2,984           3,250           416           3,666           3,240           379           3,619   

Held within:

                                         

– loans and receivables

    2,593           323           2,916           3,249           356           3,605           3,120           328           3,448   

– fair value through profit or loss

    44           24           68           1           60           61           120           51           171   

For footnotes, see page 180.

 

Representations and warranties related to mortgage sales and securitisation activities

We have been involved in various activities related to the sale and securitisation of residential mortgages, which are not recognised on our balance sheet. These activities include:

 

 

the purchase of US$24bn of third-party originated mortgages by HSBC Bank USA and the securitisation of these by HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. (‘HSI’) between 2005 and 2007;

 

 

HSI acting as underwriter for third-party issuance of private label MBSs with an original issuance value of US$37bn, most of which were sub-prime; and

 

 

the origination and sale by HSBC Bank USA of mortgage loans, primarily to government sponsored entities.

In sales and securitisations of mortgage loans, various representations and warranties regarding the loans may be made to purchasers of the mortgage loans and MBSs. In respect of the purchase and securitisation of third-party originated mortgages and the underwriting of third-party MBSs, the obligation to repurchase loans in the event of a breach of loan level representations and warranties resides predominantly with the organisation that originated the loan.

Participants in the US mortgage securitisation market that purchased and repackaged whole loans have been the subject of lawsuits and governmental and regulatory investigations and inquiries which have been directed at groups within the US mortgage market such as servicers, originators, underwriters, trustees or sponsors of securitisations. Further details are provided in Note 25 on the Financial Statements.

At 30 June 2012, a liability of US$222m (30 June 2011: US$237m; 31 December 2011: US$237m) was recognised in respect of various representations and warranties relating to the origination and sale by HSBC Bank USA of mortgage loans, primarily to government sponsored entities. These relate to, among other things, the ownership of the loans, the validity of the liens, the loan selection and origination process, and compliance with the origination criteria established by the agencies. In the event of a breach of our representations and warranties, HSBC Bank USA may be obliged to repurchase the loans with identified defects or to indemnify the buyers. The liability is estimated based on the level of outstanding repurchase demands, the level of outstanding requests for loan files and estimated future demands in respect of mortgages sold to date which are either two or more payments delinquent or are expected to become delinquent at an estimated conversion rate. Repurchase demands of US$167m were outstanding at 30 June 2012 (30 June 2011: US$103m; 31 December 2011: US$113m).

 

 

161


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Risk elements in the loan portfolio

The disclosure of credit risk elements in this section reflects US accounting practice and classifications. The purpose of the disclosure is to present within the US disclosure framework those elements of the loan portfolios with a greater risk of loss. The three main classifications of credit risk elements presented are:

 

 

impaired loans;

 

 

unimpaired loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to interest or principal; and

 

 

troubled debt restructurings not included in the above.

Impaired loans

In the following tables, we present information on our impaired loans and advances in accordance with the classification approach described on page 146.

Impaired loan comparative data for 30 June 2011 have been restated to reflect the change in the impaired loans disclosure convention made in 4Q11. For further detail on the impaired loans restatement, see page 146.

A loan is impaired, and an impairment allowance is recognised, when there is objective evidence of a loss event that has an effect on the cash flows of the loan which can be reliably estimated. In accordance with IFRS, we recognise interest income on assets after they have been written down as a result of an impairment loss.

The balance of impaired loans at 30 June 2012 was US$40.8bn compared with US$41.7bn at 31 December 2011. This reduction occurred primarily in Europe due to lower delinquency rates, and in North America reflecting the continued run off of the CML portfolio, partly offset by an increase in Latin America resulting from higher loan delinquencies in Brazil.

Unimpaired loans past due 90 days or more

Examples of unimpaired loans past due 90 days or more include individually assessed mortgages that are in arrears more than 90 days where there are no other indicators of impairment, but where the value of collateral is sufficient to repay both the principal debt and all potential interest for at least one year; and short-term trade facilities past due more than 90 days for technical reasons such as delays in documentation, but where there is no concern over the creditworthiness of the counterparty.

Troubled debt restructurings

Under US GAAP, a troubled debt restructuring (‘TDR’) is a loan whose terms have been modified for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulties to grant a concession to the borrower that the lender would not otherwise consider. The SEC requires separate disclosure of any loans which meet the definition of a TDR that are not included in the previous two loan categories. These are classified as TDR’s in the table on page 161b. Loans that have been identified as a TDR under the US guidance retain this designation until they are repaid or are derecognised. This treatment differs from the Group’s impaired loans disclosure convention under IFRS under which a loan may return to unimpaired status after demonstrating a significant reduction in the risk of non-payment of future cash-flows. As a result reported TDRs include those loans that have returned to unimpaired status under the Group’s disclosure convention for renegotiated loans. TDR comparative data for 30 June 2011 has been restated to reflect the change in the impaired loans disclosure convention in 2011.

The balance of TDRs not included as impaired loans at 30 June 2012 was US$1.2bn higher than at 31 December 2011. The increase is mainly in North America and reflects the effect of certain loans returning to unimpaired status after the demonstration of a significant reduction in the risk of non-payment of future cash-flows, while retaining TDR status.

Potential problem loans

Credit risk elements also cover potential problem loans. These are loans where information on possible credit problems among borrowers causes management to seriously doubt their ability to comply with the loan repayment terms. There are no potential problem loans other than those identified in the table of risk elements set out below, and as discussed in the credit risk section in ‘Areas of special interest’ on page 121.

‘Areas of special interest’ includes further disclosure about certain homogeneous groups of loans which are collectively assessed for impairment, and represent the Group’s most significant exposures to potential problem loans, including affordability mortgages and ARMs. Collectively assessed loans and advances, as set out on page 147, although not classified as impaired until more than 90 days past due, are assessed collectively for losses that have been incurred but have not yet been individually identified. This policy is further described on page 298 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2011.

 

 

161a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

‘Renegotiated loans and forbearance’ on page 143 includes disclosure about the credit quality of loans whose contractual terms have been changed at some point in the life of the loan because of significant concerns about the borrower’s ability to make contractual payments when due. Where renegotiated

loans are not classified as impaired, this is because they exhibit a lower risk of non-payment of future cash flows than those presented as impaired. However, some of these loans may have a higher risk of becoming delinquent in the future, and may therefore be potential problem loans.

 

 

Analysis of risk elements in the loan portfolio by geographical region

 

    At
30 June
2012
US$m
           At
30 June
2011
US$m
          

At
31 December
2011

US$m

 

Impaired loans

    40,832             44,406             41,739   

Europe

    10,935             10,985             11,819   

Hong Kong

    555             514             608   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

    1,148             1,210             1,070   

Middle East and North Africa

    2,534             2,313             2,445   

North America

    22,200             25,719             22,758   

Latin America

    3,460             3,665             3,039   

Unimpaired loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest

    170             322             363   

Europe

    30             21             41   

Hong Kong

    3             3             3   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

    16             17             21   

Middle East and North Africa

    80             185             214   

North America

    38             93             74   

Latin America

    3             3             10   

Troubled debt restructurings (not included in the classifications above)

    5,980             4,907             4,764   

Europe

    1,084             867             753   

Hong Kong

    123             182             108   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

    118             160             122   

Middle East and North Africa

    573             407             444   

North America

    2,860             1,975             2,300   

Latin America

    1,222             1,316             1,037   

Trading loans classified as in default

               

North America

    183             245             230   

Risk elements on loans1

    47,165             50,347             47,096   

Europe

    12,049             11,873             12,613   

Hong Kong

    681             699             719   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

    1,282             1,387             1,213   

Middle East and North Africa

    3,187             2,905             3,103   

North America

    25,281             28,032             25,362   

Latin America

    4,685             5,451             4,086   

Assets held for resale2

    432             976             502   

Europe

    50             49             60   

Hong Kong

    14             4             4   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

    9             7             10   

Middle East and North Africa

                              

North America

    313             797             359   

Latin America

    46             119             69   

Total risk elements

    47,597             51,323             47,598   

Europe

    12,099             11,922             12,673   

Hong Kong

    695             703             723   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

    1,291             1,394             1,223   

Middle East and North Africa

    3,187             2,905             3,103   

North America

    25,594             28,829             25,721   

Latin America

    4,731             5,570             4,155   
    %             %             %   

Loan impairment allowances as a percentage of risk elements on loans3

    36.8             37.7             37.6   

 

1 In addition to the numbers presented there were US$0.3bn (31 December 2011: US$1.5bn) of impaired loans; and US$0.1bn (31 December 2011: US$0.1bn) of troubled debt restructurings (not included in the classifications above), all relating to disposal groups held for sale at 30 June 2012.
2 Assets held for resale represent assets obtained by taking possession of collateral held as security for financial assets.
3 Ratio excludes trading loans classified as in default.

 

161b


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Liquidity and funding

 

 

Liquidity and funding in the first half of 2012

   162

Sources of funding

   162

Management of funding and liquidity risk

   163

Advances to core funding ratio

   163

Funding of HSBC Finance

   164

Stressed coverage ratio

   164

Liquid assets of HSBC’s principal operating entities

   165

Contingent liquidity risk

   166

Encumbered assets

   167

Liquidity regulation

   167

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group does not have sufficient financial resources to meet its obligations as they fall due, or will have to do so at an excessive cost. The risk arises from mismatches in the timing of cash flows.

There have been no material changes to our policies and practices for the management of liquidity and funding risks as described in the Annual Report and Accounts 2011.

 

 

Our liquidity and funding risk management framework

The objective of our liquidity framework is to position our operating entities to withstand very severe liquidity stresses. It is designed to be adaptable to changing business models, markets and regulations.

Our liquidity and funding risk management framework requires:

 

 

liquidity to be managed by operating entities on a stand-alone basis with no implicit reliance on the Group or central banks;

 

 

all operating entities to comply with their limits for the advances to core funding ratio; and

 

 

all operating entities to maintain a positive stressed cash flow position out to three months under prescribed Group stress scenarios.

Further details of the metrics are provided in the Appendix to Risk on page 183.

 

 

LOGO

   A summary of our current policies and practices regarding liquidity and funding is provided in the Appendix to Risk on page 183.

Liquidity and funding in the first half of 2012

The liquidity and funding position of the Group remained strong in the first half of 2012, as demonstrated by the Group’s key liquidity and funding metrics presented in the tables below and explained on the following pages.

During the first half of 2012, HSBC UK (see footnote 40) continued to fund the majority of growth in advances with growth in core deposits. The advances to core funding ratio increased, reflecting certain wholesale term debt becoming due within one year and therefore no longer meeting the definition of core funding.

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation, with an advances to core funding ratio of 74%, continued to be well positioned from a funding perspective to implement the Group’s business strategy across Asia-Pacific.

The completion of the sale of the US card business and branch network during the first half of 2012 improved the liquidity and funding position of both HSBC Finance and HSBC USA (see footnote 42), the latter recording a decrease in the advances to core funding ratio to 68% from 86% at 31 December 2011.

As shown in the sources and uses table below, customer deposits (excluding repo and liabilities held for sale) increased by US$29bn reflecting the Group’s continued ability to attract new customer deposits. The increase was driven by growth in Europe across all global businesses, and in Hong Kong across RBWM and CMB, reflecting the success of deposit gathering initiatives. These increases were partly offset by declines in Latin America due to a managed reduction in GB&M term deposits in Brazil, together with a reduction in North America as short-term customer placements at the end of 2011 returned to more normal levels in a competitive market.

We also continued to have good access to senior debt capital markets during the first half of 2012, with Group entities issuing US$8bn of term debt securities with maturities in excess of one year in the public capital markets.

Sources of funding

Our primary sources of funding are current accounts and savings deposits payable on demand or short notice, and we do not rely on securitisations, covered bond issuance programmes or repurchase agreements as important sources of funding. Repurchase agreements entered into are generally short-term in nature, maturing in 90 days or less.

 

 

162


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

We carry out short-term lending using reverse repurchase agreements in various markets. The majority of the counterparts to these transactions are of high credit quality. For all transactions we ensure that the collateral is accepted with an appropriate haircut reflecting counterparty and collateral credit quality.

The funding sources and uses table, which provides a consolidated view of how our balance sheet is funded, should be read in the light of our

risk management framework, which requires our operating entities to manage liquidity and funding risk on a stand-alone basis. The table analyses our consolidated balance sheet according to the assets that primarily arise from operating activities and the sources of funding primarily supporting these activities. The assets and liabilities that do not arise from operating activities are presented as a net balancing source or deployment of funds.

 

 

Funding sources and uses

 

   

30 Jun

2012

US$m

        

30 Jun

2011

US$m

        

31 Dec
2011

US$m

           

30 Jun

2012

US$m

        

30 Jun

2011

US$m

        

31 Dec

2011

US$m

 

Sources

               

Uses

           

Customer accounts

    1,278,489           1,318,987           1,253,925       

Loans and advances to customers

    974,985           1,037,888           940,429   

– repos

    26,426           64,192           30,785       

– reverse repos

    49,320           74,123           41,419   

– cash deposits

    1,252,063           1,254,795           1,223,140       

– loans or other receivables

    925,665           963,765           899,010   

Deposits by banks

    123,553           125,479           112,822       

Loans and advances to banks

    182,191           226,043           180,987   

– repos

    17,054           18,329           17,617       

– reverse repos

    42,429           68,247           41,909   

– cash deposits

    106,499           107,150           95,205       

– loans or other receivables

    139,762           157,796           139,078   

Debt securities issued

    125,543           149,803           131,013       

Assets held for sale

    12,383           1,626           39,558   

Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale

               

Trading assets

    391,371           474,950           330,451   
    12,599           41           22,200       

– reverse repos

    104,335           111,373           79,848   
               

– stock borrowing

    16,509           19,826           9,459   

Subordinated liabilities

    29,696           32,753           30,606       

– other trading assets

    270,527           343,751           241,144   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

 

 

87,593

  

    

 

98,280

  

    

 

85,724

  

   

Financial investments

    393,736           416,857           400,044   

 

Liabilities under insurance contracts

 

 

 

 

62,861

 

  

    

 

 

 

64,451

 

  

    

 

 

 

61,259

 

  

   

Cash and balances with central banks

    147,911           68,218           129,902   

Trading liabilities

    308,564           385,824           265,192       

Net deployment in other balance sheet assets and liabilities

           

– repos

    112,628           119,783           86,838            100,087           117,573           107,463   

– stock lending

    6,013           8,479           4,595                   

– other trading liabilities

    189,923           257,562           173,759                   

Total equity

    173,766           167,537           166,093                                     
    2,202,664           2,343,155           2,128,834            2,202,664           2,343,155           2,128,834   

 

Management of funding and liquidity risk

Our liquidity and funding risk framework employs two key measures to define, monitor and control the Group’s liquidity and funding risk. For each operating entity, the advances to core funding ratio is used to monitor the structural long-term funding position and stressed coverage ratios incorporating Group defined stress scenarios are used to monitor the resilience to severe liquidity stresses.

Advances to core funding ratio

The three principal entities listed in the table below represented 61% of the total core deposits originated by operating entities at 30 June 2012 and overseen by the Risk Management Meeting (30 June 2011: 61%; 31 December 2011: 61%).

The table shows that loans and advances to customers in our principal banking entities were financed by reliable and stable sources of funding. We would meet any unexpected cash outflows primarily from our cash and balances at central banks, by selling or entering into repos with the securities assessed as liquid assets, and by running down interbank loans and reverse repos contractually. Additional sources of secured funding such as collateralised lending markets could also be accessed over the longer term.

The distinction between core and non-core deposits generally means that the Group’s measure of advances to core funding is more restrictive than that which could be inferred from the published financial statements.

 

 

163


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Advances to core funding ratios39

 

    Half-year to  
    30 Jun
2012
%
        30 Jun
2011
%
        31 Dec
2011
%
 

HSBC UK40

         

Period-end

    104          100          100   

Maximum

    104          103          102   

Minimum

    100          98          99   

Average

    102          101          100   

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation41

         

Period-end

    74          79          75   

Maximum

    75          79          79   

Minimum

    71          70          75   

Average

    73          75          77   

HSBC USA42

         

Period-end

    68          81          86   

Maximum

    86          98          86   

Minimum

    68          80          81   

Average

    80          86          82   

Total of HSBC’s other principal entities43

         

Period-end

    88          89          86   

Maximum

    88          90          90   

Minimum

    85          88          86   

Average

    86          89          88   

For footnotes, see page 180.

Funding of HSBC Finance

HSBC Finance historically raised term funding from the professional markets and, to a lesser extent, through securitising assets. At 30 June 2012, US$41bn (30 June 2011: US$59bn; 31 December 2011: US$51bn) of HSBC Finance’s liabilities were drawn from professional markets, utilising a range of products, maturities and currencies.

HSBC Finance – funding

 

    At
30 Jun
2012
US$bn
        At
30 Jun
2011
US$bn
        At
31 Dec
2011
US$bn
 

Maximum amounts of unsecured term funding maturing in any rolling:

         

3-month period

    3.6          5.1          5.1   

12-month period

    9.4          10.8          9.7   

Unused committed sources of secured funding44

             0.5          0.5   

Committed backstop lines from non-Group entities in support of CP programmes

    2.0          4.0          4.0   

For footnote, see page 180.

HSBC Finance uses a range of measures to monitor funding risk, including stress scenario analysis and caps placed on the amount of unsecured term funding that can mature in any rolling three-month and rolling 12-month periods. HSBC Finance has in place committed backstop lines from non-Group entities for short-term refinancing commercial paper (‘CP’) programmes. A CP programme is a short-term, unsecured funding tool used to manage day to day cash flow needs. In agreement with the rating agencies, issuance under this programme will not exceed 100% of committed bank backstop lines. HSBC Finance plans to wind down its CP programme during 2012 and, to that end, did not renew a US$2bn credit facility that expired in April 2012.

The need for HSBC Finance to refinance maturing term funding is reduced by the continued run-down of its balance sheet.

We do not expect the professional markets to be a source of funding for HSBC Finance in the future in light of the sale of the Card and Retail Services business and the run-off of its remaining business. HSBC Finance will meet future funding needs by asset sales and affiliate funding. As a consequence, no new external third-party funding (including CP) is being originated by HSBC Finance.

Stressed coverage ratios

The stressed coverage ratios tabulated below express stressed cash inflows as a percentage of stressed cash outflows over a one month time horizon. Operating entities are required to maintain a ratio of 100% or greater out to three months.

At 30 June 2012, the one-month and three-month stressed coverage ratios for the three principal entities and the total of HSBC’s other principal operating entities shown in the table below were in excess of the 100% target.

Inflows included in the numerator of the stressed coverage ratio are those that are assumed to be generated from the utilisation of liquid assets net of management assumed haircuts, and cash inflows related to assets contractually maturing within the stressed cash flow time period and not already reflected as a utilisation of a liquid asset.

In general, customer advances are assumed to be renewed and as a result are not assumed to generate a stressed cash inflow or represent a liquidity resource.

 

 

164


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Stressed one-month coverage ratio39

 

    Half-year to  
    30 Jun
2012
%
        30 Jun
2011
%
        31 Dec
2011
%
 

HSBC UK40

         

Period-end

    111          116          116   

Maximum

    117          116          118   

Minimum

    111          109          110   

Average

    114          112          113   

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation41

         

Period-end

    124          117          123   

Maximum

    134          145          123   

Minimum

    123          117          116   

Average

    130          128          119   

HSBC USA42

         

Period-end

    134          117          118   

Maximum

    137          128          123   

Minimum

    115          108          109   

Average

    125          122          116   

Total of HSBC’s other principal entities43

         

Period-end

    118          117          118   

Maximum

    123          121          119   

Minimum

    118          117          116   

Average

    120          119          117   

For footnotes, see page 180.

The total shown for other principal HSBC operating entities represents the combined position of all the other operating entities overseen directly by the Risk Management Meeting.

Liquid assets of HSBC’s principal operating entities

The table below shows the estimated liquidity value (before haircuts) of assets categorised as liquid assets used for the purposes of calculating the three month stressed coverage ratio, as defined under the HSBC Group framework.

Any unencumbered asset held as a consequence of a reverse repo transaction with a residual contractual maturity within three months is not reflected in the liquid assets values presented as these assets are reflected as contractual cash inflows. Unsecured interbank loans maturing within three months are also not reflected in the liquid asset values presented as these assets are also reflected as contractual cash inflows.

The decrease of US$8bn in level 1 and level 2 liquid assets and US$12bn in total liquid assets reported for HSBC USA in the first half of 2012 was offset by an increase of US$14bn in the amount of cash deployed in reverse repo transactions maturing within three months (the majority maturing within one week) which are excluded from the liquid asset values presented for HSBC USA.

 

 

165


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Liquid assets of HSBC’s principal entities

 

    Estimated liquidity value45  
    30 Jun
2012
US$m
         30 Jun
2011
US$m
         31 Dec
2011
US$m
 

HSBC UK40

           

Level 1 and Level 2

    121,165           82,425           114,940   

Level 3

    9,320                       

Non-government assets

              28,468           23,007   
    130,485           110,893           137,947   

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation41

           

Level 1 and Level 2

    110,872           94,401           107,056   

Level 3

    4,889                       

Non-government assets

              3,747           2,151   
    115,761           98,149           109,208   

HSBC USA42

           

Level 1 and Level 2

    79,477           78,587           87,429   

Level 3

    8,405                       

Other

    6,238                       

Non-government assets

              19,526           19,093   
    94,120           98,113           106,522   

Total of HSBC’s other principal entities43

           

Level 1 and Level 2

    155,329           153,281           140,911   

Level 3

    11,205                       

Other

                          

Non-government assets

              37,155           23,584   
    166,534           190,436           164,495   

For footnotes, see page 180.

 

The Group’s liquid asset policy was refined as at 1 January 2012 to apply a more granular definition of liquid assets, as set out in the Appendix to Risk on page 183. Under the previous framework, liquid assets were classified into two categories: central government, central bank and US agency MBS exposures; and all other non-government exposures. Central government, central bank and US agency MBS exposures qualify as Level 1 or Level 2 under the new policy and are shown as such in the comparatives. All other non-governmental liquid assets are separately presented in the comparatives. All assets within the liquid asset portfolio are unencumbered.

Contingent liquidity risk

Contingent liquidity risk is the risk associated with the need to provide additional funds to clients. The client-originated exposure relates to multi-seller conduits, which were established to enable clients to access a flexible market-based source of finance (see page 256). HSBC-managed asset exposures are differentiated in that they relate to consolidated SICs which issue debt secured by ABSs (see page 255). Other conduit exposures relate to third-party sponsored conduits (see page 257). Single issuer liquidity facilities are provided directly to clients rather than via any form of conduit. Single issuer liquidity facilities provided in the table below represent the aggregate of the five largest facilities, and the largest market sector.

 

 

166


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

The Group’s contractual exposures monitored under the contingent liquidity risk limit structure

 

     HSBC UK          HSBC USA          HSBC Canada         

The Hongkong and

Shanghai Banking

Corporation

 
    

At

30 Jun

2012
US$bn

    

At

30 Jun
2011
US$bn

    

At

31 Dec
2011
US$bn

        

At

30 Jun
2012
US$bn

    

At

30 Jun
2011
US$bn

    

At

31 Dec
2011
US$bn

        

At

30 Jun
2012
US$bn

    

At

30 Jun
2011
US$bn

    

At

31 Dec
2011
US$bn

        

At

30 Jun
2012
US$bn

    

At

30 Jun
2011
US$bn

    

At

31 Dec
2011
US$bn

 

Conduits

                                         

Client-originated assets

                                         

– total lines

     10.0         7.5         11.4           1.7         1.2         0.9           0.9         0.7         0.7                             

– largest individual lines

     0.6         0.4         0.7           0.5         0.4         0.3           0.8         0.5         0.5                             

HSBC-managed assets46
– total lines

     20.0         23.6         22.1                                                                                 

Other conduits47
– total lines

                               1.0         1.1         1.4                                                       

Single-issuer liquidity facilities

                                         

– five largest48

     4.0         4.2         3.4           5.9         6.6         5.7           1.7         2.2         1.8           1.6         1.9         1.9   

– largest market sector49

     8.4         9.8         7.5           7.1         5.1         6.5           4.2         4.3         3.8           2.5         2.6         2.5   

For footnotes, see page 180.

Comparatives for HSBC UK have been adjusted to reflect the reassessment of contingent liquidity risk exposures for certain entities.

 

Encumbered assets

Encumbered assets are assets which have been pledged or used as collateral or which legally we may not be able to use to secure funding. It remains a strength that only a small percentage of our assets are encumbered and that the majority of our assets are available as security for all our creditors. The majority of the encumbrance arises due to our repo activity within Europe and the US in GB&M, which is largely self-funding.

Our encumbered assets on an IFRSs basis are disclosed in Note 19 on the Financial Statements. Assets not included in Note 19 but which would generally not be used to secure funding include assets backing insurance and investment contracts (see ‘Balance sheet of insurance manufacturing’ on page 178) and Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness which secure Hong Kong currency notes in circulation, which are included on the face of the consolidated balance sheet. Additionally, properties with net book values of US$38m (30 June 2011: US$61m; 31 December 2011: US$33m) are considered encumbered.

Liquidity regulation

In December 2010, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (‘Basel Committee’) published the ‘International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring’. The framework comprises two liquidity metrics: the liquidity coverage ratio (‘LCR’) and the net stable funding ratio (‘NSFR’). The ratios are subject to an observation period that began in 2011, and are expected to become established standards by 2015 and 2018, respectively. During the observation period, the standards are under review by the Basel Committee with any revisions to the LCR expected by mid-2013 and to the NSFR by mid-2016.

Currently, the Basel Committee and the European Commission are debating the final calibration of the LCR and the NSFR. A significant level of interpretation is required in determining how to apply the definitions as currently drafted, in particular, the definition of operational deposits. It is therefore likely that the ratios will be subject to further change as exact requirements are finalised.

 

 

167


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Market risk

 

 

Market risk in the first half of 2012

     168   

Trading and non-trading portfolios

     168   

Structural foreign exchange exposures

     171   

Sensitivity of net interest income

     171   

Balance Sheet Management

     172   

Defined benefit pension schemes

     172   

Additional market risk measures applicable only to the parent company

     173   

Market risk is the risk that movements in market factors, including foreign exchange rates and commodity prices, interest rates, credit spreads and equity prices, will reduce our income or the value of our portfolios.

There have been no material changes to our policies and practices for the management of market risk as described in the Annual Report and Accounts 2011.

 

 

Exposure to market risk

Exposure to market risk is separated into two portfolios:

 

 

Trading portfolios include positions arising from market-making and position-taking and others designated as marked to market.

 

 

Non-trading portfolios including Balance Sheet Management, include positions that primarily arise from the interest rate management of our retail and commercial banking assets and liabilities, financial investments designated as available for sale and held to maturity, and exposures arising from our insurance operations (see page 176).

Monitoring and limiting market risk exposures

Our objective is to manage and control market risk exposures in order to optimise return on risk while maintaining a market profile consistent with our status as one of the world’s largest banking and financial services organisations.

We use a range of tools to monitor and limit market risk exposures, including:

 

 

sensitivity measures are used to monitor the market risk positions within each risk type;

 

 

value at risk (‘VAR’) is a technique that estimates the potential losses that could occur on risk positions as a result of movements in market rates and prices over a specified time horizon and to a given level of confidence; and

 

 

in recognition of VAR’s limitations we augment VAR with stress testing to evaluate the potential impact on portfolio values of more extreme, though plausible, events or movements in a set of financial variables. Examples of scenarios reflecting current market concerns are the mainland China slowdown and the potential effects of a sovereign debt default, including its wider contagion effects.

The major contributor to the trading and non-trading VAR for the Group is Global Markets.

 

 

LOGO    A summary of our current policies and practices regarding market risk is provided in the Appendix to Risk on page 183.

Market risk in the first half of 2012

The first quarter of the year began with a positive trend in the markets. This was reflected in a stock market rally, a sharp decrease in major volatility indices, credit spreads tightening and funding spreads improving across the board. The issuance of new debt and secondary trading activity benefited from the strong rally in credit. However, in the second quarter, the slowdown in global growth combined with the persistent challenges in the eurozone to re-introduce risk aversion, resulting in credit markets retracting, global stock markets retreating and the US dollar appreciating against the euro, sterling and emerging market currencies.

The eurozone sovereign debt crisis remained the centre of attention throughout the first half of the year. The difficulties in implementing the prescribed austerity measures and fiscal discipline, the possibility of counties exiting the eurozone, the escalating fears around high debt to GDP ratios and the need for aid to recapitalise banks weighed down on market sentiment. Against this backdrop, our response was to continue to manage down and, where possible, hedge our exposure to eurozone countries.

Trading and non-trading portfolios

The following table provides an overview of the reporting of risks within this section:

 

    

Portfolio

 
     Trading    Non-trading  

Risk type

     

Foreign exchange and commodity

   VAR      VAR50   

Interest rate

   VAR      VAR51   

Equity

   VAR      Sensitivity   

Credit spread

   VAR      VAR   

For footnotes, see page 180.

Value at risk of the trading and non-trading portfolios

Our Group VAR, both trading and non-trading, was as tabulated overleaf.

During the first half of 2012, the reduction in VAR mainly came from credit portfolios as a result of a reduction in the volatility of the historical market data in our VAR model.

 

 

168


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Value at risk

     Half-year to  
     30 June
2012
US$m
    

30 June

2011
US$m

    

31 December
2011

US$m

 

At period-end

     258.6         249.7         367.0   

Average

     292.4         289.5         313.2   

Minimum

     229.0         241.1         231.5   

Maximum

     383.9         403.2         404.3   

We routinely validate the accuracy of our VAR models by back-testing the actual daily profit and

loss results, adjusted to remove non-modelled items such as fees and commissions, against the corresponding VAR numbers. Statistically, we would expect to see losses in excess of VAR only 1% of the time over a one-year period. The actual number of excesses over this period can therefore be used to gauge how well the models are performing. In the first half of 2012, there were no loss exceptions at Group level. This was consistent with what is statistically expected from the model.

 

 

 

Daily distribution of Global Markets’ trading, Balance Sheet Management and other trading revenues52,53

         Half-year to  
        

30 Jun
2012

US$m

        

30 Jun
2011

US$m

        

31 Dec
2011

US$m

 

Average daily revenue

       55.5           50.7           34.2   

Standard deviation54

       29.7           25.8           40.5   

Ranges of most frequent daily revenues

       40 – 50           30 – 40           30 – 40   
       days           days           days   

– daily occurrences

       23           25           17   

Days of negative revenue

                 2           21   
Half-year to 30 June 2012
Number of days
LOGO
Revenues (US$m)

n Profit and loss frequency

 

 

Half-year to 30 June 2011   Half-year to 31 December 2011
Number of days   Number of days
LOGO   LOGO
Revenues (US$m)   Revenues (US$m)

n Profit and loss frequency

 

n Profit and loss frequency

 

 

For footnotes, see page 180.

 

Our Group daily VAR, both trading and non-trading, was as follows. For a description of HSBC’s fair value and price verification controls, see page 230.

Daily VAR (trading and non-trading)

(US$m)

 

LOGO

 

 

 

169


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Trading portfolios

VAR by risk type for trading intent activities55

 

    

Foreign
exchange and

commodity

     Interest
rate
     Equity     

Credit

spread

    

Portfolio

diversification56

     Total57  
     US$m      US$m      US$m      US$m      US$m      US$m  
                 

 

 

 

At 30 June 2012

     28.8         42.9         13.8         26.4         (42.7      69.2   

At 30 June 2011

     10.3         67.0         4.1         38.7         (28.5      91.6   

At 31 December 2011

     18.6         49.4         7.4         75.2         (32.3      118.3   

Average

                 

First half of 2012

     30.0         45.0         5.9         37.4         (29.7      88.7   

First half of 2011

     15.0         52.0         9.2         46.2         (28.8      93.6   

Second half of 2011

     18.6         56.3         6.7         67.9         (39.9      109.7   

Minimum

                 

First half of 2012

     14.4         33.3         2.7         22.4                 62.0   

First half of 2011

     7.6         30.1         3.6         34.7                 62.2   

Second half of 2011

     9.2         44.4         2.5         34.8                 77.9   

Maximum

                 

First half of 2012

     46.0         60.0         13.8         77.9                 130.9   

First half of 2011

     26.8         80.2         17.2         56.2                 143.9   

Second half of 2011

     31.9         78.2         14.9         103.2                 138.4   

For footnotes, see page 180.

 

The VAR for trading intent activity within Global Markets at 30 June 2012 (US$69.2m) was lower than at 31 December 2011 (US$118.3m) due to a reduction in positions, lower volatility of the historical market data in our VAR model, and an increase in portfolio diversification.

Credit spread risk

Credit spread risk arises on credit derivative transactions entered into by Global Banking in order to manage the risk concentrations within our corporate loan portfolio and enhance capital efficiency.

At 30 June 2012, the credit VAR on these transactions was US$5.5m (30 June 2011: US$3.7m; 31 December 2011: US$6.6m). The mark-to-market of these transactions is reflected in the income statement.

Gap risk

We did not incur any significant gap risk loss in the half-year to 30 June 2012.

Non-trading portfolios

Available-for-sale debt securities

At 30 June 2012, the sensitivity of equity capital to the effect of movements in credit spreads on our available-for-sale debt securities, including the gross exposure for the SICs consolidated within our balance sheet, based on credit spread VAR, was US$212m (30 June 2011: US$220m; 31 December

2011: US$389m). This sensitivity is calculated before taking into account losses which would have been absorbed by the capital note holders.

At 30 June 2012, the capital note holders would absorb the first US$2.2bn (30 June 2011: US$2.2bn; 31 December 2011: US$2.3bn) of any losses incurred by the SICs before we incur any equity losses.

Equity securities classified as available for sale

Fair values of equity securities

 

     At
30 Jun
2012
         At
30 Jun
2011
         At
31 Dec
2011
 
     US$bn           US$bn           US$bn   

Private equity holdings58

     3.0           2.9           3.0   

Funds invested for short-term cash management

     0.1           0.6           0.2   

Investment to facilitate ongoing business59

     1.1           1.1           1.1   

Other strategic investments

     2.5           3.6           2.9   

Total

     6.7           8.2           7.2   

For footnotes, see page 180.

Potential new commitments are subject to risk appraisal to ensure that industry and geographical concentrations remain within acceptable levels for the portfolio. Regular reviews are performed to substantiate the valuation of the investments within the portfolio and investments held to facilitate ongoing business, such as holdings in government-sponsored enterprises and local stock exchanges.

 

 

170


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

The fair value of the constituents of equity securities classified as available for sale can fluctuate considerably. A 10% reduction in the value of the available-for-sale equities at 30 June 2012 would have reduced equity by US$0.7bn (30 June 2011: US$0.8bn; 31 December 2011: US$0.7bn). Our policy for assessing impairment on available-for-sale equity securities is described on page 301 of  the Annual Report and Accounts 2011.

Structural foreign exchange exposures

Our policies and procedures for managing structural foreign exchange exposures are described on page 201 in the Annual Report and Accounts 2011.

Sensitivity of net interest income

The table below sets out the effect on future net interest income of an incremental 25 basis points parallel rise or fall in all yield curves worldwide at the beginning of each quarter during the 12 months from 1 July 2012. Assuming no management actions, a sequence of such rises would increase planned net interest income for the 12 months to 30 June 2013 by US$1,586m (to 31 December 2012: US$1,571m), while a sequence of such falls would decrease planned net interest income by US$1,685m (to 31 December 2012: US$1,909m). These figures incorporate the effect of any option features in the underlying exposures.

 

 

Sensitivity of projected net interest income60

 

    

US dollar

bloc
US$m

          Rest of
Americas
bloc
US$m
         

Hong Kong
dollar

bloc

US$m

          Rest of
Asia
bloc
US$m
         

Sterling

bloc
US$m

         

Euro

bloc
US$m

          Total
US$m
 

Change in July 2012 to June 2013 projected net interest income arising from a shift in yield curves at the beginning of each quarter of:

                                      

+ 25 basis points

     242            81            225            199            779            60            1,586   

– 25 basis points

     (394         (69         (325         (142         (719         (36         (1,685

Change in January 2012 to December 2012 projected net interest income arising from a shift in yield curves at the beginning of each quarter of:

                                      

+ 25 basis points

     209            62            263            232            729            76            1,571   

– 25 basis points

     (465         (59         (443         (166         (708         (68         (1,909

For footnote, see page 180.

 

The interest rate sensitivities set out in the table above are illustrative only and are based on simplified scenarios. The limitations of this analysis are discussed in the Appendix to Risk on page 183.

The main driver of the changes between December 2011 and June 2012 in the sensitivity of the Group’s net interest income to the change in rates shown in the table above were lower implied yield curves, resulting in reduced margin compression risk in a falling rate scenario.

We monitor the sensitivity of reported reserves before any tax adjustments to interest rate movements on a monthly basis. This is done by assessing the expected pre-tax reduction in valuation of available-for-sale portfolios and cash flow hedges due to parallel movements of plus or minus 100 basis points in all yield curves. The table below describes the sensitivity of HSBC’s reported reserves to these movements and the maximum and minimum month-end figures during the period:

 

 

171


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Sensitivity of reported reserves to interest rate movements60

 

            Impact in the preceding 6 months  
     US$m     

Maximum

US$m

    

Minimum

US$m

 

At 30 June 2012

        

+ 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves

     (5,199      (5,748      (5,199

As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity

     (3.1%      (3.4%      (3.1%

– 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves

     4,879         5,418         4,879   

As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity

     2.9%         3.3%         2.9%   

At 30 June 2011

        

+ 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves

     (5,889      (6,178      (5,889

As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity

     (3.7%      (3.9%      (3.7%

– 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves

     6,081         6,329         6,081   

As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity

     3.8%         4.0%         3.8%   

At 31 December 2011

        

+ 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves

     (5,594      (6,178      (5,594

As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity

     3.5%         (3.9%      (3.5%

– 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves

     5,397         6,411         5,397   

As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity

     3.4%         4.0%         3.4%   

For footnote, see page 180.

 

The sensitivities are illustrative only and are based on simplified scenarios. The table shows the potential sensitivity of reserves, as a proportion of total shareholders’ equity, to valuation changes in available-for-sale portfolios and from cash flow hedges following the specified shifts in yield curves. These particular exposures form only a part of our overall interest rate exposures. The accounting treatment under IFRSs of our remaining interest rate exposures, while economically largely offsetting the exposures shown in the above table, does not require revaluation movements to go to reserves.

The year-on-year decrease in sensitivity of reserves was due to a decrease in government bonds held in Balance Sheet Management, which are accounted for on an available-for-sale basis.

Balance Sheet Management

In each Group entity, Balance Sheet Management (‘BSM’) is responsible for managing liquidity and funding under the supervision of the local Asset and Liability Management Committee (‘ALCO’). It also manages the structural interest rate position of the entity within a Global Markets limit structure.

BSM reinvests excess liquidity into highly rated liquid assets. The majority of the liquidity is invested in central bank deposits, and government, supranational and agency securities with most of the remainder short-term interbank and central bank loans.

Central bank deposits are accounted for as cash balances. Interbank loans and loans to central banks are accounted for as

loans and advances to banks. BSM’s holdings of securities are accounted for as available-for-sale assets.

BSM is permitted to use derivatives as part of its mandate to manage interest rate risk. Derivative activity is predominantly through the use of vanilla interest rate swaps which are part of cash flow hedging relationships.

Credit risk in BSM is predominantly limited to short-term bank exposure created by interbank lending and exposure to central banks as well as high quality sovereigns, supranationals or agencies which constitute the majority of BSM’s liquidity portfolio. BSM does not and is not mandated to manage the structural credit risk of any Group balance sheets. BSM only manages interest rate risk.

BSM is permitted to enter into single name and index credit derivatives activity, but it does so to manage credit risk on the exposure specific to its securities portfolio in limited circumstances only. The risk limits are extremely limited and closely monitored. BSM currently has no open credit derivative index risk.

Defined benefit pension schemes

Market risk arises within HSBC’s defined benefit pension schemes to the extent that the obligations of the schemes are not fully matched by assets with determinable cash flows.

 

 

172


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

HSBC’s defined benefit pension schemes

 

     At
30 Jun
2012
          At
30 Jun
2011
          At
31 Dec
2011
 
     US$bn           US$bn           US$bn  

Liabilities (present value)

     35.9            33.7            35.0   
     %            %            %   

Assets:

              

Equity investments

     17            20            15   

Debt securities

     72            69            73   

Other (including property)

     11            11            12   
     100            100            100   

For details of the latest actuarial valuation of the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme (‘the Scheme’) funded defined benefit plan (‘the principal plan’), see Note 7 on the Financial Statements in the Annual Report and Accounts 2011.

Additional market risk measures applicable only to the parent company

The principal tools used in the management of market risk are VAR for foreign exchange rate risk, and the projected sensitivity of HSBC Holdings’ net interest income to future changes in yield curves and interest rate gap re-pricing for interest rate risk.

Foreign exchange risk

Total foreign exchange VAR arising within HSBC Holdings in the first half of 2012 was as follows:

HSBC Holdings – foreign exchange VAR

 

     Half-year to  
     30 Jun
2012
    

30 Jun

2011

    

31 Dec

2011

 
     US$m      US$m      US$m  

At period end

     39.4         43.4         47.7   

Average

     48.2         40.7         43.3   

Minimum

     39.4         38.2         38.2   

Maximum

     54.2         43.4         48.3   

The foreign exchange risk largely arises from loans to subsidiaries of a capital nature that are not denominated in the functional currency of either the provider or the recipient and which are accounted for as financial assets. Changes in the carrying amount of these loans due to foreign exchange rate differences are taken directly to HSBC Holdings’ income statement. These loans, and the associated foreign exchange exposures, are eliminated on a Group consolidated basis.

Interest repricing gap table

The interest rate risk on the fixed-rate securities issued by HSBC Holdings is not included within the Group VAR, but is managed on a repricing gap basis. The interest rate repricing gap table below analyses the full-term structure of interest rate mismatches within HSBC Holdings’ balance sheet. The change in the interest rate gap profile between 30 June 2011 and 30 June 2012 is primarily driven by part of the subordinated and Tier 1 debt approaching maturity.

 

 

Repricing gap analysis of HSBC Holdings

 

     Total          

Up to

1 year

          1–5 years           5–10 years          

More than

10 years

         

Non-

interest

bearing

 
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

At 30 June 2012

                                

Total assets

     125,392            26,223            1,450            1,010            612            96,097   

Total liabilities and equity

     (125,392         (7,333         (7,051         (11,052         (14,005         (85,951

Off-balance sheet items attracting interest rate sensitivity

                (18,331         4,632            8,575            4,200            924   

Net interest rate risk gap

                559            (969         (1,467         (9,193         11,070   

Cumulative interest rate gap

                559            (410         (1,877         (11,070           

At 30 June 2011

                                

Total assets

     123,004            27,224            1,175            1,021            624            92,960   

Total liabilities and equity

     (123,004         (3,886         (12,468         (16,243         (13,373         (77,034

Off-balance sheet items attracting interest rate sensitivity

                (18,990         10,033            6,315            3,535            (893

Net interest rate risk gap

                4,348            (1,260         (8,907         (9,214         15,033   

Cumulative interest rate gap

                4,348            3,088            (5,819         (15,033           

At 31 December 2011

                                

Total assets

     123,862            25,885            2,350            1,010            603            94,014   

Total liabilities and equity

     (123,862         (5,730         (8,814         (8,227         (14,833         (86,258

Off-balance sheet items attracting interest rate sensitivity

                (17,945         6,405            5,749            5,048            743   

Net interest rate risk gap

                2,210            (59         (1,468         (9,182         8,499   

Cumulative interest rate gap

                2,210            2,151            683            (8,499           

 

173


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Operational risk

 

Operational risk is relevant to every aspect of our business, and covers a wide spectrum of issues, in particular legal, compliance, security and fraud. Losses arising from breaches of regulation and law, unauthorised activities, error, omission, inefficiency, fraud, systems failure or external events all fall within the definition of operational risk.

There were continuing enhancements to our operational risk management framework policies and procedures in the first half of 2012. This included the implementation of a Top Risk analysis process to enhance the quantification and management of material risks through scenario analysis. This provides a top down, forward-looking view to help determine whether the risks are being effectively managed within our risk appetite or whether further management action is required.

 

LOGO   A summary of our current policies and practices regarding operational risk is provided in the Appendix to Risk on page 183.

Operational risk in the first half of 2012

During the first half of 2012, our top and emerging risk profile was dominated by compliance and legal risks. Other featured operational risks include:

 

 

challenges to achieving our strategy in a downturn: businesses and geographical regions have prioritised strategy and annual operating plans to reflect current economic conditions. Performance against plan is monitored through a number of means including the use of balanced scorecards and performance reporting at all relevant management committees;

 

 

internet crime and fraud: increased monitoring and additional controls including internet banking controls have been implemented to enhance our defences against external attack and reduce the level of losses in these areas;

 

 

social media risk: compensating controls have been implemented by several Group companies in an attempt to reduce our exposure to these risks, including:

 

  an HSBC presence in several of the larger social media networks; and

 

  increased monitoring;

 

 

level of change creating operational complexity: risk functions are engaged with business management in business transformation

 

initiatives to ensure robust internal controls are maintained, including through participation in all relevant management committees; and

 

 

information security: significant investment has already been made in enhancing controls, including increased training to raise staff awareness of the requirements, enhanced controls around data access and heightened monitoring of information flows. This area will continue to be a focus of ongoing initiatives to strengthen the control environment.

Other operational risks are also monitored and managed through the use of the operational risk management framework, including investments made to further improve the resilience of our payments infrastructure.

Legal risks are discussed on page 194 and further details regarding compliance risk are set out below.

Compliance risk

 

All Group companies are required to observe the letter and spirit of all relevant laws, codes, rules, regulations and standards of good market practice. In 2012, we continued to experience increasing levels of compliance risk as regulators and other agencies pursued investigations into historic activities and as we continued to work with them in relation to already identified issues. These included:

 

 

the mis-selling of interest rate derivative products to SMEs in the UK and the settlement of claims by HSBC Bank to provide appropriate redress;

 

 

investigations related to certain past submissions made by panel banks in connection with the setting of LIBOR, EURIBOR and other interest rates. As certain HSBC entities are members of such panels, HSBC Holdings and certain of its subsidiaries have been the subject of regulatory demands for information;

 

 

appearance before the US Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations (‘PSI’) about our compliance with US regulations including anti-money laundering laws, the BSA and OFAC sanctions. We have previously disclosed these matters and have co-operated with relevant US authorities since 2010; and

 

 

ongoing investigations by US regulatory and law enforcement authorities into our compliance with anti-money laundering laws, the BSA and OFAC sanctions.

 

 

174


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

It is clear from both our own and wider industry experience that there is a significantly increased level of activity from regulators and law enforcement agencies in pursuing investigations in relation to possible breaches of regulation. Coupled with a substantial increase in the volume of new regulation, much of which has some level of extra-territorial effect, and the geographical spread of our businesses, we believe that the level of inherent compliance risk that we face will continue to remain high for the foreseeable future. Many of the steps described in the reputational risk section below are intended to adapt to and address that ongoing increased compliance risk.

Reputational risk

 

The safeguarding of our reputation is paramount. It is the responsibility of all members of staff, who are supported by a global risk management structure underpinned by relevant policies and practices, readily available guidance, and regular training.

As noted in the compliance risk section above, we have acknowledged, in the context of the recent PSI hearing, that it was not enough to fix the specific issues that the PSI focused on and outlined additionally our implementation of a global strategy to tackle the root causes of these identified deficiencies.

With a new senior leadership team and a new strategy in place since 2011, HSBC has already taken concrete steps to augment the framework to address these issues including making significant changes to strengthen compliance, risk management and culture. These steps, which should also serve, over time, to enhance our reputational risk management, include the following:

 

 

the creation of a new global structure, which will make HSBC easier to manage and control, by reorganising HSBC into four global businesses and ten global functions, including Compliance and Risk, allowing a coordinated and consistent approach;

 

simplifying our business through the ongoing implementation of our organisational effectiveness programme and our five economic filters strategy and developing a sixth global risk filter which should help to standardise our approach to doing business in higher risk countries;

 

 

a substantial increase in resources, doubling of global expenditure and significant strengthening of compliance as a control (and not only as an advisory) function;

 

 

continuing to roll out an HSBC Values programme that seeks to define the way everyone in the Group should act. This makes all managers and senior executives accountable for ensuring that business decisions and activities are aligned to our Values and business principles and includes reviewing all products, services, policies and practices to ensure that the Values are embedded into our ‘business as usual’ operations;

 

 

the appointment of a new Chief Legal Officer, with particular expertise and experience in US law and regulation;

 

 

designing and implementing new global standards by which we conduct our businesses. As a key principle in doing this, we will adopt and enforce a single standard globally that is determined by the highest regulatory standard we must apply anywhere. We will also maximise information sharing for risk management purposes across HSBC to the extent permitted by law and apply a globally consistent approach to knowing and retaining our customers; and

 

 

enforcing a consistent global sanctions policy.

Success in detecting and preventing illicit actors’ access to the global financial system calls for constant vigilance and HSBC will continue to work in close cooperation with all governments to achieve this. This is integral to the execution of HSBC’s strategy, to our core values and to preserving and enhancing our reputation.

 

 

175


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Risk management of insurance operations

 

 

HSBC’s bancassurance model

     176   

Insurance risk in the first half of 2012

     176   

Balance sheet of insurance manufacturing subsidiaries by type of contract

     178   

The majority of the risk in our insurance business derives from manufacturing activities and can be categorised as insurance risk and financial risk. Insurance risk is the risk, other than financial risk, of loss transferred from the holder of the insurance contract to the issuer (HSBC). Financial risks include market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk.

There have been no material changes to our policies and practices for the management of insurance risk, including the risks relating to different life and non-life products, as described in the Annual Report and Accounts 2011.

 

LOGO    A summary of HSBC’s policies and practices regarding insurance risk and the main contracts we manufacture, is provided in the Appendix to Risk on page 183.

HSBC’s bancassurance model

We operate a bancassurance model which provides insurance products for customers with whom we have a banking relationship. Insurance products are sold via all global businesses, mainly utilising retail branches, the internet and phone centres. RBWM customers attract the majority of sales and comprise the majority of policyholders.

Many of these insurance products are manufactured by our subsidiaries, where we have the risk appetite and operational scale. This allows us to retain the risks and rewards associated with writing insurance contracts as both the underwriting profit and the commission paid by the manufacturer to the bank distribution channel are kept within the Group.

Where we do not have the risk appetite or operational scale to be effective, third parties are engaged to manufacture insurance products for sale through our banking network. We work with a limited number of market-leading partners to provide the products. These arrangements earn us a commission.

Our bancassurance business operates in all six of our geographical regions with over 30 legal entities, the majority of which are subsidiaries of banking legal entities, manufacturing insurance products.

The insurance contracts we sell primarily relate to core underlying banking activities, such as savings and investment products, and credit life products.

Our manufacturing business concentrates on personal lines, e.g. contracts written for individuals. This focus on the higher volume, lower individual value personal lines contributes to diversifying risk.

Insurance risk in the first half of 2012

The principal insurance risk we face is that, over time, the cost of acquiring and administering a contract, claims and benefits may exceed the aggregate amount of premiums received and investment income. The cost of claims and benefits can be influenced by many factors, including mortality and morbidity experience, lapse and surrender rates and, if the policy has a savings element, the performance of the assets held to support the liabilities.

In respect of financial risks, subsidiaries manufacturing products with guarantees are usually exposed to falls in market interest rates and equity prices to the extent that the market exposure cannot be managed by utilising discretionary participation (or bonus) features (‘DPF’) within the policy.

The following tables analyse our insurance risk exposures by geographical region and by type of business. The insurance risk profile and related exposures remain largely consistent with those observed at 31 December 2011.

 

 

176


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Analysis of life insurance risk – liabilities to policyholders61

 

     Europe
US$m
          Hong
Kong
US$m
         

Rest of
Asia-

Pacific
US$m

         

North

America62
US$m

          Latin
America
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

At 30 June 2012

                                

Life (non-linked)

     1,185            23,645            1,432                       2,079            28,341   

Insurance contracts with DPF63

     329            22,028            395                                  22,752   

Credit life

     167                       59                                  226   

Annuities

     547                       110                       1,512            2,169   

Term assurance and other long-term contracts

     142            1,617            868                       567            3,194   

Life (linked)

     2,774            3,713            532                       4,905            11,924   

Investment contracts with DPF63,64

     21,898                       8                                  21,906   

Insurance liabilities to policyholders

     25,857            27,358            1,972                       6,984            62,171   

At 30 June 2011

                                

Life (non-linked)

     1,621            19,957            997            992            2,282            25,849   

Insurance contracts with DPF63

     364            18,875            316                                  19,555   

Credit life

     482                       51            34            2            569   

Annuities

     473                       72            749            1,699            2,993   

Term assurance and other long-term contracts

     302            1,082            558            209            581            2,732   

Life (linked)

     2,563            3,460            525                       5,184            11,732   

Investment contracts with DPF63,64

     24,652                       16                                  24,668   

Insurance liabilities to policyholders

     28,836            23,417            1,538            992            7,466            62,249   

At 31 December 2011

                                

Life (non-linked)

     1,163            21,460            1,227            982            2,094            26,926   

Insurance contracts with DPF63

     335            20,109            338                                  20,782   

Credit life

     219                       58            34                       311   

Annuities

     517                       78            741            1,546            2,882   

Term assurance and other long-term contracts

     92            1,351            753            207            548            2,951   

Life (linked)

     2,508            3,393            476                       4,833            11,210   

Investment contracts with DPF63,64

     21,477                       11                                  21,488   

Insurance liabilities to policyholders

     25,148            24,853            1,714            982            6,927            59,624   

For footnotes, see page 180.

Analysis of non-life insurance risk – net written insurance premiums61,65

 

     Europe
US$m
          Hong
Kong
US$m
          Rest of
Asia-
Pacific
US$m
          North
     America
US$m
          Latin
America
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

Half-year to 30 June 2012

                                

Accident and health

     3            99            5                       18            125   

Motor

                8            12                       134            154   

Fire and other damage

                17            7            23            13            60   

Liability

                11            2                       1            14   

Credit (non-life)

                                      18            1            19   

Marine, aviation and transport

                5            2                       11            18   

Other non-life insurance contracts

     1            18            1            2            27            49   

Total net written insurance premiums

              4                 158                 29              43               205                 439   

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

     (2         (69         (15         (13         (95         (194

Half-year to 30 June 2011

                                

Accident and health

     19            91            5            1            20            136   

Motor

                8            15                       160            183   

Fire and other damage

     9            14            5            12            13            53   

Liability

                10            3                       1            14   

Credit (non-life)

     7                                  27            1            35   

Marine, aviation and transport

                5            2                       12            19   

Other non-life insurance contracts

     6            18                       4            46            74   

Total net written insurance premiums

     41            146            30            44            253            514   

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

     25            (67         (14         (7         (115         (178

 

177


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Analysis of non-life insurance risk – net written insurance premiums (continued)

 

     Europe
US$m
          Hong
Kong
US$m
          Rest of
Asia-
Pacific
US$m
          North
America
US$m
          Latin
America
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

Half-year to 31 December 2011

                                

Accident and health

     4            95            3            (1         19            120   

Motor

                9            10                       168            187   

Fire and other damage

     (4         15            8            18            16            53   

Liability

     1            6            2                                  9   

Credit (non-life)

     (1                               21                       20   

Marine, aviation and transport

                5            1                       13            19   

Other non-life insurance contracts

     1            21            1            3            45            71   

Total net written insurance premiums

     1            151            25            41            261            479   

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

     31            (60         (12         (15         (116         (172

For footnotes, see page 180.

 

Our motor business was written predominantly in Argentina; this business was sold in May 2012. Our accident and health and fire and other damage to property contracts are written in all regions, but mainly in Hong Kong. Credit non-life insurance, which was historically originated in conjunction with the provision of loans, is concentrated in the US.

Balance sheet of insurance manufacturing subsidiaries by type of contract

A principal tool we use to manage our exposure to insurance risk, in particular for life insurance contracts, is asset and liability matching.

The table below shows the composition of assets and liabilities and demonstrates that there were sufficient assets to cover the liabilities to policyholders at 30 June 2012.

 

 

Balance sheet of insurance manufacturing subsidiaries by type of contract

 

     Insurance contracts          Investment contracts                   
    

With

DPF
US$m

          Unit-
linked
US$m
          Annuities
US$m
         

Term

assurance66
US$m

          Non-life
US$m
         With
DPF
64
US$m
         

Unit-

linked
US$m

          Other
US$m
         

Other

assets67
US$m

          Total
US$m
 

At 30 June 2012

                                                       

Financial assets

     22,712            11,129            1,798            3,758            1,123           21,242            8,138            4,212            6,347            80,459   

– trading assets

                           4                                                                             4   

– financial assets designated at fair value

     1,989            10,905            376            571            212           5,895            7,432            1,472            2,623            31,475   

– derivatives

     20            1                                            216            5            91            5            338   

– financial investments

     16,971                       1,083            2,929            676           13,728                       1,847            3,122            40,356   

– other financial assets

     3,732            223            335            258            235           1,403            701            802            597            8,286   

Reinsurance assets

     13            826            464            166            102                                            73            1,644   

PVIF68

                                                                                            4,426            4,426   

Other assets and investment properties

     422            8            19            175            145           664            30            28            2,924            4,415   

Total assets

     23,147            11,963            2,281            4,099            1,370           21,906            8,168            4,240            13,770            90,944   

Liabilities under investment contracts:

                                                       

– designated at fair value

                                                                      8,057            3,679                       11,736   

– carried at amortised cost

                                                                                 430                       430   

Liabilities under insurance contracts

     22,752            11,924            2,169            3,420            690           21,906                                             62,861   

Deferred tax

     17                       14            10            1                                            1,011            1,053   

Other liabilities

                                                                                            4,587            4,587   

Total liabilities

     22,769            11,924            2,183            3,430            691           21,906            8,057            4,109            5,598            80,667   

Total equity

                                                                                            10,277            10,277   

Total equity and liabilities69

     22,769            11,924            2,183            3,430            691           21,906            8,057            4,109            15,875            90,944   

 

178


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

     Insurance contracts         Investment contracts                  
     With
DPF
        Unit-
linked
        Annuities        

Term

assurance66

        Non-life         With
DPF64
       

Unit-

linked

        Other        

Other

assets67

          Total  
     US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m           US$m  

At 30 June 2011

                                        

Financial assets

     19,436          10,962          2,734          3,233          2,434          24,112          8,771          4,038          7,371            83,091   

– trading assets

                                         34                                                34   

– financial assets designated at fair value

     1,683          10,664          474          646          221          6,426          8,050          1,529          1,641            31,334   

– derivatives

     54          1          1          10          1          279          11          1          2            360   

– financial investments

     14,650                   1,929          2,061          1,169          16,178                   1,789          4,274            42,050   

– other financial assets

     3,049          297          330          516          1,009          1,229          710          719          1,454            9,313   

Reinsurance assets

     13          802          395          243          424                                     59            1,936   

PVIF68

                                                                             4,186            4,186   

Other assets and investment properties

     216          10          26          363          208          557          23          51          697            2,151   

Total assets

     19,665          11,774          3,155          3,839          3,066          24,669          8,794          4,089          12,313            91,364   

Liabilities under investment contracts:

                                        

– designated at fair value

                                                           8,762          3,429                     12,191   

– carried at amortised cost

                                                                    485                     485   

Liabilities under insurance contracts

     19,555          11,732          2,993          3,301          2,202          24,668                                       64,451   

Deferred tax

     13                   22          6          6                            1          970            1,018   

Other liabilities

                                                                             2,213            2,213   

Total liabilities

     19,568          11,732          3,015          3,307          2,208          24,668          8,762          3,915          3,183            80,358   

Total equity

                                                                             11,006            11,006   

Total equity and liabilities69

     19,568          11,732          3,015          3,307          2,208          24,668          8,762          3,915          14,189            91,364   

At 31 December 2011

                                        

Financial assets

     20,520          10,355          2,531          3,398          1,656          20,745          7,843          4,103          7,219            78,370   

– trading assets

                       3                   24                                                27   

– financial assets designated at fair value

     1,730          10,101          426          594          206          5,491          7,191          1,515          1,616            28,870   

– derivatives

     23          1                                     231          7          89          7            358   

– financial investments

     15,523          1          1,778          2,540          791          13,732                   1,913          4,008            40,286   

– other financial assets

     3,244          252          324          264          635          1,291          645          586          1,588            8,829   

Reinsurance assets

     12          903          441          196          250                                     42            1,844   

PVIF68

                                                                             4,092            4,092   

Other assets and investment properties

     384          6          14          188          169          744          28          34          753            2,320   

Total assets

     20,916          11,264          2,986          3,782          2,075          21,489          7,871          4,137          12,106            86,626   

Liabilities under investment contracts:

                                        

– designated at fair value

                                                           7,813          3,586                     11,399   

– carried at amortised cost

                                                                    435                     435   

Liabilities under insurance contracts

     20,782          11,210          2,882          3,262          1,635          21,488                                       61,259   

Deferred tax

     15                   21          6          1                                     931            974   

Other liabilities

                                                                             1,930            1,930   

Total liabilities

     20,797          11,210          2,903          3,268          1,636          21,488          7,813          4,021          2,861            75,997   

Total equity

                                                                             10,629            10,629   

Total equity and liabilities69

     20,797          11,210          2,903          3,268          1,636          21,488          7,813          4,021          13,490            86,626   

For footnotes, see page 180.

 

179


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Footnotes to Risk

Credit risk

 

1 30 June 2011 comparative data have not been separately presented as the amounts are insignificant.
2 The amount of the loan commitments reflects, where relevant, the expected level of take-up of pre-approved loan offers made by mailshots to personal customers. In addition to those amounts, there is a further maximum possible exposure to credit risk of US$27.9bn (30 June 2011: US$159.5bn; 31 December 2011: US$171bn), reflecting the full take-up of such irrevocable loan commitments. The take-up of such offers is generally at modest levels.
3 First lien residential mortgages include Hong Kong Government Home Ownership Scheme loans of US$3.2bn at 30 June 2012 (30 June 2011: US$3.4bn; 31 December 2011: US$3.3bn).
4 Other personal loans and advances include second lien mortgages and other property-related lending.
5 Other commercial loans and advances include advances in respect of agriculture, transport, energy and utilities.
6 Included within ‘Total gross loans and advances to customers’ (‘TGLAC’) is credit card lending of US$29.1bn (30 June 2011: US$59.1bn; 31 December 2011: US$29.5bn).
7 During 2011 the Group adopted a more stringent treatment for the presentation of impaired loans for geographical regions with significant levels of forbearance. As a result loans and advances have been classified as impaired that under the previous disclosure convention would otherwise have been classified as neither past due nor impaired or past due but not impaired. The comparative balances for 30 June 2011 were restated to comply with the revised disclosure convention (see page 133 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2011 for further details).
8 The impairment allowances on loans and advances to banks at 30 June 2012 relate to the geographical regions, Europe and Middle East and North Africa (30 June 2011 and 31 December 2011: Europe, Middle East and North Africa and North America).
9 Our available-for-sale holdings in sovereign and agency debt of Italy and Spain include debt held to support insurance contracts which provide discretionary profit participation to policyholders. For such contracts, unrealised movements in liabilities are recognised in other comprehensive income, following the treatment of the unrealised movements on related available-for-sale assets. To the extent that the movements are matched, no movement in the available-for-sale reserve is recognised. For those available-for-sale debt instruments described above that are not held to support insurance contracts which provide discretionary profit participation to policyholders, the available-for-sale reserves at 30 June 2012 were insignificant.
10 In-country liabilities in Italy include liabilities issued under local law but booked outside the country.
11 The US includes residential mortgages of HSBC Bank USA and HSBC Finance. Other regions comprise Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific, Middle East and North Africa, and Latin America.
12 HSBC Finance lending is shown on a management basis and includes loans transferred to HSBC USA Inc. which are managed by HSBC Finance.
13 Negative equity arises when the value of the property used to secure a loan is below the balance outstanding on the loan, generally based on values at the balance sheet date.
14 Loan-to-value ratios are generally based on values at the balance sheet date.
15 Property acquired through foreclosure is initially recognised at the lower of the carrying amount of the loan or its fair value less estimated costs to sell (‘Initial Foreclosed Property Carrying Amount’). The average loss on sale of foreclosed properties is calculated as the Initial Foreclosed Properties Carrying Amount less cash proceeds divided by the unpaid loan principal balance prior to write-down (excluding any accrued finance income) plus certain other ancillary disbursements that, by law, are reimbursable from the cash proceeds (e.g. real estate tax advances) and were incurred prior to our taking title to the property. This ratio represents the portion of our total loss on foreclosed properties that occurred after we took title to the property. The comparative data for 30 June 2011 are restated (previously divided by the Initial Foreclosed Property Carrying Amount).
16 The average total loss on foreclosed properties includes both the loss on sale of the foreclosed property as discussed in footnote 15 and the cumulative write-downs recognised on the loans up to the time we took title to the property. This calculation of the average total loss on foreclosed properties uses the unpaid loan principal balance prior to write-down (excluding any accrued finance income) plus certain other ancillary disbursements that, by law, are reimbursable from the cash proceeds (e.g. real estate tax advances) and were incurred prior to our taking title to the property.
17 Percentages are expressed as a function of the relevant gross loans and receivables balance.
18 Impairment allowances are not reported for financial instruments whereby the carrying amount is reduced directly for impairment and not through the use of an allowance account.
19 Impairment is not measured for assets held in trading portfolios or designated at fair value as assets in such portfolios are managed according to movements in fair value, and the fair value movement is taken directly to the income statement. Consequently, we report all such balances under ‘Neither past due nor impaired’.
20 Loans and advances to customers include asset-backed securities that have been externally rated as strong (30 June 2012: US$3.5bn; 30 June 2011: US$4.1bn; 31 December 2011: US$3.5bn), good (30 June 2012: US$564m; 30 June 2011: US$748m; 31 December 2011: US$476m), satisfactory (30 June 2012: US$205m; 30 June 2011: US$227m; 31 December 2011: US$428m), sub-standard (30 June 2012: US$649m; 30 June 2011: US$480m; 31 December 2011: US$556m) and impaired (30 June 2012: US$227m; 30 June 2011: US$49m; 31 December 2011: US$229m).
21 Included in this category are loans of US$2.5bn (30 June 2011: US$3.3bn; 31 December 2011: US$2.9bn) that have been re-aged once and were less than 60 days past due at the point of re-age. These loans are not classified as impaired following re-age due to the overall expectation that these customers will perform on the original contractual terms of their borrowing in the future.
22 Impaired loans and advances are those classified as CRR 9, CRR 10, EL 9 or EL 10, retail loans 90 days or more past due, unless individually they have been assessed as not impaired (see page 142, ‘Past due but not impaired gross financial instruments’) and renegotiated loans and advances meeting the criteria to be disclosed as impaired (see page 146).
23 Collectively assessed loans and advances comprise homogeneous groups of loans that are not considered individually significant, and loans subject to individual assessment where no impairment has been identified on an individual basis, but on which a collective impairment allowance has been calculated to reflect losses which have been incurred but not yet identified.
24 Collectively assessed loans and advances not impaired are those classified as CRR1 to CRR8 and EL1 to EL8 but excluding retail loans 90 days past due and renegotiated loans and advances meeting the criteria to be disclosed as impaired.
25 Included within ‘Exchange and other movements’ is US$1.6bn of impairment allowances reclassified to held for sale.
26 Net of repo transactions, settlement accounts and stock borrowings.
27 As a percentage of loans and advances to banks and loans and advances to customers, as applicable.
28 Carrying amount of the net principal exposure.

 

180


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

29 Total includes holdings of ABSs issued by The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (‘Freddie Mac’) and The Federal National Mortgage Association (‘Fannie Mae’).
30 ‘Directly held’ includes assets held by Solitaire where we provide first loss protection and assets held directly by the Group.
31 Impairment charges allocated to capital note holders represent impairments where losses would be borne by external third-party investors in the structures.
32 The gross principal is the redemption amount on maturity or, in the case of an amortising instrument, the sum of the future redemption amounts through the residual life of the security.
33 A credit default swap (‘CDS’) gross protection is the gross principal of the underlying instrument that is protected by CDSs.
34 Net principal exposure is the gross principal amount of assets that are not protected by CDSs. It includes assets that benefit from monoline protection, except where this protection is purchased with a CDS.
35 Net exposure after legal netting and any other relevant credit mitigation prior to deduction of the credit risk adjustment.
36 Cumulative fair value adjustment recorded against exposures to OTC derivative counterparties to reflect their creditworthiness.
37 Funded exposures represent the loan amount advanced to the customer, less any fair value write-downs, net of fees held on deposit.
38 Unfunded exposures represent the contractually committed loan facility amount not yet drawn down by the customer, less any fair value write-downs, net of fees held on deposit.

Liquidity and funding

 

39 The most favourable metrics are a smaller advances to core funding and a larger stressed one month coverage ratio.
40 The HSBC UK entity shown comprises three legal entities; HSBC Bank plc (including all overseas branches), Marks and Spencer Financial Services Limited and HSBC Trust Company (UK) Limited, managed as a single operating entity, in line with the application of UK liquidity regulation as agreed with the UK FSA.
41 The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation represents the bank in Hong Kong including all overseas branches. Each branch is monitored and controlled for liquidity and funding risk purposes as a stand-alone operating entity.
42 The HSBC USA principal entity shown represents the HSBC USA Inc consolidated group; predominantly HSBC USA Inc and HSBC Bank USA, NA. The HSBC USA Inc consolidated group is managed as a single operating entity.
43 The total shown for other principal HSBC operating entities represents the combined position of all the other operating entities overseen directly by the Risk Management Meeting of the GMB.
44 Unused committed sources of secured funding for which eligible assets were held.
45 Estimated liquidity value represents the expected realisable value of assets prior to management assumed haircuts.
46 HSBC-managed asset exposures related to consolidated securities investment conduits, primarily Solitaire and Mazarin (see page 255). These vehicles issue debt secured by ABSs which are managed by HSBC. HSBC had a total contingent liquidity risk of US$20.0 of which Solitaire represented US$9.7bn already funded on-balance sheet at 30 June 2012 (30 June 2011: US$8.9bn; 31 December 2011: US$9.3bn) leaving a net contingent exposure of US$10.3bn (30 June 2011: US$14.3bn; 31 December 2011: US$12.8bn). At 30 June 2012, US$5.6bn (30 June 2011: US$7.0bn; 31 December 2011: US$6.2bn) of the net contingent liability was on the commercial paper issued by Mazarin and entirely held by HSBC.
47 Other conduit exposures relate to third-party sponsored conduits (see page 257).
48 The undrawn balance for the five largest committed liquidity facilities provided to customers other than facilities to conduits.
49 The undrawn balance for the total of all committed liquidity facilities provided to the largest market sector, other than facilities to conduits.

Market risk

 

50 The structural foreign exchange risk is monitored using sensitivity analysis (see page 171). The reporting of commodity risk is consolidated with foreign exchange risk. There is no commodity risk in the non-trading portfolios.
51 The interest rate risk on the fixed-rate securities issued by HSBC Holdings is not included in the Group VAR. The management of this risk is described on page 173.
52 The effect of any month-end adjustments not attributable to a specific daily market move is spread evenly over the days in the month in question.
53 Revenues within the daily distribution graph include all revenues booked in Global Markets (gross of brokerage fees), Balance Sheet Management, and the trading element of revenues booked in the GPB and RBWM businesses.
54 The standard deviation measures the variation of daily revenues about the mean value of those revenues.
55 Trading intent portfolios include positions arising from market-making and position taking.
56 Portfolio diversification is the market risk dispersion effect of holding a portfolio containing different risk types. It represents the reduction in unsystematic market risk that occurs when combining a number of different risk types, for example, interest rate, equity and foreign exchange, together in one portfolio. It is measured as the difference between the sum of the VAR by individual risk type and the combined total VAR. A negative number represents the benefit of portfolio diversification. As the maximum and minimum occur on different days for different risk types, it is not meaningful to calculate a portfolio diversification benefit for these measures.
57 The total VAR is non-additive across risk types due to diversification effects.
58 Investments in private equity are primarily made through managed funds that are subject to limits on the amount of investment. Potential new commitments are subject to risk appraisal to ensure that industry and geographical concentrations remain within acceptable levels for the portfolio as a whole. Regular reviews are performed to substantiate the valuation of the investments within the portfolio.
59 Investments held to facilitate ongoing business include holdings in government-sponsored enterprises and local stock exchanges.
60 Instead of assuming that all interest rates move together, we group our interest rate exposures into currency blocs whose rates are considered likely to move together.

 

181


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Risk management of insurance operations

 

61 HSBC has no insurance manufacturing subsidiaries in the Middle East and North Africa.
62 The decline in life insurance liabilities in North America reflects the classification of the majority of this business as held for sale at 30 June 2012. At 30 June 2012, the held-for-sale North American life insurance liabilities by contract type comprised credit life contracts (US$21m), annuities (US$731m) and term assurance and other long-term contracts (US$203m).
63 Insurance contracts and investment contracts with discretionary participation features (‘DPF’) can give policyholders the contractual right to receive, as a supplement to their guaranteed benefits, additional benefits that may be a significant portion of the total contractual benefits, but whose amount and timing are determined by HSBC. These additional benefits are contractually based on the performance of a specified pool of contracts or assets, or the profit of the company issuing the contracts.
64 Although investment contracts with DPF are financial instruments, HSBC continues to account for them as insurance contracts as permitted by IFRS 4.
65 Net written insurance premiums represent gross written premiums less gross written premiums ceded to reinsurers.
66 Term assurance includes credit life insurance.
67 The Other assets column shows shareholder assets as well as assets and liabilities classified as held for sale. The majority of the assets for insurance businesses classified as held for sale are reported as ‘Other assets and investment properties’ and totalled US$2.4bn at 30 June 2012 (31 December 2011: US$0.1bn; 30 June 2011: nil). Assets classified as held for sale consist primarily of debt securities. All liabilities for insurance businesses classified as held for sale are reported in ‘Other liabilities’ and totalled US$1.6bn at 30 June 2012 (31 December 2011: US$0.1bn; 30 June 2011: nil). The majority of these liabilities were life and non-life policyholder liabilities.
68 Present value of in-force long-term insurance contracts and investment contracts with DPF.
69 Does not include associated insurance companies, Ping An, SABB Takaful Company or Bao Viet Holdings, or joint venture insurance companies, Hana Life and Canara HSBC Oriental Bank of Commerce Life Insurance Company Limited.

 

182


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

LOGO   

Appendix to Risk

 

Risk policies and practices

This appendix describes the significant policies and practices employed by HSBC in managing our credit risk, liquidity and funding, market risk, operational risk, legal risk, compliance risk, reputational risk and insurance risk.

Managing risk

 

HSBC’s approach to risk is encapsulated within our risk appetite framework. The risk appetite statement is approved by the Board, which is advised by the Group Risk Committee. For further details of the activities of the Group Risk Committee see pages 233 to 238 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2011.

The framework is maintained at Group, regional and global business levels, operating through governance bodies, processes and metrics designed to assist in risk management. Risk appetite statements define, at various levels of the business, the qualitative and quantitative expressions of the risks which HSBC is prepared to embrace in alignment with its strategy and business plans. Quantitative and qualitative metrics are assigned to nine key categories: earnings, capital, liquidity and funding, securitisations, cost of risk, intra-group lending, strategic investments, risk categories, and risk diversification and concentration. Measurement against the metrics serves to:

 

 

guide underlying business activity, ensuring it is aligned to risk appetite statements;

 

 

determine risk-adjusted remuneration;

 

 

enable the key underlying assumptions to be monitored and, where necessary, adjusted through subsequent business planning cycles; and

 

 

promptly identify business decisions needed to mitigate risk.

Risk governance

 

Our strong risk governance reflects the importance placed by the Board on shaping the Group’s risk strategy and managing risks effectively. It is supported by a clear policy framework of risk ownership, by the cascading from the Group Management Board (‘GMB’) of balanced scorecards that align business and risk objectives, and by the accountability of all staff for identifying, assessing and managing risks within the scope of their assigned responsibilities. This personal accountability, reinforced by the governance structure, experience and mandatory learning, helps to foster a disciplined and constructive culture of risk management and control throughout HSBC.

During the period we continued to implement a new operating model for the global risk function. The new model has integrated Compliance within the Global Risk function, established risk roles for RBWM and CMB in alignment with other global businesses and broadened the responsibility of Global Security and Fraud Risk. The model enables the end-to-end management of risk in a consistent manner.

Scenario stress testing

We conduct a range of Group stress testing scenarios including, but not limited to, severe global economic downturn, country, sector and counterparty failures and a variety of projected major operational risk events. The outcomes of the stress scenarios are used to assess the potential impact on demand for regulatory capital against its supply. We also participate, where appropriate, in scenario analyses requested by regulatory bodies.

In addition to the suite of risk scenarios considered for the Group, each major HSBC subsidiary conducts regular economic and event-driven scenario analyses specific to its region.

Stress testing is also used by the market risk discipline to evaluate the potential impact on portfolio values of events or movements in a set of financial variables.

Credit risk

 

Credit risk management

The role of an independent credit control unit is fulfilled by Group Risk which is part of the Global Risk function. Credit approval authorities are delegated by the Board to certain executive officers of HSBC Holdings plc. Similar credit approval authorities are delegated by the boards of subsidiary companies to executive officers of the relevant subsidiaries. In each major subsidiary, a Chief Risk Officer reports to the local Chief Executive Officer on credit-

 

183


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

related issues, while maintaining a direct functional reporting line to the Group Chief Risk Officer in Global Risk. Full details of the roles and responsibilities of the credit risk management function and the policies and procedures for managing credit risk are set out on page 189 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2011. There were no significant changes during the first half of 2012.

Principal objectives of our credit risk management

 

 

to maintain across HSBC a strong culture of responsible lending and a robust risk policy and control framework;

 

 

to both partner and challenge our businesses in defining, implementing and continually re-evaluating our risk appetite under actual and scenario conditions; and

 

 

to ensure there is independent, expert scrutiny of credit risks, their costs and their mitigation.

Concentration of exposure (page 113)

Concentrations of credit risk arise when a number of counterparties or exposures have comparable economic characteristics, or such counterparties are engaged in similar activities or operate in the same geographical areas or industry sectors, so that their collective ability to meet contractual obligations is uniformly affected by changes in economic, political or other conditions. We use a number of controls and measures to minimise undue concentration of exposure in our portfolios across industry, country and global businesses. These include portfolio and counterparty limits, approval and review controls, and stress testing.

Wrong-way risk is an aggravated form of concentration risk and arises when there is a strong correlation between the counterparty’s probability of default and the mark-to-market value of the underlying transaction. We use a range of procedures to monitor and control wrong-way risk, including requiring entities to obtain prior approval before undertaking wrong-way risk transactions outside pre-agreed guidelines.

Credit quality of financial instruments (page 139)

The five credit quality classifications defined on page 191 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2011 describe the credit quality of our lending, debt securities portfolios and derivatives. These classifications each encompass a range of more granular, internal credit rating grades assigned to wholesale and retail lending business, as well as the external ratings attributed by external agencies to debt securities.

There is no direct correlation between the internal and external ratings at the granular level, except to the extent each falls within a single quality classification.

Credit quality classification

 

    

Debt securities

and other bills

      

Wholesale lending

and derivatives

      

Retail lending

    

External

credit rating

      

Internal

credit rating

  

Probability of

default %

      

Internal

credit  rating1

  

Expected

loss %

Quality classification                                 

Strong

   A– and above      CRR1 to CRR2    0 – 0.169      EL1 to EL2    0 – 0.999

Good

   BBB+ to BBB–      CRR3    0.170 – 0.740      EL3    1.000 – 4.999

Satisfactory

   BB+ to B+ and unrated      CRR4 to CRR5    0.741 – 4.914      EL4 to EL5    5.000 – 19.999

Sub-standard

   B and below      CRR6 to CRR8    4.915 – 99.999      EL6 to EL8    20.000 – 99.999

Impaired

   Impaired      CRR9 to CRR10    100      EL9 to EL10    100+ or defaulted2

 

1 We observe the disclosure convention that, in addition to those classified as EL9 to EL10, retail accounts classified EL1 to EL8 that are delinquent by 90 days or more are considered impaired, unless individually they have been assessed as not impaired (see page 143, ‘Past due but not impaired gross financial instruments’).
2 The expected loss (‘EL’) percentage is derived through a combination of the probability of default (‘PD’) and loss given default (‘LGD’), and may exceed 100% in circumstances where the LGD is above 100% reflecting the cost of recoveries.

Renegotiated loans and forbearance (page 143)

A range of forbearance strategies are employed in order to improve the management of customer relationships, maximise collection opportunities and, if possible, avoid default, foreclosure or repossession. They include extended payment terms, a reduction in interest or principal repayments, approved external debt management plans, debt consolidations, the deferral of foreclosures, and other forms of loan modifications and re-ageing.

 

184


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Our policies and practices are based on criteria which enable local management to judge whether repayment is likely to continue. These typically provide a customer with terms and conditions that are more favourable than those provided initially. Loan forbearance is only granted in situations where the customer has shown a willingness to repay the borrowing and is expected to be able to meet the revised obligations.

A summary of our current policies and procedures and practices regarding renegotiated loans and forbearance is provided on pages 192 to 194 in the Annual Report and Accounts 2011. There were no material changes to these policies procedures and practices in the half-year ended 30 June 2012.

Nature of HSBC’s securitisation and other structured exposures (page 153)

Mortgage-backed securities (‘MBS’s) are securities that represent interests in groups of mortgages and provide investors with the right to receive cash from future mortgage payments (interest and/or principal). An MBS which references mortgages with different risk profiles, is classified according to the highest risk class.

Collateralised debt obligations (‘CDO’s) are securities backed by a pool of bonds, loans or other assets such as asset-backed securities (‘ABS’s). CDOs may include exposure to sub-prime or Alt-A mortgage assets where these are part of the underlying assets or reference assets. As there is often uncertainty surrounding the precise nature of the underlying collateral supporting CDOs, all CDOs supported by residential mortgage-related assets are classified as sub-prime. Our holdings of ABSs and CDOs and direct lending positions, and the categories of mortgage collateral and lending activity, are described below.

Our exposure to non-residential mortgage-related ABSs and direct lending includes securities with collateral relating to commercial property mortgages, leveraged finance loans, student loans, and other assets, such as securities with other receivable-related collateral.

 

Categories of

ABSs and CDOs

   Definition    Classification

 

Sub-prime

  

 

Loans to customers who have limited credit histories, modest incomes or high debt-to-income ratios or have experienced credit problems caused by occasional delinquencies, prior charge-offs, bankruptcy or other credit-related actions.

 

  

 

For US mortgages, a FICO score of 620 or less has primarily been used to determine whether a loan is sub-prime; for non-US mortgages, management judgement is used.

 

US Home Equity Lines of Credit (‘HELoC’s)

  

 

A form of revolving credit facility provided to customers, which is supported in the majority of circumstances by a second lien or lower ranking charge over residential property.

 

  

 

Holdings of HELoCs are classified as sub-prime.

 

US Alt-A

   Lower risk loans than sub-prime, but they share higher risk characteristics than lending under fully conforming standard criteria.   

 

US credit scores and the completeness of documentation held (such as proof of income), are considered when determining whether an Alt-A classification is appropriate. Non sub-prime mortgages in the US are classified as Alt-A if they are not eligible for sale to the major US Government mortgage agencies or sponsored entities.

 

 

US Government agency and sponsored enterprises mortgage-related assets

  

 

Securities that are guaranteed by US Government agencies such as the Government National Mortgage Association (‘Ginnie Mae’), or by US Government sponsored entities including Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.

 

  

 

Holdings of US Government agency and US Government sponsored enterprises’ mortgage-related assets are classified as prime exposures.

 

UK non-conforming mortgages

  

 

UK mortgages that do not meet normal lending criteria. Examples include mortgages where the expected level of documentation is not provided (such as income with self-certification), or where poor credit history increases risk and results in pricing at a higher than normal lending rate.

 

  

 

UK non-conforming mortgages are treated as sub-prime exposures.

 

Other mortgages

  

 

Residential mortgages, including prime mortgages, that do not meet any of the classifications described above.

 

  

 

Prime residential mortgage-related assets are included in this category.

 

185


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Impairment methodologies (page 155)

For available-for-sale ABSs, to identify objective evidence of impairment, an industry standard valuation model is normally applied which uses data with reference to the underlying asset pools and models their projected future cash flows. The estimated future cash flows of the securities are assessed at the specific financial asset level to determine whether any of them are unlikely to be recovered as a result of loss events occurring on or before the reporting date.

The principal assumptions and inputs to the models are typically the delinquency status of the underlying loans, the probability of delinquent loans progressing to default, the prepayment profiles of the underlying assets and the loss severity in the event of default. However, the models utilise other variables relevant to specific classes of collateral to forecast future defaults and recovery rates. Management uses externally available data and applies judgement when determining the appropriate assumptions in respect of these factors. We use a modelling approach which incorporates historically observed progression rates to default, to determine if the decline in aggregate projected cash flows from the underlying collateral will lead to a shortfall in contractual cash flows. In such cases the security is considered to be impaired.

In respect of CDOs, expected future cash flows for the underlying collateral are assessed to determine whether there is likely to be a shortfall in the contractual cash flows of the CDO.

When a security benefits from a contract provided by a monoline insurer that insures payments of principal and interest, the expected recovery on the contract is assessed in determining the total expected credit support available to the ABS.

Liquidity and funding (page 162)

 

The management of liquidity and funding is primarily undertaken locally (by country) in our operating entities in compliance with the Group’s liquidity and funding risk framework (the ‘framework’), and with practices and limits set by the GMB through the Risk Management Meeting and approved by the Board. These limits vary according to the depth and the liquidity of the markets in which the entities operate. Our general policy is that each defined operating entity should be self-sufficient in funding its own activities. Where transactions exist between operating entities, they are reflected symmetrically in both entities.

As part of our Asset, Liability and Capital Management (‘ALCM’) structure, we have established Asset and Liability Management Committees (‘ALCO’s) at Group level, in the regions and in operating entities. The terms of reference of all ALCOs include the monitoring and control of liquidity and funding.

The primary responsibility for managing liquidity and funding within the Group’s framework and risk appetite resides with the local operating entity ALCO. Our most significant operating entities are overseen by regional ALCOs, Group ALCO and the Risk Management Meeting. The remaining smaller operating entities are overseen by regional ALCOs, with appropriate escalation of significant issues to Group ALCO and the Risk Management Meeting.

Operating entities are predominately defined on a country basis to reflect our local management of liquidity and funding. Typically, an operating entity will be defined as a single legal entity. However, to take account of the situation where operations in a country are booked across multiple subsidiaries or branches:

 

 

an operating entity may be defined as a wider sub-consolidated group of legal entities if it is incorporated in the same country, liquidity and funding are freely fungible between the entities and permitted by local regulation, and it reflects how liquidity and funding are managed locally; or

 

 

an operating entity may be defined more narrowly as a principal office (branch) of a wider legal entity operating in multiple countries, reflecting the local country management of liquidity and funding.

The list of entities it directly oversees and the composition of these entities is reviewed and agreed annually by the Risk Management Meeting.

Primary sources of funding (page 162)

Customer deposits in the form of current accounts and savings deposits payable on demand or at short notice form a significant part of our funding, and we place considerable importance on maintaining their stability. For deposits, stability depends upon preserving depositor confidence in our capital strength and liquidity, and on competitive and transparent pricing.

 

186


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

We also access professional markets in order to obtain funding for non-banking subsidiaries that do not accept deposits, to align asset and liability maturities and currencies and to maintain a presence in local professional markets. In aggregate, our banking entities are liquidity providers to the unsecured interbank market, placing more funds with other banks than they borrow. However, as a consequence of our credit risk appetite and liquidity policy, the extent of these types of placements is reducing.

The management of funding and liquidity risk (page 163)

Inherent liquidity risk categorisation

We place our operating entities into one of three categories (low, medium and high) to reflect our assessment of their inherent liquidity risk, considering political, economic and regulatory factors within the host country, and also factors specific to the operating entities themselves, such as the local market, market share, balance sheet strength and the control framework. The categorisation involves management judgement and is based on the perceived liquidity risk of an operating entity relative to other entities in the Group. The categorisation is intended to reflect the possible impact of a liquidity event, not the probability of an event. The categorisation is used to determine the prescribed stress scenario that we require our operating entities to be able to withstand, and to manage to.

Core deposits

A key assumption of our internal framework is the categorisation of customer deposits into core and non-core based on our expectation of the behaviour of these deposits during a liquidity stress. This characterisation takes into account the inherent liquidity risk categorisation of the operating entity originating the deposit, the nature of the customer and the size and pricing of the deposit. No deposit is considered to be core in its entirety unless it is contractually collateralising a loan. The core deposit base in each operating entity is considered to be a long-term source of funding and therefore is assumed not to be withdrawn in the liquidity stress scenario that we use to calculate our principal liquidity risk metrics.

The three filters considered in assessing whether a deposit in any operating entity is core are:

 

 

price: any deposit priced significantly above market or benchmark rates is generally treated as entirely non-core;

 

 

size: depositors with total funds above certain monetary thresholds are excluded. Thresholds are established by considering the business line and inherent liquidity risk categorisation; and

 

 

line of business: the element of any deposit remaining after the application of the price and size filters is assessed on the basis of the line of business to which the deposit is associated. The proportion of any customer deposit that can be considered core under this filter is between 35% and 90%.

Repo transactions and bank deposits cannot be categorised as core deposits.

Advances to core funding ratio

Core customer deposits are an important source of funding to finance lending to customers, and discourage reliance on short-term professional funding. Limits are placed on operating entities to restrict their ability to increase loans and advances to customers without corresponding growth in core customer deposits or long-term debt funding with a residual maturity beyond one year; this measure is referred to as the ‘advances to core funding’ ratio.

Advances to core funding ratio limits are set by the Risk Management Meeting for the most significant operating entities, and by regional ALCOs for smaller operating entities, and are monitored by ALCM teams. The ratio describes current loans and advances to customers as a percentage of the total of core customer deposits and term funding with a remaining term to maturity in excess of one year. In general, customer loans are assumed to be renewed and are included in the numerator of the advances to core funding ratio, irrespective of the contractual maturity date. Reverse repurchase arrangements are excluded from the advances to core funding ratio.

Stressed coverage ratios (page 164)

The stressed coverage ratios are derived from stressed cash flow scenario analysis and express the stressed cash inflows as a percentage of stressed cash outflows over one-month and three-month time horizons.

The stressed cash inflows include:

 

 

inflows (net of assumed haircuts) expected to be generated from the realisation of liquid assets; and

 

 

contractual cash inflows from maturing assets that are not already reflected as a utilisation of liquid assets.

 

187


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

In line with the approach adopted for the advances to core funding ratio, customer loans are, in general, assumed not to generate any cash inflows under stress scenarios and are therefore excluded from the numerator of the stressed coverage ratios, irrespective of the contractual maturity date.

A stressed coverage ratio of 100% or higher reflects a positive cumulative cash flow under the stress scenario being monitored. Group operating entities are required to maintain a ratio of 100% or greater out to three months under the combined market-wide and HSBC-specific stress scenario defined by the inherent liquidity risk categorisation of the operating entity concerned.

Compliance with operating entity limits is monitored by ALCM teams and reported monthly to the Risk Management Meeting for the main operating entities and regional ALCOs for the smaller operating entities.

Stressed scenario analysis

We use a number of standard Group stress scenarios designed to model:

 

 

combined market-wide and HSBC-specific liquidity crisis scenarios; and

 

 

market-wide liquidity crisis scenarios.

These scenarios are modelled by all operating entities. The appropriateness of the assumptions for each scenario is reviewed by ALCM monthly and formally approved by the Risk Management Meeting and the Board annually as part of the liquidity and funding risk appetite approval process.

Stressed cash outflows are determined by applying a standard set of prescribed stress assumptions to the Group’s cash flow model. Our framework prescribes the use of two market-wide scenarios and three further combined market-wide and HSBC-specific stress scenarios of increasing severity. In addition to our standard stress scenarios, individual operating entities are required to design their own scenarios to reflect specific local market conditions, products and funding bases.

The three combined market-wide and HSBC-specific scenarios model a more severe scenario than the two market-wide scenarios. The relevant combined market-wide and HSBC-specific stress scenario that an operating entity manages to is based upon its inherent liquidity risk categorisation. The key assumptions factored into the three combined market-wide and HSBC-specific stress scenarios are summarised as follows:

 

 

all non-core deposits are deemed to be withdrawn within three months (80% within one month), with the level of non-core deposits dependent on the operating entity’s inherent liquidity risk categorisation;

 

 

the ability to access interbank funding and unsecured term debt markets ceases for the duration of the scenario;

 

 

the ability to generate funds from illiquid asset portfolios (securitisation and secured borrowing) is restricted to 25-75% of the lower of issues in the last six months or the expected issues in the next six months. The restriction is based on current market conditions and dependent on the operating entity’s inherent liquidity risk categorisation;

 

 

the ability to access repo funding ceases for any asset not classified as liquid under our liquid asset policy for the duration of the scenario;

 

 

drawdowns on committed lending facilities must be consistent with the severity of the market stress being modelled and dependent on the inherent liquidity risk categorisation of the operating entity;

 

 

outflows are triggered by a defined downgrade in long-term ratings. We maintain an on-going assessment of the appropriate number of notches to reflect;

 

 

customer loans are assumed to be renewed at contractual maturity;

 

 

interbank loans and reverse repos are assumed to run off contractually; and

 

 

assets defined as liquid assets are assumed to be realised in cash ahead of their contractual maturity, after applying a defined stressed haircut of up to 20%.

 

188


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Liquid assets of HSBC’s principal operating entities (page 165)

Stressed scenario analysis and the numerator of the coverage ratio include the assumed cash inflows that would be generated from the realisation of liquid assets, after applying the appropriate stressed haircut. These assumptions are made based on management’s expectation of when an asset is deemed to be realisable.

Liquid assets are unencumbered assets that meet the Group’s definition of liquid assets and are either held outright or as a consequence of a reverse repo transaction with a residual contractual maturity beyond the time horizon of the stressed coverage ratio being monitored. Any unencumbered asset held as a result of reverse repo transactions with a contractual maturity within the time horizon of the stressed coverage ratio being monitored is excluded from the stock of liquid assets and instead reflected as a contractual cash inflow.

Our framework defines the asset classes that can be assessed locally as high quality and realisable within one month and between one month and three months. Each local ALCO has to be satisfied that any asset which may be treated as liquid in accordance with the Group’s liquid asset policy will remain liquid under the stress scenario being managed to.

Inflows from the utilisation of liquid assets within one month can generally only be based on confirmed withdrawable central bank deposits, gold or the sale or repo of government and quasi-government exposures generally restricted to those denominated in the sovereign’s domestic currency. High quality ABSs (predominantly US MBSs) and covered bonds are also included but inflows assumed for these assets are capped.

Inflows after one month are also reflected for high quality non-financial and non-structured corporate bonds and equities within the most liquid indices.

 

Internal categorisation

 

  

Cash inflow recognised

 

  

Asset classes

 

Level 1    Within one month   

Central government

Central bank (including confirmed withdrawable reserves)

Supranationals

Multilateral development banks

 

 

Level 2

  

 

Within one month but capped

  

 

Local and regional government

Public sector entities

Secured covered bonds and pass-through ABSs

Gold

 

 

Level 3

  

 

From one to three months

  

 

Unsecured non-financial entity securities

Equities listed on recognised exchanges and within liquid indices

 

Any entity owned and controlled by central or local/regional government but not explicitly guaranteed is treated as a public sector entity.

Other assets assessed as saleable ahead of the contractual maturity date

If an operating entity considers that it has other negotiable assets that could be sold ahead of their contractual maturity during the stress scenario applied by that entity, it can request a dispensation to recognise an inflow under ‘Other’ in relation to these assets.

Wholesale debt monitoring

Where wholesale debt-term markets are accessed to raise funding, ALCO is required to establish cumulative rolling three-month and twelve-month debt maturity limits to ensure no unacceptable concentration of maturities within these timeframes.

Liquidity behaviouralisation

Liquidity behaviouralisation is applied to reflect our assessment of the expected period for which we are confident that we will have access to our liabilities, even under a severe liquidity stress scenario, and the expected period for which we must assume that we will need to fund our assets. Behaviouralisation is applied when the contractual terms do not reflect the expected behaviour. Liquidity behaviouralisation is reviewed and approved by local ALCO in compliance with policies set by the Risk Management Meeting. Our approach to liquidity risk management will often mean a different approach is applied to assets and liabilities. For example, management may assume a shorter life for liabilities and a longer term funding requirement for assets.

 

189


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Contingent liquidity risk (page 166)

Operating entities provide customers with committed facilities and committed backstop lines to the conduit vehicles we sponsor. These facilities increase our funding requirements when customers drawdown. The liquidity risk associated with the potential drawdown on non-cancellable committed facilities is factored into our stressed scenarios and limits are set for these facilities.

Management of cross-currency liquidity and funding risk

Our liquidity and funding risk framework also considers the ability of each entity to continue to access foreign exchange markets under stress when a surplus in one currency is used to meet a deficit in another currency, for example, by the use of the foreign currency swap markets. Where appropriate, operating entities are required to monitor stressed coverage ratios and advances to core funding ratios for non-local currencies.

Market risk (page 168)

 

Monitoring and limiting market risk exposures

The management of market risk is principally undertaken in Global Markets using risk limits approved by the GMB. Limits are set for portfolios, products and risk types, with market liquidity being a primary factor in determining the level of limits set. Group Risk, an independent unit within Group Head Office, is responsible for our market risk management policies and measurement techniques. Each major operating entity has an independent market risk management and control function which is responsible for measuring market risk exposures in accordance with the policies defined by Group Risk, and monitoring and reporting these exposures against the prescribed limits on a daily basis.

Each operating entity is required to assess the market risks arising on each product in its business and to transfer them to either its local Global Markets unit for management, or to separate books managed under the supervision of the local ALCO. Our aim is to ensure that all market risks are consolidated within operations that have the necessary skills, tools, management and governance to manage them professionally. In certain cases where the market risks cannot be fully transferred, we use simulation modelling to identify the impact of varying scenarios on valuations and net interest income.

We employ a range of tools to monitor and limit market risk exposures. These include sensitivity analysis, value at risk (‘VAR’) and stress testing.

Sensitivity analysis (page 171)

We use sensitivity measures to monitor the market risk positions within each risk type, for example, the present value of a basis point movement in interest rates for interest rate risk. Sensitivity limits are set for portfolios, products and risk types, with the depth of the market being one of the principal factors in determining the level of limits set.

Value at risk (page 168)

VAR is a technique that estimates the potential losses that could occur on risk positions as a result of movements in market rates and prices over a specified time horizon and to a given level of confidence.

The VAR models we use are based predominantly on historical simulation. These models derive plausible future scenarios from past series of recorded market rates and prices, taking account of inter-relationships between different markets and rates such as interest rates and foreign exchange rates. The models also incorporate the effect of option features on the underlying exposures.

Our historical simulation models assess potential market movements with reference to data from the past two years and calculate VAR to a 99% confidence level and for a one-day holding period.

We routinely validate the accuracy of our VAR models by back-testing the actual daily profit and loss results, adjusted to remove non-modelled items such as fees and commissions, against the corresponding VAR numbers. Statistically, we would expect to see losses in excess of VAR only 1% of the time over a one-year period. The actual number of excesses over this period can therefore be used to gauge how well the models are performing.

 

190


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Although a valuable guide to risk, VAR should always be viewed in the context of its limitations. For example:

 

 

the use of historical data as a proxy for estimating future events may not encompass all potential events, particularly those which are extreme in nature;

 

 

the use of a one-day holding period assumes that all positions can be liquidated or the risks offset in one day. This may not fully reflect the market risk arising at times of severe illiquidity, when a one-day holding period may be insufficient to liquidate or hedge all positions fully;

 

 

the use of a 99% confidence level, by definition, does not take into account losses that might occur beyond this level of confidence;

 

 

VAR is calculated on the basis of exposures outstanding at the close of business and therefore does not necessarily reflect intra-day exposures; and

 

 

VAR is unlikely to reflect loss potential on exposures that only arise under significant market moves.

Stress testing

In recognition of the limitations of VAR, we augment it with stress testing to evaluate the potential impact on portfolio values of more extreme, although plausible, events or movements in a set of financial variables.

The process is governed by the Stress Testing Review Group forum which, in conjunction with regional risk managers, determines the scenarios to be applied at portfolio and consolidated levels, as follows:

 

 

sensitivity scenarios consider the impact of any single risk factor or set of factors that are unlikely to be captured within the VAR models, such as the break of a currency peg;

 

 

technical scenarios consider the largest move in each risk factor without consideration of any underlying market correlation;

 

 

hypothetical scenarios consider potential macroeconomic events, for example, a global flu pandemic; and

 

 

historical scenarios incorporate historical observations of market movements during previous periods of stress which would not be captured within VAR.

Stress testing results provide senior management with an assessment of the financial effect such events would have on our profit.

Trading portfolios (page 170)

Our control of market risk in the trading portfolios is based on a policy of restricting individual operations to trading within a list of permissible instruments authorised for each site by Group Risk, of enforcing rigorous new product approval procedures, and of restricting trading in the more complex derivative products only to offices with appropriate levels of product expertise and robust control systems.

Credit spread risk

The risk associated with movements in credit spreads is primarily managed through sensitivity limits, stress testing and VAR.

Credit spread risk also arises on credit derivative transactions entered into by Global Banking in order to manage the risk concentrations within the corporate loan portfolio and so enhance capital efficiency. The mark-to-market of these transactions is reflected in the income statement.

Gap risk

Even for transactions that are structured to render the risk to HSBC negligible under a wide range of market conditions or events, there exists a remote possibility that a gap event could lead to loss. A gap event could arise from a significant change in market price with no accompanying trading opportunity, with the result that the threshold is breached beyond which the risk profile changes from no risk to full exposure to the underlying structure. Such movements may occur, for example, when, in reaction to an adverse event or unexpected news announcement, the market for a specific investment becomes illiquid, making hedging impossible.

 

191


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Given their characteristics, these transactions make little or no contribution to VAR or to traditional market risk sensitivity measures. We capture their risks within our stress testing scenarios and monitor gap risk on an ongoing basis. We regularly consider the probability of gap loss, and fair value adjustments are booked against this risk.

ABS/MBS positions

The ABS/MBS exposures within the trading portfolios are managed within sensitivity and VAR limits discussed above, and are included within the stress testing scenarios described above.

Non-trading portfolios (page 170)

The principal objective of market risk management of non-trading portfolios is to optimise net interest income.

Interest rate risk in non-trading portfolios arises principally from mismatches between the future yield on assets and their funding cost, as a result of interest rate changes. Analysis of this risk is complicated by having to make assumptions on embedded optionality within certain product areas such as the incidence of mortgage prepayments, and from behavioural assumptions regarding the economic duration of liabilities which are contractually repayable on demand such as current accounts.

Our control of market risk in the non-trading portfolios is based on transferring the risks to the books managed by Global Markets or the local ALCO. The net exposure is typically managed through the use of interest rate swaps within agreed limits. The VAR for these portfolios is included within the Group VAR.

Credit spread risk

The risk associated with movements in credit spreads is primarily managed through sensitivity limits, stress testing, and VAR for those portfolios where VAR is calculated. The VAR shows the effect on income from a one-day movement in credit spreads over a two-year period, calculated to a 99% confidence interval.

Structural foreign exchange exposures (page 171)

Structural foreign exchange exposures represent net investments in subsidiaries, branches and associates, the functional currencies of which are currencies other than the US dollar. An entity’s functional currency is that of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates.

Exchange differences on structural exposures are recognised in other comprehensive income. We use the US dollar as our presentation currency in our consolidated financial statements because the US dollar and currencies linked to it form the major currency bloc in which we transact and fund our business. Our consolidated balance sheet is, therefore, affected by exchange differences between the US dollar and all the non-US dollar functional currencies of underlying subsidiaries.

We hedge structural foreign exchange exposures only in limited circumstances. Our structural foreign exchange exposures are managed with the primary objective of ensuring, where practical, that our consolidated capital ratios and the capital ratios of individual banking subsidiaries are largely protected from the effect of changes in exchange rates. This is usually achieved by ensuring that, for each subsidiary bank, the ratio of structural exposures in a given currency to risk-weighted assets denominated in that currency is broadly equal to the capital ratio of the subsidiary in question.

We may also transact hedges where a currency in which we have structural exposures is considered to be significantly overvalued and it is possible in practice to transact a hedge. Any hedging is undertaken using forward foreign exchange contracts which are accounted for under IFRSs as hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation, or by financing with borrowings in the same currencies as the functional currencies involved.

Sensitivity of net interest income (page 171)

A principal part of our management of market risk in non-trading portfolios is to monitor the sensitivity of projected net interest income under varying interest rate scenarios (simulation modelling). We aim, through our management of market risk in non-trading portfolios, to mitigate the effect of prospective interest rate movements which could reduce future net interest income, while balancing the cost of such hedging activities on the current net revenue stream.

 

192


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

For simulation modelling, entities apply a combination of scenarios and assumptions relevant to their local businesses and markets as well as standard scenarios which are required throughout HSBC. The latter are consolidated to illustrate the combined pro forma effect on our consolidated portfolio valuations and net interest income.

Projected net interest income sensitivity figures represent the effect of the pro forma movements in net interest income based on the projected yield curve scenarios and the Group’s current interest rate risk profile. This effect, however, does not incorporate actions which would probably be taken by Balance Sheet Management or in the business units to mitigate the effect of interest rate risk. In practice, Balance Sheet Management seeks proactively to change the interest rate risk profile to minimise losses and optimise net revenues. The projections also assume that interest rates of all maturities move by the same amount (although rates are not assumed to become negative in the falling rates scenario) and, therefore, do not reflect the potential impact of non-parallel changes in the yield curve on net interest income. In addition, the projections take account of the effect on net interest income of anticipated differences in changes between interbank interest rates and interest rates linked to other bases (such as Central Bank rates or product rates over which the entity has discretion in terms of the timing and extent of rate changes). The projections make other simplifying assumptions, including that all positions run to maturity.

Projecting the movement in net interest income from prospective changes in interest rates is a complex interaction of structural and managed exposures. Our exposure to the effect of movements in interest rates on our net interest income arises from margin changes on savings and demand deposit accounts as well as Balance Sheet Management portfolios:

 

 

The net interest income of savings and demand deposit accounts increases as interest rates rise and decreases as interest rates fall. However, this risk is asymmetrical in a very low interest rate environment as there is limited room to lower deposit pricing in the event of interest rate reductions.

 

 

Residual interest rate risk is transferred from the commercial bank to Balance Sheet Management under our policy where interest rate risk is managed within defined limits.

The sensitivity analysis reflects the fact that our deposit-taking businesses generally benefit from rising rates which are partially offset by increased funding costs in Balance Sheet Management given our simplifying assumption of unchanged Balance Sheet Management positioning. The benefit to deposit-taking businesses of rising rates is also offset by the increased funding cost of trading assets, which is recorded in ‘Net interest income’ and therefore captured in the sensitivity analysis, whereas the income from such assets is recorded in ‘Net trading income’.

Defined benefit pension schemes (page 172)

Market risk arises within our defined benefit pension schemes to the extent that the obligations of the schemes are not fully matched by assets with determinable cash flows. Pension scheme obligations fluctuate with changes in long-term interest rates, inflation, salary levels and the longevity of scheme members. Pension scheme assets include equities and debt securities, the cash flows of which change as equity prices and interest rates vary. There is a risk that market movements in equity prices and interest rates could result in asset values which, taken together with regular ongoing contributions, are insufficient over time to cover the level of projected obligations and these, in turn, could increase with a rise in inflation and members living longer. Management, together with the trustees who act on behalf of the pension scheme beneficiaries, assess these risks using reports prepared by independent external actuaries, take action and, where appropriate, adjust investment strategies and contribution levels accordingly.

Operational risk (page 174)

 

The objective of our operational risk management is to manage and control operational risk in a cost effective manner within targeted levels of operational risk consistent with our risk appetite, as defined by the GMB.

A formal governance structure provides oversight over the management of operational risk. A Global Operational Risk and Control Committee, which reports to the Risk Management Meeting, meets at least quarterly to discuss key risk issues and review the effective implementation of our operational risk management framework.

In each of our subsidiaries, business managers are responsible for maintaining an acceptable level of internal control, commensurate with the scale and nature of operations. They are responsible for identifying and assessing risks, designing controls and monitoring the effectiveness of these controls. The operational risk management framework helps managers to fulfil these responsibilities by defining a standard risk assessment methodology and providing a tool for the systematic reporting of operational loss data.

 

193


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

A centralised database is used to record the results of the operational risk management process. Operational risk self-assessments are input and maintained by business units. To ensure that operational risk losses are consistently reported and monitored at Group level, all Group companies are required to report individual losses when the net loss is expected to exceed US$10,000.

Further details of HSBC’s approach to operational risk management may be found in the Annual Report and Accounts 2011, supplemented by the Capital and Risk Management Pillar 3 Disclosures at 31 December 2011.

Global security and fraud risk

Security and fraud risk issues are managed at Group level by Global Security and Fraud Risk. This unit, which has responsibility for physical risk, fraud, information and contingency risk, and geopolitical risk and business intelligence is fully integrated within the central Group Risk function. This enables management to identify and mitigate the permutations of these and other non-financial risks to its business lines across the jurisdictions in which we operate.

Legal risk

 

Each operating company is required to have processes and procedures in place to manage legal risk that conform to our standards.

Legal risk falls within the definition of operational risk and includes:

 

 

contractual risk, which is the risk that the rights and/or obligations of an HSBC company within a contractual relationship are defective;

 

 

dispute risk, which is made up of the risks that an HSBC company is subject to when it is involved in or managing a potential or actual dispute;

 

 

legislative risk, which is the risk that an HSBC company fails to adhere to the laws of the jurisdictions in which it operates; and

 

 

non-contractual rights risk, which is the risk that an HSBC company’s assets are not properly owned or are infringed by others, or an HSBC company infringes another party’s rights.

We have a global legal function to assist management in controlling legal risk. There are legal departments in 58 of the countries in which we operate. There are also regional legal functions in each of Europe, North America, Latin America, the Middle East and North Africa and Asia-Pacific headed by Regional General Counsels as well as General Counsels responsible for each of the global businesses.

Compliance risk (page 174)

 

Compliance risk falls within the definition of operational risk. All Group companies are required to observe the letter and spirit of all relevant laws, codes, rules, regulations and standards of good market practice. These rules, regulations, other standards and Group policies include those relating to anti-money laundering, anti-bribery and corruption, conduct of business, counter terrorist financing and sanctions compliance.

The Group Compliance Function is a control function, working as part of our Global Risk Function. It is responsible for resourcing decisions, performance reviews, objectives, strategy, budget and accountability within the Compliance Function and is empowered to set standards and has the authority to ensure those standards are met. The Group Compliance department oversees the global compliance function and is headed by the Head of Group Compliance who reports to the Group Chief Risk Officer. There are compliance teams in all of the countries where we operate and in all global businesses lines. These compliance teams are principally overseen by Regional Compliance Officers located in Europe, the US, Canada, Latin America, the Middle East and North Africa and Asia-Pacific and each business line is supported by a Global Business Compliance Officer. We have also established an Assurance team within Compliance that reviews the effectiveness of the Regional and Global Business Compliance Officers.

Group Compliance policies and procedures require the prompt identification and escalation to Group Compliance of all actual or suspected breaches of any law, rule, regulation, Group policy or other relevant requirement. These escalation procedures are supplemented by a requirement for the submission of compliance certificates at the half-year and year-end by all Group companies detailing any known breaches as above. The contents of these escalation and certification processes are used for reporting to the Risk Management Meeting, the Group Risk Committee and the Board and disclosure in the Annual Report and Accounts and Interim Report, if appropriate.

 

194


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Reputational risk (page 175)

 

Reputational risks can arise from a wide variety of causes and as a banking group, our good reputation depends not only upon the way in which we conduct our business, but it can also be affected by the way in which our clients conduct themselves.

A Group Reputational Risk Policy Committee (‘GRRPC’) has been established to bring focus to activities that could attract reputational risk. The primary role of the GRRPC is to consider areas and activities presenting significant reputational risk and, where appropriate, to make recommendations to the Risk Management Meeting, the Group Standards Steering Committee and the GMB for policy or procedural changes to mitigate such risk. Reputational Risk Policy Committees have also been established in each of our geographical regions. These committees ensure that reputational risks are considered at a regional as well as Group level. Minutes from the regional committees are tabled at GRRPC. A wider description of HSBC’s management of reputational risk is provided on page 209 in the Annual Report and Accounts 2011.

Insurance risk (page 176)

 

Overview of insurance products

The main contracts we manufacture are listed below:

Life insurance business

 

 

life insurance contracts with discretionary participation features (‘DPF’);

 

 

credit life insurance business;

 

 

annuities;

 

 

term assurance and critical illness policies;

 

 

linked life insurance;

 

 

investment contracts with DPF;

 

 

unit-linked investment contracts; and

 

 

other investment contracts (including pension contracts written in Hong Kong).

Non-life insurance business

Non-life insurance contracts include motor, fire and other damage to property, accident and health, repayment protection and commercial insurance.

The management of insurance risk

Life and non-life business insurance risks are controlled by high-level policies and procedures set centrally, taking into account where appropriate local market conditions and regulatory requirements. Formal underwriting, reinsurance and claims-handling procedures designed to ensure compliance with regulations are applied, supplemented with stress testing.

As well as exercising underwriting controls, we use reinsurance as a means of mitigating exposure to insurance risk, in particular to aggregations of catastrophe risk. When we manage our exposure to insurance risk through the use of third-party reinsurers, the associated revenue and manufacturing profit is ceded to them. Although reinsurance provides a means of managing insurance risk, such contracts expose us to credit risk, the risk of default by the reinsurer.

HSBC’s management of insurance risk, including the risks relating to different life and non-life products, is described on page 204 in the Annual Report and Accounts 2011.

 

195


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Capital

 

 

Capital overview

     196   

Risk-weighted assets

     196   

Movement in tier 1 capital in the first half of 2012

     197   

Capital structure

     198   

Future developments

     199   

Appendix to Capital

     202   

Our objective in the management of Group capital is to maintain efficient levels of well diversified and varied forms of capital to support our business strategy and meet our regulatory requirements.

 

 

Capital management

Our approach to capital management is driven by our strategic and organisational requirements, taking into account the regulatory, economic and commercial environment in which we operate. It is our objective to maintain a strong capital base to support the risks inherent in our business and invest in accordance with our five filters framework, exceeding regulatory capital requirements at all times.

Capital measurement and allocation

The FSA supervises HSBC on a consolidated basis and therefore receives information on the capital adequacy of, and sets capital requirements for, the Group as a whole. Individual banking subsidiaries are directly regulated by their local banking supervisors, who set and monitor their capital adequacy requirements. We calculate capital at a Group level using the Basel II framework, as amended for CRD III, commonly known as Basel 2.5.

 

 

LOGO

  A summary of our policies and practices regarding capital management, measurement and allocation is provided in the Appendix to Capital on page 202.

Capital overview

In the first half of 2012, there were no material changes to our capital management policies.

Capital ratios

 

     At      At      At  
     30 Jun      30 Jun      31 Dec  
     2012      2011      2011  
     %      %      %  

Core tier 1 ratio

     11.3         10.8         10.1   

Tier 1 ratio

     12.7         12.2         11.5   

Total capital ratio

     15.1         14.9         14.1   

Core tier 1 target range

     9.5–10.5         

Eligibility requirements for non-equity instruments under Basel III rules are still to be clearly defined in the UK. We therefore refrained from issuing any such capital securities during the first half of 2012.

Risk-weighted assets

RWAs by risk type

 

     At          At          At  
     30 Jun          30 Jun          31 Dec  
     2012          2011          2011  
     US$m          US$m          US$m  

Credit risk

     931,724           947,525           958,189   

Standardised approach

     389,142           357,537           372,039   

IRB foundation approach

     8,822           5,848           8,549   

IRB advanced approach

     533,760           584,140           577,601   

Counterparty credit risk

     49,535           52,985           53,792   

Internal models method

     9,819           9,036           10,229   

Mark-to-market method

     39,716           43,949           43,563   

Market risk

     54,281           44,456           73,177   

Operational risk

     124,356           123,563           124,356   

Total

     1,159,896           1,168,529           1,209,514   

Of which:

            

Run-off portfolios

     170,023           171,106           181,657   

Legacy credit in GB&M

     47,730           29,107           50,023   

US CML and Other

     122,293           141,999           131,634   

Card and Retail Services1

               52,684           52,080   

For footnote, see page 201.

Market risk RWAs

 

     At          At  
     30 Jun          31 Dec  
     2012          2011  
     US$m          US$m  

VAR

     8,201           11,345   

Stressed VAR

     11,466           19,117   

Incremental risk charge

     4,613           5,249   

Comprehensive risk measure

     5,354           6,013   

VAR and stressed VAR from CRD equivalent jurisdictions

     11,167           12,957   

FSA standard rules

     13,480           18,496   
     54,281           73,177   

Market risk RWA comparatives in the above table were not available for June 2011, as Basel 2.5 was introduced on 31 December 2011. These new rules implemented stressed VAR and the comprehensive risk measure, which resulted in changes to our existing incremental risk charge methodology, and the requirement to treat trading book securitisations under FSA standard rules. The resulting effect was partially offset by additional diversification benefits from consolidation of our approved US model on a line-by-line basis rather than by aggregation.

 

 

196


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

 

RWAs by global businesses

 

     At          At          At  
     30 Jun           30 Jun           31 Dec   
     2012           2011           2011   
     US$bn           US$bn           US$bn   

Total

     1,159.9           1,168.5           1,209.5   

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

     298.7           365.0           351.2   

Commercial Banking

     397.8           363.3           382.9   

Global Banking and Markets

     412.9           385.4           423.0   

Global Private Banking

     21.8           23.9           22.5   

Other

     28.7           30.9           29.9   

RWAs reduced by US$50bn to US$1,160bn in the first half of 2012, due to movements in credit risk and market risk. The US$26bn decrease in credit risk RWAs was primarily attributable to the sale of the US Card and Retail Services business in North America, which was completed in May 2012, reducing RWAs in RBWM by US$39bn. In addition, we have continued to manage down the residual balances in the US CML and other portfolios by a further US$9bn of RWAs. Growth in Rest of Asia-Pacific provided an offsetting increase in credit risk RWAs of US$24bn. This was primarily attributable to loan growth in our mainland China

RWAs by geographical regions2

 

     At          At          At  
     30 Jun           30 Jun           31 Dec   
     2012           2011           2011   
     US$bn           US$bn           US$bn   

Total

     1,159.9           1,168.5           1,209.5   

Europe

     329.5           315.7           340.2   

Hong Kong

     108.0           110.8           105.7   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     303.2           241.1           279.3   

MENA

     63.0           58.1           58.9   

North America

     279.2           335.8           337.3   

Latin America

     99.8           110.5           102.3   

For footnote, see page 201.

associates, evenly split between CMB and GB&M. Growth in corporate lending also increased GB&M RWAs in this region.

The decrease in market risk RWAs of US$19bn reflected a reduction in positions and the tightening of credit default swap spreads, reducing the stressed VAR and VAR components of market risk.

The decrease in counterparty credit risk RWAs of US$4bn was primarily driven by a reduction in mark-to-market of credit derivatives and an increased application of regulatory netting.

 

 

Movement in tier 1 capital in the first half of 2012

Source and application of tier 1 capital

 

     Half-year to  
    

      30 June

2012

US$m

        

        30 June

2011

US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

 

Movement in tier 1 capital

            

Opening core tier 1 capital

     122,496           116,116           125,762   

Contribution to core tier 1 capital from profit for the period

     10,011           9,315           4,696   

Consolidated profits attributable to shareholders of the parent company

     8,438           9,215           7,582   

Removal of own credit spread net of tax

     1,573           100           (2,886

Net dividends

     (3,447        (2,672        (2,599

Dividends

     (4,454        (4,006        (3,495

Add back: shares issued in lieu of dividends

     1,007           1,334           896   

(Increase)/decrease in goodwill and intangible assets deducted

     769           (1,374        1,956   

Ordinary shares issued

     263           13           83   

Foreign currency translation differences

     (364        4,471           (7,176

Other, including regulatory adjustments

     941           (107        (226

Closing core tier 1 capital

     130,669           125,762           122,496   

Opening other tier 1 capital

     17,094           17,063           17,351   

Hybrid capital securities redeemed

     (776                    

Other, including regulatory adjustments

     (53        288           (257

Closing tier 1 capital

     146,934           143,113           139,590   

 

We complied with the FSA’s capital adequacy requirements throughout 2011 and the first half of 2012. Internal capital generation contributed US$7bn to core tier 1 capital, being profits

attributable to shareholders of the parent company after regulatory adjustment for own credit spread and net of dividends.

 

 

197


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Capital structure

 

     At
      30 June
         At
         30 June
         At
31 December
 
     2012          2011          2011  
     US$m           US$m           US$m   

Composition of regulatory capital

            

Tier 1 capital

            

Shareholders’ equity

     160,606           154,652           154,148   

Shareholders’ equity per balance sheet3

     165,845           160,250           158,725   

Preference share premium

     (1,405        (1,405        (1,405

Other equity instruments

     (5,851        (5,851        (5,851

Deconsolidation of special purpose entities4

     2,017           1,658           2,679   

Non-controlling interests

     4,451           3,871           3,963   

Non-controlling interests per balance sheet

     7,921           7,287           7,368   

Preference share non-controlling interests

     (2,412        (2,445        (2,412

Non-controlling interests transferred to tier 2 capital

     (496        (507        (496

Non-controlling interests in deconsolidated subsidiaries

     (562        (464        (497

Regulatory adjustments to the accounting basis

     (3,308        888           (4,331

Unrealised losses on available-for-sale debt securities5

     1,208           3,290           2,228   

Own credit spread

     (2,115        (773        (3,608

Defined benefit pension fund adjustment6

     (116        1,211           (368

Reserves arising from revaluation of property and unrealised gains on available-for-sale equities

     (2,387        (3,085        (2,678

Cash flow hedging reserve

     102           245           95   

Deductions

     (31,080        (33,649        (31,284

Goodwill capitalised and intangible assets

     (26,650        (29,375        (27,419

50% of securitisation positions

     (1,364        (1,274        (1,207

50% of tax credit adjustment for expected losses

     145           126           188   

50% of excess of expected losses over impairment allowances

     (3,211        (3,126        (2,846

Core tier 1 capital

     130,669           125,762           122,496   

Other tier 1 capital before deductions

     17,110           18,339           17,939   

Preference share premium

     1,405           1,405           1,405   

Preference share non-controlling interests

     2,412           2,445           2,412   

Hybrid capital securities

     13,293           14,489           14,122   

Deductions

     (845        (988        (845

Unconsolidated investments7

     (990        (1,114        (1,033

50% of tax credit adjustment for expected losses

     145           126           188   
                              

Tier 1 capital

     146,934           143,113           139,590   

Tier 2 capital

            

Total qualifying tier 2 capital before deductions

     47,205           50,544           48,676   

Reserves arising from revaluation of property and unrealised gains on available-for-sale equities

     2,387           3,085           2,678   

Collective impairment allowances8

     2,551           2,772           2,660   

Perpetual subordinated debt

     2,778           2,782           2,780   

Term subordinated debt

     39,189           41,605           40,258   

Non-controlling interests in tier 2 capital

     300           300           300   

Total deductions other than from tier 1 capital

     (18,415        (19,873        (17,932

Unconsolidated investments7

     (13,834        (15,471        (13,868

50% of securitisation positions

     (1,364        (1,274        (1,207

50% of excess of expected losses over impairment allowances

     (3,211        (3,126        (2,846

Other deductions

     (6        (2        (11
                              

Total regulatory capital

     175,724           173,784           170,334   

For footnotes, see page 201.

 

198


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Future developments

Basel III

The regulation and supervision of financial institutions continues to undergo significant change in response to the global financial crisis. In December 2010, the Basel Committee issued two documents: ‘A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems’ and ‘International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring’, which together are commonly referred to as ‘Basel III’. In June 2011, the Basel Committee issued a revision to the former document setting out the finalised capital treatment for counterparty credit risk in bilateral trades.

The Basel III rules set out the minimum common equity tier 1 (‘CET1’) ratio requirement of 4.5% and an additional capital conservation buffer requirement of 2.5%, to be phased in sequentially from 1 January 2013, becoming fully effective on 1 January 2019. Any additional countercyclical capital buffer requirements will also be phased in, starting in 2016 to a proposed maximum level of 2.5% effective on 1 January 2019, although individual jurisdictions may choose to implement larger countercyclical capital buffers. The leverage ratio is subject to a supervisory monitoring period which commenced on 1 January 2011, and a parallel run period which will last from 1 January 2013 until 1 January 2017. Further calibration of the leverage ratio will be carried out in the first half of 2017 with a view to migrating to a pillar 1 requirement from 1 January 2018.

In addition to the criteria detailed in the Basel III proposals, the Basel Committee issued further minimum requirements in January 2011 to ensure that all classes of capital instruments fully absorb losses at the point of non-viability before taxpayers are exposed to loss. Instruments issued on or after 1 January 2013 may only be included in regulatory capital if the new requirements are met. The capital treatment of securities issued prior to this date will be phased out over a 10-year period commencing on 1 January 2013.

Effect of Basel III

In order to provide some insight into the possible effects of the Basel III rules on HSBC, we have estimated the Group’s pro forma CET1 ratio on the basis of our interpretation of those rules applied to our position at 30 June 2012.

The Basel III changes, which will be progressively phased in, relate to increases in

RWAs, increased capital deductions and new regulatory adjustments. We estimate that applying the increased capital requirements which come into effect on 1 January 2013 to our 30 June 2012 core tier 1 ratio would lower it by 100bps to 10.3%.

The impact on our CET1 ratio from 1 January 2013 will result from changes to both our capital requirement and capital resource position. The decrease in the CET1 ratio attributable to the increase in capital requirements is primarily due to the new credit valuation adjustment (‘CVA’) capital charge, and also due to risk-weighting securitisation positions which were previously deducted from capital at 1,250%, and increasing the financial correlation charge. The effect on the CET1 ratio is reduced by the change from securitisation capital deductions to RWAs.

In addition to the implications for CET1 capital, tier 1 capital and tier 2 capital will be affected by the derecognition of non-qualifying capital instruments. These changes will be phased in over 10 years from 1 January 2013, and will further reduce the tier 1 ratio and the total capital ratio by an estimated 10bps and 40bps, respectively, in 2013 excluding new issues of qualifying capital instruments.

The changes to capital deductions and regulatory adjustments, including those for deferred tax assets, material holdings, excess expected losses and unrealised losses on available-for-sale portfolios, will be phased in over a five-year period starting on 1 January 2014.

The above is partially mitigated by the run-off of positions including legacy credit in GB&M and the US CML portfolio. This will occur in the period up until 2019.

We are also considering hedging the CVA capital charge using credit default swaps as another potential mitigating action.

CRD IV

In July 2011, the European Commission published proposals for a new Regulation and Directive, known collectively as CRD IV, to give effect to the Basel III framework in the EU. The majority of the Basel III proposals are in the Regulation, removing national discretion, except for countercyclical and capital conservation buffers, which are in the Directive.

The CRD IV proposals, which are expected to apply from 1 January 2013, require all fair value positions to be included at their prudent value for the purpose of calculating regulatory capital. The regulatory basis of prudent value differs from the

 

 

199


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

accounting basis for calculating fair values of financial instruments under IAS 39. It is proposed that when the accounting value is greater than the regulatory value, the difference should be deducted from CET1.

Our current methodology for calculating CVA for accounting purposes is described in Note 8 on the Financial Statements and is principally based on the use of probabilities of default from historical rating transition matrices, consistent with our approach to the management of derivative counterparty risk.

At present there is no formalised guidance, though it is expected that we will be required for the purposes of establishing a prudent regulatory value to calculate CVA based on a probability of default derived from relevant credit default swaps. A difference between the accounting and regulatory methodologies, therefore, would result in an overall adverse adjustment to CET1. Should the accounting treatment in future more closely align with the regulatory methodology, there would be an offsetting reduction in the regulatory adjustment applied to CET1.

We continue to monitor the interaction of the accounting and regulatory treatments as they evolve and assess our respective methodologies accordingly.

The Regulation additionally sets out provisions to harmonise prudential regulatory and financial reporting in the EU, commonly known as COREP and FINREP, respectively. In December 2011, the European Banking Authority (‘EBA’) published a consultative document proposing measures to specify uniform formats, frequencies and dates of prudential reporting to the regulator.

During the first half of 2012, the EBA issued a number of consultations on the draft regulatory technical standards which will form part of the Regulation. Further consultative documents are expected during the year and we will continue to assess the effect on HSBC.

The CRD IV legislation is in draft and remains subject to agreement by the European Parliament, Council and Commission.

Trading activities

In May 2012, the Basel Committee issued a consultative document, ‘Fundamental review of the trading book’. The paper sets out proposals for a revised market risk framework, including enhanced risk measurement under both the internal models-based and standardised approaches, and specific measures for trading book capital requirements. This

aims to strengthen capital standards for market risk, and thereby contribute to a more resilient banking sector.

Systemically important banks

In parallel with the Basel III proposals, the Basel Committee issued a consultative document in July 2011, ‘Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement’. In November 2011, they published their rules and the Financial Stability Board (‘FSB’) issued the initial list of global systemically important banks (‘G-SIB’s). This list, which includes HSBC and twenty-eight other major banks from around the world, will be re-assessed periodically through annual re-scoring of the individual banks and a triennial review of the methodology.

The rules set out an indicator-based approach to G-SIBs assessment employing five broad categories: size, interconnectedness, lack of substitutability, cross-jurisdictional activity and complexity. The designated G-SIBs will be required to hold minimum additional CET1 capital of between 1% and 2.5%, depending on their relative systemic importance as indicated by their assessed score. We expect to be required to hold capital towards the upper end of the range. A further 1% charge may be applied to any bank which fails to make progress or regresses in performance within the assessment categories set out above. The requirements, initially for those banks identified in November 2014 as G-SIBs, will be phased in from 1 January 2016, becoming fully effective on 1 January 2019. National regulators have discretion to introduce higher thresholds than these minima.

The proposals above form part of the FSB’s broad mandate to reduce the potential moral hazard associated with G-SIBs. A further exercise of this mandate was the FSB’s own direct consultation of October 2011. This proposed introducing, over the period 2012 to 2014, enhanced reporting by G-SIBs to the Basel Committee centrally. Further engagement with the financial industry at national and international level will be undertaken by the FSB during 2012.

In June 2012, complementing the G-SIBs proposal, the Basel Committee issued a consultative document, ‘A framework for dealing with domestic systemically important banks’. The Committee set out an assessment methodology for domestic systemically important banks (‘D-SIB’s) which employs categories similar to those defined under the G-SIB framework. In addition, they require

 

 

200


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

higher loss absorbency requirements to be calibrated by national authorities and which are to be fully met by CET1. The proposals call for banks, identified as D-SIBs by their national authorities, to comply with the requirements in line with the phase-in arrangements for G-SIBs.

Potential effect on a G-SIB

The proposals described above indicate that the required minimum regulatory CET1 ratio for a G-SIB may ultimately lie in the range of 8% to 9.5%.

 

Potential CET1 requirements from 1 January 2019

Minimum CET1

   4.5%

Capital conservation buffer

   2.5%

G-SIB buffer

   1 –2.5%

In addition to this, a G-SIB may be required to hold a countercyclical capital buffer. The countercyclical capital buffer is a macro-prudential tool at the disposal of national authorities that can be deployed when excess aggregate credit growth is judged to be increasing system-wide risk, and to protect the banking sector from future potential losses. Should a countercyclical buffer be required, it is expected to be held in the range of 0 – 2.5%.

Against the backdrop of eurozone instability, on a temporary basis, the EBA recommended banks aimed to reach a 9% core tier 1 ratio by the end of June 2012. We shall continue to review our target core tier 1 ratio of 9.5% to 10.5% as the applicable regulatory capital requirements evolve during the period until 1 January 2019.

UK banking reform

In September 2011, the Independent Commission on Banking (‘ICB’) recommended measures on capital requirements for UK banking groups. In June 2012, the UK Government published its consultation, ‘Banking reform: delivering stability and supporting a sustainable economy’, which set out its detailed proposals for implementing the recommendations of the ICB. For further details, see page 106.

Recovery and resolution

In November 2010, the G20 endorsed the FSB’s report on reducing the moral hazard posed by systemically important financial institutions and, in November 2011 they endorsed the core recommendations set out in ‘Key attributes of effective resolution regimes for financial institutions’ which jurisdictions should implement to achieve these outcomes.

In June 2012, following international developments in this area, the European Commission published a legislative proposal for bank recovery and resolution. The aim of the proposed framework is to reduce implicit support for the banking sector and equip national regulators with common powers and tools for prevention, early intervention and resolution. The powers sought include the right to appoint a special manager and impose the sale of businesses, asset separation and the write-down of creditors (bail-in) to resolve banks in difficulties. The proposal from the European Commission is subject to negotiation with the European Parliament and European Council.

 

 

Footnotes to Capital

 

1 Operational risk RWAs, under the standardised approach, are calculated using an average of the last three years’ revenues. For business disposals, the operational risk RWAs are not released immediately on disposal, but diminish over a 3-4 year period. On disposal of the Card and Retail Services business, the associated operational risk RWAs will be reported against the continuing business to the extent that the revenues are still included in the three-year average.
2 RWAs are non-additive across geographical regions due to market risk diversification effects within the Group.
3 Includes externally verified profits for the half-year to 30 June 2012.
4 Mainly comprises unrealised losses on available-for-sale debt securities within SPEs which are excluded from the regulatory consolidation.
5 Under FSA rules, unrealised gains/losses on debt securities net of tax must be excluded from capital resources.
6 Under FSA rules, any defined benefit asset is derecognised and a defined benefit liability may be substituted with the additional funding that will be paid into the relevant schemes over the following five-year period.
7 Mainly comprise investments in insurance entities.
8 Under FSA rules, collective impairment allowances on loan portfolios on the standardised approach are included in tier 2 capital.

 

201


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

LOGO

  

Appendix to Capital

 

Capital management and capital measurement and allocation

Capital management

Our policy on capital management is underpinned by a capital management framework (‘the framework’) which enables us to manage our capital in a consistent manner. The framework, which is approved by the GMB annually, incorporates a number of different capital measures including market capitalisation, invested capital, economic capital and regulatory capital.

 

 

Capital measures

 

 

market capitalisation is the stock market value of the company;

 

 

invested capital is the equity capital invested in HSBC by our shareholders, adjusted for certain reserves and goodwill previously amortised or written off;

 

 

economic capital is the internally calculated capital requirement which we deem necessary to support the risks to which we are exposed; and

 

 

regulatory capital is the capital which we are required to hold in accordance with the rules established by the FSA for the consolidated Group and by our local regulators for individual Group companies.

 

The following material risks are managed through the framework: credit, market, operational, interest rate risk in the banking book, pension fund, insurance and residual risks.

We incorporate stress testing in the framework because it helps us understand how sensitive the core assumptions in our capital plans are to the adverse effect of extreme but plausible events. Stress testing allows us to formulate our response and mitigate risk in advance of conditions exhibiting the identified stress scenarios. The actual market stresses which occurred throughout the financial system in recent years have been used to inform our capital planning process and enhance the stress scenarios we employ. In addition to our internal stress tests, others are undertaken, both at the request of regulators and by the regulators themselves using their prescribed assumptions. We take into account the results of all such regulatory stress testing when assessing our internal capital management requirements.

The responsibility for global capital allocation principles and decisions rests with the GMB. Through our structured internal governance processes, we maintain discipline over our investment and capital allocation decisions and seek to ensure that returns on investment are adequate after taking into account capital costs. Our strategy is to allocate capital to businesses on the basis of their economic profit generation and their regulatory and economic capital requirements.

Our capital management process is articulated in the annual Group capital plan which is approved by the Board. The plan is drawn up with the objective of maintaining both an appropriate amount of capital and an optimal mix between its different components. HSBC Holdings and its major subsidiaries raise non-equity tier 1 capital and subordinated debt in accordance with Group guidelines on market and investor concentration, cost, market conditions, timing, capital composition and maturity profile. Each subsidiary manages its own capital to support its planned business growth and meet its local regulatory requirements within the context of the Group capital plan. Capital generated by subsidiaries in excess of planned requirements is returned to HSBC Holdings, normally by way of dividends, in accordance with the framework.

HSBC Holdings is the primary provider of equity capital to its subsidiaries and also provides them with non-equity capital where necessary. These investments are substantially funded by HSBC Holdings’ own capital issuance and profit retention. As part of its capital management process, HSBC Holdings seeks to maintain a prudent balance between the composition of its capital and its investment in subsidiaries.

 

 

Capital measurement and allocation

Our policy and practice in capital measurement and allocation at Group level is underpinned by the Basel II rules. However, local regulators are at different stages of implementation and some local reporting, notably in the US, is still on a Basel I basis. In most jurisdictions, non-banking financial subsidiaries are also subject to the supervision and capital requirements of local regulatory authorities.

 

202


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

 

Regulatory and accounting consolidations

The basis of consolidation for financial accounting purposes is described on page 292 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2011 and differs from that used for regulatory purposes. Investments in banking associates are equity accounted in the financial accounting consolidation, whereas their exposures are proportionally consolidated for regulatory purposes. Subsidiaries and associates engaged in insurance and non-financial activities are excluded from the regulatory consolidation and are deducted from regulatory capital. The regulatory consolidation does not include SPEs where significant risk has been transferred to third parties. Exposures to these SPEs are risk-weighted as securitisation positions for regulatory purposes.

 

Basel II is structured around three ‘pillars’: minimum capital requirements, supervisory review process and market discipline. The CRD implemented Basel II in the EU and the FSA then gave effect to the CRD by including the latter’s requirements in its own rulebooks.

Regulatory capital

Our capital is divided into two tiers:

 

 

tier 1 capital is divided into core tier 1 and other tier 1 capital. Core tier 1 capital comprises shareholders’ equity and related non-controlling interests. The book values of goodwill and intangible assets are deducted from core tier 1 capital and other regulatory adjustments are made for items reflected in shareholders’ equity which are treated differently for the purposes of capital adequacy. Qualifying capital instruments such as non-cumulative perpetual preference shares and hybrid capital securities are included in other tier 1 capital; and

 

 

tier 2 capital comprises qualifying subordinated loan capital, related non-controlling interests, allowable collective impairment allowances and unrealised gains arising on the fair valuation of equity instruments held as available for sale. Tier 2 capital also includes reserves arising from the revaluation of properties.

To ensure the overall quality of the capital base, the FSA’s rules set limits on the amount of hybrid capital instruments that can be included in tier 1 capital relative to core tier 1 capital, and limits overall tier 2 capital to no more than tier 1 capital.

Pillar 1 capital requirements

Pillar 1 covers the capital resources requirements for credit risk, market risk and operational risk. Credit risk includes counterparty credit risk and securitisation requirements. These requirements are expressed in terms of RWAs.

Credit risk capital requirements

Basel II applies three approaches of increasing sophistication to the calculation of pillar 1 credit risk capital requirements. The most basic level, the standardised approach, requires banks to use external credit ratings to determine the risk weightings applied to rated counterparties and group other counterparties into broad categories and apply standardised risk weightings to these categories. The next level, the internal ratings-based (‘IRB’) foundation approach, allows banks to calculate their credit risk capital requirements on the basis of their internal assessment of the probability that a counterparty will default (‘PD’), but subjects their quantified estimates of exposure at default (‘EAD’) and loss given default (‘LGD’) to standard supervisory parameters. Finally, the IRB advanced approach allows banks to use their own internal assessment in determining PD and quantifying EAD and LGD.

The capital resources requirement, which is intended to cover unexpected losses, is derived from a formula specified in the regulatory rules which incorporates PD, LGD, EAD and other variables such as maturity and correlation. Expected losses under the IRB approaches are calculated by multiplying PD by EAD and LGD. Expected losses are deducted from capital to the extent that they exceed total accounting impairment allowances.

For credit risk we have adopted the IRB advanced approach for the majority of our businesses, with the remainder on either IRB foundation or standardised approaches.

Under our Basel II rollout plans, a number of our Group companies and portfolios are in transition to advanced IRB approaches. At the end of June 2012, portfolios in much of Europe, Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific and North America were on advanced IRB approaches. Others remain on the standardised or foundation approaches under Basel II, pending definition of local regulations or model approval, or under exemptions from IRB treatment.

 

 

Counterparty credit risk

Counterparty credit risk arises for OTC derivatives and securities financing transactions. It is calculated in both the trading and non-trading books and is the risk that the counterparty to a transaction may default before

 

203


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

completing the satisfactory settlement of the transaction. Three approaches to calculating counterparty credit risk and determining exposure values are defined by Basel II: standardised, mark-to-market and internal model method. These exposure values are used to determine capital requirements under one of the credit risk approaches: standardised, IRB foundation and IRB advanced.

We use the mark-to-market and internal model method approaches for counterparty credit risk. Our longer-term aim is to migrate more positions from the mark-to-market to the internal model method approach.

 

 

Securitisation

Securitisation positions are held in both the trading and non-trading books. For non-trading book securitisation positions, Basel II specifies two methods for calculating credit risk requirements, these being the standardised and IRB approaches. Both approaches rely on the mapping of rating agency credit ratings to risk weights, which range from 7% to 1,250%. Positions that would otherwise be weighted at 1,250% are deducted from capital.

Within the IRB approach, we use the ratings-based method for the majority of our non-trading book securitisation positions, and the internal assessment approach for unrated liquidity facilities and programme-wide enhancements for asset-backed securitisations.

Following the implementation of Basel 2.5, the majority of securitisation positions in the trading book are treated for capital purposes as if they are held in the non-trading book under the standardised or IRB approaches. Other traded securitisation positions, known as correlation trading, are treated under an internal model approach approved by the FSA.

Market risk capital requirement

The market risk capital requirement is measured using internal market risk models where approved by the FSA, or the FSA’s standard rules. Following the implementation of Basel 2.5, our internal market risk models comprise VAR, stressed VAR, incremental risk charge and correlation trading under the comprehensive risk measure.

Operational risk capital requirement

Basel II includes a capital requirement for operational risk, again utilising three levels of sophistication. The capital required under the basic indicator approach is a simple percentage of gross revenues, whereas under the standardised approach it is one of three different percentages of gross revenues allocated to each of eight defined business lines. Both these approaches use an average of the last three financial years’ revenues. Finally, the advanced measurement approach uses banks’ own statistical analysis and modelling of operational risk data to determine capital requirements. We have adopted the standardised approach in determining our operational risk capital requirements.

Pillar 2 capital requirements

We conduct an Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (‘ICAAP’) to determine a forward looking assessment of our capital requirements given our business strategy, risk profile, risk appetite and capital plan. This process incorporates the risk management processes and governance of the Group. A range of stress tests are applied to our base capital plan. These, coupled with our economic capital framework and other risk management practices, are used to assess our internal capital adequacy requirements.

The ICAAP is examined by the FSA as part of its Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process, which occurs periodically to enable the FSA to define the Individual Capital Guidance or minimum capital requirements for HSBC.

Pillar 3 disclosure requirements

Pillar 3 of Basel II is related to market discipline and aims to make firms more transparent by requiring them to publish specific, prescribed details of their risks, capital and risk management under the Basel II framework at least annually. Our Pillar 3 disclosures for the year ended 31 December 2011 were published as a separate document on the Group Investor Relations website.

 

204


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Board of Directors and Senior Management

  

 

Directors

 

 

 

D J Flint, CBE, 57

Group Chairman

 

Skills and experience: extensive governance experience gained through membership of the Boards of HSBC and BP p.l.c.; considerable knowledge of finance and risk management in banking, multinational financial reporting, treasury and securities trading operations; honoured with a CBE in recognition of his services to the finance industry; member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland and the Association of Corporate Treasurers. Fellow of The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants. Joined HSBC in 1995.

Appointed to the Board: 1995

Current appointments include: director of The Hong Kong Association; and Chairman of the Institute of International Finance since 6 June 2012 (formerly Vice Chairman and Chairman Designate).

Former appointments include: Group Finance Director and Chief Financial Officer, Executive Director, Risk and Regulation; Chairman and member of the Nomination Committee; Co-Chairman of the Counterparty Risk Management Policy Group III; Chairman of the Financial Reporting Council’s review of the Turnbull Guidance on Internal Control; member of the Accounting Standards Board and the Standards Advisory Council of the International Accounting Standards Board; served on the Large Business Forum on Tax and Competitiveness and the Consultative Committee of the Large Business Advisory Board of HM Revenue and Customs; partner in KPMG; and non-executive director and Chairman of the Audit Committee of BP p.l.c.

 

 

S T Gulliver, 53

Group Chief Executive

 

Skills and experience: a career banker with over 30 years’ international experience with HSBC; has held a number of key roles in the Group’s operations worldwide, including in London, Hong Kong, Tokyo, Kuala Lumpur and the United Arab Emirates; played a leading role in developing and expanding Global Banking and Markets, the wholesale banking division of the Group with operations in over 65 countries and territories. Joined HSBC in 1980.

Appointed to the Board: 2008

Current appointments include: Group Chief

Executive and Chairman of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited; Chairman of HSBC France; and Chairman of the Group Management Board.

Former appointments include: Chairman, Europe, Middle East and Global Businesses; Chairman of HSBC Bank plc and of HSBC Bank Middle East Limited; Head of Global Banking and Markets; Co-Head of Global Banking and Markets; Head of Global Markets; Head of Treasury and Capital Markets in Asia-Pacific; Deputy Chairman of HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG and member of its Supervisory Board; and Chairman of HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) SA.

 

 

S A Catz, 50

 

 

Skills and experience: a background in international business leadership, having helped transform Oracle into the largest producer of business management software and the world’s leading supplier of software for information management.

Appointed to the Board: 2008

Current appointments include: President and Chief Financial Officer of Oracle Corporation. Joined Oracle in 1999 and appointed to the board of directors in 2001.

Former appointments include: Managing Director of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette.

 

 

L M L Cha, GBS, 62

 

 

Member of the Corporate Sustainability Committee.

Skills and experience: extensive regulatory and policy making experience in the finance and securities sector in Hong Kong and mainland China; formerly Vice Chairman of the China Securities Regulatory Commission, being the first person outside mainland China to join the Central Government of the People’s Republic of China at vice-ministerial rank; awarded Gold and Silver Bauhinia Stars by the Hong Kong Government for public service; formerly Deputy Chairman of the Securities and Futures Commission in Hong Kong; and has worked in the US and Asia.

Appointed to the Board: 2011

Current appointments include: non-executive Deputy Chairman of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited; non-official member of the Executive Council of Hong Kong SAR; Chairman of the ICAC Advisory Committee on Corruption; a Hong Kong Deputy to the 11th

 

 

205


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Board of Directors and Senior Management (continued)

  

 

National People’s Congress of China; non-executive director of China Telecom Corporation Limited; member of the Advisory Board of the Yale School of Management, Millstein Center of Corporate Governance, and Performance at Yale University; a Senior International Advisor for Foundation Asset Management Sweden AB; member of the State Bar of California; and Chairman of the Task Force on the Financial Services Development Council of Hong Kong SAR since 1 July 2012.

Former appointments include: non-executive director of Bank of Communications Co., Ltd., Baoshan Iron and Steel Co. Limited, Johnson Electric Holdings Limited; and Chairman of the University Grants Committee in Hong Kong. Ceased to be a director of Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited on 24 April 2012 and Tata Consultancy Services Limited on 29 June 2012.

 

 

M K T Cheung, GBS, OBE, 64

 

 

Member of the Group Audit Committee.

Skills and experience: a background in international business and financial accounting, particularly in greater China and the wider Asian economy; retired from KPMG Hong Kong in 2003 after more than 30 years; awarded the Gold Bauhinia Star by the Hong Kong Government. Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.

Appointed to the Board: 2009

Current appointments include: non-executive director of Hang Seng Bank Limited and HKR International Limited; non-executive Chairman of the Airport Authority Hong Kong and the Council of the Hong Kong University of Science and Technology; and director of The Association of Former Council Members of The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited and The Hong Kong International Film Festival Society Ltd.

Former appointments include: non-executive director of Sun Hung Kai Properties Limited and Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited; Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of KPMG Hong Kong; and council member of the Open University of Hong Kong. Ceased to be a non-official member of the Executive Council of the Hong Kong SAR on 1 July 2012.

 

 

J D Coombe, 67

 

 

Chairman of the Group Audit Committee and member of the Group Risk Committee and Group Remuneration Committee.

Skills and experience: a background in international business, financial accounting and the pharmaceutical industry; formerly Chief Financial Officer of GlaxoSmithKline with responsibility for the group’s financial operations globally. Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.

Appointed to the Board: 2005

Current appointments include: non-executive Chairman of Hogg Robinson Group plc; non-executive Chairman of Home Retail Group plc since 4 July 2012; and council member of The Royal Academy of Arts.

Former appointments include: executive director and Chief Financial Officer of GlaxoSmithKline plc; non-executive director of GUS plc; member of the Supervisory Board of Siemens AG; Chairman of The Hundred Group of Finance Directors; and member of the Accounting Standards Board.

 

 

J Faber, 62

 

 

Member of the Group Risk Committee since 1 March 2012.

Skills and experience: a background in banking and asset management with significant international experience, having worked in Germany, Tokyo, New York and London; former Chief Executive Officer of Allianz Global Investors AG and member of the management board of Allianz SE until December 2011; 14 years experience with Citigroup Inc. holding positions in Trading and Project Finance and as Head of Capital Markets for Europe, North America and Japan. Has a doctorate from the University of Administrative Sciences in Speyer.

Appointed to the Board: 1 March 2012

Current appointments include: Chairman of Joh A. Benckiser SARL and of the Investment Board of the Stifterverband für die Deutsche Wissenschaft; independent director of Deutsche Börse AG , Coty Inc.; member of the advisory board of the Siemens Group Pension Board, and the boards of management of Deutsche Krebshilfe and the European School for Management and Technology; and member of the Berlin Centre for Corporate Governance, the German Council for Sustainable Development and Allianz Climate Solutions.

Former appointments include: Chairman of Allianz Global Investors Kapitalanlagegesellschaft and Allianz Global Investors Deutschland GmbH; Chairman of the board of management of Allianz Global Investors Italia SGR SpA; member of the advisory board of Allianz SpA; and member of the supervisory board of Bayerische Boerse AG.

 

 

206


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Board of Directors and Senior Management (continued)

  

 

 

R A Fairhead, CBE, 50

 

 

Chairman of the Group Risk Committee and member of the Group Audit Committee and Nomination Committee.

Skills and experience: a background in international industry, publishing, finance and general management; formerly Finance Director of Pearson plc with responsibility for overseeing the day-to-day running of the finance function and directly responsible for global financial reporting and control, tax and treasury. Has a Master’s in Business Administration from the Harvard Business School.

Appointed to the Board: 2004

Current appointments include: Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and director of Financial Times Group Limited. Director of Pearson plc and non-executive director of The Economist Newspaper Limited; and non-executive member of the board of the UK Government’s Cabinet Office.

Former appointments include: Executive Vice President, Strategy and Group Control of Imperial Chemical Industries plc; Finance Director of Pearson plc; and Chairman and director of Interactive Data Corporation.

 

 

A A Flockhart*, CBE, 60

 

 

Skills and experience: a career banker, being an emerging markets specialist with over 35 years’ experience with HSBC across Latin America, the Middle East, US and Asia; honoured with a CBE in recognition of his services to British business and charitable services and institutions in Mexico. Joined HSBC in 1974.

Appointed to the Board: 2008. Will retire from the Board on 31 July 2012.

Current appointments include: Chairman of HSBC Bank plc and director of HSBC Bank Middle East Limited. Will retire from these appointments on 31 July 2012.

Former appointments include: member of the Group Management Board and director of HSBC Bank Australia Limited; Chairman of HSBC Latin America Holdings (UK) Limited; Chairman, Personal and Commercial Banking; Chief Executive Officer of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited; director of HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited and Hang Seng Bank

Limited, vice-chairman and director of HSBC Bank (Vietnam) Limited; Chairman, HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad; Chairman, President and Group Managing Director, Latin America and the Caribbean; Chief Executive Officer, Mexico; Senior Executive Vice-President, Commercial Banking, HSBC Bank USA, N.A.; Managing Director of The Saudi British Bank.

 

 

J W J Hughes-Hallett, CMG , SBS, 62

 

 

Member of the Group Risk Committee and Nomination Committee. Will cease to be a member of the Group Risk Committee on 31 July 2012.

Skills and experience: a background in financial accounting and experience of management of a broad range of international businesses, including aviation, insurance, property, shipping, manufacturing and trading in the Far East, UK, US and Australia; awarded the Silver Bauhinia Star by the Hong Kong Government. Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.

Appointed to the Board: 2005

Current appointments include: Chairman of John Swire & Sons Limited; non-executive director of Cathay Pacific Airways Limited and Swire Pacific Limited; a trustee of the Dulwich Picture Gallery and the Esmée Fairbairn Foundation; member of The Hong Kong Association and Chairman of the Governing Board of the Courtauld Institute of Art.

Former appointments include: non-executive director of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited.

 

 

W S H Laidlaw , 56

 

 

Member of the Group Remuneration Committee.

Skills and experience: significant international experience, particularly in the energy sector, having had responsibility for businesses in four continents. Qualified Solicitor and Master’s in Business Administration from INSEAD.

Appointed to the Board: 2008

Current appointments include: Chief Executive Officer of Centrica plc; member of the UK Prime Minister’s Business Advisory Group; and the Lead Non-executive Board Member of the UK Department for Transport.

Former appointments include: Executive Vice President of Chevron Corporation; non-executive director of Hanson PLC; Chief Executive Officer of Enterprise Oil plc; and President and Chief Operating Officer of Amerada Hess Corporation.

 

 

207


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Board of Directors and Senior Management (continued)

  

 

 

J P Lipsky , 65

 

 

Member of the Group Risk Committee since 1 March 2012 and Nomination Committee since 24 May 2012.

Skills and experience: international experience having worked in Chile, New York, Washington and London and interacted with financial institutions, central banks and governments in many countries; served at the International Monetary Fund as First Deputy Managing Director, Acting Managing Director and as Special Advisor. Has a PhD from Stanford University.

Appointed to the Board: 1 March 2012

Current appointments include: Distinguished Visiting Scholar, International Economics Program at the Paul H. Nitze School of Advanced International Studies, Johns Hopkins University; Co-chairman of the Aspen Institute Program on the World Economy; director of the National Bureau of Economic Research; member of the advisory board of the Stanford Institute for Economic Policy Research and the Council on Foreign Relations.

Former appointments include: Vice Chairman J P Morgan Investment Bank; director of the American Council on Germany and the Japan Society; and a trustee of the Economic Club of New York.

 

 

J R Lomax , 67

 

 

Member of the Group Audit Committee and Group Risk Committee.

Skills and experience: experience in both the public and private sectors and a deep knowledge of the operation of the UK government and financial system.

Appointed to the Board: 2008

Current appointments include: non-executive director of The Scottish American Investment Company PLC, Reinsurance Group of America Inc., Arcus European Infrastructure Fund GP LLP and BAA Limited; member of the Council of Imperial College, London; and President of the Institute of Fiscal Studies.

Former appointments include: Deputy Governor, Monetary Stability, at the Bank of England and member of the Monetary Policy Committee; Permanent Secretary at the UK Government Departments for Transport and Work and Pensions and the Welsh Office; and Vice President and Chief of Staff to the President of the World Bank.

 

I J Mackay, 50

Group Finance Director

 

 

Skills and experience: extensive financial and international experience, having worked in London, Paris, US and Asia. Member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland. Joined HSBC in 2007.

Appointed to the Board: 2010

Current appointments include: member of the Group Management Board.

Former appointments include: director of Hang Seng Bank Limited; Chief Financial Officer, Asia Pacific; and Chief Financial Officer, HSBC North America Holdings Inc; Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of GE Consumer Finance and Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of GE Healthcare – Global Diagnostic Imaging.

 

 

N R N Murthy, CBE, 65

 

 

Chairman of the Corporate Sustainability Committee.

Skills and experience: experience in information technology, corporate governance and education, particularly in India; founded Infosys Limited in India; was its Chief Executive Officer for 21 years; under his leadership Infosys established a global footprint and was listed on NASDAQ.

Appointed to the Board: 2008

Current appointments include: Chairman Emeritus of Infosys Limited; Chairman of the Public Health Foundation of India and of the National Payments Corporation of India; director of the United Nations Foundation and Catamaran Management Services Pvt. Ltd.

Former appointments include: former Chief Executive Officer of Infosys Limited; director of Unilever plc and Unilever n.v.; and non-executive director of DBS Group Holdings Limited, DBS Bank Limited and New Delhi Television Limited.

 

 

Sir Simon Robertson , 71

Deputy Chairman and senior independent non-executive Director

 

 

Chairman of the Nomination Committee.

Skills and experience: a background in international corporate advisory with a wealth of experience in mergers and acquisitions, merchant banking, investment banking and financial markets; honoured

 

 

208


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Board of Directors and Senior Management (continued)

  

 

with a knighthood in recognition of his services to business; extensive international experience having worked in France, Germany, the UK and the US.

Appointed to the Board: 2006

Current appointments include: non-executive Chairman of Rolls-Royce Holdings plc, which became the holding company of the Rolls-Royce group of companies in May 2011 as part of a group restructuring. Formerly Chairman of Rolls-Royce Group plc, which was the holding company of the Rolls-Royce group of companies until May 2011. The founding member of Simon Robertson Associates LLP; non-executive director of Berry Bros. & Rudd Limited, The Economist Newspaper Limited, Royal Opera House, Covent Garden Limited and, since 8 May 2012, Troy Asset Management; partner of NewShore Partners LLP; and a trustee of the Eden Project Trust and of the Royal Opera House Endowment Fund.

Former appointments include: Managing Director of Goldman Sachs International and Chairman of Dresdner Kleinwort Benson.

 

 

J L Thornton , 58

 

 

Chairman of the Group Remuneration Committee.

Skills and experience: experience that bridges developed and developing economies and the public and private sectors; a deep knowledge of financial services and education systems, particularly in Asia. During his 23-year career with Goldman Sachs, he played a key role in the firm’s global development and was Chairman of Goldman Sachs Asia.

Appointed to the Board: 2008

Current appointments include: non-executive Chairman and director of HSBC North America Holdings Inc.; Co-chairman and director of Barrick Gold Corporation since 15 February 2012 and 6 June 2012 respectively; professor and director of the Global Leadership Program at the Tsinghua University School of Economics and Management; Chairman of the Brookings Institution Board of Trustees; non-executive director of Ford Motor Company, News Corporation, Inc. and China Unicom (Hong Kong) Limited; director of National Committee on United States-China Relations; a Trustee of China Institute, The China Foreign Affairs University, member of the Council on Foreign Relations and the China Securities Regulatory Commission International Advisory Committee.

Former appointments include: non-executive director of Industrial and Commercial Bank of China

Limited and Intel Corporation, Inc.; Trustee of Asia Society; and President of the Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.

 

Independent non-executive Director.
* Non-executive Director.

Secretary

 

 

 

R G Barber, 61

Group Company Secretary

 

 

Joined HSBC in 1980. Group Company Secretary since 1986 and Company Secretary of HSBC Holdings plc since 1990. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2006. Chairman of the Disclosure Committee. A member of the Listing Authority Advisory Committee of the Financial Services Authority and of the Primary Markets Group of the London Stock Exchange. Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Secretaries and Administrators. Former HSBC appointments include: Corporation Secretary of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited and Company Secretary of HSBC Bank plc.

Adviser to the Board

 

 

 

D J Shaw, 66

 

 

Adviser to the Board since 1998. Director of HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited, HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) SA and HSBC Private Bank (Suisse) SA. Independent non-executive director of Kowloon Development Company Limited and Shui On Land Limited. Solicitor and formerly a partner in Norton Rose.

Group Managing Directors

 

 

 

A Almeida, 56

Group Head of Human Resources and Corporate Sustainability

 

 

Joined HSBC in 1992. A Group Managing Director since 2008. Former HSBC appointments include: Global Head of Human Resources for Global Banking and Markets, Global Private Banking, Global Transaction Banking and HSBC Amanah.

 

 

S Assaf, 52

Chief Executive, Global Banking and Markets

 

 

Joined HSBC in 1994. A Group Managing Director since 2011. Director of HSBC Bank Egypt S.A.E and of HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG. Former

 

 

209


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Board of Directors and Senior Management (continued)

  

 

HSBC appointments include: director of HSBC Global Asset Management Limited; Head of Global Markets; and Head of Global Markets for Europe, Middle East and Africa.

 

 

R E T Bennett, 60

Group General Counsel

 

Joined HSBC in 1979. A Group Managing Director since 2011. Director of HSBC IM Pension Trust Limited. Former HSBC appointments include: Group General Manager, Legal & Compliance and Head of Legal & Compliance, Asia Pacific. Will retire from the Group on 31 December 2012.

 

 

A M Keir, 53

Global Head of Commercial Banking

 

Joined HSBC in 1981. A Group Managing Director since 2011. Former HSBC appointments include: Group General Manager, Commercial Banking, Europe and Global Co-Head, Global Commercial Banking.

 

 

S A Levey, 49

Chief Legal Officer

 

Joined HSBC on 13 January 2012. A Group Managing Director since 18 January 2012. Former appointments include: Under Secretary for Terrorism and Financial Intelligence in the US Department of Treasury; Senior Fellow for National Security and Financial Integrity at the Council on Foreign Relations; Principal Associate Deputy Attorney General at the US Department of Justice; Partner at Miller, Cassidy, Larroca & Lewin LLP and Baker Botts LLP.

 

 

M M Moses, 54

Group Chief Risk Officer

 

Joined HSBC in 2005. A Group Managing Director since 2010. Director of HSBC Insurance (Bermuda) Limited. Former HSBC appointments include: Chief Financial and Risk Officer, Global Banking and Markets.

 

S P O’Sullivan, 56

Group Chief Operating Officer

 

Joined HSBC in 1980. A Group Managing Director since 2011. Former HSBC appointments include: Group Chief Technology and Services Officer; director and Chief Operating Officer of HSBC Bank plc; and Chief Operating Officer of HSBC Bank Canada.

 

 

B Robertson, 58

Chief Executive, HSBC Bank plc

 

Joined HSBC in 1975. A Group Managing Director since 2008. Chairman of HSBC Life (UK) Limited. Director of HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited since 1 January 2012. Former HSBC appointments include: Group Chief Risk Officer; Group General Manager, Group Credit and Risk; and Head of Global Banking and Markets for North America.

 

 

P A Thurston, 58

Chief Executive, Retail Banking and Wealth Management

 

Joined HSBC in 1975. A Group Managing Director since 2008. Director of HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) SA and of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited. Former HSBC appointments include: Chief Executive and director of HSBC Bank plc and Chairman of HSBC Life (UK) Limited.

 

 

P T S Wong, 60

Chief Executive, The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited

 

Joined HSBC in 2005. A Group Managing Director since 2010. Chairman of HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited and of HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad. Non-executive director of Hang Seng Bank Limited, Bank of Communications Co., Ltd and Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. Independent non-executive director of Cathay Pacific Airways Limited. Former HSBC appointments include: director of HSBC Bank Australia Limited. Ceased to be the Vice Chairman of HSBC Bank (Vietnam) Ltd on 16 January 2012.

 

 

210


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Financial Statements (unaudited)

  

 

Consolidated income statement for the half-year to 30 June 2012

 

            Half-year to  
     Notes     

30 June

2012

US$m

         

30 June

2011

US$m

         

31 December

2011

US$m

 
                 

Interest income

        29,549            31,046            31,959   

Interest expense

        (10,173         (10,811         (11,532

Net interest income

        19,376            20,235            20,427   
                 

Fee income

        10,281            10,944            10,553   

Fee expense

        (1,974         (2,137         (2,200

Net fee income

        8,307            8,807            8,353   
                 

Trading income excluding net interest income

        3,134            3,231            52   

Net interest income on trading activities

        1,385            1,581            1,642   

Net trading income

        4,519            4,812            1,694   
                 

Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives

        (1,810         (494         4,655   

Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value

        627            394            (1,116

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

        (1,183         (100         3,539   

Gains less losses from financial investments

        1,023            485            422   

Dividend income

        103            87            62   

Net earned insurance premiums

        6,696            6,700            6,172   

Gains on disposal of US branch network and cards business

     14         3,809                         

Other operating income

        1,022            1,285            481   

Total operating income

        43,672            42,311            41,150   

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

        (6,775         (6,617         (4,564

Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

        36,897            35,694            36,586   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

        (4,799         (5,266         (6,861

Net operating income

        32,098            30,428            29,725   

Employee compensation and benefits

        (10,905         (10,521         (10,645

General and administrative expenses

        (9,125         (8,419         (9,040

Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment

        (706         (805         (765

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets

        (468         (765         (585

Total operating expenses

        (21,204         (20,510         (21,035

Operating profit

        10,894            9,918            8,690   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

        1,843            1,556            1,708   

Profit before tax

        12,737            11,474            10,398   

Tax expense

     6         (3,629         (1,712         (2,216

Profit for the period

        9,108            9,762            8,182   

Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company

        8,438            9,215            7,582   

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

        670            547            600   
            US$           US$           US$  

Basic earnings per ordinary share

     4         0.45            0.51            0.41   

Diluted earnings per ordinary share

     4         0.45            0.50            0.41   

The accompanying notes on pages 219 to 263 form an integral part of these financial statements1.

For footnote, see page 218.

 

211


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the half-year to 30 June 2012

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June
2012

US$m

         

30 June
2011

US$m

         

31 December
2011

US$m

 

Profit for the period

     9,108            9,762            8,182   

Other comprehensive income/(expense)

              

Available-for-sale investments

     1,593            1,136            (462
              

– fair value gains/(losses)

     2,362            1,378            (99

– fair value gains transferred to income statement on disposal

     (1,017         (529         (291

– amounts transferred to the income statement in respect of impairment losses

     450            287            296   

– income taxes

     (202                    (368

Cash flow hedges

     (6         40            147   
              

– fair value gains/(losses)

     (307         231            (812

– fair value (gains)/losses transferred to income statement

     245            (196         984   

– income taxes

     56            5            (25

Actuarial gains/(losses) on defined benefit plans

     (469         (19         1,028   
              

– before income taxes

     (619         (18         1,285   

– income taxes

     150            (1         (257

Share of other comprehensive income/(expense) of associates and joint ventures

     338            (146         (564

Exchange differences

     (392         4,404            (7,269

Income tax attributable to exchange differences

                165              

Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the period, net of tax

     1,064            5,580            (7,120

Total comprehensive income for the period

     10,172            15,342            1,062   

Total comprehensive income for the period attributable to:

              

– shareholders of the parent company

     9,515            14,728            638   

– non-controlling interests

     657            614            424   
     10,172            15,342            1,062   

The accompanying notes on pages 219 to 263 form an integral part of these financial statements1.

For footnote, see page 218.

 

212


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Consolidated balance sheet at 30 June 2012

 

     Notes     

At

30 June
2012

US$m

        

At

30 June
2011

US$m

        

At
31 December
2011

US$m

 

Assets

               

Cash and balances at central banks

        147,911           68,218           129,902   

Items in the course of collection from other banks

        11,075           15,058           8,208   

Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

        21,283           19,745           20,922   

Trading assets

     7         391,371           474,950           330,451   

Financial assets designated at fair value

     11         32,310           39,565           30,856   

Derivatives

     12         355,934           260,672           346,379   

Loans and advances to banks

        182,191           226,043           180,987   

Loans and advances to customers

        974,985           1,037,888           940,429   

Financial investments

     13         393,736           416,857           400,044   

Assets held for sale

     14         12,383           1,599           39,558   

Other assets

        47,115           45,904           48,699   

Current tax assets

        1,312           1,487           1,061   

Prepayments and accrued income

        9,736           12,556           10,059   

Interests in associates and joint ventures

        23,790           18,882           20,399   

Goodwill and intangible assets

        28,916           32,028           29,034   

Property, plant and equipment

        10,642           11,594           10,865   

Deferred tax assets

        7,644           7,941           7,726   

Total assets

        2,652,334           2,690,987           2,555,579   

Liabilities and equity

               

Liabilities

               

Hong Kong currency notes in circulation

        21,283           19,745           20,922   

Deposits by banks

        123,553           125,479           112,822   

Customer accounts

        1,278,489           1,318,987           1,253,925   

Items in the course of transmission to other banks

        11,321           16,317           8,745   

Trading liabilities

     15         308,564           385,824           265,192   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     16         87,593           98,280           85,724   

Derivatives

     12         355,952           257,025           345,380   

Debt securities in issue

        125,543           149,803           131,013   

Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale

        12,599           41           22,200   

Other liabilities

        35,119           31,542           27,967   

Current tax liabilities

        3,462           2,629           2,117   

Liabilities under insurance contracts

        62,861           64,451           61,259   

Accruals and deferred income

        11,727           13,432           13,106   

Provisions

     17         5,259           3,027           3,324   

Deferred tax liabilities

        1,585           1,157           1,518   

Retirement benefit liabilities

        3,962           2,958           3,666   

Subordinated liabilities

        29,696           32,753           30,606   

Total liabilities

        2,478,568           2,523,450           2,389,486   

Equity

               

Called up share capital

        9,081           8,909           8,934   

Share premium account

        9,841           8,401           8,457   

Other equity instruments

        5,851           5,851           5,851   

Other reserves

        24,806           31,085           23,615   

Retained earnings

        116,266           106,004           111,868   

Total shareholders’ equity

        165,845           160,250           158,725   

Non-controlling interests

        7,921           7,287           7,368   

Total equity

        173,766           167,537           166,093   

Total equity and liabilities

        2,652,334           2,690,987           2,555,579   

The accompanying notes on pages 219 to 263 form an integral part of these financial statements1.

For footnote, see page 218.

 

213


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Consolidated statement of cash flows for the half-year to 30 June 2012

 

            Half-year to  
     Notes      30 June
2012
US$m
         30 June
2011
US$m
        

31 December
2011

US$m

 

Cash flows from operating activities

               

Profit before tax

        12,737           11,474           10,398   

Adjustments for:

               

– net gain from investing activities

        (1,481        (544        (652

– share of profit in associates and joint ventures

        (1,843        (1,556        (1,708

– gain on disposal of US branches and cards business

        (3,809                    

– other non-cash items included in profit before tax

     20         10,420           8,825           11,053   

– change in operating assets

     20         (47,658        (92,560        85,148   

– change in operating liabilities

     20         40,766           130,301           (86,289

– elimination of exchange differences2

        3,504           (16,046        26,886   

– dividends received from associates

        278           246           58   

– contributions paid to defined benefit plans

        (437        (588        (589

– tax paid

        (2,304        (1,709        (2,386

Net cash generated from operating activities

        10,173           37,843           41,919   

Cash flows from investing activities

               

Purchase of financial investments

        (177,427        (156,596        (162,412

Proceeds from the sale and maturity of financial investments

        188,242           153,407           158,295   

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

        (683        (665        (840

Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment

        76           194           106   

Net purchase of intangible assets

        (507        (893        (678

Net cash inflow from disposal of US branch network and cards business

        23,484                       

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from disposal of other subsidiaries and businesses

        (1,537        5           211   

Net cash outflow from acquisition of or increase in stake of associates

        (13        (39        (51

Proceeds from disposal of associates and joint ventures

        288           11           14   

Net cash used in investing activities

        31,923           (4,576        (5,355

Cash flows from financing activities

               

Issue of ordinary share capital

        263           13           83   

Net sales of own shares for market-making and investment purposes

        25           27           (252

(Purchases)/sales of own shares to meet share awards and share option awards

                  (27        (109

Subordinated loan capital issued

                            7   

Subordinated loan capital repaid

        (1,453        (2,574        (1,203

Net cash outflow from change in stake in subsidiaries

                            104   

Dividends paid to ordinary shareholders of the parent company

        (3,161        (2,192        (2,822

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

        (325        (321        (247

Dividends paid to holders of other equity instruments

        (286        (286        (287

Net cash generated from/(used in) financing activities

        (4,937        (5,360        (4,726

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

        37,159           27,907           31,838   

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

        325,449           274,076           312,351   

Exchange differences in respect of cash and cash equivalents

        (3,601        10,368           (18,740

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

     20         359,007           312,351           325,449   

The accompanying notes on pages 219 to 263 form an integral part of these financial statements1.

For footnotes, see page 218.

 

214


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the half-year to 30 June 2012

 

    Half-year to 30 June 2012  
                                            Other reserves                                
    Called up
share
capital
       

Share

premium3

        Other
equity
instruments
       

Retained

earnings
4,5

        Available-
for-sale
fair value
reserve
       

Cash
flow

hedging

reserve6

        Foreign
exchange
reserve
       

Merger

reserve4,7

        Total
shareholders’
equity
       

Non-

controlling

interests

        Total
equity
 
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m  

At 1 January 2012

    8,934          8,457          5,851          111,868          (3,361       (95       (237       27,308          158,725          7,368          166,093   

Profit for the period

                               8,438                                              8,438          670          9,108   

Other comprehensive income (net of tax)

                               (114       1,562          (7       (364                1,077          (13       1,064   
                                         

Available-for-sale investments

                                         1,562                                     1,562          31          1,593   

Cash flow hedges

                                              (7                         (7       1          (6

Actuarial gains/(losses) on defined benefit plans

                               (452                                           (452       (17       (469

Share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures

                               338                                           338                   338   

Exchange differences

                                                          (364                (364       (28       (392
                                                                                                           

Total comprehensive income for the period

                               8,324          1,562          (7       (364                9,515          657          10,172   

Shares issued under employee share plans

    84          1,447                   (1,268                                           263                   263   

Shares issued in lieu of dividends and amounts arising thereon3

    63          (63                1,007                                              1,007                   1,007   

Dividends to shareholders8

                               (4,454                                           (4,454       (398       (4,852

Tax credits on distributions

                               59                                              59              59   

Own shares adjustment

                               32                                              32                   32   

Cost of share-based payment arrangements

                               541                                              541                   541   

Income taxes on share-based payments

                               (5                                           (5                (5

Other movements

                               119                                              119          (11       108   

Acquisition and disposal of subsidiaries

                                                                                     376          376   

Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries that did not result in loss of control

                               43                                              43          (71       (28

At 30 June 2012

    9,081          9,841          5,851          116,266          (1,799       (102       (601       27,308          165,845          7,921          173,766   

 

215


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the half-year to 30 June 2012 (continued)

 

    Half-year to 30 June 2011  
                                            Other reserves                                
    Called up
share
capital
       

Share

premium3

        Other
equity
instruments
       

Retained

earnings
4,5

        Available-
for-sale
fair value
reserve
       

Cash
flow

hedging

reserve6

        Foreign
exchange
reserve
       

Merger

reserve4,7

        Total
shareholders’
equity
       

Non-

controlling

interests

        Total
equity
 
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m  

At 1 January 2011

    8,843          8,454          5,851          99,105          (4,077       (285       2,468          27,308          147,667          7,248          154,915   

Profit for the period

                               9,215                                              9,215          547          9,762   

Other comprehensive income (net of tax)

                               (144       1,146          40          4,471                   5,513          67          5,580   
                                         

Available-for-sale investments

                                        1,146                                     1,146          (10       1,136   

Cash flow hedges

                                                 40                            40                   40   

Actuarial gains/(losses) on defined benefit plans

                               2                                              2          (21       (19

Share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures

                               (146                                           (146                (146

Exchange differences

                                                          4,471                   4,471          98          4,569   
                                                                                                           

Total comprehensive income for the period

                               9,071          1,146          40          4,471                   14,728          614          15,342   

Shares issued under employee share plans

    1          12                                                                13                   13   

Shares issued in lieu of dividends and amounts arising thereon3

    65          (65                1,334                                              1,334                   1,334   

Dividends to shareholders8

                               (4,006                                           (4,006       (413       (4,419

Tax credits on distributions

                               64                                              64                   64   

Own shares adjustment

                               (225                                           (225                (225

Cost of share-based payment arrangements

                               588                                              588                   588   

Income taxes on share-based payments

                               36                                              36                   36   

Other movements

                               37          14                                     51          1          52   

Acquisition and disposal of subsidiaries

                                                                                     (261       (261

Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries that did not result in loss of control

                                                                                     98          98   

At 30 June 2011

    8,909          8,401          5,851          106,004          (2,917       (245       6,939          27,308          160,250          7,287          167,537   

 

216


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

    Half-year to 31 December 2011  
                                            Other reserves                                  
    Called up
share
capital
       

Share

premium3

        Other
equity
instruments
       

Retained

earnings4,5

        Available-
for-sale
fair value
reserve
       

Cash flow

hedging

reserve6

        Foreign
exchange
reserve
       

Merger

reserve4,7

       

Total
shareholders’

equity

        

Non-

controlling

interests

         Total
equity
 
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m          US$m          US$m  

At 1 July 2011

    8,909          8,401          5,851          106,004          (2,917       (245       6,939          27,308          160,250           7,287           167,537   

Profit for the period

                               7,582                                              7,582           600           8,182   

Other comprehensive income (net of tax)

                               512          (430       150          (7,176                (6,944        (176        (7,120
                                           

Available-for-sale investments

                                        (430                                  (430        (32        (462

Cash flow hedges

                                                 150                            150           (3        147   

Actuarial losses on defined benefit plans

                               1,076                                              1,076           (48        1,028   

Share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures

                               (564                                           (564                  (564

Exchange differences

                                                          (7,176                (7,176        (93        (7,269
                                                                                                             

Total comprehensive income for period

                               8,094          (430       150          (7,176                638           424           1,062   

Shares issued under employee share plans

    5          78                                                                83                     83   

Shares issued in lieu of dividends and amounts arising thereon3

    20          (22                898                                              896                     896   

Dividends to shareholders8

                               (3,495                                           (3,495        (402        (3,897

Tax credits on distributions

                               64                                              64                     64   

Own shares adjustment

                               (136                                           (136                  (136

Cost of share-based payment arrangements

                               566                                              566                     566   

Income taxes on share based payments

                               (15                                           (15                  (15

Other movements

                               (112       (14                                  (126        27           (99

Acquisition and disposal of subsidiaries

                                                                                      9           9   

Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries that did not result in loss of control

                                                                                      23           23   

At 31 December 2011

    8,934          8,457          5,851          111,868          (3,361       (95       (237       27,308          158,725           7,368           166,093   

The accompanying notes on pages 219 to 263 form an integral part of these financial statements1.

For footnotes, see page 218.

 

217


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Footnotes to Financial Statements

 

1 The tables: ‘Maximum exposure to credit risk’ (page 114), ‘Gross loans and advances by industry sector’ (page 115), ‘Gross loans and advances to customers by industry sector and by geographical region’ (page 116), ‘Movement in impairment allowances on loans and advances to customers and banks’ (page 149), the Composition of regulatory capital within ‘Capital structure’ (page 198), ‘Impaired loans’ (page 146), and the table ‘Impaired loans and advances to customers’ (page 147) also form an integral part of these financial statements.
2 Adjustment to bring changes between opening and closing balance sheet amounts to average rates. This is not done on a line-by-line basis, as details cannot be determined without unreasonable expense.
3 Share premium includes the deduction of nil in respect of issuance costs incurred during the period (30 June 2011: nil; 31 December 2011: US$2m).
4 Cumulative goodwill amounting to US$5,138m has been charged against reserves in respect of acquisitions of subsidiaries prior to 1 January 1998, including US$3,469m charged against the merger reserve arising on the acquisition of HSBC Bank plc. The balance of US$1,669m was charged against retained earnings.
5 Retained earnings include 83,578,031 (US$5,719m) of own shares held within HSBC’s insurance business, retirement funds for the benefit of policyholders or beneficiaries within employee trusts for the settlement of shares expected to be delivered under employee share schemes or bonus plans, and the market-making activities in Global Markets (30 June 2011: 77,926,453 (US$968m); 31 December 2011: 98,498,019 (US$1,320m)).
6 Amounts transferred to the income statement in respect of cash flow hedges for the half-year to 30 June 2012 include US$12m loss (30 June 2011: US$345m gain; 31 December 2011: US$241m loss) taken to ‘Net interest income’ and US$232m loss (30 June 2011: US$149m loss; 31 December 2011: US$744m loss) taken to ‘Net trading income’.
7 Statutory share premium relief under Section 131 of the Companies Act 1985 (the ‘Act’) was taken in respect of the acquisition of HSBC Bank in 1992, HSBC France in 2000 and HSBC Finance in 2003 and the shares issued were recorded at their nominal value only. In HSBC’s consolidated financial statements the fair value differences of US$8,290m in respect of HSBC France and US$12,768m in respect of HSBC Finance were recognised in the merger reserve. The merger reserve created on the acquisition of HSBC Finance subsequently became attached to HSBC Overseas Holdings (UK) Limited (‘HOHU’), following a number of intra-Group reorganisations. During 2009, pursuant to Section 131 of the Companies Act 1985, statutory share premium relief was taken in respect of the rights issue and US$15,796m was recognised in the merger reserve. The merger reserve includes the deduction of US$614m in respect of costs relating to the rights issue, of which US$149m was subsequently transferred to the income statement. Of this US$149m, US$121m was a loss arising from accounting for the agreement with the underwriters as a contingent forward contract. The merger reserve excludes the loss of US$344m on a forward foreign exchange contract associated with hedging the proceeds of the rights issue.
8 Including distributions paid on preference shares and capital securities classified as equity.

 

218


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited)

  

 

Note           

1

  Basis of preparation      219   

2

  Accounting policies      222   

3

  Dividends      222   

4

  Earnings per share      223   

5

  Post-employment benefits      223   

6

  Tax      225   

7

  Trading assets      228   

8

  Fair values of financial instruments carried at fair value      229   

9

  Fair values of financial instruments not carried at fair value      237   

10

  Reclassification of financial assets      238   

11

  Financial assets designated at fair value      239   

12

  Derivatives      240   

13

  Financial investments      243   

14

  Assets held for sale      245   
Note           

15

  Trading liabilities      247   

16

  Financial liabilities designated at fair value      247   

17

  Provisions      248   

18

  Maturity analysis of assets and liabilities      249   

19

  Assets charged as security for liabilities and collateral accepted as security for assets      250   

20

  Notes on the statement of cash flows      251   

21

  Contingent liabilities, contractual commitments and guarantees      253   

22

  Special purpose entities      253   

23

  Segmental analysis      258   

24

  Goodwill impairment      258   

25

  Legal proceedings and regulatory matters      258   

26

  Events after the balance sheet date      263   

27

  Interim Report 2012 and statutory accounts      263   
 

 

1 Basis of preparation

 

 

  (a) Compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards

The interim consolidated financial statements of HSBC have been prepared in accordance with the Disclosure Rules and Transparency Rules of the Financial Services Authority and IAS 34 ‘Interim Financial Reporting’ (‘IAS 34’) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’) and as endorsed by the EU.

The consolidated financial statements of HSBC at 31 December 2011 were prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as issued by the IASB and as endorsed by the EU. EU-endorsed IFRSs may differ from IFRSs as issued by the IASB if, at any point in time, new or amended IFRSs have not been endorsed by the EU. At 31 December 2011, there were no unendorsed standards effective for the year ended 31 December 2011 affecting the consolidated financial statements at that date, and there was no difference between IFRSs endorsed by the EU and IFRSs issued by the IASB in terms of their application to HSBC. Accordingly, HSBC’s financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2011 were prepared in accordance with IFRSs as issued by the IASB.

On 20 December 2010, the IASB issued ‘Deferred tax: Recovery of Underlying Assets (amendments to IAS 12)’ which is effective for periods beginning on or after 1 January 2012 but has not yet been endorsed by the EU. The effect of the application of the amendment is not significant to HSBC.

At 30 June 2012, there were no other unendorsed standards effective for the period ended 30 June 2012 affecting these interim consolidated financial statements, and there was no significant difference between IFRSs endorsed by the EU and IFRSs issued by the IASB in terms of their application to HSBC.

IFRSs comprise accounting standards issued by the IASB and its predecessor body as well as interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (‘IFRIC’) and its predecessor body.

During the half-year ended 30 June 2012, HSBC also adopted amendments to standards which had an insignificant effect on these interim consolidated financial statements.

 

  (b) Presentation of information

In accordance with HSBC’s policy to provide meaningful disclosures that help investors and other stakeholders understand the Group’s performance, financial position and changes thereto, the information provided in the Notes on the Financial Statements and the Interim Management Report goes beyond the minimum levels required by accounting standards, statutory and regulatory requirements and listing rules. In particular, HSBC has adopted the British Bankers’ Association Code for Financial Reporting Disclosure (‘the BBA Code’). The BBA Code aims to increase the quality and comparability of banks’ disclosures and sets out five disclosure principles together with supporting guidance. In line with the principles of the BBA Code, HSBC assesses the applicability and relevance of good practice recommendations issued from time to time by relevant regulators and standard setters, enhancing disclosures where appropriate.

 

219


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

HSBC’s consolidated financial statements are presented in US dollars. HSBC Holdings’ functional currency is also the US dollar because the US dollar and currencies linked to it are the most significant currencies relevant to the underlying transactions, events and conditions of its subsidiaries, as well as representing a significant proportion of its funds generated from financing activities. HSBC uses the US dollar as its presentation currency in its consolidated financial statements because the US dollar and currencies linked to it form the major currency bloc in which HSBC transacts and funds its business.

 

  (c) Use of estimates and assumptions

The preparation of financial information requires the use of estimates and assumptions about future conditions. The use of available information and the application of judgement are inherent in the formation of estimates; actual results in the future may differ from those reported. Management believes that HSBC’s critical accounting policies where judgement is necessarily applied are those which relate to impairment of loans and advances, goodwill impairment, the valuation of financial instruments, the impairment of available-for-sale financial assets, deferred tax assets and provisions for liabilities. These critical accounting policies are described on pages 38 to 42 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2011.

 

  (d) Consolidation

The interim consolidated financial statements of HSBC comprise the financial statements of HSBC Holdings and its subsidiaries. The method adopted by HSBC to consolidate its subsidiaries is described on pages 292 to 293 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2011.

 

  (e) Future accounting developments

At 30 June 2012, a number of standards and amendments to standards had been issued by the IASB, which are not effective for these consolidated financial statements. Most of these new requirements have not yet been endorsed for use in the EU. In addition to the projects to complete financial instrument accounting, the IASB is continuing to work on projects on insurance, revenue recognition and lease accounting which, together with the standards described below, will represent significant changes to accounting requirements from 2013.

Amendments issued by the IASB and endorsed by the EU

In June 2011, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 19 ‘Employee Benefits’ (‘IAS 19 revised’). The revised standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013 with early adoption permitted. IAS 19 revised is required to be applied retrospectively.

The most significant amendment for HSBC is the replacement of interest cost and expected return on plan assets by a finance cost component comprising the net interest on the net defined benefit liability or asset. This finance cost component is determined by applying the same discount rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation to the net defined benefit liability or asset. The difference between the actual return on plan assets and the return included in the finance cost component in the income statement will be presented in other comprehensive income. The effect of this change is to increase the pension expense by the difference between the current expected return on plan assets and the return calculated by applying the relevant discount rate.

Based on our estimate of the impact of this particular amendment on the 2011 consolidated financial statements, the change would decrease pre-tax profit, with no effect on the pension liability. The effect on total operating expenses and pre-tax profit is not expected to be material. The effect at the date of adoption will depend on market interest rates, rates of return and the actual mix of scheme assets at that time.

Standards and amendments issued by the IASB but not endorsed by the EU

Standards applicable in 2013

In May 2011, the IASB issued IFRS 10 ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’ (‘IFRS 10’), IFRS 11 ‘Joint Arrangements’ (‘IFRS 11’) and IFRS 12 ‘Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities’ (‘IFRS 12’). The standards are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013 with early adoption permitted. IFRSs 10 and 11 are required to be applied retrospectively.

Under IFRS 10, there will be one approach for determining consolidation for all entities, based on the concept of power, variability of returns and their linkage. This will replace the current approach which emphasises legal

 

220


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

control or exposure to risks and rewards, depending on the nature of the entity. IFRS 11 places more focus on the investors’ rights and obligations than on the structure of the arrangement, and introduces the concept of a joint operation. IFRS 12 includes the disclosure requirements for subsidiaries, joint arrangements and associates and introduces new requirements for unconsolidated structured entities for which comparative information need not be provided for periods prior to initial application.

Based on our assessment to date, while the consolidation status of some entities may change because HSBC has control but not the majority of risks and rewards, or vice versa, we do not expect the overall impact of IFRS 10 and IFRS 11 on the financial statements to be material.

In May 2011, the IASB also issued IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’ (‘IFRS 13’). This standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013 with early adoption permitted. IFRS 13 is required to be applied prospectively from the beginning of the first annual period in which it is applied. The disclosure requirements of IFRS 13 do not require comparative information to be provided for periods prior to initial application.

IFRS 13 establishes a single source of guidance for all fair value measurements required or permitted by IFRSs. The standard clarifies the definition of fair value as an exit price, which is defined as a price at which an orderly transaction to sell the asset or to transfer the liability would take place between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions, and enhances disclosures about fair value measurement.

HSBC is currently assessing IFRS 13 and it is not practicable to quantify the effect as at the date of the publication of these financial statements, which will depend on final interpretations of the standard, market conditions and HSBC’s holdings of financial instruments at 1 January 2013. However, based on the analysis performed to date, the main effect of applying IFRS 13 is considered to be an adjustment to derivative liabilities for HSBC’s own credit risk which is often referred to as ‘debit valuation adjustment’. This adjustment would be made on a symmetrical basis to credit valuation adjustments applied in valuing derivative assets. The magnitude of this impact will depend on the credit valuation adjustment methodology at the point of initial application of IFRS 13. See Note 8 for further information on credit valuation adjustment methodologies.

In December 2011, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 7 ‘Disclosures – Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities’ which requires the disclosures about the effect or potential effects of offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities and related arrangements on an entity’s financial position. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013 and interim periods within those annual periods. The amendments are required to be applied retrospectively.

Standards applicable in 2014

In December 2011, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 32 ‘Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities’ which clarified the requirements for offsetting financial instruments and addressed inconsistencies in current practice when applying the offsetting criteria in IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014 with early adoption permitted and are required to be applied retrospectively.

HSBC is currently assessing the impact of these clarifications but it is not practicable to quantify the effect as at the date of the publication of these financial statements.

Standards applicable in 2015

In November 2009, the IASB issued IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ (‘IFRS 9’) which introduced new requirements for the classification and measurement of financial assets. In October 2010, the IASB issued an amendment to IFRS 9 incorporating requirements for financial liabilities. Together, these changes represent the first phase in the IASB’s planned replacement of IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ (‘IAS 39’) with a less complex and improved standard for financial instruments.

Following the IASB’s decision in December 2011 to defer the effective date, the standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2015 with early adoption permitted. IFRS 9 is required to be applied retrospectively but prior periods need not be restated.

The second and third phases in the IASB’s project to replace IAS 39 will address the impairment of financial assets measured at amortised cost and hedge accounting.

 

221


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

The IASB re-opened the requirements for classification and measurement in IFRS 9 in 2012 to address practice and other issues, with an exposure draft of revised proposals expected in the second half of 2012. Therefore, HSBC remains unable to provide a date by which it will apply IFRS 9 and it remains impracticable to quantify the effect of IFRS 9 as at the date of the publication of these financial statements.

 

  (f) Changes in composition of the Group

Except as discussed in Note 14 there were no material changes in the composition of the Group.

 

2 Accounting policies

 

The accounting policies adopted by HSBC for these interim consolidated financial statements are consistent with those described on pages 294 to 312 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2011. The methods of computation applied by HSBC for these interim consolidated financial statements are consistent with those applied for the Annual Report and Accounts 2011.

 

3 Dividends

 

The Directors declared after the end of the period a second interim dividend in respect of the financial year ending 31 December 2012 of US$0.09 per ordinary share, a distribution of approximately US$1,643m which will be payable on 4 October 2012. No liability is recorded in the financial statements in respect of this dividend.

Dividends to shareholders of the parent company

 

    Half-year to  
    30 June 2012         30 June 2011         31 December 2011  
    Per
share
US$
        Total
US$m
        Settled
in scrip
US$m
        Per
share
US$
        Total
US$m
        Settled
in scrip
US$m
        Per
share
US$
        Total
US$m
        Settled
in scrip
US$m
 

Dividends declared on ordinary shares

                                 

In respect of previous year:

                                 

– fourth interim dividend

    0.14          2,535          259          0.12          2,119          1,130                              

In respect of current year:

                                 

– first interim dividend

    0.09          1,633          748          0.09          1,601          204                              

– second interim dividend

                                                          0.09          1,603          178   

– third interim dividend

                                                          0.09          1,605          720   
    0.23          4,168          1,007          0.21          3,720          1,334          0.18          3,208          898   

Quarterly dividends on preference shares classified as equity

                                 

March dividend

    15.50          22              15.50          22                             

June dividend

    15.50          23              15.50          23                             

September dividend

                                                15.50          22       

December dividend

                                                15.50          23       
    31.00          45              31.00          45              31.00          45       

Quarterly coupons on capital securities classified as equity1

                                 

January coupon

    0.508          44              0.508          44                             

March coupon

    0.500          76              0.500          76                             

April coupon

    0.508          45              0.508          45                             

June coupon

    0.500          76              0.500          76                             

July coupon

                                                0.508          45       

September coupon

                                                0.500          76       

October coupon

                                                0.508          45       

December coupon

                                                0.500          76       
    2.016          241              2.016          241              2.016          242       

 

  1   HSBC Holdings issued Perpetual Subordinated Capital Securities of US$3,800m in June 2010 and US$2,200m in April 2008, which are classified as equity under IFRSs.

On 16 July 2012, HSBC paid a further coupon on the capital securities of US$0.508 per security, a distribution of US$45m. No liability is recorded in the financial statements in respect of this coupon payment.

 

222


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

4 Earnings per share

 

Basic earnings per ordinary share were calculated by dividing the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding, excluding own shares held. Diluted earnings per ordinary share were calculated by dividing the basic earnings, which require no adjustment for the effects of dilutive potential ordinary shares, by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding, excluding own shares held, plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would be issued on conversion of dilutive potential ordinary shares.

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent company

 

                                                                          
    Half-year to  
    30 June
2012
        30 June
2011
        31 December
2011
 
    US$m         US$m         US$m  

Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company

    8,438          9,215          7,582   

Dividend payable on preference shares classified as equity

    (45       (45       (45

Coupon payable on capital securities classified as equity

    (241       (241       (242

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent company

    8,152          8,929          7,295   

Basic and diluted earnings per share

 

    Half-year to 30 June 2012         Half-year to 30 June 2011         Half-year to 31 December 2011  
   

Profit

US$m

        Number
of shares
(millions)
       

Amount
per share

US$

       

Profit

US$m

       

Number
of shares

(millions)

       

Amount
per share

US$

       

Profit

US$m

       

Number

of shares

(millions)

       

Amount
per share

US$

 

Basic1

    8,152          17,983          0.45          8,929          17,631          0.51          7,295          17,768          0.41   

Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares

              158                        266                        179       

Diluted2

    8,152          18,141          0.45          8,929          17,897          0.50          7,295          17,947          0.41   

 

  1   Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding.
  2   Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding assuming dilution.

 

5 Post-employment benefits

 

Included within ‘Employee compensation and benefits’ are components of net periodic benefit cost related to HSBC’s defined benefit pension plans and other post-employment benefits, as follows:

 

                                                                          
    Half-year to  
    30 June
2012
        30 June
2011
        31 December
2011
 
    US$m         US$m         US$m  

Defined benefit pension plans

         

Current service cost

    276          279          271   

Interest cost

    792          859          830   

Expected return on plan assets

    (858       (911       (895

Past service cost

    3          (579       37   

Gains on curtailments

                      (59

Gains on settlements

                      (4
    213          (352       180   

Defined benefit healthcare plans

    20          31          1   

Total (income)/expense

    233          (321       181   

HSBC revalues its defined benefit post-employment plans each year at 31 December, in consultation with the plans’ local actuaries. The assumptions underlying the calculations are used to determine the expected income statement charge for the year going forward. At 30 June each year, HSBC revalues all plan assets to current market prices. HSBC also reviews the assumptions used to calculate the defined benefit obligations (the liabilities of the plans) and updates the carrying amount of the obligations if there have been significant changes as a consequence of changes in assumptions.

 

223


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Retirement benefit liabilities for the Group have increased from US$3.7bn at 31 December 2011 to US$4.0bn at 30 June 2012. Retirement benefit assets for the Group were US$2.5bn at 30 June 2012, unchanged from the amount at 31 December 2011. Retirement benefit assets are reported as part of other assets in the consolidated balance sheet and are primarily in respect of a surplus in the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme funded defined benefit plan (‘the principal plan’). At 30 June 2012 the principal plan was in surplus by US$2.2bn as a result of the special contribution made in 2010 and the changes in fair value of the derivative swaps entered into with HSBC Bank plc noted below.

In the first half of 2012, there was a reduction in the average yields of high quality (AA rated or equivalent) debt instruments in the UK, together with a decrease in inflation expectations. The change in these and other actuarial assumptions resulted in a US$489m decrease in the defined benefit obligation for the principal plan. This decrease was recognised directly in equity as an actuarial gain.

This gain has been offset by actuarial losses in the US and Hong Kong schemes due to decreasing discount rates noted in the table below. The fall in the Hong Kong discount rate is mainly due to a fall in yields on longer-dated government bonds, which are referenced due to the lack of a deep corporate bond market in Hong Kong.

In the US, the fall in the discount rate used is a result of the fall in the yields of long-term, high grade corporate bonds.

The discount rates used to calculate the Group’s obligations to the largest defined benefit pension plans were as follows:

Discount rates

 

    At
30 June
2012
       

At

30 June

2011

        At
31 December
2011
 
    %         %         %  

UK

    4.70          5.60          4.80   

Hong Kong

    0.96          2.28          1.47   

US

    4.05          5.35          4.60   

The inflation rate used to calculate the principal plan obligation at 30 June 2012 was 3.0% (30 June 2011: 3.8%; 31 December 2011: 3.2%). Other than described above, there were no material changes to other assumptions.

The actual return on plan assets of the principal plan was approximately US$572m below the expected return. This difference was recognised directly in equity as an actuarial loss.

Actuarial gains and losses

 

    Half-year to  
    30 June
2012
        30 June
2011
        31 December
2011
 
    US$m         US$m         US$m  

Defined benefit pension plans

         

Experience gains/(losses) on plan liabilities

    37          (36       (425

Experience gains/(losses) on plan assets

    (495       166          3,460   

Losses from changes in actuarial assumptions

    (136       (139       (1,723

Other movements1

    (3       (16       41   
    (597       (25       1,353   

Defined benefit healthcare plans

    (22       7          (68

Total net actuarial gains/(losses)

    (619       (18       1,285   

 

  1   Other movements include changes in the effect of the limit on plan surpluses.

Actuarial gains and losses comprise experience adjustments on plan assets and liabilities as well as adjustments arising from changes in actuarial assumptions. The experience gains and losses on plan assets arise as a result of the difference between the expected returns on the plan assets and the actual movement in the value of the plan assets during the period. The changes in actuarial assumptions arise as a result of changes in the plan assumptions, primarily discount rates and inflation rates, as previously described.

 

224


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Total cumulative net actuarial losses, including the cumulative effect of the limit on plan surpluses recognised in equity at 30 June 2012, were US$4,002m (30 June 2011: US$4,738m cumulative losses; 31 December 2011: US$3,453m cumulative losses). Of this the cumulative effect of the limit on plan surpluses was US$20m (30 June 2011: US$65m; 31 December 2011: US$18m).

On 17 June 2010, HSBC Bank plc agreed with the Trustee to accelerate the reduction of the deficit of the principal plan with a special contribution of £1,760m (US$2,638m) in June 2010 followed by a revised payment schedule in the following years, as shown below.

In December 2011, HSBC Bank plc made a £184m (US$286m) special contribution to the principal plan. The additional contribution did not result in an amendment to the future funding payments to the principal plan.

Additional future funding payments to the principal plan

 

     US$m1           £m  

2016

     776            495   

2017

     988            630   

2018

     988            630   

 

  1 The payment schedule was agreed with the Trustee in pounds sterling and the equivalent US dollar amounts are shown at the exchange rate effective as at 30 June 2012.

The triennial valuation applicable to the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme as at 31 December 2011 is currently being performed and is due to be completed no later than 31 March 2013.

As disclosed in ‘Related party transactions’ on page 411 in the Annual Report and Accounts 2011, the principal plan entered into collateralised swap transactions with HSBC to manage the inflation and interest rate sensitivity of the Scheme’s pension obligations. At 30 June 2012, the swaps had a positive fair value of US$4,896m to the Scheme (30 June 2011: US$2,457m positive to the Scheme; 31 December 2011: US$5,560m positive to the Scheme). All swaps were executed at prevailing market rates and within standard market bid-offer spreads.

 

6 Tax

 

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012

US$m

        

30 June

2011

US$m

        

31 December
2011

US$m

 

Current tax

            

UK corporation tax charge

     100           230           590   

Overseas tax1

     3,549           1,694           2,561   
     3,649           1,924           3,151   

Deferred tax

            

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

     (20        (212        (935

Tax expense

     3,629           1,712           2,216   

Effective tax rate

     28.5%           14.9%           21.3%   

 

  1   Overseas tax included Hong Kong profits tax of US$476m (first half of 2011: US$453m; second half of 2011: US$544m). Subsidiaries in Hong Kong provided for Hong Kong profits tax at the rate of 16.5% (2011: 16.5%) on the profits for the period assessable in Hong Kong. Other overseas subsidiaries and overseas branches provided for taxation at the appropriate rates in the countries in which they operate.

 

225


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Tax reconciliation

The tax charged to the income statement differs to the tax charge that would apply if all profits had been taxed at the UK corporation tax rate as follows:

 

     Half-year to  
             30 June 2012                   30 June 2011                31 December 2011      
     US$m           %           US$m           %           US$m           %  

Profit before tax

     12,737                  11,474                  10,398         

Taxation at 24.5% (2011: 26.5%)

     3,122            24.5            3,041            26.5            2,755            26.5   

Effect of differently taxed overseas profits

     265            2.1            (275         (2.4         (217         (2.1

Adjustments in respect of prior period liabilities

     479            3.7            522            4.6            (27         (0.3

Deferred tax temporary differences not recognised/ (previously not recognised)

     2                       (1,008         (8.8         85            0.8   

Effect of profit in associates and joint ventures

     (459         (3.6         (412         (3.6         (453         (4.4

Non taxable income and gains

     (280         (2.2         (184         (1.6         (359         (3.4

Permanent disallowables

     405            3.2            95            0.8            372            3.6   

Change in tax rates

     (18         (0.1         2                       (5           

Local taxes and overseas withholding tax

     205            1.6            117            1.0            150            1.4   

Other items (including low income housing tax credits)

     (92         (0.7         (186         (1.6         (85         (0.8

Total tax charged to the income statement

     3,629            28.5            1,712            14.9            2,216            21.3   

The effective tax rate for the first half of 2012 was 28.5% compared with 14.9% for the first half of 2011. The higher effective tax rate in the first half of 2012 reflects the impact of higher taxed profits arising on the disposal of the US branch network and cards business combined with the non deductible provision in respect of certain US regulatory matters. The lower effective tax rate in the first half of 2011 included the benefit of deferred tax of US$0.9bn eligible to be recognised in respect of foreign tax credits in the US.

The UK Government announced that the main rate of corporation tax for the year beginning 1 April 2012 will reduce from 26% to 24% to be followed by further 1% reductions per annum to 22% for the year beginning 1 April 2014. The reduction in the corporate tax rate to 24% was substantively enacted in the first half of 2012 and this results in a weighted average of 24.5% for 2012 (2011: 26.5%). The reduction to 23% was enacted through the 2012 Finance Act in July and the reduction to 22% is expected to be enacted through the 2013 Finance Act. It is not expected that the future rate reductions will have a significant effect on the net UK deferred tax liability at 30 June 2012 of US$327m.

For the period ended 30 June 2012, HSBC’s share of associates’ tax on profit was US$476m (30 June 2011: US$418m; 31 December 2011: US$472m), which is included within share of profit in associates and joint ventures in the income statement.

The Group’s legal entities are subject to routine review and audit by tax authorities in the territories in which the Group operates. The Group provides for potential tax liabilities that may arise on the basis of the amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities. The amounts ultimately paid may differ materially from the amounts provided depending on the ultimate resolution of open issues. A substantial proportion of the material open issues relate to the UK of which the principal matter concerns the application of the UK Controlled Foreign Company (‘CFC’) rules. Following further discussion with Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs, the CFC and certain other open UK issues have now been resolved.

Deferred taxation

United States

Of the total net deferred tax assets of US$6.1bn at 30 June 2012 (30 June 2011: US$6.8bn; 31 December 2011: US$6.2bn) the net deferred tax asset relating to HSBC’s operations in the US is US$5.0bn (30 June 2011: US$5.1bn; 31 December 2011: US$5.2bn). The deferred tax assets included in this total reflect the carry forward of tax losses and tax credits (US$0.2bn; 30 June 2011: US$1.0bn; 31 December 2011: US$1.2bn), deductible temporary differences in respect of loan impairment allowances (US$2.5bn; 30 June 2011: US$2.8bn; 31 December 2011: US$2.7bn) and other temporary differences (US$2.3bn; 30 June 2011: US$1.3bn; 31 December 2011: US$1.3bn).

Deductions for loan impairments for US tax purposes generally occur when the impaired loan is charged off, often in the period subsequent to that in which the impairment is recognised for accounting purposes. As a result, the amount of the associated deferred tax asset should generally move in line with the impairment allowance balance.

 

226


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

The taxable gains on the disposal of the US branch network and cards business has resulted in a reduction in the amount of deferred tax assets related to carried forward tax losses and tax credits. This was offset in part by the reversal of deferred tax liabilities as a result of these disposals.

On the evidence available, including historical levels of profitability, management projections of future income and HSBC Holdings’ commitment to continue to invest sufficient capital in North America to recover the deferred tax asset, it is expected there will be sufficient taxable income generated by the business to realise these assets. Management projections of profits from the US operations are prepared for a 10 year period and include assumptions about future house prices and US economic conditions, including unemployment levels.

Management projections of profits from the US operations currently indicate that the existing carry forward tax losses and tax credits will be fully recovered by 2015. The current level of the deferred tax asset in respect of loan impairment allowances is projected to reduce over the 10-year period in line with the reduction of the consumer lending portfolio.

As there has been a recent history of losses in HSBC’s US operations, management’s analysis of the recognition of these deferred tax assets significantly discounts any future expected profits from the US operations and relies to a greater extent on capital support from HSBC Holdings, including tax planning strategies implemented in relation to such support. The principal strategy involves generating future taxable profits through the retention of capital in the US in excess of normal regulatory requirements in order to reduce deductible funding expenses or otherwise deploy such capital to increase levels of taxable income.

Brazil

The net deferred tax asset relating to HSBC’s operations in Brazil is US$0.7bn at 30 June 2012 (30 June 2011: US$0.8bn; 31 December 2011: US$0.7bn). The deferred tax assets included in this total arise primarily in relation to deductible temporary differences in respect of loan impairment allowances. Deductions for loan impairments for Brazilian tax purposes generally occur in periods subsequent to those in which they are recognised for accounting purposes and, as a result, the amount of the associated deferred tax assets will move in line with the impairment allowance balance.

Loan impairment deductions are recognised for tax purposes typically within 24 months of accounting recognition. On the evidence available, including historical levels of profitability, management projections of income and the state of the Brazilian economy, it is anticipated there will be sufficient taxable income generated by the business to realise these assets when deductible for tax purposes. There are no material carried forward tax losses or tax credits recognised within the Group’s deferred tax assets in Brazil.

Mexico

The net deferred tax asset relating to HSBC’s operations in Mexico is US$0.5bn at 30 June 2012 (30 June 2011: US$0.6bn; 31 December 2011: US$0.5bn). The deferred tax assets included in this total relate primarily to deductible temporary differences in respect of accounting provisions for impaired loans, including losses realised on sales of impaired loans. The annual deduction for loan impairments is capped under Mexican legislation at 2.5% of the average qualifying loan portfolio. The balance is carried forward to future years without expiry but with annual deduction subject to the 2.5% cap.

On the evidence available, including historic and projected levels of loan portfolio growth, loan impairment rates and profitability, it is anticipated that the business will realise these assets within the next 15 years. The projections assume that loan impairment rates will return to and remain at levels below the annual 2.5% cap over the medium term.

There are no material carried forward tax losses or tax credits recognised within the Group’s deferred tax assets in Mexico.

 

227


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

7 Trading assets

 

 

    

At

30 June

2012
US$m

         

At

30 June

2011
US$m

         

At

31 December

2011

US$m

 

Trading assets:

              

– not subject to repledge or resale by counterparties

     296,042            338,455            235,916   

– which may be repledged or resold by counterparties

     95,329            136,495            94,535   
     391,371            474,950            330,451   

Treasury and other eligible bills

     30,098            23,899            34,309   

Debt securities

     131,563            208,805            130,487   

Equity securities

     30,019            36,718            21,002   

Trading securities valued at fair value

     191,680            269,422            185,798   

Loans and advances to banks

     94,830            100,134            75,525   

Loans and advances to customers

     104,861            105,394            69,128   
     391,371            474,950            330,451   

Trading securities valued at fair value1

 

    

At
30 June

2012
US$m

          At
30 June
2011
US$m
         

At
31 December
2011

US$m

 

US Treasury and US Government agencies2

     21,369            23,849            15,686   

UK Government

     11,043            30,535            12,917   

Hong Kong Government

     6,684            7,228            8,844   

Other government

     87,798            110,691            90,816   

Asset-backed securities3

     2,805            3,742            2,913   

Corporate debt and other securities

     31,962            56,659            33,620   

Equity securities

     30,019            36,718            21,002   
     191,680            269,422            185,798   

 

  1   Included within these figures are debt securities issued by banks and other financial institutions of US$22,285m (30 June 2011: US$40,033m; 31 December 2011: US$24,956m), of which US$3,981m (30 June 2011: US$8,311m; 31 December 2011: US$5,269m) are guaranteed by various governments.
  2   Includes securities that are supported by an explicit guarantee issued by the US Government.
  3   Excludes asset-backed securities included under US Treasury and US Government agencies.

Trading securities listed on a recognised exchange and unlisted

 

    

Treasury

and other

eligible bills
US$m

         

Debt

securities
US$m

         

Equity

securities
US$m

          Total
US$m
 

Fair value at 30 June 2012

                    

Listed on a recognised exchange1

     1,055            75,928            29,295            106,278   

Unlisted2

     29,043            55,635            724            85,402   
     30,098            131,563            30,019            191,680   

Fair value at 30 June 2011

                    

Listed on a recognised exchange1

     205            149,912            35,944            186,061   

Unlisted2

     23,694            58,893            774            83,361   
     23,899            208,805            36,718            269,422   

Fair value at 31 December 2011

                    

Listed on a recognised exchange1

     789            78,760            19,994            99,543   

Unlisted2

     33,520            51,727            1,008            86,255   
     34,309            130,487            21,002            185,798   

 

  1   Included within listed securities are US$2,648m (30 June 2011: US$3,080m; 31 December 2011: US$2,836m) of investments listed in Hong Kong.
  2   Unlisted treasury and other eligible bills primarily comprise treasury bills not listed on a recognised exchange but for which there is a liquid market.

 

228


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Loans and advances to banks held for trading

 

     At
30 June
2012
US$m
         At
30 June
2011
US$m
        

At
31 December
2011

US$m

 

Reverse repos

     54,590           60,833           45,490   

Settlement accounts

     14,067           19,465           7,555   

Stock borrowing

     5,191           7,374           5,531   

Other

     20,982           12,462           16,949   
     94,830           100,134           75,525   

 

Loans and advances to customers held for trading

 

            
     At
30 June
2012
US$m
         At
30 June
2011
US$m
        

At
31 December
2011

US$m

 

Reverse repos

     49,743           50,540           34,358   

Settlement accounts

     18,480           28,274           5,804   

Stock borrowing

     11,318           12,452           3,928   

Other

     25,320           14,128           25,038   
     104,861           105,394           69,128   

 

8 Fair values of financial instruments carried at fair value

 

The accounting policies which determine the classification of financial instruments and the use of assumptions and estimation in valuing them are described on pages 294 to 312 and page 40, respectively, of the Annual Report and Accounts 2011.

Fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, between knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s length transaction.

The following table sets out the financial instruments carried at fair value.

Financial instruments carried at fair value and bases of valuation

 

            Valuation techniques         
    

Quoted

market

price

Level 1
US$m

    

Using

observable

inputs

Level 2
US$m

    

With

significant

unobservable

inputs

Level 3
US$m

     Total
US$m
 

At 30 June 2012

           

Assets

           

Trading assets

     212,386         174,428         4,557         391,371   

Financial assets designated at fair value

     24,844         6,814         652         32,310   

Derivatives

     1,530         350,142         4,262         355,934   

Financial investments: available for sale

     229,863         132,894         8,494         371,251   

Liabilities

           

Trading liabilities

     136,437         164,455         7,672         308,564   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     30,257         57,336                 87,593   

Derivatives

     1,724         351,058         3,170         355,952   

At 30 June 2011

           

Assets

           

Trading assets

     303,025         165,224         6,701         474,950   

Financial assets designated at fair value

     24,805         14,118         642         39,565   

Derivatives

     1,337         255,511         3,824         260,672   

Financial investments: available for sale

     225,469         162,711         8,592         396,772   

Liabilities

           

Trading liabilities

     165,552         207,126         13,146         385,824   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     27,570         70,110         600         98,280   

Derivatives

     1,521         252,154         3,350         257,025   

 

229


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Financial instruments carried at fair value and bases of valuation (continued)

 

            Valuation techniques         
    

Quoted

market

price

Level 1
US$m

    

Using

observable

inputs

Level 2
US$m

    

With

significant

unobservable

inputs

Level 3
US$m

     Total
US$m
 

At 31 December 2011

           

Assets

           

Trading assets

     180,043         145,628         4,780         330,451   

Financial assets designated at fair value

     22,496         7,644         716         30,856   

Derivatives

     1,262         340,668         4,449         346,379   

Financial investments: available for sale

     217,788         151,936         9,121         378,845   

Liabilities

           

Trading liabilities

     98,208         159,157         7,827         265,192   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     27,461         57,696         567         85,724   

Derivatives

     1,991         340,260         3,129         345,380   

The increase in Level 1 trading assets and liabilities reflects an increase in equity securities and settlement account balances, the latter varying considerably in proportion with the level of trading activity. The increase in Level 2 assets reflects higher reverse repo balances used to cover short positions and an increase in repo balances contributed to the growth in Level 2 liabilities.

There were no material transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 in the period. An analysis of the movements of Level 3 financial instruments is provided on page 234.

Control framework

Fair values are subject to a control framework designed to ensure that they are either determined or validated by a function independent of the risk-taker. To this end, ultimate responsibility for the determination of fair values lies with Finance, which reports functionally to the Group Finance Director. Finance establishes the accounting policies and procedures governing valuation, and is responsible for ensuring compliance with all relevant accounting standards.

Further details of the control framework are included on pages 346 to 347 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2011.

Determination of fair value

Fair values are determined according to the following hierarchy:

 

   

Level 1 – quoted market price: financial instruments with quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.

 

   

Level 2 – valuation technique using observable inputs: financial instruments with quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in inactive markets and financial instruments valued using models where all significant inputs are observable.

 

   

Level 3 – valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs: financial instruments valued using valuation techniques where one or more significant inputs are unobservable.

The best evidence of fair value is a quoted price in an actively traded market. In the event that the market for a financial instrument is not active, a valuation technique is used. Further details on fair values determined using valuation techniques are included on pages 347 to 348 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2011.

For swaps with collateralised counterparties and in significant currencies, HSBC applies a discounting curve that reflects the overnight interest rate (‘OIS discounting’).

Fair value adjustments

Fair value adjustments are adopted when HSBC considers that there are additional factors that would be considered by a market participant that are not incorporated within the valuation model. The magnitude of fair value adjustments depends upon many entity-specific factors, and therefore fair value adjustments may not be comparable across the banking industry.

 

230


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

HSBC classifies fair value adjustments as either ‘risk-related’ or ‘model-related’. The majority of these adjustments relate to Global Banking and Markets.

Movements in the level of fair value adjustments do not necessarily result in the recognition of profits or losses within the income statement. For example, as models are enhanced, fair value adjustments may no longer be required. Similarly, fair value adjustments will decrease when the related positions are unwound, but this may not result in profit or loss.

Global Banking and Markets fair value adjustments

 

     At
30 June
2012
US$m
         At
30 June
2011
US$m
        

At
31 December
2011

US$m

 

Type of adjustment

            

Risk-related

     1,777           1,934           1,899   

Bid-offer

     646           623           695   

Uncertainty

     151           110           154   

Credit valuation adjustment

     980           1,192           1,050   

Other

               9             

Model-related

     282           351           567   

Model limitation

     286           344           567   

Other

     (4        7             

Inception profit (Day 1 P&L reserves) (Note 12)

     184           279           200   
     2,243           2,564           2,666   

Fair value adjustments declined by US$423m during the period. The most significant movement was a reduction of US$281m in respect of model limitation adjustments driven by a reduction in the adjustment for OIS due to the narrowing of the OIS-LIBOR basis.

Detailed descriptions of risk-related and model-related adjustments are provided on pages 348 to 350 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2011.

Credit valuation adjustment methodology

HSBC calculates a separate credit valuation adjustment for each HSBC legal entity, and within each entity for each counterparty to which the entity has exposure. The calculation of the monoline credit valuation adjustment and sensitivity to different methodologies that could be applied is described on page 159. Of the total credit valuation adjustment at 30 June 2012 of US$980m (30 June 2011: US$1,192m; 31 December 2011: US$1,050m), US$646m (30 June 2011: US$735m; 31 December 2011: US$746m) relates to the credit valuation adjustment taken against non-monoline counterparties. The methodology for calculating the credit valuation adjustment for non-monoline counterparties is described below.

HSBC calculates the credit valuation adjustment by applying the probability of default (‘PD’) of the counterparty to the expected positive exposure to the counterparty and multiplying the result by the loss expected in the event of default. The calculation is performed over the life of the potential exposure.

The PD is based on HSBC’s internal credit rating for the counterparty, taking into account how credit ratings may deteriorate over the duration of the exposure based on historical rating transition matrices. For most products, to calculate the expected positive exposure to a counterparty HSBC uses a simulation methodology to incorporate the range of potential exposures across the portfolio of transactions with the counterparty over the life of an instrument. The simulation methodology includes credit mitigants such as counterparty netting agreements and collateral agreements with the counterparty. A standard loss given default (‘LGD’) assumption of 60% is generally adopted. In respect of own credit risk, HSBC considers that a zero spread is appropriate and consequently does not adjust derivative liabilities for HSBC’s own credit risk; such an adjustment is often referred to as a ‘debit valuation adjustment’.

 

231


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

For certain types of exotic derivatives where the products are not currently supported by the simulation, or for derivative exposures in smaller trading locations where the simulation tool is not yet available, HSBC adopts alternative methodologies. These may involve mapping to the results for similar products from the simulation tool or, where the mapping approach is not appropriate, using a simplified methodology which generally follows the same principles as the simulation methodology. The calculation is applied at a trade level, with more limited recognition of credit mitigants such as netting or collateral agreements than is used in the simulation methodology.

The methodologies do not, in general, account for ‘wrong-way risk’. Wrong-way risk arises when the underlying value of the derivative prior to any credit valuation adjustment is positively correlated to the probability of default of the counterparty. When there is significant wrong-way risk, a trade-specific approach is applied to reflect the wrong-way risk within the valuation.

HSBC includes all third party counterparties in the credit valuation adjustment calculation and does not net credit valuation adjustments across HSBC Group entities. During the period, HSBC made no material changes to the methodologies used to calculate the credit valuation adjustment for non-monoline counterparties.

Consideration of other methodologies for calculation of credit valuation adjustments

HSBC’s credit valuation adjustment methodology, in the opinion of management, appropriately quantifies its exposure to counterparty risk on its OTC derivative portfolio and appropriately reflects the risk management strategy of the business.

HSBC recognises that a variety of credit valuation adjustment methodologies are adopted within the banking industry and it reviews on a regular basis the appropriateness of its credit valuation methodology in light of the Group’s risk management strategy as well as industry practice.

Some of the key attributes that may differ between these methodologies are:

 

   

the PD may be calculated from historical market data or implied from current market levels for certain transaction types such as credit default swaps, either with or without an adjusting factor;

 

   

some entities adopt a non-zero ‘debit valuation adjustment’, which has the effect of reducing the overall adjustment;

 

   

differing loss assumptions in setting the level of LGD, which may utilise market recovery rates or levels set by regulators for capital calculation purposes; and

 

   

counterparty exclusions, whereby certain counterparty types (for example collateralised counterparties) are excluded from the calculation.

The effect of adopting two alternative methodologies on the level of HSBC’s credit and debit valuation adjustments (excluding the monoline credit valuation adjustment) was estimated as follows:

 

   

adapting the Group’s existing methodology to utilise PDs implied from credit default swaps, with no adjustment factor applied, and also including an adjustment to take into account HSBC’s own PD implied from credit default swaps, would result in an overall adverse adjustment of US$0.7bn (30 June 2011: US$0.4bn; 31 December 2011: US$1.4bn). The reduction in estimated impact reflects model refinement and reduction in exposure to certain counterparties; and

 

   

adapting HSBC’s existing debit valuation adjustment methodology to include its own PD on a basis symmetric with the current calculation of credit valuation adjustment would result in a favourable reduction of the credit risk charge of US$0.1bn (30 June 2011: US$0.1bn; 31 December 2011: US$0.1bn).

 

232


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Fair value valuation bases

Financial instruments measured at fair value using a valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs – Level 3

 

     Assets          Liabilities  
     Available
for sale
         Held for
trading
        

Designated
at fair value

through

profit or loss

         Derivatives          Held for
trading
        

Designated

at fair value

through

profit or loss

         Derivatives  
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m  

At 30 June 2012

                                

Private equity including strategic investments

     4,367           88           433                                           

Asset-backed securities

     2,362           966                                                     

Leveraged finance

                                                                   

Loans held for securitisation

               618                                                     

Structured notes

               17                               7,208                       

Derivatives with monolines

                                   799                                 

Other derivatives

                                   3,463                               3,170   

Other portfolios

     1,765           2,868           219                     464                       
     8,494           4,557           652           4,262           7,672                     3,170   

At 30 June 2011

                                

Private equity including strategic investments

     3,915           88           178                                           

Asset-backed securities

     1,711           1,093                                                     

Leveraged finance

                                                                 10   

Loans held for securitisation

               806                                                     

Structured notes

               74                               12,453                       

Derivatives with monolines

                                   930                                 

Other derivatives

                                   2,894                               3,340   

Other portfolios

     2,966           4,640           464                     693           600             
     8,592           6,701           642           3,824           13,146           600           3,350   

At 31 December 2011

                                

Private equity including strategic investments

     4,565           88           432                                           

Asset-backed securities

     2,584           710                                                     

Loans held for securitisation

               682                                                   7   

Structured notes

               92                               7,340                       

Derivatives with monolines

                                   940                                 

Other derivatives

                                   3,509                               3,122   

Other portfolios

     1,972           3,208           284                     487           567             
     9,121           4,780           716           4,449           7,827           567           3,129   

The basis for determining the fair value of the financial instruments in the table above is explained on pages 351 to 352 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2011.

 

233


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Movement in Level 3 financial instruments

 

     Assets           Liabilities  
     Available
for sale
US$m
          Held for
trading
US$m
         

Designated

at fair value

through

profit or loss
US$m

          Derivatives
US$m
          Held for
trading
US$m
         

Designated

at fair value

through

profit or loss
US$m

          Derivatives
US$m
 

At 1 January 2012

     9,121            4,780            716            4,449            7,827            567            3,129   

Total gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss

     (146         73            5            (225         158            2            (36

Total gains/(losses) recognised in other comprehensive income1

     177            23            1            32            33                       26   

Purchases

     503            291            64                       (202                      

New issuances

                                                 1,658                         

Sales

     (282         (663         (33                                            

Settlements

     (163         (95         (1         36            (1,011                    78   

Transfers out

     (1,542         (47         (150         (73         (889         (569         (69

Transfers in

     826            195            50            43            98                       42   

At 30 June 2012

     8,494            4,557            652            4,262            7,672                       3,170   

Total gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss relating to assets and liabilities held at 30 June 2012

     10            (137         4            (29         63                       127   

At 1 January 2011

     8,237            5,689            587            3,961            11,393            570            3,806   

Total gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss

     187            (112         12            (43         71            12            298   

Total gains/(losses) recognised in other comprehensive income1

     182            68            (4         47            199            18            92   

Purchases

     1,277            908            132                       (89                      

New issuances

                                                 3,401                         

Sales

     (417         (323         (16                                            

Settlements

     (815         (104         (4         (145         (1,561                    (736

Transfers out

     (885         (273         (75         (139         (565                    (362

Transfers in

     826            848            10            143            297                       252   

At 30 June 2011

     8,592            6,701            642            3,824            13,146            600            3,350   

Total gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss relating to assets and liabilities held at 30 June 2011

     54            (146         12            131            103            12            382   

At 1 July 2011

     8,592            6,701            642            3,824            13,146            600            3,350   

Total gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss

     35            (218         (1         810            (35         (4         330   

Total gains/(losses) recognised in other comprehensive income1

     (361         (80         (11         (63         (188         (29         (92

Purchases

     581            575            110                       (1,754                      

New issuances

                                                 1,168                         

Sales

     (339         (2,255         (53                                            

Settlements

     (273         (95         (3         112            33                       (347

Transfers out

     (1,006         (296         (98         (271         (4,701                    (246

Transfers in

     1,892            448            130            37            158                       134   

At 31 December 2011

     9,121            4,780            716            4,449            7,827            567            3,129   

Total gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss relating to assets and liabilities held at 31 December 2011

     95            (218         1            810            (60         (2         331   

 

  1   Included in ‘Available-for-sale investments: Fair value gains/(losses)’ and ‘Exchange differences’ in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

 

234


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Transfers out of Level 3 in respect of available-for-sale securities reflects increased confidence in the pricing of certain ABS assets. In respect of trading liabilities, new issuances of trading liabilities reflects structured note issuances, and settlements of trading liabilities reflected structured note redemptions during the period. Transfers out of Level 3 principally reflect equity volatilities and correlations becoming observable as the residual maturity of the liabilities declines.

Effect of changes in significant unobservable assumptions to reasonably possible alternatives

As discussed above, the fair value of financial instruments are, in certain circumstances, measured using valuation techniques that incorporate assumptions that are not evidenced by prices from observable current market transactions in the same instrument and are not based on observable market data. The following table shows the sensitivity of these fair values to reasonably possible alternative assumptions:

Sensitivity of fair values to reasonably possible alternative assumptions

 

     Reflected in profit or loss          Reflected in other
comprehensive income
 
    

Favourable

changes
US$m

         Unfavourable
changes
US$m
        

Favourable

changes
US$m

        

Unfavourable

changes
US$m

 

At 30 June 2012

                 

Derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities1

     366           (335                    

Financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value

     70           (70                    

Financial investments: available for sale

                         782           (784
     436           (405        782           (784

At 30 June 2011

                 

Derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities1

     414           (310                    

Financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value

     72           (64                    

Financial investments: available for sale

                         673           (711
     486           (374        673           (711

At 31 December 2011

                 

Derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities1

     369           (436                    

Financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value

     72           (72                    

Financial investments: available for sale

                         814           (818
     441           (508        814           (818

 

  1   Derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities are presented as one category to reflect the manner in which these financial instruments are risk-managed.

The decrease in the effect of unfavourable changes in significant unobservable inputs in relation to derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities during the period primarily reflects an increase in the credit valuation adjustment taken against monoline exposures.

 

235


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Sensitivity of fair values to reasonably possible alternative assumptions by Level 3 instrument type

 

     Reflected in profit or loss          Reflected in other
comprehensive income
 
    

Favourable

changes
US$m

         Unfavourable
changes
US$m
        

Favourable

changes
US$m

        

Unfavourable

changes
US$m

 

At 30 June 2012

                 

Private equity investments

     69           (69        448           (448

Asset-backed securities

     57           (52        192           (180

Loans held for securitisation

     9           (9                    

Structured notes

     5           (5                    

Derivatives with monolines

     71           (52                    

Other derivatives

     171           (162                    

Other portfolios

     54           (56        142           (156
     436           (405        782           (784

At 30 June 2011

                 

Private equity investments

     103           (57        368           (368

Asset-backed securities

     3           (3        130           (124

Loans held for securitisation

     5           (5                    

Structured notes

     16           (16                    

Derivatives with monolines

     117                                 

Other derivatives

     126           (169                    

Other portfolios

     116           (124        175           (219
     486           (374        673           (711

At 31 December 2011

                 

Private equity investments

     123           (83        451           (451

Asset-backed securities

     3           (3        183           (175

Loans held for securitisation

     4           (4                    

Structured notes

     6           (6                    

Derivatives with monolines

     76           (178                    

Other derivatives

     145           (154                    

Other portfolios

     84           (80        180           (192
     441           (508        814           (818

Favourable and unfavourable changes are determined on the basis of changes in the value of the instrument as a result of varying the levels of the unobservable parameters using statistical techniques. When parameters are not amenable to statistical analysis, the quantification of uncertainty is judgemental.

When the fair value of a financial instrument is affected by more than one unobservable assumption, the above table reflects the most favourable or the most unfavourable change from varying the assumptions individually.

In respect of private equity investments, in many of the methodologies the principal assumption is the valuation multiple to be applied to the main financial indicators. This may be determined with reference to multiples for comparable listed companies and includes discounts for marketability.

For ABSs, the principal assumptions in the models are based on benchmark information about prepayment speeds, default rates, loss severities and the historical performance of the underlying assets.

For leveraged finance, loans held for securitisation and derivatives with monolines, the principal assumption concerns the appropriate value to be attributed to the counterparty credit risk. This requires an estimation of exposure at default, PD and recovery in the event of default. For loan transactions, assessment of exposure at default is straightforward. For derivative transactions, a future exposure profile is generated on the basis of current market data. Probabilities of default and recovery levels are estimated using available evidence, which may include financial information, historical experience, credit default swap spreads and consensus recovery levels.

For structured notes and other derivatives, principal assumptions concern the value to be attributed to the future volatility of asset values and the future correlation between asset values. These principal assumptions include credit volatilities and correlations used in the valuation of structured credit derivatives (including leveraged credit derivatives). For such unobservable assumptions, estimates are based on available market data, which may include the use of a proxy method to derive a volatility or a correlation from comparable assets for which market data is more readily available, and/or an examination of historical levels.

 

236


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

9 Fair values of financial instruments not carried at fair value

 

The accounting policies which determine the classification of financial instruments and the use of assumptions and estimation in valuing them are described on pages 294 to 312 and page 40, respectively, of the Annual Report and Accounts 2011.

Fair values of financial instruments which are not carried at fair value on the balance sheet

 

     At 30 June 2012          At 30 June 2011          At 31 December 2011  
    

Carrying

amount

        

Fair

value

        

Carrying

amount

        

Fair

value

        

Carrying

amount

        

Fair

value

 
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m  

Assets

                           

Loans and advances to banks

     182,191           182,266           226,043           226,150           180,987           181,302   

Loans and advances to customers

     974,985           950,935           1,037,888           1,011,319           940,429           914,485   

Financial investments:

                           

– debt securities

     22,485           24,202           19,883           21,320           21,018           22,500   

– treasury and other eligible bills

                         202           202           181           181   

Liabilities

                           

Deposits by banks

     123,553           123,576           125,479           125,492           112,822           112,848   

Customer accounts

     1,278,489           1,278,801           1,318,987           1,318,873           1,253,925           1,254,313   

Debt securities in issue

     125,543           125,664           149,803           149,947           131,013           130,914   

Subordinated liabilities

     29,696           29,357           32,753           32,931           30,606           29,351   

Fair values of financial instruments held for sale which are not carried at fair value on the balance sheet

  

     At 30 June 2012          At 30 June 2011          At 31 December 2011  
    

Carrying

amount

        

Fair

value

        

Carrying

amount

        

Fair

value

        

Carrying

amount

        

Fair

value

 
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m  

Assets classified as held for sale1

                           

Loans and advances to banks and customers

     6,772           6,816           62           62           35,720           37,832   

Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale

                           

Deposits by banks

     326           326                               206           206   

Customer accounts

     9,668           9,433                               20,138           19,130   

 

  1   Including financial instruments within disposal groups held for sale.

The following is a list of financial instruments whose carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value because, for example, they are short-term in nature or reprice to current market rates frequently:

Assets

Cash and balances at central banks

Items in the course of collection from other banks

Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

Endorsements and acceptances

Short-term receivables within ‘Other assets’

Accrued income

Liabilities

Hong Kong currency notes in circulation

Items in the course of transmission to other banks

Investment contracts with discretionary participation features within ‘Liabilities under insurance contracts’

Endorsements and acceptances

Short-term payables within ‘Other liabilities’

Accruals

 

237


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Analysis of loans and advances to customers by geographical segment

 

    At 30 June 2012          At 30 June 2011          At 31 December 2011  
   

Carrying

amount
US$m

        

Fair

value
US$m

        

Carrying

amount
US$m

        

Fair

value
US$m

        

Carrying

amount
US$m

        

Fair

value
US$m

 

Loans and advances to customers

                          

Europe

    445,445           436,921           486,331           478,660           434,336           426,039   

Hong Kong

    165,204           163,139           159,370           157,859           157,665           154,054   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

    129,489           129,175           121,429           121,069           123,868           123,662   

Middle East and North Africa

    27,896           27,889           25,694           25,781           25,875           25,758   

North America

    153,991           141,094           179,262           162,704           142,747           128,608   

Latin America

    52,960           52,717           65,802           65,246           55,938           56,364   
    974,985           950,935           1,037,888           1,011,319           940,429           914,485   

Valuation

The calculation of fair value incorporates HSBC’s estimate of the amount at which financial assets could be exchanged, or financial liabilities settled, between knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s length transaction. It does not reflect the economic benefits and costs that HSBC expects to flow from the instruments’ cash flows over their expected future lives. Other reporting entities may use different valuation methodologies and assumptions in determining fair values for which no observable market prices are available, so comparisons of fair values between entities may not be meaningful and users are advised to exercise caution when using this data.

The secondary market demand for US consumer lending assets has been heavily influenced by the challenging economic conditions during the past few years, including house price depreciation, elevated unemployment, and the lack of financing options available to support the purchase of assets. The estimated fair value of these loans was determined by developing an approximate range of values from various sources as appropriate for the respective pools of assets. These sources include, internal value estimates based on over-the-counter trading activity, forward looking discounted cash flow models using assumptions we believe are consistent with those which would be used by market participants in valuing such loans, trading input from market participants and general discussions held with potential investors. The fair values of loans and advances to customers in the US are substantially lower than their carrying amount, reflecting the market conditions at the balance sheet date. The fair values reported do not reflect HSBC’s estimate of the underlying long-term value of the assets

The basis for estimating the fair values of loans and advances to banks and customers, financial investments, deposits by banks, customer accounts, debt securities in issue and subordinated liabilities is explained on pages 358 to 359 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2011.

 

10 Reclassification of financial assets

 

During the second half of 2008, HSBC reclassified US$15.3bn and US$2.6bn of financial assets from the held-for-trading category to the loans and receivables and available-for-sale classifications, respectively, as permitted by the relevant amendment to IAS 39. The accounting policy for reclassifications is set out on page 296 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2011. No further reclassifications were undertaken by HSBC.

Reclassification of HSBC’s financial assets

 

    At 30 June 2012          At 30 June 2011          At 31 December 2011  
    Carrying
amount
US$m
         Fair
value
US$m
         Carrying
amount
US$m
         Fair
value
US$m
         Carrying
amount
US$
          Fair
value
US$m
 

Reclassified to loans and receivables

    7,253           6,166           8,560           7,544           7,867            6,651   

Reclassified to available for sale

    25           25           64           62           33            33   
    7,278           6,191           8,624           7,606           7,900            6,684   

The following table shows the fair value gains and losses, income and expense recognised in the income statement in respect of reclassified assets and the gains and losses that would have been recognised if no reclassification had taken place.

 

238


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Effect of reclassifying and not reclassifying financial assets

 

    Half-year to  
   

30 June
2012

US$m

       

30 June
2011

US$m

       

31 December
2011

US$m

 

Reclassification to loans and receivables

         

Recorded in the income statement1

    69          225          93   

Assuming no reclassification2

    202          548          (231

Net income statement effect of reclassification

    (133       (323       324   

Reclassification to available for sale

         

Recorded in the income statement1

    1          8          (7

Assuming no reclassification2

    (3       (10       8   

Net income statement effect of reclassification

    4          18          (15

 

  1   Income and expense’ recorded in the income statement represents the accrual of the effective interest rate and, for the first half of 2012, includes US$81m in respect of impairment (first half of 2011: impairment of US$15m; second half of 2011: impairment US$54m).
  2   Effect on the income statement during the period had the reclassification not occurred.

 

11 Financial assets designated at fair value

 

 

   

At

30 June

2012

US$m

       

At

30 June

2011

US$m

       

At

31 December

2011

US$m

 

Financial assets designated at fair value:

         

– not subject to repledge or resale by counterparties

    32,298          39,526          30,738   

– which may be repledged or resold by counterparties

    12          39          118   
    32,310          39,565          30,856   

Treasury and other eligible bills

    91          207          123   

Debt securities

    14,238          18,496          11,834   

Equity securities

    17,775          19,588          17,930   

Securities designated at fair value

    32,104          38,291          29,887   

Loans and advances to banks

    127          355          119   

Loans and advances to customers

    79          919          850   
    32,310          39,565          30,856   

Securities designated at fair value1

 

   

At

30 June

2012

US$m

       

At

30 June

2011

US$m

       

At

31 December

2011

US$m

 

US Treasury and US Government agencies2

    32          87          35   

UK Government

    654          739          812   

Hong Kong Government

    145          152          151   

Other government

    5,148          4,762          3,964   

Asset-backed securities3

    172          6,164          201   

Corporate debt and other securities

    8,178          6,799          6,794   

Equity securities

    17,775          19,588          17,930   
    32,104          38,291          29,887   

 

  1   Included within these figures are debt securities issued by banks and other financial institutions of US$3,311m (30 June 2011: US$9,746m; 31 December 2011: US$3,497m), of which none (30 June 2011: US$46m; 31 December 2011: US$40m) are guaranteed by various governments.
  2   Includes securities that are supported by an explicit guarantee issued by the US Government.
  3   Excludes asset-backed securities included under US Treasury and US Government agencies.

 

239


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Securities listed on a recognised exchange and unlisted

 

   

Treasury

and other

eligible bills
US$m

       

Debt

securities
US$m

       

Equity

securities
US$m

        Total
US$m
 

Fair value at 30 June 2012

             

Listed on a recognised exchange1

    17          4,440          11,606          16,063   

Unlisted

    74          9,798          6,169          16,041   
    91          14,238          17,775          32,104   

Fair value at 30 June 2011

             

Listed on a recognised exchange1

    6          3,605          13,521          17,132   

Unlisted

    201          14,891          6,067          21,159   
    207          18,496          19,588          38,291   

Fair value at 31 December 2011

             

Listed on a recognised exchange1

    4          3,607          11,859          15,470   

Unlisted

    119          8,227          6,071          14,417   
    123          11,834          17,930          29,887   

 

  1   Included within listed securities are US$831m (30 June 2011: US$668m; 31 December 2011: US$631m) of investments listed in Hong Kong.

 

12 Derivatives

 

Fair values of derivatives by product contract type

 

    Assets          Liabilities  
    Trading          Hedging          Total          Trading          Hedging          Total  
    US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m  

At 30 June 2012

                          

Foreign exchange

    68,314           915           69,229           71,393           391           71,784   

Interest rate

    561,439           2,465           563,904           551,245           6,511           557,756   

Equities

    17,550                     17,550           20,629                     20,629   

Credit

    20,193                     20,193           20,847                     20,847   

Commodity and other

    1,732                     1,732           1,610                     1,610   

Gross total fair values

    669,228           3,380           672,608           665,724           6,902           672,626   

Netting

              (316,674                  (316,674
              355,934                     355,952   

At 30 June 2011

                          

Foreign exchange

    71,280           1,550           72,830           71,621           175           71,796   

Interest rate

    283,315           2,236           285,551           277,545           3,577           281,122   

Equities

    15,348                     15,348           17,416                     17,416   

Credit

    19,284                     19,284           18,613                     18,613   

Commodity and other

    1,084                     1,084           1,503                     1,503   

Gross total fair values

    390,311           3,786           394,097           386,698           3,752           390,450   

Netting

              (133,425                  (133,425
              260,672                     257,025   

At 31 December 2011

                          

Foreign exchange

    74,958           1,026           75,984           75,077           371           75,448   

Interest rate

    510,652           2,439           513,091           502,906           6,221           509,127   

Equities

    15,262                     15,262           19,363                     19,363   

Credit

    25,694                     25,694           25,800                     25,800   

Commodity and other

    2,198                     2,198           1,492                     1,492   

Gross total fair values

    628,764           3,465           632,229           624,638           6,592           631,230   

Netting

              (285,850                  (285,850
              346,379                     345,380   

Derivative assets increased during the first half of 2012, driven by an increase in the fair value of interest rate derivatives as yield curves in major currencies continued to decline. This resulted in the increase in gross fair values and the increase in the netting adjustment.

 

240


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

A description of HSBC’s determination of the fair values of financial instruments, including derivatives, is provided on pages 347 to 348 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2011.

Trading derivatives

The notional contract amounts of derivatives held for trading purposes indicate the nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date; they do not represent amounts at risk. The 2% rise in the notional amounts of HSBC’s derivative contracts during the first half of 2012 was primarily driven by an increase in trading volumes in the period.

Notional contract amounts of derivatives held for trading purposes by product type

 

   

At

30 June

2012

        

At

30 June

2011

        

At

31 December

2011

 
    US$m          US$m          US$m  

Foreign exchange

    4,630,298           4,440,515           3,945,774   

Interest rate

    19,427,340           21,305,123           19,788,710   

Equities

    471,380           400,877           265,577   

Credit

    985,945           1,091,052           1,049,147   

Commodity and other

    96,975           97,825           76,487   
    25,611,938           27,335,392           25,125,695   

Credit derivatives

The notional contract amount of credit derivatives of US$986bn (30 June 2011: US$1,091bn; 31 December 2011: US$1,049bn) consisted of protection bought of US$481bn (30 June 2011: US$539bn; 31 December 2011: US$518bn) and protection sold of US$505bn (30 June 2011: US$552bn; 31 December 2011: US$531bn).

HSBC manages the credit risk arising on buying and selling credit derivative protection by including the related credit exposures within its overall credit limit structure for the relevant counterparty. The trading of credit derivatives is restricted to a small number of offices within the major centres which have the control infrastructure and market skills to manage effectively the credit risk inherent in the products. The credit derivative business operates within the market risk management framework described on page 168.

Derivatives valued using models with unobservable inputs

The difference between the fair value at initial recognition (the transaction price) and the value that would have been derived had valuation techniques used for subsequent measurement been applied at initial recognition, less subsequent releases, is as follows.

Unamortised balance of derivatives valued using models with significant unobservable inputs

 

    Half-year to  
   

30 June

2012

US$m

       

30 June

2011

US$m

       

31 December

2011

US$m

 

Unamortised balance at beginning of period

    200          250          279   

Deferral on new transactions

    71          161          73   

Recognised in the income statement during the period:

         

– amortisation

    (61       (74       (69

– subsequent to unobservable inputs becoming observable

             (38       (33

– maturity or termination, or offsetting derivative

    (20       (25       (35

Exchange differences

    1          9          (11

Risk hedged

    (7       (4       (4

Unamortised balance at end of period1

    184          279          200   

 

  1   This amount is yet to be recognised in the consolidated income statement.

Hedging instruments

The notional contract amounts of these instruments indicate the nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date; they do not represent amounts at risk.

 

241


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Notional contract amounts of derivatives held for hedging purposes by product type

 

     At 30 June 2012          At 30 June 2011         At 31 December 2011  
    

Cash flow

hedge

        

Fair value

hedge

        

Cash flow

hedge

        

Fair value

hedge

       

Cash flow

hedge

       

Fair value

hedge

 
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m         US$m         US$m  

Foreign exchange

     15,219           102           11,476           1,403          12,078          1,363   

Interest rate

     210,362           69,605           340,773           74,434          228,052          76,950   
     225,581           69,707           352,249           75,837          240,130          78,313   

Fair value hedges

Fair value of derivatives designated as fair value hedges

 

     At 30 June 2012          At 30 June 2011          At 31 December 2011  
     Assets          Liabilities          Assets          Liabilities          Assets          Liabilities  
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m  

Foreign exchange

               15           236                     77           1   

Interest rate

     332           4,525           427           2,351           369           4,331   
     332           4,540           663           2,351           446           4,332   

Gains/(losses) arising from fair value hedges

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2012

        

30 June

2011

        

31 December

2011

 
     US$m          US$m          US$m  

Gains/(losses):

            

– on hedging instruments

     (706        (794        (3,288

– on the hedged items attributable to the hedged risk

     674           722           3,136   
     (32        (72        (152

The gains and losses on ineffective portions of fair value hedges are recognised immediately in ‘Net trading income’.

Cash flow hedges

Fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges

 

     At 30 June 2012          At 30 June 2011          At 31 December 2011  
     Assets          Liabilities          Assets          Liabilities          Assets          Liabilities  
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m  

Foreign exchange

     764           376           1,314           175           949           370   

Interest rate

     2,133           1,986           1,809           1,226           2,070           1,890   
     2,897           2,362           3,123           1,401           3,019           2,260   

The gains and losses on ineffective portions of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are recognised immediately in ‘Net trading income’. During the period to 30 June 2012, a gain of US$3m was recognised due to hedge ineffectiveness (first half of 2011: gain of US$2m; second half of 2011: gain of US$24m).

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations

The Group applies hedge accounting in respect of certain consolidated net investments. Hedging is undertaken using forward foreign exchange contracts or by financing with currency borrowings.

At 30 June 2012, the fair values of outstanding financial instruments designated as hedges of net investments in foreign operations were assets of US$151m (30 June 2011: nil; 31 December 2011: US$121m) and liabilities of US$7m (30 June 2011: US$30m; 31 December 2011: US$36m), and notional contract values of US$2,637m (30 June 2011: US$1,251m; 31 December 2011: US$3,920m).

Ineffectiveness recognised in ‘Net trading income’ during the period to 30 June 2012 was nil (both halves of 2011: nil).

 

242


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

13 Financial investments

 

 

     At
30 June
2012
US$m
          At
30 June
2011
US$m
         

At
31 December
2011

US$m

 

Financial investments:

              

– not subject to repledge or resale by counterparties

     369,879            385,126            364,906   

– which may be repledged or resold by counterparties

     23,857            31,731            35,138   
     393,736            416,857            400,044   

Carrying amounts and fair values of financial investments

 

     At 30 June 2012           At 30 June 2011           At 31 December 2011  
     Carrying
amount
US$m
         

Fair

value
US$m

          Carrying
amount
US$m
         

Fair

value
US$m

         

Carrying
amount
US$m

         

Fair

value
US$m

 

Treasury and other eligible bills

     71,552            71,552            61,664            61,664            65,223            65,223   

– available for sale

     71,552            71,552            61,462            61,462            65,042            65,042   

– held to maturity

                           202            202            181            181   

Debt securities

     315,498            317,215            346,986            348,423            327,611            329,093   

– available for sale

     293,013            293,013            327,103            327,103            306,593            306,593   

– held to maturity

     22,485            24,202            19,883            21,320            21,018            22,500   

Equity securities

                                

– available for sale

     6,686            6,686            8,207            8,207            7,210            7,210   
     393,736            395,453            416,857            418,294            400,044            401,526   

Financial investments at amortised cost and fair value1

 

     Amortised
cost
US$m
         

Fair

value
US$m

 

At 30 June 2012

        

US Treasury

     49,944            51,271   

US Government agencies2

     22,264            23,283   

US Government sponsored entities2

     4,581            5,262   

UK Government

     19,860            20,335   

Hong Kong Government

     36,993            37,018   

Other government

     133,375            135,540   

Asset-backed securities3

     32,628            27,387   

Corporate debt and other securities

     86,456            88,671   

Equities

     4,806            6,686   
     390,907            395,453   

At 30 June 2011

        

US Treasury

     37,584            37,697   

US Government agencies2

     21,910            22,500   

US Government sponsored entities2

     4,669            4,958   

UK Government

     30,034            30,787   

Hong Kong Government

     31,700            31,734   

Other government

     125,452            126,088   

Asset-backed securities3

     37,835            32,292   

Corporate debt and other securities

     122,521            124,031   

Equities

     5,849            8,207   
     417,554            418,294   

 

243


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Financial investments at amortised cost and fair value3 (continued)

 

     Amortised
cost
US$m
         

Fair

value
US$m

 

At 31 December 2011

        

US Treasury

     43,848            45,283   

US Government agencies2

     25,079            26,093   

US Government sponsored entities2

     4,425            5,056   

UK Government

     32,165            33,603   

Hong Kong Government

     33,359            33,374   

Other government

     125,623            127,049   

Asset-backed securities3

     35,096            28,625   

Corporate debt and other securities

     94,110            95,233   

Equities

     5,122            7,210   
     398,827            401,526   

 

  1   Included within these figures are debt securities issued by banks and other financial institutions with a carrying amount of US$60,043m (30 June 2011: US$98,472m; 31 December 2011: US$68,334m), of which US$11,680m (30 June 2011: US$37,929m; 31 December 2011: US$17,079m) are guaranteed by various governments. The fair value of the debt securities issued by banks and other financial institutions at 30 June 2012 was US$60,583m (30 June 2011: US$98,939m; 31 December 2011: US$68,765m).
  2   Includes securities that are supported by an explicit guarantee issued by the US Government.
  3   Excludes asset-backed securities included under US Government agencies and sponsored entities.

Financial investments listed on a recognised exchange and unlisted

 

    

Treasury

and other

eligible bills
available
for sale
US$m

         

Treasury

and other

eligible bills

held to

maturity
US$m

         

Debt

securities

available

for sale
US$m

         

Debt

securities

held to

maturity
US$m

         

Equity

securities

available

for sale
US$m

          Total
US$m
 

Carrying amount at 30 June 2012

                                

Listed on a recognised exchange1

     1,938                       113,083            4,975            509            120,505   

Unlisted2

     69,614                       179,930            17,510            6,177            273,231   
     71,552                       293,013            22,485            6,686            393,736   

Carrying amount at 30 June 2011

                                

Listed on a recognised exchange1

     2,049                       152,844            4,237            690            159,820   

Unlisted2

     59,413            202            174,259            15,646            7,517            257,037   
     61,462            202            327,103            19,883            8,207            416,857   

Carrying amount at 31 December 2011

                                

Listed on a recognised exchange1

     4,077                       121,303            4,370            535            130,285   

Unlisted2

     60,965            181            185,290            16,648            6,675            269,759   
     65,042            181            306,593            21,018            7,210            400,044   

 

  1   The fair value of listed held-to-maturity debt securities at 30 June 2012 was US$5,374m (30 June 2011: US$4,483m; 31 December 2011: US$4,641m). Included within listed investments were US$3,507m (30 June 2011: US$3,125m; 31 December 2011: US$3,544m) of investments listed in Hong Kong.
  2   Unlisted treasury and other eligible bills available for sale primarily comprise treasury bills not listed on a recognised exchange but for which there is a liquid market.

 

244


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Maturities of investments in debt securities at their carrying amounts

 

    

At

30 June

2012
US$m

         

At

30 June

2011
US$m

         

At

31 December

2011

US$m

 

Remaining contractual maturities of total debt securities:

              

1 year or less

     60,079            110,240            87,080   

5 years or less but over 1 year

     147,920            116,145            128,192   

10 years or less but over 5 years

     50,603            56,531            52,251   

over 10 years

     56,896            64,070            60,088   
     315,498            346,986            327,611   

Remaining contractual maturities of debt securities available for sale:

              

1 year or less

     58,985            108,930            85,821   

5 years or less but over 1 year

     139,967            109,498            120,763   

10 years or less but over 5 years

     42,609            49,501            44,946   

over 10 years

     51,452            59,174            55,063   
     293,013            327,103            306,593   

Remaining contractual maturities of debt securities held to maturity:

              

1 year or less

     1,094            1,310            1,259   

5 years or less but over 1 year

     7,953            6,647            7,429   

10 years or less but over 5 years

     7,994            7,030            7,305   

over 10 years

     5,444            4,896            5,025   
     22,485            19,883            21,018   

 

14 Assets held for sale

 

 

    

At

30 June

2012

         

At

30 June
2011

         

At

31 December

2011

 
     US$m           US$m           US$m  

Disposal groups

     11,695            445            38,903   

Non-current assets held for sale

     688            1,154            655   

– property, plant and equipment

     519            1,055            589   

– other

     169            99            66   
                                

Total assets held for sale

     12,383            1,599            39,558   

 

245


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Disposal groups

The major classes of assets and associated liabilities of disposal groups held for sale were as follows:

 

     30 June 2012  
    

Central

America

businesses

        

South

America

businesses

        

US

branches

         

US life

insurance

businesses

          Other          Total  
     US$m          US$m          US$m           US$m           US$m          US$m  

Assets of disposal groups held for sale

                             

Trading assets

     18           126                                 311           455   

Loans and advances to banks

     611           273                                 235           1,119   

Loans and advances to customers

     2,534           2,027           528                       407           5,496   

Financial investments

     441           297                      1,702            280           2,720   

Prepayments and accrued income

     31           29           2            16            13           91   

Goodwill and intangible assets

     220           35           2            62            15           334   

Other assets of disposal groups

     507           458           19              204            292           1,480   

Total assets

     4,362           3,245           551              1,984            1,553           11,695   

Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale

                             

Deposits by banks

     211           113                                 2           326   

Customer accounts

     2,832           2,007           3,633                       1,196           9,668   

Debt securities in issue

     162           463                                 3           628   

Liabilities under insurance contracts

     51                                1,021            446           1,518   

Other liabilities of disposal groups

     155           166           2              14            122           459   

Total liabilities

     3,411           2,749           3,635              1,035            1,769           12,599   

Net unrealised losses recognised in ‘other operating income’ as a result of reclassification to held for sale

     (34        (92                              (11        (137

Expected date of completion

     Q4 2012           Q1 2013           Q3 2012            Q1 2013              

Operating segment

    
 
Latin
America
  
  
      
 
Latin
America
  
  
      
 
North
America
  
  
       
 
North
America
  
  
          

At 30 June 2012, the following businesses represented the majority of disposal groups held for sale:

 

   

Central America businesses, which include banking operations in Costa Rica, El Salvador and Honduras. These were also classified as held for sale at 31 December 2011.

 

   

South America businesses, which include banking operations in Peru, Colombia and Paraguay.

 

   

57 of the 195 US branches that were held for sale at 31 December 2011. 138 branches were sold on 18 May 2012, recognising a gain of US$661m. Subsequent to 30 June 2012, 53 branches were sold in July 2012 with a gain of approximately US$200m and the remaining four branches are expected to be sold in August 2012 with no significant effect on the financial statements.

 

   

US life insurance businesses.

The sale of the US Card and Retail Services business that was held for sale at 31 December 2011 was completed on 1 May 2012 with a gain on disposal of US$3.1bn.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment classified as held for sale principally results from the repossession of property that had been pledged as collateral by customers. These assets are expected to be disposed of within 12 months of acquisition. The majority arose within the geographical segment, North America.

 

246


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

15 Trading liabilities

 

 

                                                                          
    

At

30 June

2012
US$m

         

At

30 June

2011
US$m

         

At

31 December

2011

US$m

 

Deposits by banks

     65,894            54,651            47,506   

Customer accounts

     149,556            166,974            123,344   

Other debt securities in issue

     30,808            37,746            29,987   

Other liabilities – net short positions in securities

     62,306            126,453            64,355   
     308,564            385,824            265,192   

Deposits by banks held for trading

 

  

    

At

30 June

2012
US$m

         

At

30 June

2011
US$m

         

At

31 December

2011

US$m

 

Repos

     23,088            17,718            16,687   

Settlement accounts

     17,086            16,067            7,221   

Stock lending

     4,029            5,652            2,821   

Other

     21,691            15,214            20,777   
     65,894            54,651            47,506   

Customer accounts held for trading

 

  

    

At

30 June

2012
US$m

         

At

30 June

2011
US$m

         

At

31 December

2011

US$m

 

Repos

     89,540            102,065            70,151   

Settlement accounts

     18,076            23,970            6,909   

Stock lending

     1,984            2,827            1,774   

Other

     39,956            38,112            44,510   
     149,556            166,974            123,344   

At 30 June 2012, the cumulative amount of change in fair value attributable to changes in credit risk was a gain of US$270m (30 June 2011: gain of US$202m; 31 December 2011: gain of US$599m).

 

16 Financial liabilities designated at fair value

 

 

                                                                          
    

At

30 June

2012
US$m

         

At

30 June

2011
US$m

         

At

31 December

2011

US$m

 

Deposits by banks and customer accounts

     500            6,515            517   

Liabilities to customers under investment contracts

     11,736            12,191            11,399   

Debt securities in issue

     53,459            55,885            52,197   

Subordinated liabilities

     17,700            18,920            17,503   

Preferred securities

     4,198            4,769            4,108   
     87,593            98,280            85,724   

The carrying amount at 30 June 2012 of financial liabilities designated at fair value was US$3,190m more than the contractual amount at maturity (30 June 2011: US$2,144m more; 31 December 2011: US$1,377m more). At 30 June 2012, the cumulative amount of the change in fair value attributable to changes in credit risk was a gain of US$2,959m (30 June 2011: gain of US$1,114m; 31 December 2011: gain of US$5,118m).

 

247


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

17 Provisions

 

 

    

Restructuring

costs

         

Contingent

liabilities and
contractual
commitments

         

Legal

proceedings

and

regulatory

matters

         

Customer

remediation

         

Other

provisions

          Total  
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

At 1 January 2012

     169            206            1,473            1,067            409            3,324   

Additional provisions/increase in provisions

     276            62            972            1,439            94            2,843   

Provisions utilised

     (155         (1         (105         (476         (97         (834

Amounts reversed

     (50         (34         (47         (1         (29         (161

Unwinding of discounts

                           20                       1            21   

Exchange differences and other movements

     36            154            (127         (71         74            66   

At 30 June 2012

     276            387            2,186            1,958            452            5,259   

At 1 January 2011

     21            405            969            442            301            2,138   

Additional provisions/increase in provisions

     54                       303            659            43            1,059   

Provisions utilised

     (37         (12         (36         (76         (46         (207

Amounts reversed

     (8         (27         (11         (81         (26         (153

Unwinding of discounts

                           28                       3            31   

Exchange differences and other movements

     4            60            (26         91            30            159   

At 30 June 2011

     34            426            1,227            1,035            305            3,027   

At 1 July 2011

     34            426            1,227            1,035            305            3,027   

Additional provisions/increase in provisions

     167            14            593            419            141            1,334   

Provisions utilised

     (21         7            (331         (310         (25         (680

Amounts reversed

     (6         (14         (17         (6         (60         (103

Unwinding of discounts

                1            28                       2            31   

Exchange differences and other movements

     (5         (228         (27         (71         46            (285

At 31 December 2011

     169            206            1,473            1,067            409            3,324   

Further details of legal proceedings and regulatory matters are set out in Note 25. Legal proceedings include civil court, arbitration or tribunal proceedings brought against HSBC companies (whether by way of claim or counterclaim) or civil disputes that may, if not settled, result in court, arbitration or tribunal proceedings. Regulatory matters refer to investigations, reviews and other actions carried out by, or in response to the actions of, regulators or law enforcement agencies in connection with alleged wrongdoing by HSBC. Additional provisions recognised at 30 June 2012 include a provision of US$700m, which reflects HSBC’s best estimate of the aggregate amount of fines and penalties that are likely to be imposed in connection with US anti-money laundering, Bank Secrecy Act and Office of Foreign Assets Control investigations. There is a high degree of uncertainty in making this estimate, and it is possible that the amounts when finally determined could be higher, possibly significantly higher.

Customer remediation refers to activities carried out by HSBC to compensate customers for losses or damages associated with a failure to comply with regulations or to treat customers fairly. Customer remediation is initiated by HSBC in response to customer complaints and/or industry developments in sales practices, and not necessarily initiated by regulatory action.

Payment Protection Insurance

An increase in provisions of US$1,005m was recognised during the half-year ended 30 June 2012 in respect of the estimated liability for redress in respect of the possible mis-selling of payment protection insurance (‘PPI’) policies in previous years. Cumulative provisions made since the Judicial Review ruling in the first half of 2011 amount to US$1,721m of which US$751m has been paid. Provisions amounted to US$1,060m at 30 June 2012 (30 June 2011: US$509m; 31 December 2011: US$506m).

The main assumptions are the number of customer complaints expected to be received, and for how long a period; the number of non-complainant customers who will have to be contacted if systemic issues are identified following root

 

248


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

cause analysis; the response rate from customers who are contacted proactively; and the expected uphold rate for complaints and the amount of redress payable in upheld cases. The main assumptions are likely to evolve over time as root cause analysis is completed and more experience is available regarding actual complaint volumes received.

In addition to these factors and assumptions, the extent of the required redress will also depend on the facts and circumstances of each individual customer’s case. For these reasons, there is currently a high degree of uncertainty as to the eventual costs of redress for this matter.

During the first half of 2012, we increased the estimate of the total number of policies to be ultimately redressed, as the level of complaints received was higher in volume and for a longer period than previously assumed. This change in assumptions contributed approximately US$0.8bn to the increased provision for the period.

Interest rate derivatives

A provision of US$237m was recognised relating to the estimated liability for redress in respect of the possible mis-selling of interest rate derivatives in the UK.

Following an FSA review of the sale of interest rate derivatives, HSBC agreed with the FSA to pay redress to customers where mis-selling of more complex derivatives has occurred. HSBC will contact customers who have been sold certain interest rate derivatives, explaining the scope of the contact exercise, and either advising that their product sale will be automatically reviewed, or seeking confirmation from the customer that they wish to have their derivative sale reviewed and requesting further details of the sale.

The extent to which HSBC is required to pay redress depends on the responses of contacted and other customers during the review period and the facts and circumstances of each individual case. For these reasons, there is currently a high degree of uncertainty as to the eventual costs of redress related to this programme.

 

18 Maturity analysis of assets and liabilities

 

The following is an analysis, by remaining contractual maturities at the reporting date, of asset and liability line items that combine amounts due within one year and after one year. Trading assets and liabilities are excluded because they are not held for collection or settlement over the period of contractual maturity.

 

             
     Due within
one year
          Due after
more than
one year
          Total       
     US$m           US$m           US$m       

At 30 June 2012

                 

Assets

                 

Financial assets designated at fair value

     4,503            27,807            32,310      

Loans and advances to banks

     168,861            13,330            182,191      

Loans and advances to customers

     434,555            540,430            974,985      

Financial investments

     131,374            262,362            393,736      

Assets held for sale

     4,007            5,916            9,923      

Other financial assets

     23,798            6,039            29,837      
     767,098            855,884            1,622,982      

Liabilities

                 

Deposits by banks

     111,165            12,388            123,553      

Customer accounts

     1,247,130            31,359            1,278,489      

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     8,968            78,625            87,593      

Debt securities in issue

     71,079            54,464            125,543      

Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale

     10,225            611            10,836      

Other financial liabilities

     32,599            7,354            39,953      

Subordinated liabilities

     712            28,984            29,696      
     1,481,878            213,785            1,695,663      

 

249


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Maturity analysis of assets and liabilities (continued)

 

                                                                          
     Due within
one year
          Due after
more than
one year
          Total  
     US$m           US$m           US$m  

At 30 June 2011

              

Assets

              

Financial assets designated at fair value

     3,064            36,501            39,565   

Loans and advances to banks

     216,034            10,009            226,043   

Loans and advances to customers

     482,370            555,518            1,037,888   

Financial investments

     172,407            244,450            416,857   

Other financial assets

     24,822            5,692            30,514   
     898,697            852,170            1,750,867   

Liabilities

              

Deposits by banks

     118,505            6,974            125,479   

Customer accounts

     1,272,152            46,835            1,318,987   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     9,670            88,610            98,280   

Debt securities in issue

     82,747            67,056            149,803   

Other financial liabilities

     27,494            4,606            32,100   

Subordinated liabilities

     575            32,178            32,753   
     1,511,143            246,259            1,757,402   

At 31 December 2011

              

Assets

              

Financial assets designated at fair value

     2,581            28,275            30,856   

Loans and advances to banks

     171,132            9,855            180,987   

Loans and advances to customers

     409,935            530,494            940,429   

Financial investments

     152,095            247,949            400,044   

Assets held for sale

     20,936            15,919            36,855   

Other financial assets

     22,878            5,557            28,435   
     779,557            838,049            1,617,606   

Liabilities

              

Deposits by banks

     101,371            11,451            112,822   

Customer accounts

     1,214,190            39,735            1,253,925   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     9,260            76,464            85,724   

Debt securities in issue

     74,129            56,884            131,013   

Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale

     20,063            1,033            21,096   

Other financial liabilities

     25,177            6,304            31,481   

Subordinated liabilities

     810            29,796            30,606   
     1,445,000            221,667            1,666,667   

 

19 Assets charged as security for liabilities and collateral accepted as security for assets

 

Financial assets pledged to secure liabilities

 

                                                                          
     Assets pledged at  
     30 June           30 June           31 December  
     2012           2011           2011  
     US$m           US$m           US$m  

Treasury bills and other eligible securities

     4,454            7,078            5,185   

Loans and advances to banks

     24,652            26,634            19,247   

Loans and advances to customers

     86,419            77,039            81,570   

Debt securities

     195,290            261,808            210,255   

Equity shares

     10,828            7,612            6,916   

Other

     1,025            1,312            1,003   
     322,668            381,483            324,176   

% of total assets encumbered

     12.2%            14.2%            12.7%   

The financial assets above represent the Group’s encumbered assets on an IFRSs basis. Of the financial assets pledged to secure liabilities, the most significant amounts are located in the following geographical regions:

 

250


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

 

     Assets pledged at  
     30 June
2012
US$m
          30 June
2011
US$m
         

31 December
2011

US$m

 

Europe

     251,759            303,248            245,171   

North America

     51,920            52,324            58,086   
     303,679            355,572            303,257   

These transactions are conducted under terms that are usual and customary to collateralised transactions, including, where relevant, standard securities lending and repurchase agreements.

Collateral accepted as security for assets

The fair value of assets accepted as collateral that HSBC is permitted to sell or repledge in the absence of default is US$327,018m (30 June 2011: US$418,064m; 31 December 2011: US$302,285m). The fair value of any such collateral that has been sold or repledged was US$196,259m (30 June 2011: US$258,913m; 31 December 2011: US$188,682m). HSBC is obliged to return equivalent securities.

These transactions are conducted under terms that are usual and customary to standard securities borrowing and reverse repurchase agreements.

 

20 Notes on the statement of cash flows

 

 

     Half-year to  
     30 June
2012
US$m
        

30 June

2011
US$m

        

31 December

2011

US$m

 
Other non-cash items included in profit before tax             

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

     1,221           1,631           1,504   

Gains arising from dilution of interests in associates

               (181        (27

Revaluations on investment property

     (43        (38        (80

Share-based payment expense

     541           588           574   

Loan impairment losses gross of recoveries and other credit risk provisions

     5,124           6,011           7,542   

Provisions

     2,703           937           1,262   

Impairment of financial investments

     353           339           469   

Charge/(credit) for defined benefit plans

     233           (321        181   

Accretion of discounts and amortisation of premiums

     288           (141        (372
     10,420           8,825           11,053   
Change in operating assets             

Change in prepayments and accrued income

     323           (590        2,497   

Change in net trading securities and net derivatives

     14,436           7,079           19,979   

Change in loans and advances to banks

     (21,188        (6,738        9,356   

Change in loans and advances to customers

     (42,516        (85,132        54,279   

Change in financial assets designated at fair value

     (147        (2,480        1,897   

Change in other assets

     1,434           (4,699        (2,860
     (47,658        (92,560        85,148   
Change in operating liabilities             

Change in accruals and deferred income

     (1,379        (474        (326

Change in deposits by banks

     10,731           14,895           (12,657

Change in customer accounts

     27,312           91,262           (42,861

Change in debt securities in issue

     (5,470        4,402           (18,790

Change in financial liabilities designated at fair value

     2,423           11,285           (5,817

Change in other liabilities

     7,149           8,931           (5,838
     40,766           130,301           (86,289
Interest and dividends             

Interest paid

     (10,967        (12,644        (10,481

Interest received

     32,441           33,578           33,156   

Dividends received

     446           376           226   

 

251


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Notes on the statement of cash flows (continued)

 

     At
30 June
2012
US$m
        

At
30 June

2011
US$m

        

At
31 December

2011

US$m

 
Cash and cash equivalents             

Cash and balances at central banks

     147,911           68,218           129,902   

Items in the course of collection from other banks

     11,075           15,058           8,208   

Loans and advances to banks of one month or less

     184,337           215,381           169,858   

Treasury bills, other bills and certificates of deposit less than three months

     27,005           30,011           26,226   

Less: items in the course of transmission to other banks

     (11,321        (16,317        (8,745
     359,007           312,351           325,449   

Disposals of US branch network and cards business

 

     US cards
business
US$m
         US branch
network
US$m
 

Loans and advances to customers

     26,748           1,656   

Prepayments and accrued income

     572             

Goodwill and intangible assets

     318           5   

Other assets

     369           44   

Total assets excluding cash and cash equivalents

     28,007           1,705   

Customer accounts

               10,297   

Other liabilities

     161           7   

Total liabilities

     161           10,304   

Aggregate net assets at date of disposal, excluding cash and cash equivalents

     27,846           (8,599

Gain on disposal including costs to sell

     3,148           661   

Add back: costs to sell

     72           15   

Selling price

     31,066           (7,923

Satisfied by:

       

Cash and cash equivalents received/(paid) as consideration

     31,306           (7,979

Cash and cash equivalents sold

               (54

Cash consideration received/(paid) up to 30 June 2012

     31,306           (8,033

Cash still to be (paid)/received at 30 June 2012

     (240        110   

Total cash consideration received/(paid)

     31,066           (7,923

 

The completed US branch network disposal represents the sale of 138 of the 195 US branches that were held for sale at 31 December 2011. HSBC also received cash consideration of US$211m relating to the remaining 57 branches which were

not yet sold at 30 June 2012, and which is included in the cash flow statement under the line ‘Net cash inflow/(outflow) from disposal of US branch network and cards business’ on page 214. For further details refer to page 246.

 

 

252


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

 

21 Contingent liabilities, contractual commitments and guarantees

 

 

    

At

30 June
2012
US$m

         

At

30 June

2011
US$m

         

At

31 December

2011

US$m

 

Guarantees and contingent liabilities

              

Guarantees

     79,714            75,281            75,672   

Other contingent liabilities

     288            356            259   
     80,002            75,637            75,931   

Commitments

              

Documentary credits and short-term trade-related transactions

     14,807            13,616            13,498   

Forward asset purchases and forward deposits placed

     784            66            87   

Undrawn formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend

     548,522            646,493            641,319   
     564,113            660,175            654,904   

The above table discloses the nominal principal amounts of commitments, excluding capital commitments, which are separately discussed below, guarantees and other contingent liabilities which are mainly credit-related instruments including both financial and non-financial guarantees and commitments to extend credit. Contingent liabilities arising from legal proceedings and regulatory matters against the Group are disclosed in Note 25. Nominal principal amounts represent the amounts at risk should contracts be fully drawn upon and clients default. The amount of the loan commitments shown above reflects, where relevant, the expected level of take-up of pre-approved loan offers made by mailshots to personal customers. As a significant portion of guarantees and commitments is expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total of the nominal principal amounts is not indicative of future liquidity requirements.

Financial Services Compensation Scheme

At 30 June 2012, HSBC recognised an accrual of US$191m in respect of its share of the estimated Financial Services Compensation Scheme (‘FSCS’) levy (30 June 2011: US$157m; 31 December 2011: US$87m).

The interest rate to be applied on outstanding borrowings increased from 12 month LIBOR plus 30 basis points, to 12 month LIBOR plus 100 basis points from 1 April 2012.

The FSCS confirmed in May 2012 that the first of three annual instalments of approximately £270m (US$423m) will be levied in total on participating financial institutions in Scheme Year 2013/14 to repay the balance of the loan principal that is not expected to be recovered.

The ultimate FSCS levy to the industry as a result of the collapse of certain financial services firms cannot currently be determined as it is dependent on various uncertain factors including the potential recoveries of assets by the FSCS. HSBC’s share of the ultimate FSCS levy will also depend on the level of protected deposits and the population of FSCS members at the time.

Commitments

In addition to the commitments disclosed above, at 30 June 2012 HSBC had US$561m (30 June 2011: US$961m; 31 December 2011: US$715m) of capital commitments contracted but not provided for and US$204m (30 June 2011: US$356m; 31 December 2011: US$272m) of capital commitments authorised but not contracted for.

 

22 Special purpose entities

 

HSBC enters into certain transactions with customers in the ordinary course of business which involve the establishment of special purpose entities (‘SPE’s) to facilitate or secure customer transactions. HSBC structures that utilise SPEs are authorised centrally when they are established to ensure appropriate purpose and governance. The activities of SPEs administered by HSBC are closely monitored by senior management.

SPEs are assessed for consolidation in accordance with the accounting policy set out on page 292 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2011.

 

253


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Total consolidated assets held by SPEs by balance sheet classification

 

     Conduits           Securitisations          

Money

market

funds

         

Non-money

market

investment

funds

          Total  
     US$bn           US$bn           US$bn           US$bn           US$bn  

At 30 June 2012

                          

Cash

     0.9                                  0.2            1.1   

Trading assets

                0.4                       0.5            0.9   

Financial assets designated at fair value

     0.1                       2.7            6.5            9.3   

Derivatives

                                                   

Loans and advances to banks

                1.9                                  1.9   

Loans and advances to customers

     10.1            5.8                                  15.9   

Financial investments

     25.5                                             25.5   

Other assets

     1.5                                             1.5   
     38.1            8.1            2.7            7.2            56.1   

At 30 June 2011

                          

Cash

     0.7            0.5                       0.3            1.5   

Trading assets

     0.1            0.6            0.3            0.5            1.5   

Financial assets designated at fair value

     0.1                                  7.9            8.0   

Derivatives

                0.3                                  0.3   

Loans and advances to banks

                0.9                                  0.9   

Loans and advances to customers

     9.7            20.2                                  29.9   

Financial investments

     29.6                                             29.6   

Other assets

     1.9            0.2                                  2.1   
     42.1            22.7            0.3            8.7            73.8   

At 31 December 2011

                          

Cash

     0.8            0.3                       0.3            1.4   

Trading assets

     0.1            0.5            0.2            0.4            1.2   

Financial assets designated at fair value

     0.1                                  6.5            6.6   

Derivatives

                0.1                                  0.1   

Loans and advances to banks

                1.2                                  1.2   

Loans and advances to customers

     10.5            8.0                                  18.5   

Financial investments

     25.8                                             25.8   

Other assets

     1.6                                             1.6   
     38.9            10.1            0.2            7.2            56.4   

HSBC’s maximum exposure to SPEs

The following table shows the total assets of the various types of SPEs and the amount of funding provided by HSBC to these SPEs. The table also shows HSBC’s maximum exposure to the SPEs and, within that exposure, the liquidity and credit enhancements provided by HSBC. The maximum exposures to SPEs represent HSBC’s maximum possible risk exposure that could occur as a result of the Group’s arrangements and commitments to SPEs. The maximum amounts are contingent in nature, and may arise as a result of drawdowns under liquidity facilities, where these have been provided, and any other funding commitments, or as a result of any loss protection provided by HSBC to the SPEs. The conditions under which such exposure might arise differ depending on the nature of each SPE and HSBC’s involvement with it.

 

254


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Total assets of consolidated and unconsolidated SPEs and HSBC’s funding and maximum exposure

 

     Consolidated SPEs           Unconsolidated SPEs  
    

Total

assets

         

Funding

provided

by HSBC

         

Liquidity

and credit

enchancements

         

HSBC’s

maximum

exposure

         

Total

assets

         

Funding

provided

by HSBC

         

HSBC’s

maximum

exposure

 
     US$bn           US$bn           US$bn           US$bn           US$bn           US$bn           US$bn  

At 30 June 2012

                                      

Conduits

     38.1            26.7            34.6            45.5                                    

Securities investment conduits

     26.6            26.4            20.0            30.9                                    

Multi-seller conduits

     11.5            0.3            14.6            14.6                                    

Securitisations

     8.1            0.5            0.1            3.3            7.7                         

Money market funds

     2.7            1.5                       1.5            65.8            0.8            0.8   

Constant net asset value funds

                                                 53.0            0.7            0.7   

Other

     2.7            1.5                       1.5            12.8            0.1            0.1   

Non-money market investment funds

     7.2            6.9                       6.9            278.6            1.8            1.8   

Other

                                                 20.0            3.9            5.0   
     56.1            35.6            34.7            57.2            372.1            6.5            7.6   

At 30 June 2011

                                      

Conduits

     42.1            28.4            38.1            49.9                                    

Securities investment conduits

     31.6            28.0            23.2            35.0                                    

Multi-seller conduits

     10.5            0.4            14.9            14.9                                    

Securitisations

     22.7            1.9            0.1            4.3            9.0                       0.4   

Money market funds

     0.3            0.3                       0.3            93.7            0.9            0.9   

Constant net asset value funds

                                                 69.2            0.7            0.7   

Other

     0.3            0.3                       0.3            24.5            0.2            0.2   

Non-money market investment funds

     8.7            8.4                       8.4            288.7            1.6            1.6   

Other

                                                 19.2            9.4            4.3   
     73.8            39.0            38.2            62.9            410.6            11.9            7.2   

At 31 December 2011

                                      

Conduits

     38.9            27.7            37.1            48.5                                    

Securities investment conduits

     27.9            27.4            22.1            33.5                                    

Multi-seller conduits

     11.0            0.3            15.0            15.0                                    

Securitisations

     10.1            1.6            0.1            3.8            8.1                         

Money market funds

     0.2            0.2                       0.2            73.9            0.9            0.9   

Constant net asset value funds

                                                 54.4            0.7            0.7   

Other

     0.2            0.2                       0.2            19.5            0.2            0.2   

Non-money market investment funds

     7.2            6.9                       6.9            260.8            1.7            1.7   

Other

                                                 19.4            3.7            4.6   
     56.4            36.4            37.2            59.4            362.2            6.3            7.2   

Conduits

HSBC sponsors and manages two types of conduits: securities investment conduits (‘SIC’s) and multi-seller conduits.

Securities investment conduits

Solitaire, HSBC’s principal SIC, holds ABSs on behalf of HSBC. At 30 June 2012, Solitaire held US$10.1bn of ABSs (30 June 2011: US$11.8bn; 31 December 2011: US$10.6bn). These are included within the disclosures of ABS ‘held through consolidated SPEs’ on page 156. HSBC’s other SICs, Mazarin Funding Limited (‘Mazarin’), Barion Funding Limited (‘Barion’) and Malachite Funding Limited (‘Malachite’), evolved from the restructuring of HSBC’s sponsored structured investment vehicles (‘SIV’s) in 2008.

Solitaire

Commercial Paper (‘CP’) issued by Solitaire benefits from a 100% liquidity facility provided by HSBC. At 30 June 2012, US$9.7bn of Solitaire’s assets were funded by the draw-down of the liquidity facility (30 June 2011: US$8.9bn; 31 December 2011: US$9.3bn). HSBC is exposed to credit losses on the drawn amounts.

 

255


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

HSBC’s maximum exposure represents the risk that HSBC may be required to fund the vehicle in the event the CP is redeemed without reinvestment from third parties. At 30 June 2012 this amounted to US$14.2bn (30 June 2011: US$15.9bn; 31 December 2011: US$15.6bn).

Mazarin

HSBC is exposed to the par value of Mazarin’s assets through the provision of a liquidity facility equal to the lower of the amortised cost of issued senior debt and the amortised cost of non-defaulted assets. At 30 June 2012, this amounted to US$8.9bn (30 June 2011: US$10.2bn; 31 December 2011: US$9.5bn). First loss protection is provided through the capital notes issued by Mazarin, which are substantially held by third parties.

At 30 June 2012, HSBC held 1.3% of Mazarin’s capital notes (30 June 2011: 1.3%; 31 December 2011: 1.3%) which have a par value of US$17m (30 June 2011: US$17m; 31 December 2011: US$17m) and a carrying amount of nil (30 June 2011: US$0.6m; 31 December 2011: nil).

Barion and Malachite

HSBC’s primary exposure to these SICs is represented by the amortised cost of the debt required to support the non-cash assets of the vehicles. At 30 June 2012, this amounted to US$7.8bn (30 June 2011: US$8.9bn; 31 December 2011: US$8.4bn). First loss protection is provided through the capital notes issued by these vehicles, which are substantially all held by third parties.

At 30 June 2012, HSBC held 3.7% of the capital notes issued by these vehicles (30 June 2011: 3.8%; 31 December 2011: 3.7%) which have a par value of US$35m (30 June 2011: US$36m; 31 December 2011: US$35m) and a carrying amount of US$1.1m (30 June 2011: US$2m; 31 December 2011: US$1.1m).

Multi-seller conduits

These vehicles were established for the purpose of providing access to flexible market-based sources of finance for HSBC’s clients.

HSBC’s maximum exposure is equal to the transaction-specific liquidity facilities offered to the multi-seller conduits. First loss protection is provided by the originator of the assets, and not by HSBC, through transaction-specific credit enhancements. A layer of secondary loss protection is provided by HSBC in the form of programme-wide enhancement facilities.

The following table sets out the weighted average life of the asset portfolios for the above mentioned conduits:

Weighted average life of portfolios

 

Weighted average life (years)    Solitaire      Other SICs      Total SICs     

Total multi-

seller conduits

 

At 30 June 2012

     5.8         4.5         5.1         1.7   

At 30 June 2011

     5.9         4.2         4.9         2.1   

At 31 December 2011

     5.9         4.1         4.9         2.0   

Securitisations

HSBC uses SPEs to securitise customer loans and advances that it has originated in order to diversify its sources of funding for asset origination and for capital efficiency purposes. The loans and advances are transferred by HSBC to the SPEs for cash, and the SPEs issue debt securities to investors to fund the cash purchases.

HSBC’s maximum exposure is the aggregate of any holdings of notes issued by these vehicles and the reserve account positions intended to provide credit support under certain pre-defined circumstances to senior note holders.

In addition, HSBC uses SPEs to mitigate the capital absorbed by some of the customer loans and advances it has originated. Credit derivatives are used to transfer the credit risk associated with these customer loans and advances to an SPE, using securitisations commonly known as synthetic securitisations by which the SPE writes credit default swap protection to HSBC. The SPE is funded by the issuance of notes with the cash held as collateral against the credit default protection. From a UK regulatory perspective, the credit protection issued by the SPE in respect of the customer loans allows the risk weight of the loans to be replaced by the risk weight of the collateral in the SPE and as a result mitigates the capital absorbed by the customer loans. Any notes issued by the SPE and held by HSBC attract the appropriate risk weight under the relevant regulatory regime. These SPEs are consolidated when HSBC is exposed to the majority of the risks and rewards of ownership.

 

256


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Money market funds

HSBC has established and manages a number of money market funds which provide customers with tailored investment opportunities within narrow and well-defined objectives.

HSBC’s maximum exposure to money market funds is represented by HSBC’s investment in the units of each fund, which at 30 June 2012 amounted to US$2.3bn (30 June 2011: US$1.2bn; 31 December 2011: US$1.1bn).

Non-money market investment funds

HSBC has established a large number of non-money market investment funds to enable customers to invest in a range of assets, typically equities and debt securities.

HSBC’s maximum exposure to non-money market investment funds is represented by its investment in the units of each fund which at 30 June 2012 amounted to US$8.7bn (30 June 2011: US$10.0bn; 31 December 2011: US$8.6bn).

Other

HSBC also establishes SPEs in the normal course of business for a number of purposes, for example, structured credit transactions for customers, to provide finance to public and private sector infrastructure projects, and for asset and structured finance transactions.

In certain transactions, HSBC is exposed to risk often referred to as gap risk. Gap risk typically arises in transactions where the aggregate potential claims against the SPE by HSBC pursuant to one or more derivatives could be greater than the value of the collateral held by the SPE and securing such derivatives. HSBC often mitigates such gap risk by incorporating in the SPE transaction features which allow for deleveraging, a managed liquidation of the portfolio, or other mechanisms including trade restructuring or unwinding the trade. Following the inclusion of such risk reduction mechanisms, HSBC has, in certain circumstances, retained all or a portion of the underlying exposure in the transaction. In these circumstances, HSBC assesses whether the exposure retained causes a requirement under IFRSs to consolidate the SPE. When this retained exposure represents ABSs, it has been included in ‘Securitisation exposures and other structured products’ on page 153.

Third-party sponsored SPEs

Through standby liquidity facility commitments, HSBC has exposure to third-party sponsored SIVs, conduits and securitisations under normal banking arrangements on standard market terms. These exposures are not considered significant to HSBC’s operations.

Additional off-balance sheet arrangements and commitments

Additional off-balance sheet commitments such as financial guarantees, letters of credit and commitments to lend are disclosed in Note 21.

Leveraged finance transactions

Loan commitments in respect of leveraged finance transactions are accounted for as derivatives where it is HSBC’s intention to sell the loan after origination. Further information is provided on page 161.

 

257


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

23 Segmental analysis

 

The basis of identifying segments and measuring segmental results is set out on page 336 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2011. There have been no material changes to the segments identified since 31 December 2011.

 

     Europe
US$m
     Hong
Kong
US$m
    

Rest of
Asia-

Pacific
US$m

     MENA
US$m
    

North

America
US$m

    

Latin

America
US$m

     Intra-
HSBC
items
US$m
     Total
US$m
 

Net operating income

                       

Half-year to:

                       

30 June 2012

     8,630         6,101         5,649         1,102         7,817         4,429         (1,630      32,098   

30 June 2011

     10,167         5,389         5,248         1,137         5,191         4,863         (1,567      30,428   

31 December 2011

     11,567         5,137         5,198         1,177         3,793         4,707         (1,854      29,725   

Profit/(loss) before tax

                       

Half-year to:

                       

30 June 2012

     (667      3,761         4,372         772         3,354         1,145                 12,737   

30 June 2011

     2,147         3,081         3,742         747         606         1,151                 11,474   

31 December 2011

     2,524         2,742         3,729         745         (506      1,164                 10,398   

Total assets

                       

At 30 June 2012

     1,375,553         486,608         334,978         62,881         500,590         138,968         (247,244      2,652,334   

At 30 June 2011

     1,379,308         474,044         298,590         58,038         529,386         163,611         (211,990      2,690,987   

At 31 December 2011

     1,281,945         473,024         317,816         57,464         504,302         144,889         (223,861      2,555,579   

 

24 Goodwill impairment

 

It is HSBC’s policy to test goodwill allocated to each cash-generating unit (‘CGU’) for impairment as at 1 July each year, and whenever there is an indication that goodwill may be impaired.

At 30 June 2012 we reviewed the inputs used in our most recent impairment test in the light of current economic and market conditions.

The allocation of goodwill to CGUs is described on page 372 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2011.

 

25 Legal proceedings and regulatory matters

 

HSBC is party to legal proceedings, investigations and regulatory matters in a number of jurisdictions including the UK, EU and the US arising out of its normal business operations. Apart from the matters described below, HSBC considers that none of these matters is material, either individually or in the aggregate. HSBC recognises a provision for a liability in relation to these matters when it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle an obligation which has arisen as a result of past events, and for which a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. While the outcome of these matters is inherently uncertain, management believes that, based on the information available to it, appropriate provisions have been made in respect of legal proceedings, investigations and regulatory matters as at 30 June 2012 (see Note 17, Provisions).

Securities litigation

As a result of an August 2002 restatement of previously reported consolidated financial statements and other corporate events, including the 2002 settlement with 46 State Attorneys General relating to real estate lending practices, Household International (now HSBC Finance) and certain former officers were named as defendants in a class action law suit, Jaffe v Household International Inc, et al No 2. C 5893 (N.D.Ill, filed 19 August 2002). The complaint asserted claims under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934, on behalf of all persons who acquired and disposed of Household International common stock between 30 July 1999 and 11 October 2002. The claims alleged that the defendants knowingly or recklessly made false and misleading statements of material fact relating to Household’s Consumer Lending operations, including collections, sales and lending practices, some of which ultimately led to the 2002 State settlement agreement, and facts relating to accounting practices evidenced by the restatement. Following a jury trial concluded in April 2009, which was decided partly in favour of the plaintiffs, the District Court issued a ruling on 22 November 2010 within the second phase of the case to determine actual damages,

 

258


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

that claim forms should be mailed to class members, and also set out a method for calculating damages for class members who filed claims. As previously reported, lead plaintiffs, in court filings in March 2010, estimated that damages could range ‘somewhere between US$2.4bn to US$3.2bn to class members’, before pre-judgement interest.

In December 2011, plaintiffs submitted the report of the court-appointed claims administrator to the District Court. That report stated that the total number of claims that generated an allowed loss was 45,921, and that the aggregate amount of these claims was approximately US$2.23bn. Defendants have submitted their objections to certain claims and the plaintiffs have filed their response. At a conference held before the District Court in April 2012, the District Court referred the issues relating to claims to a magistrate judge for resolution. Subsequently, plaintiffs filed a motion with the District Court seeking withdrawal of the referral to the magistrate judge, which is pending. Plaintiffs are expected to ask the District Court to assess pre-judgement interest to be included as part of the District Court’s final judgement. We expect the District Court’s final judgement to be entered at some point after the claims issues are resolved.

Despite the jury verdict and the 22 November 2010 ruling, HSBC continues to believe that it has meritorious grounds for appeal of one or more of the rulings in the case, and intends to appeal the District Court’s final judgement, which could involve a substantial amount once it is entered. Upon appeal, HSBC Finance will be required to provide security for the judgement in order to suspend its execution while the appeal is ongoing by either depositing cash in an interest-bearing escrow account or posting an appeal bond in the amount of the judgement (including any pre-judgement interest awarded).

Given the complexity and uncertainties associated with the actual determination of damages, including the outcome of any appeals, there is a wide range of possible damages. HSBC believes it has meritorious grounds for appeal on matters of both liability and damages and will argue on appeal that damages should be nil or a relatively insignificant amount. If the Appeals Court rejects or only partially accepts HSBC’s arguments, the amount of damages, including pre-judgement interest, could be higher, and may lie in a range from a relatively insignificant amount to somewhere in the region of US$3.5bn.

Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC

In December 2008, Bernard L. Madoff (‘Madoff’) was arrested for running a Ponzi scheme and a trustee was appointed for the liquidation of his firm, Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC (‘Madoff Securities’), an SEC-registered broker-dealer and investment adviser. Since his appointment, the trustee has been recovering assets and processing claims of Madoff Securities customers. Madoff subsequently pleaded guilty to various charges and is serving a 150-year prison sentence. He has acknowledged, in essence, that while purporting to invest his customers’ money in securities and, upon request, return their profits and principal, he in fact never invested in securities and used other customers’ money to fulfil requests for the return of profits and principal. The relevant US authorities are continuing their investigations into his fraud, and have brought charges against others, including certain former employees and the former auditor of Madoff Securities.

Various non-US HSBC companies provided custodial, administration and similar services to a number of funds incorporated outside the US whose assets were invested with Madoff Securities. Based on information provided by Madoff Securities, as at 30 November 2008, the purported aggregate value of these funds was US$8.4bn, an amount that includes fictitious profits reported by Madoff. Based on information available to HSBC to date, we estimate that the funds’ actual transfers to Madoff Securities, minus their actual withdrawals from Madoff Securities during the time that HSBC serviced the funds, totalled approximately US$4bn.

Plaintiffs (including funds, fund investors, and the Madoff Securities trustee) have commenced Madoff-related proceedings against numerous defendants in a multitude of jurisdictions. Various HSBC companies have been named as defendants in suits in the US, Ireland, Luxembourg, and other jurisdictions. Certain suits (which include US putative class actions) allege that the HSBC defendants knew or should have known of Madoff’s fraud and breached various duties to the funds and fund investors.

In November 2011, the US District Court Judge overseeing three related putative class actions in the Southern District of New York dismissed all claims against the HSBC defendants on forum non conveniens grounds, but temporarily stayed this ruling as to one of the actions against the HSBC defendants – the claims of investors in Thema International Fund plc – in light of a proposed amended settlement agreement, pursuant to which, subject to various conditions, the HSBC defendants had agreed to pay from US$52.5m up to a maximum of US$62.5m. In December 2011, the court lifted this temporary stay and dismissed all remaining claims against the HSBC defendants, and declined to consider preliminary approval of the settlement. In light of the court’s decisions, HSBC

 

259


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

terminated the settlement agreement. The Thema plaintiff contests HSBC’s right to terminate. Plaintiffs in all three actions filed notices of appeal to the US Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. Plaintiffs’ opening briefs were filed in April 2012 and HSBC filed responses in July 2012.

One of the individual claims that have been commenced by investors in Thema International Fund plc against HSBC in the Irish High Court has been listed for trial in November 2012.

In December 2010, the Madoff Securities trustee commenced suits against various HSBC companies in the US Bankruptcy Court and in the English High Court. The US action (which also names certain funds, investment managers, and other entities and individuals) sought US$9bn in damages and additional recoveries from HSBC and the various co-defendants. It sought damages against HSBC for allegedly aiding and abetting Madoff’s fraud and breach of fiduciary duty. In July 2011, after withdrawing the case from the Bankruptcy Court in order to decide certain threshold issues, the US District Court Judge dismissed the trustee’s various common law claims on the grounds that the trustee lacks standing to assert them. In December 2011, the trustee filed a notice of appeal to the US Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. Briefing in that appeal was completed in April 2012; oral argument is expected later this year.

The District Court returned the remaining claims to the US Bankruptcy Court for further proceedings. Those claims seek, pursuant to US bankruptcy law, recovery of unspecified amounts received by HSBC from funds invested with Madoff, including amounts that HSBC received when it redeemed units HSBC held in the various funds. HSBC acquired those fund units in connection with financing transactions HSBC had entered into with various clients. The trustee’s US bankruptcy law claims also seek recovery of fees earned by HSBC for providing custodial, administration and similar services to the funds. Between September 2011 and April 2012, the HSBC defendants and certain other defendants moved again to withdraw the case from the Bankruptcy Court. The District Court granted those withdrawal motions as to certain issues and is considering the motions as to other issues. Briefing on the merits of the withdrawn issues is ongoing.

The trustee’s English action seeks recovery of unspecified transfers of money from Madoff Securities to or through HSBC, on the ground that the HSBC defendants actually or constructively knew of Madoff’s fraud. HSBC has not been served with the trustee’s English action.

Between October 2009 and April 2012, Fairfield Sentry Limited, Fairfield Sigma Limited, and Fairfield Lambda Limited (‘Fairfield’), funds whose assets were directly or indirectly invested with Madoff Securities, commenced multiple suits in the British Virgin Islands (‘BVI’) and the US against numerous fund shareholders, including various HSBC companies that acted as nominees for clients of HSBC’s private banking business and other clients who invested in the Fairfield funds. The Fairfield actions seek restitution of amounts paid to the defendants in connection with share redemptions, on the ground that such payments were made by mistake, based on inflated values resulting from Madoff’s fraud, and some actions also seek recovery of the share redemptions under BVI insolvency law. The actions in the BVI have been dismissed, and those dismissals affirmed on appeal. The actions in the United States are currently stayed in the Bankruptcy Court pending developments in related appellate litigation in the BVI.

There are many factors which may affect the range of possible outcomes, and the resulting financial impact, of the various Madoff-related proceedings, including but not limited to the circumstances of the fraud, the multiple jurisdictions in which the proceedings have been brought and the number of different plaintiffs and defendants in such proceedings. For these reasons, among others, it is not practicable at this time for HSBC to estimate reliably the aggregate liabilities, or ranges of liabilities, that might arise as a result of all such claims but they could be significant. In any event, HSBC considers that it has good defences to these claims and will continue to defend them vigorously.

US mortgage-related investigations

In April 2011, HSBC Bank USA entered into a consent cease and desist order with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and HSBC Finance and HSBC North America Holdings Inc. (‘HNAH’) entered into a similar consent order with the Federal Reserve Board following completion of a broad horizontal review of industry residential mortgage foreclosure practices. These consent orders require prescribed actions to address the deficiencies noted in the joint examination and described in the consent orders. HSBC Bank USA, HSBC Finance and HNAH continue to work with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Federal Reserve Board to align their processes with the requirements of the consent orders and are implementing operational changes as required.

 

260


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

These consent orders require an independent review of foreclosures pending or completed between January 2009 and December 2010 (the ‘Foreclosure Review Period’) to determine if any customer was financially injured as a result of an error in the foreclosure process. Customer outreach efforts are required, to notify borrowers with foreclosures pending or completed during the Foreclosure Review Period of the foreclosure complaint review process and their ability to request a review of their foreclosure proceeding. The costs associated with the foreclosure review include the costs of conducting the customer outreach plan and complaint process, and the cost of any resulting remediation.

These consent orders do not preclude additional enforcement actions against HSBC Bank USA, HSBC Finance or HNAH by bank regulatory, governmental or law enforcement agencies, such as the US Department of Justice (‘DoJ’) or State Attorneys General, which could include the imposition of civil money penalties and other sanctions relating to the activities that are the subject of the consent orders. The Federal Reserve Board has indicated in a press release relating to the financial services industry in general that it believes monetary penalties are appropriate for the enforcement actions and that it plans to announce such penalties. An increase in private litigation concerning these practices is also possible.

It has been announced that the five largest US mortgage servicers (not including HSBC Group companies) have reached a settlement with the DoJ, the US Department of Housing and Urban Development and State Attorneys General of 49 states with respect to foreclosure and other mortgage servicing practices. HNAH, HSBC Bank USA and HSBC Finance have had preliminary discussions with bank regulators and other governmental agencies regarding a potential resolution, although the timing of any settlement is not presently known. Based on discussions to date, HSBC recognised provisions of US$257m in the fourth quarter of 2011 to reflect the estimated liability associated with a proposed settlement of this matter. Any such settlement, however, may not completely preclude other enforcement actions by state or federal agencies, regulators or law enforcement bodies related to foreclosure and other mortgage servicing practices, including, but not limited to matters relating to the securitisation of mortgages for investors, including the imposition of civil money penalties, criminal fines or other sanctions. In addition, such a settlement would not preclude private litigation concerning these practices. In June 2012, the Federal Reserve Board and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency released a financial remediation framework for use by the independent consultants to recommend remediation for financial injury identified during the Foreclosure Review. Pursuant to this framework, remediation available to a borrower who is found to have been financially injured as a result of servicer errors could include suspension of a pending foreclosure, loan modification, or a lump sum payment. Any borrower who receives remediation will not be precluded from pursuing litigation concerning foreclosure or other mortgage servicing practices.

Participants in the US mortgage securitisation market that purchased and repackaged whole loans have been the subject of lawsuits and governmental and regulatory investigations and inquiries, which have been directed at groups within the US mortgage market, such as servicers, originators, underwriters, trustees or sponsors of securitisations, and at particular participants within these groups. As the industry’s residential mortgage foreclosure issues continue, HSBC Bank USA has taken title to an increasing number of foreclosed homes as trustee on behalf of various securitisation trusts. As nominal record owner of these properties, HSBC Bank USA has been sued by municipalities and tenants alleging various violations of law, including laws regarding property upkeep and tenants’ rights. While HSBC believes and continues to maintain that the obligations at issue and the related liability are properly those of the servicer of each trust, HSBC continues to receive significant and adverse publicity in connection with these and similar matters, including foreclosures that are serviced by others in the name of ‘HSBC, as trustee’.

HSBC Bank USA and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. have been named as defendants in a number of actions in connection with residential mortgage-backed securities (‘RMBS’) offerings, which generally allege that the offering documents for securities issued by securitisation trusts contained material misstatements and omissions, including statements regarding the underwriting standards governing the underlying mortgage loans. These include an action filed in September 2011 by the Federal Housing Finance Agency (‘FHFA’). This action is one of a series of similar actions filed against 17 financial institutions alleging violations of federal securities laws and state statutory and common law in connection with the sale of private-label RMBS purchased by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, primarily from 2005 to 2008. This action, along with all of the similar FHFA RMBS actions, was transferred to a single judge, who directed the defendant in the first-filed matter to file a motion to dismiss. In May 2012, the District Court filed its decision denying the motion to dismiss FHFA’s securities law claims and granting the motion to dismiss FHFA’s negligent misrepresentation claims. The District Court’s ruling will form the basis for rulings on the other matters, including the action filed against HSBC Bank USA and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. In the first half of 2012, HSBC Finance Corporation received notice of several claims from claimants related to its activities as sponsor and the activities of its subsidiaries as originators in connection with RMBSs purchased between 2005 and 2007. The claims are currently being evaluated and discussions continue to be held with the claimants, but it has not been concluded that these claims are procedurally or substantively valid.

 

261


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

In December 2010 and February 2011, HSBC Bank USA has received subpoenas from the SEC seeking production of documents and information relating to its involvement and the involvement of its affiliates in specified private-label RMBS transactions as an issuer, sponsor, underwriter, depositor, trustee, custodian or servicer. HSBC Bank USA has also had preliminary contacts with other government authorities exploring the role of trustees in private label RMBS transactions. In February 2011, HSBC Bank USA also received a subpoena from the US Attorney’s Office, Southern District of New York seeking production of documents and information relating to loss mitigation efforts with respect to residential mortgages in the State of New York and a Civil Investigative Demand from the Massachusetts State Attorney General seeking documents, information and testimony related to the sale of RMBS to public and private customers in the State of Massachusetts from January 2005 to the present.

HSBC expects this level of focus will continue and, potentially, intensify, so long as the US real estate markets continue to be distressed. As a result, HSBC Group companies may be subject to additional claims, litigation and governmental and regulatory scrutiny related to its participation in the US mortgage securitisation market, either individually or as a member of a group. HSBC is unable to estimate reliably the financial effect of any action or litigation relating to these matters. As situations develop it is possible that any related claims could be significant.

Anti-money laundering, Bank Secrecy Act and Office of Foreign Assets Control investigations

In October 2010, HSBC Bank USA entered into a consent cease and desist order with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the indirect parent of that company, HNAH, entered into a consent cease and desist order with the Federal Reserve Board (the ‘Orders’). These Orders required improvements to establish an effective compliance risk management programme across the Group’s US businesses, including various issues relating to US Bank Secrecy Act (‘BSA’) and anti-money laundering (‘AML’) compliance. Steps continue to be taken to address the requirements of the Orders to ensure compliance, and that effective policies and procedures are maintained.

The Orders do not preclude additional enforcement actions against HSBC Bank USA or HNAH by US bank regulatory or law enforcement agencies, including the imposition of civil money penalties, criminal fines and other sanctions relating to activities that are the subject of the Orders. HSBC continues to cooperate in ongoing investigations by the DoJ, the Federal Reserve, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the US Department of Treasury’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network in connection with AML/BSA compliance including cross-border transactions involving our cash handling business in Mexico and banknotes business in the US.

HSBC continues to cooperate in ongoing investigations by the DoJ, the New York County District Attorney’s Office, the Office of Foreign Assets Control (‘OFAC’), the Federal Reserve and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency regarding historical transactions involving Iranian parties and other parties subject to OFAC economic sanctions.

In July 2012, the US Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations held a hearing and released a report that was critical of, among other things, HSBC’s AML/BSA compliance and compliance with OFAC sanctions.

In each of these US regulatory and law enforcement matters, HSBC Group companies have received Grand Jury subpoenas or other requests for information from US Government or other agencies, and HSBC is cooperating fully and engaging in efforts to resolve matters, including through preliminary discussions with relevant authorities. The resolution of at least some of these matters is likely to involve the filing of corporate criminal as well as civil charges and the imposition of significant fines and penalties. The prosecution of corporate criminal charges in these types of cases has most often been deferred through an agreement with the relevant authorities; however, the US authorities have substantial discretion, and prior settlements can provide no assurance as to how the US authorities will proceed in these matters. It is not possible at this time for HSBC to know the terms on which a resolution of the ongoing investigations could be achieved or the form or timing of any such resolution. Based on the facts currently known, HSBC has recognised a provision of US$700m, which reflects HSBC’s best estimate of the aggregate amount of fines and penalties that are likely to be imposed in connection with these matters. There is a high degree of uncertainty in making this estimate, and it is possible that the amounts when finally determined could be higher, possibly significantly higher.

In July 2012, HSBC Mexico paid a fine imposed by the Mexican National Banking and Securities Commission amounting to 379m Mexican pesos (approximately US$28m), in connection with non-compliance with anti-money laundering systems and controls.

 

262


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Other US regulatory and law enforcement investigations

In April 2011, HSBC Bank USA received a summons from the US Internal Revenue Service directing HSBC Bank USA to produce records with respect to US-based clients of an HSBC Group company in India. While the summons was withdrawn voluntarily, HSBC Bank USA has cooperated fully by providing responsive documents in its possession in the US to the US Internal Revenue Service, and engaging in efforts to resolve these matters.

HSBC continues to cooperate in ongoing investigations by the DoJ and the US Internal Revenue Service regarding whether certain Group companies acted appropriately in relation to certain customers who had US tax reporting requirements.

In April 2011, HSBC Bank USA received a subpoena from the SEC directing HSBC Bank USA to produce records in the US related to, among other things, HSBC Private Bank Suisse SA’s cross-border policies and procedures and adherence to US broker-dealer and investment adviser rules and regulations when dealing with US resident clients. HSBC Bank USA continues to cooperate with the SEC.

Based on the facts currently known in respect of each of these investigations, it is not practicable at this time for HSBC to determine the terms on which the ongoing investigations will be resolved or the timing of such resolution or for HSBC to estimate reliably the amounts, or range of possible amounts, of any fines and/or penalties. As matters progress, it is possible that any fines and/or penalties could be significant.

Investigations into the setting of London interbank offered rates, European interbank offered rates and other interest rates

Various regulators and competition and enforcement authorities around the world including in the UK, the US, Canada, the EU, Switzerland and Asia, are conducting investigations related to certain past submissions made by panel banks in connection with the setting of London interbank offered rates (‘LIBOR’), European interbank offered rates (‘EURIBOR’) and other interest rates. As certain HSBC entities are members of such panels, HSBC and/or its subsidiaries have been the subject of regulatory demands for information and are cooperating with those investigations. In addition, HSBC and other panel banks have been named as defendants in private lawsuits filed in the US with respect to the setting of LIBOR and EURIBOR, including putative class action lawsuits which have been consolidated before the US District Court for the Southern District of New York. The complaints in those actions assert claims against HSBC and other panel banks under various US laws including US antitrust laws, the US Commodities Exchange Act, and state law. Based on the facts currently known, it is not practicable at this time for HSBC to predict the resolution of these regulatory investigations or private lawsuits, including the timing and potential impact on HSBC.

 

26 Events after the balance sheet date

 

A second interim dividend for the financial year ending 31 December 2012 was declared by the Directors after 30 June 2012, as described in Note 3.

In July 2012, HSBC sold 53 of the remaining 57 US branches classified as held for sale at 30 June 2012, recognising a gain of approximately US$200m (see Note 14).

 

27 Interim Report 2012 and statutory accounts

 

The information in this Interim Report 2012 is unaudited and does not constitute statutory accounts within the meaning of section 434 of the Companies Act 2006. The Interim Report 2012 was approved by the Board of Directors on 30 July 2012. The statutory accounts for the year ended 31 December 2011 have been delivered to the Registrar of Companies in England and Wales in accordance with section 447 of the Companies Act 2006. The auditor has reported on those accounts. Its report was unqualified; did not include a reference to any matters to which the auditors drew attention by way of emphasis without qualifying their report; and did not contain a statement under section 498(2) or (3) of the Companies Act 2006.

 

263


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

 

 

This page is intentionally left blank

 

 

 

 

 

264


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

 

 

This page is intentionally left blank

 

 

 

 

 

265


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information

  

 

Shareholder information

 

1

 

Directors’ interests

  266

2

 

Employee share plans

  269

3

 

Notifiable interests in share capital

  272

4

 

Dealings in HSBC Holdings shares

  272

5

 

First interim dividend for 2012

  272

6

 

Second interim dividend for 2012

  273

7

 

Proposed interim dividends for 2012

  273

8

 

Interim Management Statement

  274

9

 

Final results

  274

10

 

Corporate governance

  274

11

 

Going concern basis

  274

12

 

Telephone and online share dealing service

  275

13

 

Stock symbols

  275

14

  Copies of Interim Report 2012 and shareholder
enquiries and communications
  275
 

 

1 Directors’ interests

 

According to the register of Directors’ interests maintained by HSBC Holdings pursuant to section 352 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, the Directors of HSBC Holdings at 30 June 2012 had the following interests, all beneficial unless otherwise stated, in the shares and loan capital of HSBC and its associated corporations:

Directors’ interests – shares and loan capital

 

            At 30 June 2012  
    

At

1 January

2012

    

Beneficial

owner

    

Child

under 18

or spouse

    

Jointly

with

another

person

     Trustee     

Total

interests1

 

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

                 

J D Coombe

     21,139         21,724                                 21,724   

R A Fairhead

     21,300                         21,300                 21,300   

D J Flint

     272,861         312,948                         36,061 2        349,009   

A A Flockhart

     407,829         613,940                         353,527        967,467   

S T Gulliver

     2,731,100         2,553,592         176,885                         2,730,477   

J W J Hughes-Hallett

     46,952                                 56,870 2        56,870   

W S H Laidlaw

     31,872         31,298                         1,416 2        32,714   

I J Mackay

     133,648         238,813                                 238,813   

Sir Simon Robertson

     176,709         9,206                         167,750 2        176,956   

J L Thornton

     10,250                 10,250 3                        10,250   
     US$      US$      US$      US$      US$      US$  

Loan Capital – 6.5% Subordinated Notes 2036

                 

L M L Cha

     300,000         300,000                                 300,000   

 

  1 Details of executive Directors’ other interests in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares arising from the HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans, the HSBC Share Plan and HSBC Share Plan 2011 are set out on the following pages. At 30 June 2012, the aggregate interests under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50, including interests arising through employee share plans, were: D J Flint — 558,686; A A Flockhart — 1,534,795; S T Gulliver — 5,106,458; and I J Mackay — 643,838. Each Director’s total interests represent less than 0.03% of the shares in issue.
  2 Non-beneficial.
  3 Interest of spouse in 2,050 listed American Depositary Shares (‘ADS’), which are categorised as equity derivatives under Part XV of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong. Each ADS represents five HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50.

As a director of HSBC France, S T Gulliver has an interest as beneficial owner in one share of €5 in that company (representing less than 0.01% of the shares in issue), which he held throughout the period. He has waived his right to receive dividends on this share and has undertaken to transfer it to HSBC on ceasing to be a director of HSBC France.

J Faber has an interest as beneficial owner in 3,950 retail bonds and as non-beneficial owner in 1,170 retail bonds of RMB10,000 each issued by HSBC Bank plc. These bonds were acquired on 15 June 2012.

 

266


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

Savings-related share option plans, the HSBC Share Plan and the HSBC Share Plan 2011

HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

 

    

Date of

award

  

Exercise

price (£)

    

Exercisable

       

Held at

1 Jan

2012

     Held at
30 Jun
2012
 
                             
         from1    until         

D J Flint

   25 Apr 2007      6.1760       1 Aug 2012    31 Jan 2013         2,650         2,650   

D J Flint

   24 Apr 2012      4.4621       1 Aug 2015    31 Jan 2016                 2,016   

A A Flockhart

   29 Apr 2009      3.3116       1 Aug 2014    31 Jan 2015         4,529         4,529   
          US$                               

I J Mackay

   30 Apr 2008      11.8824       1 Aug 2011    31 Jan 2012         1,531         2 

The HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans are all-employee share plans under which eligible HSBC employees may be granted options to acquire HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. An employee may make contributions of up to £250 (or equivalent) each month over a period of one, three or five years which may be used on the first, third or fifth anniversary of the commencement of the relevant savings contract, at the employee’s election, to exercise the options. The plans help align the interests of employees with the creation of shareholder value. The options were awarded for nil consideration and are exercisable at a 20% discount to the average market value of the ordinary shares on the five business days immediately preceding the invitation date. There are no performance criteria conditional upon which the outstanding options are exercisable and there have been no variations to the terms and conditions since the awards were made. The market value per ordinary share at 30 June 2012 was £5.61. The highest and lowest market values per ordinary share during the period were £5.82 and £4.92. Market value is the mid-market price derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List on the relevant date. Under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, the options are categorised as unlisted physically settled equity derivatives.

 

1 May be advanced to an earlier date in certain circumstances, e.g. retirement.
2 Options lapsed on 31 January 2012 following the end of the exercise period.

Awards of Restricted Shares

HSBC Share Plan

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

 

    

Date of

award

  

Year in

which

awards

may vest

    

Awards

held at

1 Jan

2012

     Awards made during
period
     Awards vested during
period
    

Awards

held at

30 Jun

20121

 
              Number     

Monetary

value

     Number     

Monetary

value

    
                 £000            £000      

D J Flint

   1 Mar 2010      2011-2013 2       220,201                         111,340 3        617         113,243   
   15 Mar 2011      2012-2014 2       133,280                         44,516 5        256         91,768   

A A Flockhart4

   2 Mar 2009      2012         535,162                         541,651 6        3,028           
   1 Mar 2010      2011-2013 2       212,927                         107,662 3         596         109,503   
   15 Mar 2011      2012-2014 2       86,062                         28,745 5        165         59,256   

S T Gulliver

   1 Mar 2010      2011-2013 2       943,723                         477,174 3        2,644         485,332   
   15 Mar 2011      2012-2014 2       825,072                         275,575 5        1,585         568,093   

I J Mackay

   2 Mar 2009      2012         104,244                         105,508 6        590           
   1 Mar 2010      2011-2013 2       41,263                         20,864 3        116         21,220   
   15 Mar 2011      2012-2014 2       35,954                         12,008 5        69         24,757   

Vesting of Restricted Share awards is normally subject to the Director remaining an employee on the vesting date. The vesting date may be advanced to an earlier date in certain circumstances, e.g. death. Under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, interests in Restricted Share awards are categorised as the interests of a beneficial owner.

 

1 

Includes additional shares arising from scrip dividends.

2 

33% of the award vests on each of the first and second anniversaries of the date of the award, with the balance vesting on the third anniversary of the date of the award. In the case of the awards granted on 15 March 2011 the shares (net of tax) are subject to a six month retention period following each vesting date.

3 

At the date of vesting, 27 February 2012, the market value per share was £5.54. The market value per share on the date of the award, 1 March 2010, was £6.82.

4 

Retired as an employee on 30 April 2012. The vesting of the awards will continue in line with the vesting schedule set at the date of grant and will also continue to accrue scrip dividends.

5 

At the date of vesting, 15 March 2012, the market value per share was £5.75. The market value per share on the date of the award, 15 March 2011, was £6.46.

6 

At the date of vesting, 5 March 2012, the market value per share was £5.59. The market value per share on the date of the award, 2 March 2009, was £3.48.

 

267


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

Awards of Restricted Shares

HSBC Share Plan 2011

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

 

   

Date of

award

     

Year in

which

awards

may vest

     

Awards

held at

        Awards made
during period
        Awards vested
during period
   

Awards

held at

 
           

1 Jan

2012

        Number    

Monetary

value

        Number    

Monetary

value

   

30 Jun

20121

 
                                    £000               £000        

A A Flockhart2

  28 Feb 20123     2012                68,941        385          68,941        385          
  12 Mar 20124     2013-2015                207,546        1,154                        210,732   
  12 Mar 20125     2012                69,182        385          69,182 5       385          

S T Gulliver

  28 Feb 20123     2012                77,167        431          77,167        431          
  12 Mar 20124     2013-2015                232,312        1,292                        235,878   
  12 Mar 20125     2012                77,437        431          77,437 5       431          

I J Mackay

  28 Feb 20123     2012                38,854        217          38,854        217          
  12 Mar 20124     2013-2015                116,968        650                        118,764   
  12 Mar 20125     2012                38,989        217          38,989 5       217          

Vesting of Restricted Share awards is normally subject to the Director remaining an employee on the vesting date. The vesting date may be advanced to an earlier date in certain circumstances, e.g. death. Under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, interests in Restricted Share awards are categorised as the interests of a beneficial owner.

 

1 Includes additional shares arising from scrip dividends.
2 Retired as an employee on 30 April 2012. The vesting of the awards will continue in line with the vesting schedule set at the date of grant and will also continue to accrue scrip dividends.
3 The non-deferred award vested immediately on 28 February 2012. At the date of vesting the market value per share was £5.59.
4 At the date of the award, 12 March 2012, the market value per share was £5.56. 50% of these deferred awards are subject to a six month retention period upon vesting. 33% of the awards vest on each of the first and second anniversaries of the date of the awards, with the balance vesting on the third anniversary of the date of the award.
5 The non-deferred award vested immediately on 12 March 2012 and the shares (net of tax) are subject to a six month retention period. At the date of vesting, the market value per share was £5.56.

Conditional awards under the Group Performance Share Plan (‘GPSP’)

HSBC Share Plan 2011

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

 

    

Date of

award

    

Year in

which

awards

may vest

    

Awards

held at

1 Jan

2012

    

Awards made

during period1

    

Awards

held at

30 Jun

20122

 
              Number      Monetary
value
    
                                 £000         

A A Flockhart3

     23 Jun 2011         2016         178,373                         183,308   

S T Gulliver

     23 Jun 2011         2016         392,119                         402,968   
     12 Mar 2012         2017                 673,370         3,744         683,710   

I J Mackay

     23 Jun 2011         2016         109,626                         112,659   
     12 Mar 2012         2017                 125,695         699         127,625   

The GPSP is the long-term incentive plan under the HSBC Share Plan 2011. Vesting of GPSP awards is normally subject to the Director remaining an employee on the vesting date. Any shares (net of tax) which the Director becomes entitled to on the vesting date are subject to a retention requirement until cessation of employment. Under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, interests in awards are categorised as the interests of a beneficial owner.

 

1 On the date of award, 12 March 2012, the market value per share was £5.56.
2 Includes additional shares arising from scrip dividends.
3 Retired as an employee on 30 April 2012. The vesting of the awards will continue in line with the vesting schedule set at the date of grant and will also continue to accrue scrip dividends.

No Directors held any short position as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong in the shares and loan capital of HSBC Holdings and its associated corporations. Save as stated above, none of the Directors had an interest in any shares or debentures of HSBC Holdings or any associated corporation at the beginning or at the end of the period, and none of the Directors or members of their immediate families were awarded or exercised any right to subscribe for any shares or debentures in any HSBC corporation during the period. Since the end of the period, the interests of each of the following Directors have increased by the number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares shown against their name:

 

268


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

Increase in Directors’ interests since 30 June 2012

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

 

    

Beneficial

owner

     Trustee  

J D Coombe

     238 1         

D J Flint

     2,336 2       396 3 

A A Flockhart

     12,907 4       3,877 1 

S T Gulliver

     26,055 5         

W S H Laidlaw

     343 1         

I J Mackay

     4,445 5         

Sir Simon Robertson

     100 1         

 

  1   Scrip dividend.
  2   Comprises the automatic reinvestment of dividend income by an Individual Savings Account manager (60 shares), the automatic reinvestment of dividend income on shares held in the HSBC Holdings UK Share Incentive Plan (29 shares) and scrip dividends on Restricted Share awards granted under the HSBC Share Plan (2,247 shares).
  3   Non-beneficial.
  4   Comprises scrip dividend on ordinary shares (6,733 shares) and on Restricted Share awards and GPSP awards granted under the HSBC Share Plan and HSBC Share Plan 2011 (6,174 shares).
  5   Comprises scrip dividend on Restricted Share awards and GPSP awards granted under the HSBC Share Plan and HSBC Share Plan 2011.

 

2 Employee share plans

 

To help align the interests of employees with those of shareholders, share options and discretionary awards of shares are granted under HSBC share plans. The following are particulars of outstanding options, including those held by employees working under employment contracts that are regarded as ‘continuous contracts’ for the purposes of the Hong Kong Employment Ordinance. The options were granted for nil consideration. No options have been granted to substantial shareholders, suppliers of goods or services, or in excess of the individual limit for each share plan. No options were cancelled by HSBC during the period. No discretionary share options have been granted under the HSBC Share Plan 2011, which replaced the HSBC Share Plan on 27 May 2011.

A summary for each plan of the total number of the options which were awarded, exercised or lapsed during the period is shown in the tables below. Further details required to be disclosed pursuant to Chapter 17 of the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited are available on our website at www.hsbc.com by selecting ‘Investor Relations’, then ‘Governance’ then ‘Share Plans’, and on the website of The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited at www.hkex.com.hk or can be obtained upon request from the Group Company Secretary, 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ. Particulars of options held by Directors of HSBC Holdings are set out on page 267.

All-employee share option plans

The HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan and the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan: International are all-employee share plans under which eligible employees (those employed within the Group on the first working day of the year of grant) may be granted options to acquire HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. Employees may make contributions of up to £250 (or equivalent) each month over a period of one, three or five years which may be used on the first, third or fifth anniversary of the commencement of the relevant savings contract, at the employee’s election, to exercise the options. Alternatively, the employee may elect to have the savings, plus (where applicable) any interest or bonus, repaid in cash. One-year options are only available under the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan: International and will be exercisable within three months following the first anniversary of the commencement of the savings contract. Three or five-year options are exercisable within six months following the third or fifth anniversary of the commencement of the relevant savings contract. In the case of redundancy, retirement on grounds of injury or ill health, retirement, the transfer of the employing business to another party, or a change of control of the employing company, options may be exercised before completion of the relevant savings contract.

Under the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan and the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan: International the option exercise price is determined by reference to the average market value of the ordinary shares on the five business days immediately preceding the invitation date, then applying a discount of 20% (except for the one-year options awarded under the US sub-plan where a 15% discount is applied). Where applicable, the US dollar, Hong Kong dollar and euro exercise prices are converted from the sterling exercise price at the applicable exchange rate on the working day preceding the relevant invitation date. The exercise period of the

 

269


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

options awarded under all-employee share plans may be advanced to an earlier date in certain circumstances, for example on retirement, and may be extended in certain circumstances, for example on the death of a participant, the executors may exercise the option up to six months beyond the normal exercise period. The closing price per HSBC Holdings ordinary share on 23 April 2012, the day before options were granted in 2012 was £5.46. The all-employee share option plans will terminate on 27 May 2015 unless the Directors resolve to terminate the plans at an earlier date.

HSBC Holdings All-employee Share Option Plans

 

                  HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50  
Dates of award     Exercise price     Exercisable     At     Awarded     Exercised     Lapsed     At  
from     to     from     to     from     to     1 Jan 2012     in period     in period     in period     30 Jun 2012  

 

Savings-Related Share Option Plan1

  

         
 

 

  26 Apr

2006

  

  

   
 
24 Apr
2012
  
  
   

 


3.3116


  

   

 


6.6870


  

   
 
1 Aug
2011
  
  
   
 
31 Jan
2018
  
  
    68,499,109        20,726,298        806,439        5,851,323        82,567,645   

 

Savings-Related Share Option Plan: International2

  

         
 

 

  26 Apr

2006

  

  

   
 
24 Apr
2012
  
  
   

 


3.3116


  

   

 


6.6870


  

   
 
1 Aug
2011
  
  
   
 
31 Jan
2018
  
  
    26,615,253        8,549,570        433,294        3,182,321        31,549,208   
 

 

  26 Apr

2006

  

  

   
 
24 Apr
2012
  
  
   

 

(US$

4.8876


  

   

 

(US$

12.0958


  

   
 
1 Aug
2011
  
  
   
 
31 Jan
2018
  
  
    9,752,066        2,666,374        196,972        1,517,073        10,704,395   
 

 

  26 Apr

2006

  

  

   
 
24 Apr
2012
  
  
   

 

(€

3.6361


  

   

 

(€

9.5912


  

   
 
1 Aug
2011
  
  
   
 
31 Jan
2018
  
  
    3,176,265        827,832        25,570        262,831        3,715,696   
 

 

  26 Apr

2006

  

  

   
 
24 Apr
2012
  
  
   

 

(HK$

37.8797


  

   

 

(HK$

94.5057


  

   
 
1 Aug
2011
  
  
   
 
31 Jan
2018
  
  
    45,422,511        12,098,312        885,563        2,495,459        54,139,801   

 

1 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £5.44.
2 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £5.46.

The aggregate fair value of options granted in the period under the HSBC Savings-Related Share Option Plan was US$34m.

The aggregate fair value of options granted in the period under the HSBC Savings-Related Share Option Plan: International was US$39m.

The fair values of share options are calculated at the date of grant of the option using a Black-Scholes model.

The fair values of share awards are based on the share price at the date of grant. The fair values of share options are inherently subjective and uncertain due to the assumptions made and the limitations of the model used. The significant weighted average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the options granted in 2012 were as follows:

 

    

1-year

savings-related
share option
plan

    

3-year

savings-related
share option
plans

    

5-year

savings-related
share option
plans

 

Risk-free interest rate (%)1

     0.4         0.6         1.2   

Expected life (years)

     1         3         5   

Expected volatility (%)2

     25         25         25   

Share price at grant date (£)

     5.535         5.535         5.535   

 

1 The risk-free interest rate was determined from the UK gilts yield curve. A similar yield curve was used for the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan: International.
2 Expected volatility is estimated by considering both historic average HSBC share price volatility and implied volatility derived from options over HSBC shares of similar maturity to those of the employee options.

The expected US dollar denominated dividend yield was determined to be 5% per annum, in line with consensus analyst forecasts.

 

270


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

Discretionary Share Option Plans

There have been no awards of discretionary share options under employee share plans since 30 September 2005.

 

                                   HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50  

Dates of award

    Exercise price     Exercisable      At     Exercised     Lapsed     At  
    from   to     from     to     from     to      1 Jan 2012     in period     in period     30 Jun 2012  

HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan1

  

        

7 May

  2002

   
 
20 Apr
2005
  
  
   

 

(£)

6.0216

  

  

   

 

(£)

7.9606

  

  

   
 
7 May
2005
  
  
   
 
20 Apr
2015
  
  
     120,797,419               30,668,958        90,128,461   

HSBC Share Plan

  

        

30 Sep

   2005

     

 

(£)

7.9911

  

  

     
 
30 Sep
2008
  
  
   
 
30 Sep
2015
  
  
     86,046                      86,046   

 

1 The HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan expired on 26 May 2005. No options have been granted under the Plan since that date.

Subsidiary company share plans

HSBC France

When it was acquired in 2000, HSBC France and certain of its subsidiary companies operated employee share option plans under which options could be granted over their respective shares. All holders of options to acquire shares of HSBC France are obliged to exchange the HSBC France shares they receive on exercise of these options for HSBC Holdings’ shares.

Details of options to acquire shares in HSBC France are set out in the following table. No further options will be granted under share plans of HSBC France.

HSBC France

 

                              HSBC France shares of €5  
Date of award   Exercise price     Exercisable     At     Exercised     Lapsed     At  
                  from     to     1 Jan 2012     in period     in period     30 Jun 20121  

1 Oct

   2002

       

 

(€)

142.84

 

  

   
 
2 Oct
2005
  
  
   
 
1 Oct
2012
  
  
    22,645                      22,645   

 

1 When exercised options over HSBC France shares will be exchanged for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in the ratio of 13.499897 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares for each HSBC France share. At 30 June 2012, the CCF Employee Benefit Trust 2001 (Private Banking France) held 989,502 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares which may be exchanged for HSBC France shares arising from the exercise of these options.

HSBC Finance

Upon the acquisition of HSBC Finance in 2003, all outstanding options over and rights to receive HSBC Finance common shares were converted into options over and rights to receive HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in the same ratio as the share exchange offer for the acquisition of HSBC Finance (2.675 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares for each HSBC Finance common share). The exercise price payable for each option was adjusted using the same exchange ratio.

Details of options to acquire shares in HSBC Holdings under share plans of HSBC Finance are set out in the following table. No further options will be granted under share plans of HSBC Finance.

HSBC Finance: 1996 Long-Term Executive Incentive Compensation Plan

 

                              HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50  

Date of award

  Exercise price     Exercisable     At     Exercised     Lapsed     At  
                  from     to     1 Jan 2012     in period     in period     30 Jun 20121  

20 Nov

    2002

       

 

(US$)

9.29

  

  

   
 
20 Nov
2003
  
  
   
 
20 Nov
2012
  
  
    2,429,538                      2,429,538   

 

1 At 30 June 2012, the HSBC (Household) Employee Benefit Trust 2003 held 2,335,315 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares and 1,455 American Depositary Shares, each of which represents five HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, which may be used to satisfy the exercise of employee share options.

 

271


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

HSBC Bank Bermuda

Upon the acquisition of HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited (‘HSBC Bank Bermuda’) in 2004, all outstanding options over its shares were converted into options to acquire HSBC Holdings ordinary shares using an exchange ratio calculated by dividing US$40 (being the consideration paid for each HSBC Bank Bermuda share) by the average price of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares over the five day period to the completion of the acquisition. The exercise price payable for each option was adjusted using the same ratio.

Details of options to acquire shares in HSBC Holdings under the share plans of HSBC Bank Bermuda are set out in the following table. No further options will be granted under the share plans of HSBC Bank Bermuda.

HSBC Bank Bermuda

 

                                        HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50  

Dates of award

     Exercise price      Exercisable      At      Exercised      Lapsed      At  
    from    to      from      to      from      to      1 Jan 2012      in period      in period      30 Jun 20121  

  Share Option Plan 2000

  

                 

30 Jan

  2002

    
 
21 Apr
2003
  
  
    

 

(US$

9.32


  

    

 

(US$

14.02


  

    
 
30 Jan
2003
  
  
    
 
21 Apr
2013
  
  
     1,014,026                 850,033         163,993   

  Directors’ Share Option Plan

  

                    

 3 Apr

  2002

          

 

(US$

13.95


  

    
 
3 Apr
2003
  
  
    
 
3 Apr
2012
  
  
     16,881                 16,881           

 

  1   At 30 June 2012, the HSBC (Bank of Bermuda) Employee Benefit Trust 2004 held 2,108,830 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares which may be used to satisfy the exercise of employee share options.

 

3 Notifiable interests in share capital

 

At 30 June 2012, we had received the following disclosures (which have not subsequently changed) of major holdings of voting rights pursuant to the requirements of Rule 5 of the FSA Disclosure Rules and Transparency Rules:

 

   

Legal & General Group Plc gave notice on 9 March 2010 that it had a direct interest on 8 March 2010 in 696,851,431 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, representing 3.99% of the total voting rights at that date; and

 

   

BlackRock, Inc. gave notice on 9 December 2009 that on 7 December 2009 it had the following: an indirect interest in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of 1,142,439,457; qualifying financial instruments with 705,100 voting rights that may be acquired if the instruments are exercised or converted; and financial instruments with similar economic effect to qualifying financial instruments which refer to 234,880 voting rights, each representing 6.56%, 0.0041% and 0.0013%, respectively, of the total voting rights at that date.

At 30 June 2012, according to the register maintained by HSBC Holdings pursuant to section 336 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong:

 

   

JPMorgan Chase & Co. gave notice on 30 May 2012 that on 22 May 2012 it had the following interests in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares: a long position of 1,223,415,421 shares; a short position of 62,908,403 shares; and a lending pool of 964,993,499 shares, each representing 6.74%, 0.35% and 5.31%, respectively, of the ordinary shares in issue at that date; and

 

   

BlackRock, Inc. gave notice on 14 March 2012 that on 8 March 2012 it had the following interests in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares: a long position of 1,070,691,325 shares and a short position of 16,175,072 shares, each representing 5.94% and 0.09%, respectively, of the ordinary shares in issue at that date.

 

4 Dealings in HSBC Holdings shares

 

Except for dealings as intermediaries by HSBC Bank plc and The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, which are members of a European Economic Area exchange, neither HSBC Holdings nor any subsidiary undertaking has purchased, sold or redeemed any securities of HSBC Holdings during the six months to 30 June 2012.

 

5 First interim dividend for 2012

 

The first interim dividend for 2012 of US$0.09 per ordinary share was paid on 5 July 2012.

 

272


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

6 Second interim dividend for 2012

 

The Directors have declared a second interim dividend for 2012 of US$0.09 per ordinary share. The second interim dividend will be payable on 4 October 2012 to holders of record on 16 August 2012 on the Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register and 17 August 2012 on the Principal Register in the United Kingdom or the Bermuda Overseas Branch Register. The dividend will be payable in cash, US dollars, sterling or Hong Kong dollars, or a combination of these currencies, at the forward exchange rates quoted by HSBC Bank plc in London at or about 11.00am on 24 September 2012, and with a scrip dividend alternative. Particulars of these arrangements will be sent to shareholders on or about 29 August 2012 and elections must be received by 19 September 2012.

The dividend will be payable on ordinary shares held through Euroclear France, the settlement and central depositary system for Euronext Paris, on 4 October 2012 to the holders of record on 17 August 2012. The dividend will be payable by Euroclear France in cash, in euros, at the forward exchange rate quoted by HSBC France on 24 September 2012, or as a scrip dividend. Particulars of these arrangements will be announced through Euronext Paris on 13 August and 22 August 2012.

The dividend will be payable on ADSs, each of which represents five ordinary shares, on 4 October 2012 to holders of record on 17 August 2012. The dividend of US$0.45 per ADS will be payable by the depositary in cash, in US dollars or as a scrip dividend of new ADSs. Elections must be received by the depositary on or before 13 September 2012. Alternatively, the cash dividend may be invested in additional ADSs for participants in the dividend reinvestment plan operated by the depositary.

Ordinary shares will be quoted ex-dividend in London, Hong Kong, Paris and Bermuda on 15 August 2012. The ADSs will be quoted ex-dividend in New York on 15 August 2012.

Any person who has acquired ordinary shares registered on the Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register but who has not lodged the share transfer with the Hong Kong Branch Registrar should do so before 4.00pm on 16 August 2012 in order to receive the dividend.

Any person who has acquired ordinary shares registered on the Principal Register in the United Kingdom or on the Bermuda Overseas Branch Register but who has not lodged the share transfer with the Principal Registrar or the Bermuda Overseas Branch Registrar respectively, should do so before 4.00pm on 17 August 2012 in order to receive the dividend.

Removals of ordinary shares may not be made to or from the Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register on 17 August 2012. Accordingly any person who wishes to remove ordinary shares to the Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register must lodge the removal request with the Principal Registrar in the United Kingdom or the Bermuda Branch Registrar by 4.00pm on 15 August 2012; any person who wishes to remove ordinary shares from the Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register must lodge the removal request with the Hong Kong Branch Registrar by 4.00pm on 16 August 2012.

Transfers of ADSs must be lodged with the depositary by 12 noon on 17 August 2012 in order to receive the dividend.

 

7 Proposed interim dividends for 2012

 

The Board has adopted a policy of paying quarterly dividends on the ordinary shares. Under this policy it is intended to have a pattern of three equal interim dividends with a variable fourth interim dividend. The proposed timetables for dividends payable on the ordinary shares in respect of 2012 that have not yet been declared are:

 

    

Third interim

dividend for 2012

  

Fourth interim

dividend for 2012

Announcement

   9 October 2012    4 March 2013

Shares quoted ex-dividend in London, Hong Kong, Paris and Bermuda

   24 October 2012    20 March 2013

ADSs quoted ex-dividend in New York

   24 October 2012    20 March 2013

Record date in Hong Kong

   25 October 2012    21 March 2013

Record date in London, New York, Paris and Bermuda1

   26 October 2012    22 March 2013

Payment date

   12 December 2012    8 May 2013

 

  1 Removals to and from the Overseas Branch Register of shareholders in Hong Kong will not be permitted on these dates.

 

273


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

8 Interim Management Statement

 

An Interim Management Statement is expected to be issued on 5 November 2012.

 

9 Final results

 

The results for the year to 31 December 2012 are expected to be announced on Monday 4 March 2013.

 

10 Corporate governance

 

HSBC is committed to high standards of corporate governance.

Throughout the six months to 30 June 2012, HSBC Holdings has complied with the applicable code provisions of The UK Corporate Governance Code issued by the Financial Reporting Council. HSBC Holdings also complied with the Code on Corporate Governance Practices in Appendix 14 to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (‘Hong Kong Code’), from 1 January 2012 until its amendment on 1 April 2012 and with the amended Hong Kong Code from 1 April 2012 to 30 June 2012, save that the Group Risk Committee (all the members of which are independent non-executive Directors), which was established in accordance with the recommendations of the Report on Governance in UK banks and other financial industry entities, is responsible for the oversight of internal control (other than internal controls over financial reporting) and risk management systems (Hong Kong Code provision C.3.3 paragraphs (f), (g) and (h)). If there were no Group Risk Committee, these matters would be the responsibility of the Group Audit Committee. At its meeting on 24 May 2012, the Board adopted Terms of Reference and approved a shareholder communication policy as required under the amended Hong Kong Code.

The Board of HSBC Holdings has adopted a code of conduct for transactions in HSBC Group securities by Directors. The code of conduct complies with The Model Code in the Listing Rules of the Financial Services Authority and with The Model Code for Securities Transactions by Directors of Listed Issuers (‘Hong Kong Model Code’) set out in the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, save that The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited has granted certain waivers from strict compliance with the Hong Kong Model Code. The waivers granted by The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited primarily take into account accepted practices in the UK, particularly in respect of employee share plans. Following specific enquiry, each Director has confirmed that he or she has complied with the code of conduct for transactions in HSBC Group securities throughout the period, save that, on 15 June 2012, an independent non-executive Director acquired an interest as beneficial owner in 3,950 retail bonds and as non-beneficial owner in 1,170 retail bonds of RMB10,000 each issued by HSBC Bank plc before giving notification and receiving written clearance to deal. All Directors have since been reminded of their obligations under the code of conduct for transactions in HSBC Group securities.

There have been no material changes to the information disclosed in the Annual Report and Accounts 2011 in respect of the number and remuneration of employees, remuneration policies, bonus and share option plans and training schemes.

The biographies of Directors on pages 205 to 210 and include changes during 2012 and the updated information required pursuant to rule 13.51B (1) of the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited.

 

11 Going concern basis

 

The financial statements are prepared on the going concern basis, as the Directors are satisfied that the Group has the resources to continue in business for the foreseeable future. In making this assessment, the Directors have considered a wide range of information relating to present and future conditions, including projections of profitability, cash flows and capital resources. Further information relevant to the assessment is provided elsewhere in this Interim Report 2012.

In particular, HSBC’s principal activities, business and operating models, strategic direction and top and emerging risks are addressed in the ‘Overview’ section; a financial summary, including a review of the consolidated income statement and consolidated balance sheet, is provided in the ‘Interim Management Report’ section; HSBC’s objectives, policies and processes for managing credit, liquidity and market risk are described in the ‘Risk’ section; and HSBC’s approach to capital management and allocation is described in the ‘Capital’ section.

 

274


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

12 Telephone and online share dealing service

 

For shareholders on the Principal Register who are resident in the UK, Channel Islands or Isle of Man with a UK, Channel Islands or Isle of Man postal address, and who hold an HSBC Bank personal current account, the HSBC InvestDirect share dealing service is available for buying and selling HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. Details are available from: HSBC InvestDirect, PO Box 1683, Frobisher House, Nelson Gate, Commercial Road, Southampton, SO15 9DG, UK telephone : 08456 080 848, overseas telephone: + 44 (0) 1226 261090, web: www.hsbc.co.uk/shares.

 

13 Stock symbols

 

HSBC Holdings plc ordinary shares of US$0.50 trade under the following stock symbols:

 

London Stock Exchange    HSBA   
Hong Kong Stock Exchange    5   
New York Stock Exchange (ADS)    HBC   
Euronext Paris    HSB   
Bermuda Stock Exchange    HSBC   

 

14 Copies of the Interim Report 2012 and shareholder enquiries and communications

 

Further copies of the Interim Report 2012 may be obtained from Global Communications, HSBC Holdings plc, 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ, United Kingdom; from Communications (Asia), The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, 1 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong; or from Employee Communications, HSBC – North America, 26525 North Riverwoods Boulevard, Mettawa, Illinois 60045, USA. The Interim Report 2012 may also be downloaded from the HSBC website, www.hsbc.com.

Shareholders may at any time choose to receive corporate communications in printed form or to receive a notification of their availability on HSBC’s website. To receive future notifications of the availability of a corporate communication on HSBC’s website by email, or revoke or amend an instruction to receive such notifications by email, go to www.hsbc.com/ecomms. If you provide an email address to receive electronic communications from HSBC, we will also send notifications of your dividend entitlements by email. If you received a notification of the availability of this document on HSBC’s website and would like to receive a printed copy, or if you would like to receive future corporate communications in printed form, please write or send an email to the appropriate Registrars at the address given below. Printed copies will be provided without charge.

Any enquiries relating to your shareholdings on the share register, for example transfers of shares, change of name or address, lost share certificates or dividend cheques, should be sent to the Registrars at the address given below. The Registrars offer an online facility, Investor Centre, which enables shareholders to manage their shareholding electronically.

 

Principal Register    Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register    Bermuda Overseas Branch Register

Computershare Investor Services PLC

The Pavilions

Bridgwater Road

Bristol BS99 6ZZ

United Kingdom

  

Computershare Hong Kong Investor

    Services Limited

Rooms 1712-1716, 17th Floor

Hopewell Centre

183 Queen’s Road East

Hong Kong

  

Investor Relations Team

HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited

6 Front Street

Hamilton HM 11

Bermuda

     
     
     
     
     

Telephone: +44 (0) 870 702 0137

Email via website:

www.investorcentre.co.uk/contactus

Investor Centre:

www.computershare.com/investor/uk

  

Telephone: +852 2862 8555

Email:

hsbc.ecom@computershare.com.hk

Investor Centre:

www.computershare.com/hk/investors

  

Telephone: +1 441 299 6737

Email:

hbbm.shareholder.services@hsbc.bm

Investor Centre:

www.computershare.com/investor/bm

     
     
     
     

 

275


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

Any enquiries relating to ADSs should be sent to the depositary at:

The Bank of New York Mellon

PO Box 358516

Pittsburgh

PA 15252-8516

USA

Telephone (US): +1 877 283 5786

Telephone (international): 201 680 6825

Email: shrrelations@bnymellon.com

Website: www.bnymellon.com/shareowner

Any enquiries relating to shares held through Euroclear France, the settlement and central depositary system for Euronext Paris, should be sent to the paying agent:

HSBC France

103 avenue des Champs Elysées

75419 Paris Cedex 08

France

Telephone: +33 1 40 70 22 56

Email: ost-agence-des-titres-hsbc-reims.hbfr-do@hsbc.fr

Website: www.hsbc.fr

A Chinese translation of this and future documents may be obtained on request from the Registrars. Please also contact the Registrars if you have received a Chinese translation of this document and do not wish to receive such translations in the future.

 

LOGO

Persons whose shares are held on their behalf by another person may have been nominated to receive communications from HSBC pursuant to section 146 of the UK Companies Act 2006 (‘nominated person’). The main point of contact for a nominated person remains the registered shareholder (for example your stockbroker, investment manager, custodian or other person who manages the investment on your behalf). Any changes or queries relating to a nominated person’s personal details and holding (including any administration thereof) must continue to be directed to the registered shareholder and not HSBC’s Registrars. The only exception is where HSBC, in exercising one of its powers under the UK Companies Act 2006, writes to a nominated person directly for a response.

 

276


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

 

 

 

This page is intentionally left blank

 

 

 

 

 

277


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

Abbreviations

 

A   
ABS1    Asset-backed security
ADS    American Depositary Share
AIEA    Average interest-earning assets
ALCM    Asset, Liability and Capital Management
ALCO    Asset and Liability Management Committee
AML    Anti-money laundering
ARM1    Adjustable-rate mortgage
B   
Barion    Barion Funding Limited, a term funding vehicle
Basel Committee    Basel Committee on Banking Supervision
Basel I    1988 Basel Capital Accord
Basel II1    2006 Basel Capital Accord
Basel III1    Basel Committee’s reforms to strengthen global capital and liquidity rules
BBA    British Bankers’ Association
BoCom    Bank of Communications Co., Limited, one of China’s largest banks
bps    Basis points. One basis point is equal to one-hundredth of a percentage point
BSA    Bank Secrecy Act (US)
C   
CCP1    Central counterparty
CDO1    Collateralised debt obligation
CDPC1    Credit derivative product companies
CDS1    Credit default swap
CET11    Common equity tier 1 ratio
CGU    Cash-generating unit
CMB    Commercial Banking, a global business
CML1    Consumer Mortgage and Lending (US)
COREP1    Common Reporting
CP1    Commercial paper
CPI    Consumer price index
CRD    Capital Requirements Directive
CRR1    Customer risk rating
CVA1    Credit valuation adjustment
D   
DLG    Defined liquidity group
DoJ    Department of Justice (US)
DPF    Discretionary participation feature of insurance and investment contracts
E   
EAD1    Exposure at default
EBA    European Banking Authority
EL1    Expected loss
EU    European Union
EURIBOR    European Interbank Offered Rates
F   
Fannie Mae    Federal National Mortgage Association (US)
FICO    A US credit scoring system that assesses the creditworthiness of borrowers.
FINREP1    Financial Reporting
Freddie Mac    Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (US)
FSA    Financial Services Authority (UK)
FTSE    Financial Times Stock Exchange index
G   
G20    Leaders, finance ministers and central bank governors of the Group of Twenty countries
GB&M    Global Banking and Markets, a global business
GDP    Gross domestic product
Ginnie Mae    Government National Mortgage Association (US)
Global Markets    HSBC’s treasury and capital markets services in Global Banking and Markets
GMB    Group Management Board
GPB    Global Private Banking, a global business
Group    HSBC Holdings together with its subsidiary undertakings
G-SIB1    Global systemically important bank
GSE1    Government-sponsored enterprises

 

278


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

Abbreviation    Brief description
H   
HELoC1    Home equity lines of credit
HIBOR    Hong Kong Interbank Offered Rate
Hong Kong    Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China
HRTM1    Historical rating transition matrices
HSBC    HSBC Holdings together with its subsidiary undertakings
HSBC Assurances    HSBC Assurances Vie, comprising Erisa S.A., the French life insurer, and Erisa I.A.R.D., the property and casualty insurer (together, formerly Erisa)
HSBC Bank    HSBC Bank plc, formerly Midland Bank plc
HSBC Bank Bermuda    HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited, formerly The Bank of Bermuda Limited
HSBC Bank USA    HSBC’s retail bank in the US, HSBC Bank USA, N.A. (formerly HSBC Bank USA, Inc.)
HSBC Canada    The sub-group, HSBC Bank Canada, HSBC Trust Company Canada, HSBC Mortgage Corporation Canada, HSBC Securities Canada and HSBC Financial Co. Canada, consolidated for liquidity purposes
HSBC Finance    HSBC Finance Corporation, the US consumer finance company (formerly Household International, Inc.)
HSBC France    HSBC’s French banking subsidiary, formerly CCF S.A.
HSBC Holdings    HSBC Holdings plc, the parent company of HSBC
HSBC Oman    HSBC’s operations in the Sultanate of Oman
HSBC USA    The sub-group, HSBC USA Inc and HSBC Bank USA, consolidated for liquidity purposes
I   
IAS    International Accounting Standards
IASB    International Accounting Standards Board
ICB    Independent Commission on Banking
IFRSs    International Financial Reporting Standards
IMM1    Internal model method
Industrial Bank    Industrial Bank Co. Limited, a national joint-stock bank in mainland China in which Hang Seng Bank Limited has a shareholding
IRB1    Internal ratings-based
K   
KPMG    KPMG Audit Plc and its affiliates
L   
LGD1    Loss given default
LIBOR    London Interbank Offered Rate
LTV1    Loan-to-value ratio
M   
M&S Money    Marks and Spencer Retail Financial Services Holdings Limited
Madoff Securities    Bernard L Madoff Investment Securities LLC
Mainland China    People’s Republic of China excluding Hong Kong
Malachite    Malachite Funding Limited, a term funding vehicle
Mazarin    Mazarin Funding Limited, an asset-backed CP conduit
MBS1    US mortgage-backed security
MENA    Middle East and North Africa
Monoline1    Monoline insurance company
MSCI    Morgan Stanley Capital International index
MTN1    Medium term notes
O   
OFAC    Office of Foreign Assets Control (US)
OIB    Oman International Bank S.A.O.G.
OIS1    Overnight index swap
OTC1    Over-the-counter
P   
PD1    Probability of default
Ping An    Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd., the second-largest life insurer in the People’s Republic of China
PPI    Payment protection insurance product
Premier    HSBC Premier, HSBC’s premium personal global banking service
PVIF    Present value of in-force long-term insurance business

 

279


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

Abbreviation    Brief description
R   
RBWM    Retail Banking and Wealth Management, a global business
Repo1    Sale and repurchase transaction
Restricted Shares1    Awards of Restricted Shares define the number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares to which the employee will become entitled, generally between one and three years from the date of the award, and normally subject to the individual remaining in employment
Reverse repo    Security purchased under commitments to sell
RMBS    Residential mortgage-backed securities
RoRWA    Return on average risk-weighted assets
RWA1    Risk-weighted assets
S   
S&P    Standard and Poor’s rating agency
SEC    Securities and Exchange Commission (US)
SIC    Securities investment conduit
SIV1    Structured investment vehicle
SME    Small and medium-sized enterprise
Solitaire    Solitaire Funding Limited, a special purpose entity managed by HSBC
SPE1    Special purpose entity
T   
TGLAC    Total gross loans and advances to customers
U   
UAE    United Arab Emirates
UK    United Kingdom
US    United States of America
V   
VAR1    Value at risk

 

1 For full definitions, see page 281.

 

280


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

Glossary

 

 

Term    Definition
A   

Adjustable-rate mortgages (‘ARM’s)

  

Mortgage loans in the US on which the interest rate is periodically changed based on a reference price. These are included within ‘affordability mortgages’.

Affordability mortgages

  

Mortgage loans where the customer’s monthly payments are set out at a low initial rate, either variable or fixed, before resetting to a higher rate once the introductory period is over.

Agency exposures

  

Exposures to near or quasi-government agencies including public sector entities fully owned by governments carrying out non-commercial activities, provincial and local government authorities, development banks and funds set up by government.

Alt-A

  

A US description for loans regarded as lower risk than sub-prime, but with higher risk characteristics than lending under normal criteria.

Arrears

  

Customers are said to be in arrears (or in a state of delinquency) when they are behind in fulfilling their obligations, with the result that an outstanding loan is unpaid or overdue. When a customer is in arrears, the total outstanding loans on which payments are overdue are described as delinquent.

Asset-backed securities (‘ABS’s)

  

Securities that represent an interest in an underlying pool of referenced assets. The referenced pool can comprise any assets which attract a set of associated cash flows but are commonly pools of residential or commercial mortgages.

B   

Back-testing

  

A statistical technique used to monitor and assess the accuracy of a model, and how that model would have performed had it been applied in the past.

Bail-inable debt

  

Bail-in refers to imposition of losses at the point of non-viability (but before insolvency) on bank liabilities (‘bail-inable debt’) that are not exposed to losses while the institution remains a viable, going concern. Whether by way of write-down or conversion into equity, this has the effect of recapitalising the bank (although it does not provide any new funding).

Bank levy

  

A levy that applies to UK banks, building societies and the UK operations of foreign banks from 1 January 2011. The amount payable is based on a percentage of the group’s consolidated liabilities and equity at 31 December 2011 after deducting certain items the most material of which are those related to insured deposit balances, tier 1 capital, insurance liabilities, high quality liquid assets and items subject to a legally enforceable net settlement agreement.

Basel II

  

The capital adequacy framework issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2006 in the form of the ‘International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards’, amended by subsequent changes to the capital requirements for market risk and re-securitisations, commonly known as Basel 2.5, which took effect 31 December 2011.

Basel III

  

In December 2010, the Basel Committee issued Basel III rules: a global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems’ and ‘International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring’. Together these documents present the Basel Committee’s reforms to strengthen global capital and liquidity rules with the goal of promoting a more resilient banking sector. In June 2011, the Basel Committee issued a revision to the former document setting out the finalised capital treatment for counterparty credit risk in bilateral trades. The Basel III requirements will be phased in starting on 1 January 2013 with full implementation by 1 January 2019.

C   

Capital conservation buffer

  

A capital buffer, prescribed by regulators under Basel III, and designed to ensure banks build up capital buffers outside periods of stress which can be drawn down as losses are incurred. Should a bank’s capital levels fall within the capital conservation buffer range, capital distributions will be constrained by the regulators.

Capital planning buffer

  

A capital buffer, prescribed by the FSA under Basel II, and designed to ensure banks build up capital buffers outside periods of stress which can be drawn down as losses are incurred. Should a bank’s capital levels fall within the capital planning buffer range, a period of heightened regulatory interaction would be triggered.

Central counterparty (‘CCP’)

  

An intermediary between a buyer and a seller (generally a clearing house).

Collateralised debt obligation (‘CDO’)

  

A security issued by a third-party which references ABSs and/or certain other related assets purchased by the issuer. CDOs may feature exposure to sub-prime mortgage assets through the underlying assets.

Collectively assessed impairment

  

Impairment assessment on a collective basis for homogeneous groups of loans that are not considered individually significant and to cover losses which have been incurred but have not yet been identified on loans subject to individual assessment.

Commercial paper (‘CP’)

  

An unsecured, short-term debt instrument issued by a corporation, typically for the financing of accounts receivable, inventories and meeting short-term liabilities. The debt is usually issued at a discount, reflecting prevailing market interest rates.

Commercial real estate

  

Any real estate investment, comprising buildings or land, intended to generate a profit, either from capital gain or rental income.

Common equity tier 1 capital (‘CET1’)

  

The highest quality form of regulatory capital under Basel III that comprises common shares issued and related share premium, retained earnings and other reserves excluding the cash flow hedging reserve, less specified regulatory adjustments.

Common reporting (‘COREP’)

  

Harmonised European reporting framework established in the Capital Requirements Directives, to be mandated by the European Banking Authority.

 

281


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

Term    Definition

Conduits

  

HSBC sponsors and manages multi-seller conduits and securities investment conduits (‘SIC’s). The multi-seller conduits hold interests in diversified pools of third-party assets such as vehicle loans, trade receivables and credit card receivables funded through the issuance of short-dated commercial paper and supported by a liquidity facility. The SICs hold predominantly asset-backed securities referencing such items as commercial and residential mortgages, vehicle loans and credit card receivables funded through the issuance of both long-term and short-term debt.

Constant net asset value fund

  

A fund that prices its assets on an amortised cost basis, subject to the amortised book value of the portfolio remaining within 50 basis points of its market value.

Consumer Mortgage and Lending (‘CML’)

  

In the US, the CML portfolio consists of our Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services businesses, which are in run-off.

The Consumer Lending business offered secured and unsecured loan products, such as first and second lien mortgage loans, open-ended home equity loans and personal non-credit card loans through branch locations and direct mail. The majority of the mortgage lending products were for refinancing and debt consolidation rather than home purchases. In the first quarter of 2009, we discontinued all originations by our Consumer Lending business.

Prior to the first quarter of 2007, when we ceased new purchase activity, the Mortgage Services business purchased non-conforming first and second lien real estate secured loans from unaffiliated third parties. The business also included the operations of Decision One Mortgage Company (‘Decision One’), which historically originated mortgage loans sourced by independent mortgage brokers and sold these to secondary market purchasers. Decision One ceased originations in September 2007.

Contractual maturities

  

The date on which the final payment (principal or interest) of any financial instrument is due to be paid, at which point all the remaining outstanding principal and interest have been repaid.

Core tier 1 capital

  

The highest quality form of regulatory capital, under Basel II, that comprises total shareholders’ equity and related non-controlling interests, less goodwill and intangible assets and certain other regulatory adjustments.

Countercyclical capital buffer

  

A capital buffer, prescribed by regulators under Basel III, which aims to ensure that capital requirements take account of the macro-financial environment in which banks operate. This will provide the banking sector with additional capital to protect it against potential future losses, when excess credit growth in the financial system as a whole is associated with an increase in system-wide risk.

Credit default swap (‘CDS’)

  

A derivative contract whereby a buyer pays a fee to a seller in return for receiving a payment in the event of a defined credit event (e.g. bankruptcy, payment default on a reference asset or assets, or downgrades by a rating agency) on an underlying obligation (which may or may not be held by the buyer).

Credit derivative product company (‘CDPC’)

  

Independent company that specialises in selling credit default protection on corporate exposures in the form of credit derivatives.

Credit enhancements

  

Facilities used to enhance the creditworthiness of financial obligations and cover losses due to asset default.

Credit risk

  

Risk of financial loss if a customer or counterparty fails to meet a payment obligation under a contract. It arises mainly from direct lending, trade finance and leasing business, but also from products such as guarantees, derivatives and debt securities.

Credit risk mitigation

  

A technique to reduce the credit risk associated with an exposure by application of credit risk mitigants such as collateral, guarantee and credit protection.

Credit risk spread

  

The premium over the benchmark or risk-free rate required by the market to accept a lower credit quality. The yield spread between securities with the same coupon rate and maturity structure but with different associated credit risks. The yield spread rises as the credit rating worsens.

Credit valuation adjustment (‘CVA’)

  

An adjustment to the valuation of OTC derivative contracts to reflect the creditworthiness of OTC derivative counterparties. Formerly described as ‘Credit Risk Adjustment’.

Customer deposits

  

Money deposited by account holders. Such funds are recorded as liabilities.

Customer remediation

  

Customer remediation refers to activities carried out by HSBC to compensate customers for losses or damages associated with a failure to comply with regulations or to treat a customer fairly. Customer remediation is initiated by HSBC in response to customer complaints and/or industry developments in sales practices and not necessarily initiated by regulatory action.

Customer risk rating (‘CRR’)

  

A scale of 23 grades measuring internal obligor probability of default.

D   

Debt restructuring

  

A restructuring by which the terms and provisions of outstanding debt agreements are changed. This is often done in order to improve cash flow and the ability of the borrower to repay the debt. It can involve altering the repayment schedule as well as debt or interest charge reduction.

Debt securities

  

Financial assets on the Group’s balance sheet representing certificates of indebtedness of credit institutions, public bodies or other undertakings, excluding those issued by central banks.

Debt securities in issue

  

Transferable certificates of indebtedness of the Group to the bearer of the certificates. These are financial liabilities of the Group and include certificates of deposits.

Debit valuation adjustment

  

An adjustment made by an entity to the valuation of OTC derivative liabilities to reflect within fair value the entity’s own credit risk.

Deed-in-lieu

  

An arrangement in which a borrower surrenders the deed for a property to the lender without going through foreclosure proceedings and is subsequently released from any further obligations on the loan.

Defined benefit obligation

  

The present value of expected future payments required to settle the obligations of a defined benefit plan resulting from employee service.

Delinquency

  

See ‘Arrears’.

 

282


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

Term    Definition
E   

Economic capital

  

The internally calculated capital requirement which is deemed necessary by HSBC to support the risks to which it is exposed.

Economic profit

  

The difference between the return on financial capital invested by shareholders and the cost of that capital. Economic profit may be expressed as a whole number or as a percentage.

Equity risk

  

The risk arising from positions, either long or short, in equities or equity-based instruments, which create exposure to a change in the market price of the equities or equity instruments.

Expected loss (‘EL’)

  

A regulatory calculation of the amount expected to be lost on an exposure using a 12-month time horizon and downturn loss estimates. EL is calculated by multiplying the Probability of Default (a percentage) by the Exposure at Default (an amount) and Loss Given Default (a percentage).

Exposure

  

A claim, contingent claim or position which carries a risk of financial loss.

Exposure at default (‘EAD’)

  

The amount expected to be outstanding after any credit risk mitigation, if and when the counterparty defaults. EAD reflects drawn balances as well as allowance for undrawn amounts of commitments and contingent exposures.

F   

Fair value adjustment

  

An adjustment to the fair value of a financial instrument which is determined using a valuation technique (level 2 and level 3) to include additional factors that would be considered by a market participant that are not incorporated within the valuation model.

Financial Reporting (‘FINREP’)

  

Harmonised European reporting framework, endorsed by the European Union, applicable to firms reporting their published financial statements in accordance with IAS or IFRS and will be used to obtain a comprehensive view of a firm’s risk profile.

First lien

  

A security interest granted over an item of property to secure the repayment of a debt that places its holder first in line to collect repayment from the sale of the underlying collateral in the event of a default on the debt.

Five filters

  

An internal measure designed to improve capital deployment across the Group. This examines the strategic relevance of each business in each country, in terms of connectivity and economic development, and the current returns, in terms of profitability, cost efficiency and liquidity.

Forbearance strategies

  

Strategies that are employed in order to improve the management of customer relationships, maximise collection opportunities and, if possible, avoid default, foreclosure or repossession. Such arrangements include extended payment terms, a reduction in interest or principal repayments, approved external debt management plans, debt consolidations, the deferral of foreclosures, other modifications and re-ages.

FSA standard rules

  

The method prescribed by the FSA for calculating market risk capital requirements in the absence of VAR model approval.

Funded exposures

  

A funded exposure is one where the notional amount of a contract is or has been exchanged.

Funding risk

  

A form of liquidity risk arising when the liquidity needed to fund illiquid asset positions cannot be obtained at the expected terms and when required.

G   

Global Systemically Important Bank (‘G-SIB’)

  

A bank that meets the criteria defined in the Basel Committee’s final rules set out in their 4 November 2011 document ‘Global systemically important banks: Assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement’. At 31 December 2011, the official list of such banks comprised the 29 names, which include HSBC, published by the Financial Stability Board also on 4 November 2011. The Financial Stability Board is co-ordinating, on behalf of the G20 Group of Governors and Heads of Supervision (‘GHOS’), the overall set of measures to reduce the moral hazard and risks to the global financial system posed by global systemically important financial institutions (‘G-SIFI’s) of all kinds.

Government-sponsored enterprises (‘GSE’s)

  

A group of financial services enterprises created by the US Congress. Their function is to reduce the cost of capital for certain borrowing sectors of the economy, and to make them more efficient and transparent. Examples in the residential mortgage borrowing segment are Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae. GSEs carry the implicit backing, but are not direct obligations, of the US Government.

GPSP awards

  

Awards that define the number HSBC Holdings ordinary shares to which the employee will become entitled, generally five years from the date of the award, and normally subject to the individual remaining in employment. The shares to which the employee becomes entitled are subject to a retention requirement until cessation of employment.

H   

Haircuts

  

A discount applied by management when determining the amount at which an asset can be realised. The discount takes into account the method of realisation including the extent to which an active market for the asset exists.

Historical rating transition matrices (‘HRTM’)

  

HRTMs show the probability of a counterparty with a particular rating moving to a different rating over a defined time horizon.

Home Equity Lines of Credit (‘HELoC’s)

  

A form of revolving credit facility provided to US customers, which is supported in the majority of cases by a second lien or lower ranking charge over residential property. Holdings of HELoCs are classified as sub-prime.

 

283


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

Term    Definition
I   

Impaired loans

  

Loans where the Group does not expect to collect all the contractual cash flows or expects to collect them later than they are contractually due.

Impairment allowances

  

Management’s best estimate of losses incurred in the loan portfolios at the balance sheet date.

Individually assessed impairment

  

Exposure to loss is assessed on all individually significant accounts and all other accounts that do not qualify for collective assessment.

Insurance risk

  

A risk, other than a financial risk, transferred from the holder of a contract to the insurance provider. The principal insurance risk is that, over time, the combined cost of claims, administration and acquisition of the contract may exceed the aggregate amount of premiums received and investment income.

Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process

  

The Group’s own assessment of the levels of capital that it needs to hold through an examination of its risk profile from regulatory and economic capital viewpoints.

Internal Model Method (‘IMM’)

  

One of three approaches defined by Basel II to determine exposure values for counterparty credit risk.

Internal ratings-based approach (‘IRB’)

  

A method of calculating credit risk capital requirements using internal, rather than supervisory, estimates of risk parameters.

Invested capital

  

Equity capital invested in HSBC by its shareholders, adjusted for certain reserves and goodwill previously amortised or written off.

IRB advanced approach

  

A method of calculating credit risk capital requirements using internal PD, LGD and EAD models.

IRB foundation approach

  

A method of calculating credit risk capital requirements using internal PD models but with supervisory estimates of LGD and conversion factors for the calculation of EAD.

ISDA

  

International Swaps and Derivatives Association.

ISDA Master agreement

  

Standardised contract developed by ISDA used as an umbrella contract under which bilateral derivatives contracts are entered into.

K   

Key management personnel

  

Directors and Group Managing Directors of HSBC Holdings.

L   

Legacy credit in GB&M

  

A separately identifiable, discretely managed business comprising Solitaire Funding Limited, the securities investment conduits, the asset-backed securities trading portfolios and credit correlation portfolios, derivative transactions entered into directly with monoline insurers, and certain other structured credit transactions.

Legal proceedings

  

Legal proceedings include civil court, arbitration or tribunal proceedings brought against HSBC companies (whether by way of claim or counterclaim) or civil disputes that may, if not settled, result in court, arbitration or tribunal proceedings.

Level 1 – quoted market price

  

Financial instruments with quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.

Level 2 – valuation technique using observable inputs

  

Financial instruments with quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in inactive markets and financial instruments valued using models where all significant inputs are observable.

Level 3 – valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs

  

Financial instruments valued using valuation techniques where one or more significant inputs are unobservable.

Leveraged finance

  

Funding provided for entities with higher than average indebtedness, which typically arises from sub-investment grade acquisitions or event-driven financing.

Leverage ratio

  

A measure, prescribed by regulators under Basel III, which is the ratio of tier 1 capital to total exposures. Total exposures include on-balance sheet items, off-balance sheet items and derivatives, and should generally follow the accounting measure of exposure. This supplementary measure to the risk-based capital requirements is intended to constrain the build-up of excess leverage in the banking sector.

Liquidity coverage ratio (‘LCR’)

  

The ratio of the stock of high quality liquid assets to expected net cash outflows over the following 30 days. High quality liquid assets should be unencumbered, liquid in markets during a time of stress and, ideally, be central bank eligible. The Basel III rules require this ratio to be at least 100% with effect from 2015. The LCR is still subject to an observation period and review to address any unintended consequences.

Liquidity risk

  

The risk that HSBC does not have sufficient financial resources to meet its obligations as they fall due, or will have to do so at an excessive cost. This risk arises from mismatches in the timing of cash flows.

Loan modification

  

An account management action that results in a change to the original terms and conditions of a loan either temporarily or permanently without resetting its delinquency status, except in case of a ‘modification re-age’ where delinquency status is also reset to up-to-date. Account modifications may include revisions to one or more terms of the loan including, but not limited to, a change in interest rate, extension of the amortisation period, reduction in payment amount and partial forgiveness or deferment of principal.

Loan re-age

  

An account management action that results in the resetting of the contractual delinquency status of an account to up-to-date upon fulfilment of certain requirements which indicate that payments are expected to be made in accordance with the contractual terms.

Loan-to-value ratio (‘LTV’)

  

A calculation that expresses the amount of the loan as a percentage of the value of security. A high LTV indicates that there is less cushion to protect the lender against house price falls or increases in the loan if repayments are not made and interest is added to the outstanding loan balance.

 

284


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

Term    Definition

Loss given default (‘LGD’)

  

The estimated ratio (percentage) of the loss on an exposure to the amount outstanding at default (‘EAD’) upon default of a counterparty.

Loss severity

  

The realised amount of losses incurred (including ancillary amounts owed) when a loan is foreclosed or disposed of through the arrangement with the borrower. The loss severity is represented as a percentage of the outstanding loan balance.

M   

Market risk

  

The risk that movements in market risk factors, including foreign exchange rates and commodity prices, interest rates, credit spreads and equity prices, will reduce income or portfolio values.

Medium term notes (‘MTN’s)

  

Notes issued by corporates across a range of maturities. MTNs are frequently issued by corporates under MTN Programmes whereby notes are offered on a regular and continuous basis to investors.

Monoline insurers (‘monolines’)

  

Entities which specialise in providing credit protection to the holders of debt instruments in the event of default by the debt security counterparty. This protection is typically held in the form of derivatives such as CDSs referencing the underlying exposures held.

Mortgage-backed securities (‘MBS’s)

  

Securities that represent interests in groups of mortgages, which may be on residential or commercial properties. Investors in these securities have the right to cash received from future mortgage payments (interest and/or principal). When the MBS references mortgages with different risk profiles, the MBS is classified according to the highest risk class.

Mortgage-related assets

  

Assets which are referenced to underlying mortgages.

Mortgage vintage

  

The year a mortgage was originated.

N   

Negative equity mortgages

  

Equity is the value of the asset less the outstanding balance on the loan. Negative equity arises when the value of the property purchased is below the balance outstanding on the loan.

Net asset value per share

  

Total shareholders’ equity, less non-cumulative preference shares and capital securities, divided by the number of ordinary shares in issue.

Net interest income

  

The amount of interest received or receivable on assets net of interest paid or payable on liabilities.

Net principal exposure

  

The gross principal amount of a financial asset after taking account of credit protection purchased but excluding the effect of any counterparty credit valuation adjustment to that protection. It includes assets that benefit from monoline protection, except where this protection is purchased with a CDS.

Net stable funding ratio (‘NSFR’)

  

The ratio of available stable funding to required stable funding over a one year time horizon, assuming a stressed scenario. Available stable funding would include items such as equity capital, preferred stock with a maturity of over one year and liabilities with an assessed maturity of over one year. The Basel III rules require this ratio to be over 100% with effect from 2018. The NSFR is still subject to an observation period and review to address any unintended consequences.

Non-conforming mortgages

  

US mortgages that do not meet normal lending criteria. Examples include mortgages where the expected level of documentation is not provided (such as with income self-certification), or where poor credit history increases the risk and results in pricing at a higher than normal lending rate.

O   

Offset mortgages

  

A flexible type of mortgage where a borrower’s savings balance(s) held at the same institution can be used to offset the mortgage balance owing. The borrower pays interest on the net balance which is calculated by subtracting the credit balance(s) from the debit balance. As part of the offset mortgage a total facility limit is agreed and the borrower may redraw past capital repayments up to this agreed limit.

Overnight Index Swap (‘OIS’) discounting

  

A method of valuing collateralised interest rate derivatives which uses a discount curve that reflects the overnight interest rate typically earned or paid in respect of collateral received.

Operational risk

  

The risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events, including legal risk.

Over-the-counter (‘OTC’)

  

A bilateral transaction (e.g. derivatives) that is not exchange traded and that is valued using valuation models.

P   

Past due loans and advances

  

Loans on which repayments are overdue.

Performance Shares

  

Awards that define the number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares to which the employee will become entitled subject to satisfaction of corporate performance conditions.

Prime

  

A US description for mortgages granted to the most creditworthy category of borrowers.

Private equity investments

  

Equity securities in operating companies not quoted on a public exchange, often involving the investment of capital in private companies or the acquisition of a public company that results in its delisting.

Probability of default (‘PD’)

  

The probability that an obligor will default within a one-year time horizon.

R   

Refi rate

  

The refi (or refinancing) rate is set by the European Central Bank (‘ECB’) and is the price banks pay to borrow from the ECB.

Regulatory capital

  

The capital which HSBC holds, determined in accordance with rules established by the FSA for the consolidated Group and by local regulators for individual Group companies.

Regulatory matters

  

Regulatory matters refer to investigations, reviews and other actions carried out by, or in response to the actions of, regulators or law enforcement agencies in connection with alleged wrongdoing by HSBC.

 

285


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

Term    Definition

Renegotiated loans

  

Loans for which the contractual terms have been changed because of significant concerns about the borrower’s ability to meet the contractual payments when due.

Restricted Shares

  

Awards that define the number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares to which the employee will become entitled, generally between one and three years from the date of the award, and normally subject to the individual remaining in employment. The shares to which the employee becomes entitled may be subject to a retention requirement.

Retail loans

  

Money lent to individuals rather than institutions. This includes both secured and unsecured loans such as residential mortgages, overdrafts and credit card balances.

Return on equity

  

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders divided by average invested capital.

Risk appetite

  

An assessment of the types and quantum of risks to which HSBC wishes to be exposed.

Risk-weighted assets (‘RWA’s)

  

Calculated by assigning a degree of risk expressed as a percentage (risk weight) to an exposure in accordance with the applicable Standardised or IRB approach rules.

Run-off portfolios

  

Legacy credit in GB&M, the US CML portfolio and other US run-off portfolios, including the treasury services related to the US CML businesses and commercial operations in run-off. Origination of new business in the run-off portfolios has been discontinued and balances are being managed down through attrition and sale.

S   

Sale and repurchase agreement (‘repo’)

  

A repo is a short-term funding agreement that allows a borrower to create a collateralised loan by selling a financial asset to a lender. As part of the agreement the borrower commits to repurchase the security at a date in the future repaying the proceeds of the loan. For the party on the other end of the transaction (buying the security and agreeing to sell in the future) it is a reverse repurchase agreement or a reverse repo.

Seasoning

  

The emergence of credit loss patterns in portfolios over time.

Second lien

  

A security interest granted over an item of property to secure the repayment of a debt that is issued against the same collateral as a first lien but that is subordinate to it. In the case of default, repayment for this debt will only be received after the first lien has been repaid.

Securitisation

  

A transaction or scheme whereby the credit risk associated with an exposure, or pool of exposures, is tranched and where payments to investors in the transaction or scheme are dependent upon the performance of the exposure or pool of exposures. A traditional securitisation involves the transfer of the exposures being securitised to an SPE which issues securities. In a synthetic securitisation, the tranching is achieved by the use of credit derivatives and the exposures are not removed from the balance sheet of the originator.

Short sale

  

In relation to credit risk management, a ‘short sale’ is an agreement in which a bank permits the borrower to sell the property for less than the amount outstanding under a loan agreement. The proceeds are used to reduce the outstanding loan balance and the borrower is subsequently released from any further obligations on the loan.

Single-issuer liquidity facility

  

A liquidity or stand-by line provided to a corporate customer which is different from a similar line provided to a conduit funding vehicle.

Sovereign exposures

  

Exposures to governments, ministries, departments of governments, embassies, consulates and exposures on account of cash balances and deposits with central banks.

Special purpose entities (‘SPE’s)

  

A corporation, trust or other non-bank entity, established for a narrowly defined purpose, including for carrying on securitisation activities. The structure of the SPE and its activities are intended to isolate its obligations from those of the originator and the holders of the beneficial interests in the securitisation.

Structured finance / notes

  

An instrument whose return is linked to the level of a specified index or the level of a specified asset. The return on a structured note can be linked to equities, interest rates, foreign exchange, commodities or credit. Structured notes may or may not offer full or partial capital protection in the event of a decline in the underlying index or asset.

Structured Investment Vehicles (‘SIV’s)

  

Special purpose entities which invest in diversified portfolios of interest-earning assets, generally funded through issues of commercial paper, medium-term notes and other senior debt to take advantage of the spread differentials between the assets in the SIV and the funding cost.

Student loan related assets

  

Securities with collateral relating to student loans.

Subordinated liabilities

  

Liabilities which rank after the claims of other creditors of the issuer in the event of insolvency or liquidation.

Sub-prime

  

A US description for customers with high credit risk, for example those who have limited credit histories, modest incomes, high debt-to-income ratios, high loan-to-value ratios (for real estate secured products) or have experienced credit problems caused by occasional delinquencies, prior charge-offs, bankruptcy or other credit-related problems.

Sustainable cost savings

  

Permanent cost reductions at a given level of business activity. Sustainable cost savings exclude cost avoidance and revenue and loan impairment charge benefits as these do not represent operational expense reductions. Cost savings resulting from business disposals are not classified as sustainable.

T   

Tier 1 capital

  

A component of regulatory capital, comprising core tier 1 and other tier 1 capital. Other tier 1 capital includes qualifying capital instruments such as non-cumulative perpetual preference shares and hybrid capital securities.

 

286


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

Term    Definition

Tier 2 capital

  

A component of regulatory capital, comprising qualifying subordinated loan capital, related non-controlling interests, allowable collective impairment allowances and unrealised gains arising on the fair valuation of equity instruments held as available-for-sale. Tier 2 capital also includes reserves arising from the revaluation of properties.

Troubled debt restructuring

  

A US description for restructuring a debt whereby the creditor for economic or legal reasons related to a debtor’s financial difficulties grants a concession to the debtor that it would not otherwise consider.

U   

Unfunded exposures

  

An exposure where the notional amount of a contract has not been exchanged.

US government agency and US government sponsored enterprises mortgage-related assets

  

Securities that are guaranteed by US government agencies such as Ginnie Mae, or by US government sponsored entities including Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.

V   

Value-at-risk (‘VAR’)

  

A measure of the loss that could occur on risk positions as a result of adverse movements in market risk factors (e.g. rates, prices, volatilities) over a specified time horizon and to a given level of confidence.

W   

Wholesale lending

  

Money lent to sovereign borrowers, banks, non-bank financial institutions and corporate entities.

Write-down

  

Reduction in the carrying value of an asset due to impairment or fair value movements.

Wrong-way risk

  

An adverse correlation between the counterparty’s probability of default and the mark-to-market value of the underlying transaction.

 

287


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

Index

 

 

A

Accounting

future developments 220

policies 222

standards 220

Anti-money laundering investigations 262

Areas of special interest 121

Asset-backed securities 154, 156

Assets

by geographical region 57

by global business 39

charged as security 250

constant currency/reported reconciliation 34

encumbered 167

held for sale 245

held in custody and under administration 99

liquid 189

maturity analysis 249

movement in 32

trading 228

Associates and joint ventures 29

B

Balance sheet

consolidated 31, 63, 213

data 31, 52h, 53, 63, 69, 76, 82, 89, 95

movement 32

constant currency/reported reconciliation 34

Balance Sheet Management 172

Basel II, III 198

Basis of preparation 39, 219

Business model 10

C

Capital

future developments 199

management 196, 202

measurement and allocation 196, 202

overview 196

ratios 2

regulatory 203

structure 198

tier 1 197

Cash flow

consolidated statement 214

notes 251

Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking

statements 3a

Client assets 50

Combined customer lending and deposits 36

Commercial Banking 43

constant currency/reported profit 13, 52d

Compliance risk 194

Compliance with IFRSs 219

Composition of Group (changes in) 222

Conduits 255

Constant currency 13

Contents – inside front cover

Contingent liabilities, contractual commitments and financial

guarantee contracts 253

Copies of the Interim Report 275

Corporate governance 274

Credit derivative product companies 160

Credit quality 139

Credit risk 110, 183

credit exposure 112

Customer accounts 35

D

Daily distribution of trading revenues 169

Dealings in HSBC Holdings shares 272

Defined terms – Inside front cover

Derivatives 240

by product contract type 241

hedging instruments 241

interest rate 249

trading and credit 241

Directors

biographies 205

interests 266

responsibility statement 264

Disposals 37, 38, 56, 98, 252

Dividends 2, 222, 273

E

Earnings per share 2, 223

Economic background

Europe 58

Hong Kong 66

Latin America 95

Middle East and North Africa 79

North America 85

Rest of Asia-Pacific 72

Economic profit/(loss) 36

Equity 33, 215

Equity securities available for sale 170

Estimates and assumptions 220

Europe

assets 57

balance sheet data 63

constant currency/reported profit 14, 97a

customer accounts 35

economic background 58

impairment allowances 147

loans and advances 116

profit before tax 57, 58, 63

review of performance 58

risk-weighted assets 57

Eurozone exposures 121-130

risks 104

Events after the balance sheet date 263

F

Fair values adjustments 231

control framework 230

of financial instruments at fair value 229

of financial instruments not at fair value 237

valuation bases 233

Fee income (net) 21

Final results 274

Financial assets

designated at fair value 23, 239

reclassification 238

Financial highlights 2

Financial instruments

at fair value 23

credit quality 139, 184

Financial investments 243

Financial liabilities designated at fair value 247

Footnotes 100, 180, 201, 218

Forbearance 143, 146, 184

Foreclosed properties in US 137

Foreign exchange rates 18, 31

Funding sources 162, 186

Funds under management 99

G

Gains less losses from financial investments 24

Geographical regions 10, 57, 58, 66, 72, 79, 85, 92, 197

Global businesses 10, 39, 43, 46, 49, 197

Global functions 11

Global Banking and Markets 46

ABSs classified as AFS 154

balance sheet data 52h

constant currency/reported profit 14, 52i

management view 47

Global Private Banking 49

constant currency/reported profit 14

 

 

288


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

Glossary 278

Going concern 274

Goodwill impairment 258

Group Chairman’s Statement 4

Group Chief Executive’s Business Review 7

Group Managing Directors 209

H

Held for sale 37, 38, 56, 98, 111

Highlights 1

Hong Kong

assets 57

balance sheet data 69

constant currency/reported profit 14, 97c

customer accounts 35

economic background 66

impairment allowances 147

loans and advances 116

profit before tax 57, 66, 69

review of performance 66

risk-weighted assets 57

HSBC Finance 52c, 134, 145, 164, 271

I

Impairment

allowances and charges 147

by geographical region 147

charges and other credit risk provisions 150

impaired loans 147

methodologies 155, 186

Income from financial instruments designated at fair value

(net) 23

Income statement

consolidated 18, 211

disposals, held for sale and run-off portfolios 38

Independent Commission on Banking 106

Information security 109

Insurance

balance sheet by type of contract 178

claims incurred and movement in liabilities to

    policyholders (net) 26

net earned premiums 24

products 195

risk 176, 195

Interest-earning assets 20

Interest income (net) 20

sensitivity 171, 192

Interest rate repricing gap 173

Interim Management Statement 274

Interim Report 263, 275

Internet crime 108

L

Latin America

assets 57

balance sheet data 95

constant currency/reported profit 14, 97k

customer accounts 35

economic background 92

impairment allowances 147

loans and advances 116

profit before tax 57, 92, 95

review of performance 92

risk-weighted assets 57

Legal proceedings 258

Legal risk 194

Leveraged finance transactions 161, 257

Liabilities

constant currency/reported reconciliation 34

financial liabilities designated at fair value 247

maturity analysis 249

movement in 33

trading 247

LIBOR investigation 263

Liquidity and funding 162

contingent liquidity risk 166

regulation 167

Loans and advances

by country/region 116, 118

by credit quality 139

by industry sector 115, 116

delinquency in the US 138

exposure 113

impaired 147

mortgage lending 134, 136

past due but not impaired 142

personal lending 132, 136

renegotiated 143, 144

to banks 120

to customers 2, 116, 118

wholesale lending 131

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk

provisions 26, 110

M

Madoff 259

Margin 20

Market capitalisation 3

Market risk 168, 190

measures applicable to parent 173

Middle East and North Africa

areas of special interest 131

balance sheet data 82

constant currency/reported profit 14, 97g

customer accounts 35

economic background 79

impairment allowances 147

loans and advances 116

profit/(loss) before tax 57, 79, 82

review of performance 79

risk-weighted assets 57

Money market funds 257

Monoline insurers 159

Mortgage lending 134, 136, 159

Mortgage sales 161

N

Non-GAAP measures 13

Non-trading portfolios 168, 192

North America

assets 57

balance sheet data 89

constant currency/reported profit 14, 97i

customer accounts 35

economic background 85

impairment allowances 147

loans and advances 116

profit before tax 57, 85, 89

review of performance 85

risk-weighted assets 57

Notifiable interests in share capital 272

O

Off-balance sheet arrangements 257

Offsets 114

Operating expenses 28

Operating income (net) 2

Operating income (other) 25

Operational risk 174, 193

‘Other’ segment 51

P

Payment protection insurance 248

Pension scheme 172, 193

Personal lending 132, 136

Pillar 1, 2 and 3 203

Post-employment benefits 223

Preferred securities 31

 

 

 

289


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

Presentation of information 219

Principal activities 10

Profit before tax 2

attributable 2, 211

by country 59, 73, 80, 86, 93

by geographical region 57, 58, 63, 66, 69, 72, 76, 79, 82, 85, 89

by global business 39, 40, 43, 46, 49, 51, 53

consolidated 2

constant currency/reported reconciliations 14

underlying/reported reconciliations 16

Provisions 248

PVIF 25

R

Ratios

advances to core funding 163, 187

capital 2, 31

cost efficiency 3, 29, 58, 66, 72, 79, 85, 92

credit coverage 3

dividends per share 2

earnings per share 2

earnings to combined fixed charges 38a

net assets per share 2, 31

performance 3

return on average risk-weighted assets 3, 37, 40, 43, 46,

    49, 58, 66, 72, 79, 85, 92

returns 2

stressed coverage 164

Reconciliations of reported and underlying revenue, loan

    impairment charges, operating expenses and profit

    before tax 52b, 52c, 52e, 52g, 52j, 52l, 97d, 97f, 97h,

    97j, 97l

Recovery and resolution 200

Regulatory investigations 107

Related parties 99

Reputational risk 195

Rest of Asia-Pacific

assets 57

balance sheet data 76

constant currency/reported profit 14, 97e

customer accounts 35

economic background 72

impairment allowances 147

loans and advances 116

profit before tax 57, 72, 76

review of performance 74

risk-weighted assets 57

Retail Banking and Wealth Management 40

constant currency/reported profit 14

Review of performance 40, 44, 47, 50, 58, 60, 74, 85, 92

Risk policies and practices 183

Risks

appetite 12

compliance 174, 194

contingent liquidity 166, 190

cost efficiency 29

credit 110, 183, 203

credit spread 170, 192

elements in the loan portfolio 161a

factors 11

foreign exchange 173

gap 170

governance 183

information security 109

insurance operations 176

legal 194

liquidity and funding 162, 186

managing risk 103, 130, 183

profile 103

market 168, 190

model 109

operational 109, 174, 204

pension 172, 193

reputational 175, 195

security and fraud 194

top and emerging 11, 104

Risk-weighted assets 31, 39, 57, 196

Run-off portfolios 37, 38, 56, 98

S

Securities litigation 258

Securitisation 153, 185, 204, 256

Segmental analysis 258

Senior management 209

Sensitivity

projected net interest income 171, 190, 192

Share capital – notifiable interests 272

Shareholder enquiries 275

Share information 3

Share option plans

Directors 267

discretionary 271

subsidiary company plans 271

Directors’ interests 266

employee share option plans 269

Shares information 3

Special purpose entities 253

Spread 20

Staff numbers 28, 58, 66, 72, 79, 85, 92

Statement of changes in equity (consolidated) 215

Statement of comprehensive income (consolidated) 212

Stock symbols 275

Strategic direction 11

Commercial Banking 43, 44

Global Banking and Markets 46, 48

Global Private Banking 49, 50

Retail Banking and Wealth Management 40, 42

Stress testing 191

Structural foreign exchange exposures 171, 192

Systemically important banks 199

T

Tax 30, 225

Telephone and online share-dealing service 275

Total shareholder return 3

Trading

activities 199

assets 228

derivatives 241

income (net) 22

liabilities 247

portfolios 168, 191

U

Underlying performance 15

US mortgage-related investigations 260

V

Value at risk 168, 190

Values 12

W

Wholesale lending 131

Y

Yield 20

 

 

 

290